JCSM Shareware Collection 1995 September

home *** CD-ROM | disk | FTP | other *** search

/ JCSM Shareware Collection 1995 September / JCSM Shareware Collection (September 30th 1995 Author to Vendor Edition) (JCS Distribution).ISO / jcsdesc.txt < prev next >

Wrap

Text File | 1995-09-17 | 4.6 MB | 107,307 lines

Text Truncated. Only the first 1MB is shown below. Download the file for the complete contents. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Account Module Data 1.9 GEN7 Desktop with the Accountant Modul Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: George Freas II Synergistic Consultants, Inc. P.O. Box 18888 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 Telephone: (800) 828-8384 Fax: (205) 539-1757 Description Type = Short Description An Icon driven interface similar to many Graphical Environments. A File manager is included that allows file related oper- ations. On screen clock, calculator and calendar are provided, with printer support. A DOS gate and the ability to assign an external program to an icon is provided. Music may be played in the background from a selection of songs. Options allow the addition of voice output for feedback. Description Type = Long Description Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Product Descriptions: March, 1994 Features of GEN7 Desktop Environment: Graphics Desktop to accompany the functions found in the other products offered. Icon driven interface similar to many popular Graphical Environments. a) Copy, delete or create files and subdirectories. b) Format disks and perform other utilities. b) On screen clock. c) On screen alarm and calendar. d) Built-in printer support functions. e) Exit to DOS and execute commands. f) Internal or External editor. g) Music may be played in the background from a selection of songs in the database. h) A software lock prevents accidents. Application modules available now: a) Accounting Module integrated into the calendar function that keeps track of up to 4 different banking accounts. Auto debts and credits along with manual debts and credits are supported. Account balances are updated when appropriate. New credits or debts appear when the Desktop is started if they have been configured to alert the owner that day. Five digit check numbers and the ability to make transactions that recur on a weekly, biweekly or monthly basis are standard features. b) Children's tutors: i) Math tutor for children. ii) Clock tutor for children. c) Song Database: Over thirty songs to choose from instead of the usual dozen. d) Bible Study: i) New Testament version with Matthew, Mark, Luke and John. ii) Old Testament version with Genesis, Exodus and Leviticus. Both have data sets that fit on one 360K diskette. One dozen hymns may be chosen from a menu to play in the background. No registration fee for these two. e) Daily Verse: Each day a new verse is displayed on the screen when the Desktop is started. This is a standard feature, but it cannot be custom configured unless registered. f) A Voice module data is available to add close to forty voices and sounds for audible feedback. The clock and calculator speak, and errors are announced with this. Product Pricing and Availability: GEN7 Desktop: Evaluation Disks: $5 each. GEN7 Desktop (required): $10.00 Accountant Module: $10.00 Children's Tutors: $10.00 Song Database: $10.00 Voice Module Data: $10.00 All Five: $45.00 More than one subtract $ 5.00 GEN7 Desktop Manual: $ 5.00 Allow up to 6 weeks delivery after registration. Evaluation Disks available sooner. Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Post Office Box 18888 Department PD-0294 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 Notes: Turbo PASCAL is a Trademark of Borland International. Quick PASCAL is a Trademark of Microsoft Corporation. IBM is a Trademark of International Business Machines Incorporated. UNIX is a Trademark of Bell Laboratories. Windows is a registered Trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Description Type = Keywords GUI, EDITOR, FILE MANAGER, ACCOUNTING, MUSIC, TUTORIALS, VOICE, ALARMS, CALENDAR, CLOCK, CALCULATOR, SOFTWARE LOCK, CONTEXT SENSITIVE HELP, DAILY QUOTES, ICONS, PASSWORDS Description Type = Registration Details $10 Description Type = Installation Details Welcome!!! March, 1994 Instructions on using the Distributor's Disk: The disk enclosed is a High Density disk with the following programs on it: 0. The GEN7 Desktop with File Manager. These programs run within the GEN7 GUI: 1. Children's Tutors TU 2. Accountant Module AC 3. Song DataBase SO 4. Old Testament Bible Study OT 5. New Testament Bible Study NT 6. Voice Module Data VO The GEN7 Desktop program (0) is used with each of the others (1-6), but the data sets are different. Each program should be in a separate directory. Note that these are programs for evaluation, and run separately, so each directory will have the GEN7 Desktop within it also. Note also that the programs may be run with only one copy of GEN7 after the separate modules are registered. The execption is the Voice data, it may run with any of the others. To install the programs type: s:INSTALL s: d: \directory Where s: is the source disk drive where the distributor's disk resides, d: is the destination disk drive where you wish to run the program, and \directory is the desired destination directory. The disk must be one created with the MAKEDIST.BAT file described below. Note the spaces between the parameters. Example: a:INSTALL a: c: \TEST Installs the program on drive a: to drive c: in directory C:\TEST. The file: CONTENTS.FIL describes all the files in the distribution. Another batch file is included that will build a distribution disk (or directory). Note that the INSTALL.BAT is intended for the end user. The syntax of the command is the same, except the 'program' parameter: s:MAKEDIST s: d: \directory program The 'program' parameter is one of the two character designators described above. Example: c:MAKEDIST c: a: \ AC This command readies a diskette or directory with the specified program's self-extracting archive and install batch file. In the example, the Accountant Module and related files are copied from drive C: to drive A: into directory A:\ (the root directory). Now the diskette in drive A: may be used to INSTALL the Accountant Module. Some programs require two diskettes (watch for this message). Note that the file: GEN7HD16.EXE is the help data files for the GEN7 Desktop, and is required to run the desktop. Please make sure this file is included in any disks you ship. The GEN7G16.EXE file fits on one disk, but the GEN7HD16.EXE could not fit on it also. Please have a good time with this software, and register! These programs are copyrighted by: Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Box 18888 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 1-800-828-8384 CompuServe ID: 71232, 257 Description Type = Vendor Instructions Welcome!!! March, 1994 Instructions on using the Distributor's Disk: The disk enclosed is a High Density disk with the following programs on it: 0. The GEN7 Desktop with File Manager. These programs run within the GEN7 GUI: 1. Children's Tutors TU 2. Accountant Module AC 3. Song DataBase SO 4. Old Testament Bible Study OT 5. New Testament Bible Study NT 6. Voice Module Data VO The GEN7 Desktop program (0) is used with each of the others (1-6), but the data sets are different. Each program should be in a separate directory. Note that these are programs for evaluation, and run separately, so each directory will have the GEN7 Desktop within it also. Note also that the programs may be run with only one copy of GEN7 after the separate modules are registered. The execption is the Voice data, it may run with any of the others. To install the programs type: s:INSTALL s: d: \directory Where s: is the source disk drive where the distributor's disk resides, d: is the destination disk drive where you wish to run the program, and \directory is the desired destination directory. The disk must be one created with the MAKEDIST.BAT file described below. Note the spaces between the parameters. Example: a:INSTALL a: c: \TEST Installs the program on drive a: to drive c: in directory C:\TEST. The file: CONTENTS.FIL describes all the files in the distribution. Another batch file is included that will build a distribution disk (or directory). Note that the INSTALL.BAT is intended for the end user. The syntax of the command is the same, except the 'program' parameter: s:MAKEDIST s: d: \directory program The 'program' parameter is one of the two character designators described above. Example: c:MAKEDIST c: a: \ AC This command readies a diskette or directory with the specified program's self-extracting archive and install batch file. In the example, the Accountant Module and related files are copied from drive C: to drive A: into directory A:\ (the root directory). Now the diskette in drive A: may be used to INSTALL the Accountant Module. Some programs require two diskettes (watch for this message). Note that the file: GEN7HD16.EXE is the help data files for the GEN7 Desktop, and is required to run the desktop. Please make sure this file is included in any disks you ship. The GEN7G16.EXE file fits on one disk, but the GEN7HD16.EXE could not fit on it also. Please have a good time with this software, and register! These programs are copyrighted by: Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Box 18888 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 1-800-828-8384 CompuServe ID: 71232, 257 Description Type = Permissions George W. Freas II, March, 1994 President, Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Post Office Box 18888 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 Phone: (205) 539-1757 Toll Free: 1-800-828-8384 Dear Shareware Distributor: Please find enclosed one copy of the GEN7 Desktop Distributor's disk. This disk contains six applications: GEN7 Desktop with Children's Tutor, Song Database, Old Testament Bible Study, New Testament Bible Study, the Accountant Module, and Voice Module Data. These are Shareware evaluation programs. You may already have older version in your library (this is version 1.6). The Bible Study programs do not require registration. Attached sheets describe the distributor's disk and products. This software is not crippled, and there are reminders only upon exit. These programs require an IBM PC compatible with mouse and EGA/VGA video adapters and 512K of memory. The GEN7 Desktop has a file manager and graphical user interface that is icon driven. It allows owners of 286 class (or 8088 if not using voice data) to use a GUI for file management and sound control. Support for sound boards and HyperMedia is forthcoming. This letter gives the distributor right to distribute these programs in an unmodified form, for a nominal duplication fee. Note that each of the above programs require GEN7G16.EXE as well as one data set (GEN7??16.EXE) to operate (do not distribute any less). Please direct any questions or comments to the address or phone number above. Thank you for your time. Sincerely, George W. Freas II P.S. Look for our ADs in Shareware and PC Catalog Magazines! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Accounting Software 1994 5 fast,easy to use accounting programs Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Jerry Medlin Medlin Accounting Shareware 1461 Sproul Ave. Napa, CA 94559 Telephone: 707-255-4475 Fax: 707-255-9266 Description Type = Short Description 5 fast, easy to use accounting programs for the small business. G/L, A/R, Payroll, A/P, and Invoice Writing. All can be run stand alone. Some integration is available. Add, edit, and delete data from a single screen. Print most reports to printer, file, or screen and in any order, as often as desired. Historical data is saved for later review. Pop-up calculator. Description Type = Long Description This package contains the Medlin Accounting Shareware(TM) 1994 versions. This document contains only a brief description of the package and its features, along with instructions for its installation. Quite detailed documentation is included in the package, but it is in archived form, and is more easily read after installation. ***************************************** If you do NOT wish to spend your time learning HOW to run accounting software, Medlin Accounting Shareware has the programs for you... Winner of the FIRST Shareware Industry Association award for BEST BUSINESS AND FINANCE SOFTWARE. ***************************************** The Medlin package contains shareware programs. This evaluation version includes all features of the program(s), and is not crippled in any way. You may use them for up to 30 days, without charge (see any program manual for more details). If you like the program(s), and wish to continue use after this evaluation period, you are required to pay for the program(s) (see GENERAL.DOC for more details). Any fee you may have paid to others (disk vendors, dealers, etc.) to obtain this evaluation version was a fee for their copying and distribution services, rather than a payment for continued use of the program(s). Description Type = Keywords Medlin Accounting Bookkeeping ASP PC-GL PC-PR PC-AP PC-AR PCINV Business Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for ANY MEDLIN program is quite simple. The package includes a program, "VIEWDOC.COM", which automates the entire process. You will need about 40k of available space on any disk or drive for any MEDLIN program which you plan to install. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette(s), you need to perform the following steps. o Place diskette in the appropriate diskette drive. o Execute the "VIEWDOC.COM" program on the distribution diskette. For example, if the distribution diskette is on drive A:, type the MS-DOS command, "A:VIEWDOC". o Follow the instructions presented by the VIEWDOC program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your disk. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the MEDLIN files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable program in a directory of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. INSTALLING FROM A HARD DRIVE If you downloaded MEDLIN from a BBS (or received it in the form of archive files from some other source), you will need to perform the following steps. o Extract the contents of the archive file(s) in a temporary directory on your hard drive. The procedure for doing this varies, depending on the form in which you received the package. In all likelihood, the fact that you are reading this text means that you already have the necessary tools and knowledge to perform this step. If not, you should be able to obtain directions for this from the same source from which you received the package. o Execute the "VIEWDOC.COM" program which you have extracted. For example, if the temporary directory into which you have extracted the Medlin package is C:\TEMPDIR, you would execute the MS-DOS command, "c:\tempdir\viewdoc". o Follow the instructions presented by the VIEWDOC program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your disk. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the MEDLIN files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs in a directoriy of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. When you're satisfied that the installation was successful, you should delete the temporary directory FROM which you installed MEDLIN (C:\TEMPDIR, in the above discussion), including all its contents. INSTALLING FROM A CD-ROM If you are viewing this text from a CD-ROM, use the VIEWDOC program to install MEDLIN to your hard drive (see installing from a hard drive instructions). You will be allowed to select a path to install to. MEDLIN will not run from a CD-ROM as the data files are written to disk at the end of processing. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the documents for each program that has been installed. In particular, read at least the General Manual. This document will tell you how to invoke the program, and will give you other information you need to properly evaluate any Medlin Program. We hope you enjoy the program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions This file (MEDLIN94.ZIP) contains the 1994 versions of Medlin Accounting Shareware. For Disk Vendors: All of the programs in this file except FILE_ID.DIZ and VENDINFO.DIZ should be included on your distribution disk. Users should be directed to run VIEWDOC.COM to print the manuals or install the programs. GO.BAT and INSTALL.BAT are small batch files that simply run VIEWDOC. VIEWDOC prints the manuals contained in MEDLIN.ARC which should not be modified or unarced. For BBS services: All files in this .ZIP should be included in your download file. For CD-ROM vendors: This .ZIP file may be included on your distribution CD-ROM. If you are including unzipped programs note that the MEDLIN programs cannot run directly from the CD-ROM. Any instructions to the end user should refer them to VIEWDOC.COM to install and run the Medlin programs. Description Type = Permissions LIMITED WARRANTY THIS SOFTWARE AND MANUAL ARE PROVIDED FOR EVALUATION ONLY, ON AN "AS IS" BASIS. MEDLIN ACCOUNTING SHAREWARE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES RELATING TO THIS SOFTWARE, WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NEITHER MEDLIN ACCOUNTING SHAREWARE NOR ANYONE ELSE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED IN THE CREATION, PRODUCTION, OR DELIVERY OF THIS SOFTWARE SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE SUCH SOFTWARE, EVEN IF MEDLIN ACCOUNTING SHAREWARE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR CLAIMS. THE PERSON USING THE SOFTWARE BEARS ALL RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and shall inure to the benefit of Medlin Accounting Shareware and any successors, administrators, heirs and assigns. Any action or proceeding brought by either party against the other arising out of or related to this agreement shall be brought only in a STATE or FEDERAL COURT of competent jurisdiction located in Napa County, California. The parties hereby consent to in personam jurisdiction of said courts. ===== License for Use and Distribution ================= TRIAL USE LICENSE PC-GL, PC-AR, PC-PR, PC-AP, and PCINV are NOT a public domain programs. They are copyrighted by Jerry Medlin, Medlin Accounting Shareware. This software and accompanying documentation are protected by United States copyright law and also by international treaty provisions. Medlin Accounting Shareware grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed thirty days. If you continue using this software after the thirty-day evaluation period, you must make a registration payment to Medlin Accounting Shareware. You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauthorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Medlin Accounting Shareware. LIMITED DISTRIBUTION LICENSE You may distribute UNREGISTERED VERSIONS OF PC-GL, PC-AR, PC-PR, PC-AP, or PCINV, completely unaltered, without further permission as long as you do not charge for the program(s) and charge no more than $10.00 US for the method of distribution. Permission to distribute any Medlin Accounting Shareware package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Medlin Accounting Shareware 1461 Sproul Ave. Napa, Ca. 94559 USA. Medlin Accounting Shareware may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Medlin Accounting Shareware. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc BAREBONE Accounting 1.10 Accounting for multiple funds Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: James W. Funsten J. W. Funsten, Software 140 Second Street, 5th Floor San Francisco, CA 94105 Telephone: 415-974-6201 Fax: 415-495-6651 Description Type = Short Description Accounting for non-profit groups, condominium associations and trust accounts. Up to 100 or more projects may be operated from one bank account, or up to 8 bank accounts, with instant reports for any one project or for all together. Reports include Balance Sheet, Income and Loss, and Audit. The user elects to increase or decrease one account and the program determines whether the other account is to be increased or decreased. Description Type = Long Description BARE BONES Double Entry Accounting is an accounting system particularly useful such activities as non-profit groups, condominium associations, trust accounts, and real estate where a balance sheet must be maintained. Up to 100 or more projects may be operated from one bank account, or up to 8 bank accounts, with instant reports for any one project or for all together. Reports include Balance Sheet, Income and Loss, Audit, Bank Reconciliation, and selected, sorted transactions. Each transaction is entered into two accounts and when the user elects to increase or decrease one account, the program determines whether the other account is to be increased or decreased. Fiscal year may be chosen. Available for use in Great Britain, Australia, and New Zealand in day/month/year format and in Great Britain with pound symbol. Description Type = Registration Details $55.00 Description Type = Installation Details Files included are the program file (BBA.EXE), the abbreviated instruction file (BAREBONE.DOC), and several sample data files. The sample data may be seen by copying the program file and the sample data files to a diskette and running the diskette on the "A" drive. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Basic Bookkeeping 2.1 OWL Basic Bookkeeping Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Stephen Williams Otto-williams Ltd. P.O. box 794 Lanham, MD 20703-0794 Telephone: (301) 306-0409 Fax: (301) 306-0409 Description Type = Short Description OWL Basic Bookkeeping 2.1: Very easy to use bookkeeping system for small businesses and individuals. NO ACCOUNTING EXPERIENCE IS NEEDED. Tracks income and expenses using single entry bookkeeping as recommended by the IRS. Produces easy to understand income, expense, profit and general ledger reports. Supports fiscal or calendar year accounting. Intuitive mousable menus, on-line help & user's guide make this program a joy to use. Description Type = Long Description OWL Basic Bookkeeping (BBK) was rated among the "Best of Business Shareware" by PC World magazine (Feb., 1994). BBK provides organized and accurate accounting using the "single-entry" bookkeeping method recommended by the IRS. This method is easy to use and especially suited for small businesses and individuals. BBK helps you manage your bottom line by giving you instant access to up-to-the-minute reports showing your income, expenses, profits and losses. You don't need to be an accountant to use BBK. By spending just a few minutes a week with BBK, you can dramatically reduce your accounting costs. Instead of a shoe box full of receipts, you can give your accountant comprehensive reports that will save his or her time and your money. BBK can handle up to 1000 different expense types and supports both calendar and fiscal year accounting. This is a very easy to use program featuring simple mousable menus, context sensative help and an on-line user's guide. An import option within Basic Bookkeeping links the program to OWL's Sales, Invoicing & Mail List management program (OASIS) allowing direct transfer of income data from OASIS into Basic Bookkeeping. Description Type = Keywords BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING, BOOKKEEPING, TAX, FINANCE, INCOME, EXPENSE, BBK, OASIS, OWL Description Type = Registration Details $39.00 (USD) Description Type = Installation Details See File: README.BBK Description Type = Vendor Instructions BULLETIN BOARDS: No special Instructions. Librarian please note: BBK21.ZIP supersedes files OBBK??.ZIP and BBK??.ZIP where ?? is any number less than 21. DISK VENDORS: The self extracting archive file BBK20.EXE produces the following files which should go onto the distribution disk without alteration: README.BBK Text file containing installation and startup instructions. INSTALL.BAT Hard disk installation batch procedure. BBK_EXE.EXE Self extracting archive containing program, configuration and help files. BBK_DAT.EXE Self extracting archive containing sample data files. FILE_ID.DIZ Text file containing short program description. (This file is optional) VENDOR.DOC Text file containing program description, distribution policy, and file listing. Total file size of these files is approximatly 215k, which will fit on a standard 360K diskette and leave sufficient space for you to add any material you deem necessary. If you want to distribute this program in some other form, you may do so but, please let us know. Description Type = Permissions 'Otto-Williams Ltd. (OWL) grants you a license to distribute our shareware provided that you distribute all files required for operation of the program and: 1. You identify it as shareware with an appropriate definition. 2. You leave all intellectual property including copyright notices in place. 3. We do not request that you discontinue distribution of the product. To summarize, you may archive our programs, unarchive them and distribute them on whatever media you choose so long as you do not alter the program or accompaning data files in any way or charge distribution fees that are so large that they would lead the purchaser to believe that they have paid for the program rather than the distribution service you provide. We want the widest possible distribution for our shareware programs and will be glad to assist you in designing a distribution scheme that is appropriate for your operation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc CRISP Real Est.Acctg 3.4 Separate accounting for properties Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: James W. Funsten J. W. Funsten, Software 140 Second Street, 5th Floor San Francisco, CA 94105 Telephone: 415-974-6201 Fax: 415-495-6651 Description Type = Short Description CRISP Real Estate Accounting is a bookkeeping system that will support up to 250 individual databases, for the management of multiple commercial or investment property. CRISP is designed to keep accounts for each property or activity completely separate from each other, and to maintain up to three separate bank accounts for each property or activity. Description Type = Long Description CRISP Real Estate Accounting is a bookkeeping system that will support up to 250 individual databases, making it perfect for the management of multiple commercial or investment property. It features individual accounting for separate projects or professional activities. CRISP is designed to keep accounts for each property or activity completely separate from each other, and to maintain up to three separate bank accounts for each property or activity. Available for use in Great Britain, Australia, and New Zealand in day/month/year format and in Great Britain with pound symbol. Description Type = Registration Details $55.00 Description Type = Installation Details Files included are the program file (CRSP.EXE), the abbreviated instruction file (CRISP.DOC), and several sample data files. The sample data may be seen by copying the program file and the sample data files to a diskette and running the diskette on the "A" drive. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc CRISP-R Real Est Atg 2.1 Accounting for Multiple Properties Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: James W. Funsten J. W. Funsten, Software 140 Second Street, 5th Floor San Francisco, CA 94105 Telephone: 415-974-6201 Fax: 415-495-6651 Description Type = Short Description A bookkeeping system of up to five data bases each for up to 100 properties, each data base using just one or up to three bank accounts for all properties. In each data base reports for all properties or separate reports for any property. Written in C language for for fast, management of money in management of multiple real properties. Full features including check writing. Successor to CRISP Real Estate Accounting. Description Type = Long Description CRISP-R Real Estate Accounting is a bookkeeping system for up to 100 or more different properties or activities for one year all together in one database, using just one, or up to three bank accounts, for all properties. Reports may be made for all properties together or for any individual property. CRISP-R is perfect for combined management of multiple commercial, investment, or residential properties. CRISP-R is a variation of CRISP Real Estate Accounting by the same author. Available for use in Great Britain, Australia, and New Zealand in day/month/year format and in Great Britain with pound symbol. Description Type = Registration Details $55.00 Description Type = Installation Details For real time use copy only CRR.EXE file to hard disk and type CRR,enter. For demonstration make "A" drive current, put CRR.EXE file and demonstration data files on "A" drive and type CRR,enter. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Invoice-It for Win. 3.03 Invoice-It for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: John C. Rigdon Eastern Digital Resources P.O. Box 1451 Clearwater, SC 29822-1451 Telephone: 803-593-0870 Fax: 706-737-2336 Description Type = Short Description Invoice-It is ideally suited for someone who needs to create and track sales invoices without the over- head of a full blown accounting system. The program includes an on-line Window to Customer and Pro- duct files to allow you to quickly create invoices without typing addresses and product descriptions over and over again. Use Invoice-It to keep track of sales figures. Description Type = Long Description Invoice-It is ideally suited for someone who needs to create and track sales invoices without the overhead of a full blown accounting system. The program includes an on-line Window to Customer and Product files to allow you to quickly create invoices without typing addresses and product descriptions over and over again. Use Invoice-It to keep track of sales figures. The program automatically produces reports of sales by customer and salesman, sales tax reports, and discount analysis by salesman, customer, and product line. Invoices created by Invoice-It may be imported into your spreadsheet or database manager for futher analysis. The program maintains its file in industry standard Dbase format for easy access by other programs. DOS version also available. Description Type = Keywords Invoice, accounting, billing, data base, Eastern Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip the program in a diskette in your floppy drive. From within Windows, choose FILE-RUN-A:SETUP.EXE Description Type = Permissions No restrictions on use. Vendors are encouraged to contact Eastern Digital Resources, PO Box 1451, Clearwater, SC 29822-1451 to be placed on our distribution list for latest releases. E-MAIL JOHNR238@AOL.COM CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Loan Accounting 1.52.02 Manage portfolio, simple interest loan Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Lynda McCall Bottom Line Software P.O. Box 118826 Carrollton, TX 75011-8826 Telephone: 214-394-4087 Fax: 214-394-4170 Description Type = Short Description Manages and reports on portfolios of simple interest loans. Computes interest and late charges. Bills for payments due and past due. Prints trial balance, past due report, statements and year end 1098s. Shareware Registration $495.00. Description Type = Long Description Loan Master is a complete accounting system for simple interest loans. It is patterned after bank data processing systems. It is not a loan calculator or an amortization schedule program (See PCLOAN5). It computes daily accruals, late charge accruals, year to date amounts, and payoffs. It prints a trial balance, past due report, predue billings and past due notices, transactions posted reports, and year end statements. The number of loans it can manage is limited only by disk capacity. Also available for rule of 78ths. Description Type = Keywords loan,accounting,mortgage,investment Description Type = Registration Details $495.00 Description Type = Installation Details Each JCSM subdirectory will unzip to an exact copy of the original Bottom Line Software shareware disk. Copy each *.ZIP file from the JCSM CDROM to a temporary directory on your hard disk. Unzip them (ONE AT A TIME) and copy each set of unzipped files to a floppy disk. The unzipped files will include other *.ZIP files which will be copied to the floppy. Do not copy the original JCSM *.zip file. Log on to the floppy drive and type either "MENU"(enter) or "INSTALL"(enter) to access the installation programs. ALTERNATIVELY Since you are reading this, you are not likely to be intimidated by a ZIP file or a subdirectory. Copy the zip files to the subdirectory of your choice and unzip them (ALL). The Executable file is LMMENU.EXE. To use the supplied demo data files, see the batch file install.bat Description Type = Vendor Instructions The JCMS CDROM contains various subdirectories of the form \progname\zip\. Each *.zip file in this subdirectory unzips to a complete and exact duplicate of a Bottom Line Software shareware disk as distributed direct to customers and vendors. Each disk contains several complete installation options accomplished by batch files. If you use a propritary front end eg "GO.bat", etc. it should call our batch files menu.bat or install.bat. Description Type = Permissions You are authorized to distribute this program freely provided your advertising explains and fosters the shareware concept as espoused by the ASP. Bottom Line Software has a standard distribution agreement if you want a formal contract, request one. Bundling of this software with new or used computers, is permitted only through written contract. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Loan Amortization 5.10 Professional loan amortization system Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Lynda McCall Bottom Line Software P.O. Box 118826 Carrollton, TX 75011-8826 Telephone: 214-394-4087 Fax: 214-394-4170 Description Type = Short Description Professional loan and mortgage amortization system. Allows unlimited flexability. Change any loan term at any date. Store schedule on disk, recall, modify and recalculate at any time. Also handles origination fees by FASB. If it can happen on a real loan, PCLOAN5 can schedule it. Shareware Registration $79.95 Description Type = Long Description A serious, professional, loan amortization system. Will amortize any loan or mortgage. Store complete schedule on disk. Recall and modify it at any time. Add or delete payments at any date. Change rate, interest basis, or payment amount at any date. Compute interest to actual date paid. Amortize origination fees by FASBY91. Add secondary schedules for mortgage reduction strategies. Eg. supports monthly and quarterly schedule on same mortgage. Loan and date calculator calculates REG Z Apr including points and balloon payment. View schedules on screen or print. Printed schedules with monthly detail or annual summary totals. Prints annual or fiscal year interest and principal paid. Seven lines of custom text on report header for professionals to deliver their message. Description Type = Keywords LOAN,ACCOUNTING,MORTGAGE,AMORTIZATION,CALCULATOR Description Type = Registration Details $79.95 Description Type = Installation Details Each JCSM subdirectory will unzip to an exact copy of the original Bottom Line Software shareware disk. Copy each *.ZIP file from the JCSM CDROM to a temporary directory on your hard disk. Unzip them (ONE AT A TIME) and copy each set of unzipped files to a floppy disk. The unzipped files will include other *.ZIP files which will be copied to the floppy. Do not copy the original JCSM *.zip file. Log on to the floppy drive and type either "MENU"(enter) or "INSTALL"(enter) to access the installation programs. ALTERNATIVELY Since you are reading this, you are not likely to be intimidated by a ZIP file or a subdirectory. Copy the zip files to the subdirectory of your choice and unzip them (ALL). The Executable file is PCLOAN5.EXE. To use the supplied demo data files, see the batch file install.bat Description Type = Vendor Instructions The JCMS CDROM contains various subdirectories of the form \progname\zip\. Each *.zip file in this subdirectory unzips to a complete and exact duplicate of a Bottom Line Software shareware disk as distributed direct to customers and vendors. Each disk contains several complete installation options accomplished by batch files. If you use a propritary front end eg "GO.bat", etc. it should call our batch files menu.bat or install.bat. Description Type = Permissions You are authorized to distribute this program freely provided your advertising explains and fosters the shareware concept as espoused by the ASP. Bottom Line Software has a standard distribution agreement if you want a formal contract, request one. Bundling of this software with new or used computers, is permitted only through written contract. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Monthly Budget 1.0 Track of your monthly Expense/Income Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Duane J. Schnur Thumb Print Software 1570 Colwood Rd. Caro, MI 48723-9630 Telephone: 517-673-5482 Description Type = Short Description Keep track of your Expenses/Income with TPSBUD. Spreadsheet type Grid. Up to 45 monthly expenses and 5 monthly Incomes. Now you will be able to watch every penny you spend or earn. Description Type = Long Description TPSBUD uses a Grid similar to a Spreadsheet but, much easier to learn. The average learning curve is 15 minutes. The Grid has 45 Expense Rows and 5 Income Rows. Each row has 14 columns. In the first column you enter a description of the Expense/Income IE: Mortgage - Electric - My Job etc. Columns (cells) 2-13 are the months of the year Jan-Dec. Column 14 is a totals column. You enter values from the keyboard or use the calculator keys at the top left corner of the screen. You can Add To - Subtract From any month cell on the Grid. Special functions (from the pull down menus) include Open an existing .BUD file - Create a New .BUD file - Save current .BUD file Print a Report - Add an Expense/Income Category(name) - Remove an Expense/Income - Clone the current .BUD file (saves all the Category names but clears the values in the Grid cells. great for starting a new year's budget). 3 different totals are available Category Total - Monthly Total - Grand Total - Fill Row handy for monthly values that remain constant IE: a mortgage Erase Grid Value zeros any month Grid cell - Duplicate last value enters the last value appearing in the calculator screen into any month Grid cell automatically. Description Type = Keywords Home Finance Description Type = Registration Details $7.00 USA $8.00 Canada $9.00 other Description Type = Installation Details Place disk in appropriate floppy drive. From Windows Program Manager: Click File Click Run In the dialog box type: (Use the appropriate drive letter) [A:][B:]SETUP Click OK. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Vendors: You must include all files as you received this program on your distribution disk/s. You are not authorized to collect registration fees unless you have made special arrangements with Thumb Print Software. You must instruct your customers that this software is Shareware and they are expected to register this program with the author/company if they use it on a regular basis. Description Type = Permissions Vendors/BBS's etc: You are authorized to distribute this program to your customers. Distribute this program with all files that you received. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc PAYROLL CANADA (tm) 4.02 Excellent 1995 DOS Canadian Payroll Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Christopher Anthistle Anthistle Systems & Prog. Ltd. 563 Patricia Drive Oakville, ON L6K 1M4 Canada Telephone: 905-845-7959 Description Type = Short Description PAYROLL CANADA V4.02 Rel 2/95. 2 x 360K DISKS The best payroll system on the market for the IBM PC XT and 286/386/486 compatibles running DOS. Includes PIF and ICO files for start up from Windows 3.1 if you have it (but windows is not required). Very complete payroll for all sizes of company, lots of features, works in any Province (except Quebec). Can handle multiple files, good for multi-client payroll Description Type = Long Description PAYROLL CANADA is probably the most comprehensive Canadian payroll system on the ShareWare market. It is also better than most commercial payrolls. Handles from 1 to 2,000 employees in ANY Province or Territory of Canada except Quebec. It interfaces to ANY Accounting System (even manual bookkeeping). It does EVERYTHING, maintain employee info., calculates pay and taxes, prints cheques or payslips, cheque register, payroll register, summary journal, even does PD7AR, T4, and the pay history table needed for the UIC ROE Form. Handles taxes on Employee Benefit Plans. Can also export files to Lotus, Quattro, dBASE, etc. Also handles multiple pay frequencies, and Accountants doing client payroll will appreciate its ability to handle multiple employee files. Complete documentation on disk ready to print out. Needs 355K memory and a hard disk. Runs on IBM XT, AT, PS/2, and 286/386/486 compatibles. If you are looking for payroll you MUST try this one. Optional extra cost add ons are available for: Cheque Reconciliation, and an interface to "The General Store" point of sale system. Also, we wrote a custom Electronic Funds Transfer program to interface PAYROLL CANADA with the Bank of Montreal's Electronic Customer Access System and this may be of interest to larger employers as it saves on bank charges where there are high volumes of pay cheques (It was developed for a Toronto company with 400 weekly paid employees generating 20,000 cheques a year, it may also be worthwhile for fewer cheques). It may be possible to modify this program to work with other banks. E.F.T. is a higher cost item (requires custom programming and bank liason), not offered at a package price. A SIMILAR PROGRAM, PAYROLL USA, FOR USE IN THE U.S.A. IS ALSO AVAILABLE FROM ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROGRAMMING LTD. Description Type = Keywords PAYROLL CANADA, PAYMENU, PAYROLL, ACCOUNTING, BOOKKEEPING, EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYER, WAGE, TAX, T4, T-4, PD7A, THE GENERAL STORE, TGS, ANTHISTLE, HUMAN RESOURCES, PERSONNEL Description Type = Registration Details Cdn. $195 (includes 1st 2 years) then Cdn. $100 per year Description Type = Installation Details For fuller information see file PAYCN40.TXT after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is extracted from PAYCN40.TXT INSTALLATION FROM DISKETTES --------------------------- If you received the two diskettes, put disk 1 in drive A and type A: CD \ INSTALL then insert disk 2 when prompted. If using drive B to install then simply substitute B: for the A: in the above instructions. If install finds that all files are on one diskette you will not be prompted for a second diskette. INSTALLATION FROM MODEM DOWNLOADS (also applicable to CD-ROM) --------------------------------- If you downloaded the disks over your modem as two large ZIP or ARC etc. files then they must be unpacked first onto whichever directory you use to test downloads, or onto diskettes. They can both be unpacked onto the same disk or directory. Once unpacked make that directory the active directory and run the INSTALL program, it will do the rest for you. (You will be unzipping the file(s) you downloaded to reconstitute what would have been on a distribution diskette, then INSTALL will be unzipping that onto the final working directories. You can delete the contents of the intermediate directory containing INSTALL.EXE after installation is complete) RUNNING PAYROLL CANADA ---------------------- Decompressing the ZIP files is a one time job. It need never be done a second time. Once decompressed, whether manually or by the INSTALL.EXE program, you can run the component programs as follows: To use the PAYROLL CANADA system: C: CD \PAYPGMS PAYMENU The Slide Show was last updated April, 1990. It is rather dated and in 1994 has been replaced by the new 31 page PAYROLL CANADA instruction manual PAYROLL.DOC which can be displayed or printed from the PAYMENU.EXE start up menu choice "F3 READ OR PRINT DOCUMENTATION & REGISTRATION INFO". It contains all most users need to know in a much more compact and up to date form than the old slide show. We are, however, retaining the Slide Show for now as a reference source should you need it. To see the Slide Show C: CD \PAYSLIDE RUNSLIDE or select choice "F4 SEE OR PRINT THE PAYROLL CANADA SLIDE SHOW" from the PAYMENU.EXE start up menu Description Type = Vendor Instructions For fuller information see file PAYCN40.TXT after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is extracted from PAYCN40.TXT (NOTE: THE CD-ROM FILE PAYCAN40.ZIP WHEN UNZIPPED GIVES YOU THE SAME FILES THAT WOULD HAVE BEEN ON THE ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROGRAMMING LTD. DISTRIBUTION DISKETTE) DISKETTE VENDORS ---------------- If you received it direct from us Payroll CANADA will be on one 3 1/2 inch low density (720K) disk so it can be installed on older computers that have low density drives. The low density disk is also readable "as is" by high density 3 1/2 inch drives. It can also easily be copied to high density 5 1/4 inch 1.2 meg or 3 1/2 inch 1.44 meg disks with DOS COPY *.* or XCOPY *.* to a pre-formatted high density disk of the required size. Those vendors still selling low density 5 1/4 inch 360K disks can split our distribution disk using our supplied 2DISKSET.BAT file. If you add your own start up program it must start our INSTALL.EXE (which will be on disk 1 of a 2 disk set). If you need more space for your own vendor distribution files delete SCRAMBLE.EXE (31664 bytes) which is a data encryption program that is not essential to the running of PAYROLL CANADA (its use is optional). Do not delete anything else. As long as all files are present, our INSTALL.EXE does not care whether it is one or two diskettes or whether they are low or high density. DO NOT install or otherwise expand all the component zips (PAYCN40A.ZIP, PAYCN40B.ZIP PAYCN40C.ZIP etc.) then re-pack them for distribution in some different order or with different names. Our install.exe depends on finding our file names in the original zip file names we gave them. It makes it simpler for the end user to install the registered user version and annual upgrades if the unzipped shareware version is on a known directory (which our install uses - \PAYPGMS for the working programs and \PAYSLIDE for the slide show). BBS SYSOPS ---------- How you post them on your board depends largely on personal preferences and how much time your users are allowed to download a file. They could be in one large ZIP file, PAYCAN40.ZIP, containing the entire contents of our distribution diskette zipped into one file, with the FILE_ID.DIZ description visible in your download directory, or if you prefer to split it into 2 smaller ZIP files you might want to use our supplied 2DISKSET.BAT to create two 360K diskettes then zip each 360K diskette into PAYCN401.ZIP and PAYCN402.ZIP then post them with a modified FILE_ID.DIZ description for each, or with the PAYCN40.TXT information file and a one liner description such as: PAYCN40.TXT PAYROLL CANADA V4.02 DOWNLOAD INFO. AT 2/95 PAYCN401.ZIP PAYROLL CANADA V4.02 DISK 1 OF 2 RELEASED 2/95 PAYCN402.ZIP PAYROLL CANADA V4.02 DISK 2 OF 2 RELEASED 2/95 Description Type = Permissions For fuller information see file VENDOR.DOC after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is summarised from VENDOR.DOC Please note that PAYROLL CANADA is only to be distributed by those distributors who prominently describe the term "ShareWare" in writing in their catalogs, or for CD-ROM or rack sales, on their package, with a written statement saying shareware is not free software and encouraging Registration after a 30 or 60 day evaluation period. The maximum copying fee that may be charged for PAYROLL CANADA is $20.00 (for the set of 2 disks) and we prefer you charge much less than this maximum. Distributor members of the Association of ShareWare Professionals qualify as PAYROLL CANADA distributors. Others also qualify if they meet our standards described above. Distributors who did not receive these disks direct from us at Anthistle Systems & Programming Ltd. should advise us so we can add you to our mailing list for updates. If you are in the business of misleading your customers into believing they have full rights to use this software by paying your copying fee then you are denied permission to distribute PAYROLL CANADA. This can be inferred if you do not have the required statement encouraging Registration in your catalog, or for CD-ROM or rack sales, on your package. CD-ROM Publishers and Rack Vendors must ask permission to distribute FIRST, supply a sample of their packaging (or text of proposed packaging), quote what (if any) royalties they propose to pay, and CD-ROM publishers must supply us with a free copy of the CD-ROM containing our programs after permission is granted. If you have some unconventional method of shareware distribution in mind, such as satallite, cable, broadcast, etc. we would like to hear from you with details for permission FIRST. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc TAXFORMS (tm) 2.2 Edit, Sort, Print W-2 & 1099-MISC form Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Christopher Anthistle Anthistle Systems & Prog. Ltd. 563 Patricia Drive Oakville, ON L6K 1M4 Canada Telephone: 905-845-7959 Description Type = Short Description TAXFORMS.EXE V2.2 Rel. 02/20/95 All you need to issue W-2 and 1099-Misc forms. Enter, edit, sort, print, total, etc. For pin feed or laser printer, even prints mailing labels. Can handle multiple files of 1099-Misc's or W-2's so ideal for an accountant doing client files as well as for the individual employer. Verifies Social Security and Medicare is correct on W-2's. Payer information only needs to be entered once per file. Description Type = Long Description TAXFORMS.EXE V2.2 Rel. 02/20/95 All you need to issue W-2 and 1099-Misc forms. Enter, edit, sort, print, total, etc. For pin feed or laser printer, even prints mailing labels. Can handle multiple files of 1099-Misc's or W-2's so ideal for an accountant doing client files as well as for the individual employer. Verifies Social Security and Medicare is correct on W-2's. Payer information only needs to be entered once per file. Registration $50 (or $125 if Magnetic Media W-2 option is required). Registration can be credited against upgrade to PAYROLL USA (which includes all Taxforms functions and adds full payroll capability for any State). Description Type = Keywords TAXFORMS, W-2, 1099-MISC, MAGNETIC MEDIA, ACCOUNTING, BOOKKEEPING, WAGE, TAX, EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYER, CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, ANTHISTLE, PAYROLL, HUMAN RESOURCES, PERSONNEL Description Type = Registration Details US $75 ($150 if Magnetic Media W-2 required) can be credited against upgrade to PAYROLL USA Description Type = Installation Details INSTALLATION FROM DISKETTE -------------------------- Put the diskette in drive A and type A: CD \ INSTALL If using drive B to install then simply substitute B: for the A: in the above instructions. This will transfer the files to the \PAYPGMS directory of your hard drive. INSTALLATION FROM MODEM DOWNLOADS (also applicable to CD-ROM) --------------------------------- If you downloaded the disks over your modem as a ZIP or ARC etc. file then it must be unpacked first onto whichever directory you use to test downloads, or onto diskettes. Once unpacked make that directory the active directory and run the INSTALL program, it will do the rest for you. (You will be unzipping the file(s) you downloaded to reconstitute what would have been on a distribution diskette, then INSTALL will be copying that onto the final directory \PAYPGMS. You can delete the contents of the intermediate directory containing INSTALL.EXE after installation is complete). Alternatively, you can also cut out the install step altogether if you know how to manually create the \PAYPGMS directory and unpack the .ZIP directly onto \PAYPGMS. There is nothing magical about using the \PAYPGMS directory, but we do prefer you use our standard directory name for ease of installing future upgrades and to simplify technical support calls. RUNNING TAXFORMS ---------------- Decompressing the ZIP file and installation are one time jobs. They need never be done a second time. Once installed, you can run the program as follows: C: { or D: etc., whichever drive installed to } CD \PAYPGMS TAXFORMS Description Type = Vendor Instructions For fuller information see file VENDOR.DOC after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is summarised from VENDOR.DOC (NOTE: THE CD-ROM FILE TAXFORMS.ZIP WHEN UNZIPPED GIVES YOU THE SAME FILES THAT WOULD HAVE BEEN ON THE ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROGRAMMING LTD. DISTRIBUTION DISKETTE (WHICH IS NOT ZIPPED). TO SUMMARIZE, YOUR START UP PROGRAM [IF ANY] SHOULD START OUR INSTALL.EXE WHICH WILL COPY THE FILES TO THE USERS HARD DISK, \PAYPGMS DIRECTORY. THE USER THEN MAKES HIS HARD DISK \PAYPGMS DIRECTORY THE ACTIVE DIRECTORY AND STARTS TAXFORMS.EXE) OUR FILES NOT TO BE CHANGED =========================== You may add your own files to the distribution disk or download but do not change any of our files. In particular do not unzip the program run it then re-zip it. It was virus free when it left here, we do not want to risk accidental exposure to viruses before it reaches the end user. Also, running the program and re-zipping it (or otherwise distributing the contents of the disk or directory that TAXFORMS.EXE was run from) will prematurely set the install date causing the end user to be reminded that registration is overdue when he/she is in fact still in the trial period. DISK VENDORS ============ If you have your own start up program which you always add to distribution disks then have it start our INSTALL.EXE as this will ensure it is unzipped onto the \PAYPGMS directory of whichever disk drive the user specifies and it will ensure that the Windows 3.1 PIF file points to that directory. This is the same directory as is used by our payroll systems and we like to use a standard directory because it sure simplifies handling tech. support calls if we know where our files are. Very often these days the people who call for help have no idea how DOS or directory structures work, much less which directory a program is on. BBS OPERATORS ============= The above long form description is included in the .ZIP in files FILE_ID.DIZ and DESC.SDI for use by your BBS software. If you are limited to 6 character file names please use TAXFRM.ZIP else use TAXFORMS.ZIP in your download directory. If you have facilities for searching on keywords then the following are suggested references: 1099 W-2 W2 PAYROLL EMPLOYEE CONTRACTOR TAX TAXFORM ACCOUNTING BOOKKEEPING MAGNETIC MEDIA RACK SALES ========== We actively discourage rack sales of our PAYROLL USA and PAYROLL CANADA systems because payroll taxes change each year and rack vending products can sit on store shelves or in warehouses for extended periods. However, TAXFORMS is not so time critical though there is a risk that the IRS might make changes to the forms it prints. They made a major change to the W-2 for the 1993 Tax Year so we might be safe from further changes for a year or two, but there are no guarantees of what the government might do. Because TAXFORMS includes advertising material and a special offer for PAYROLL USA we want as wide a distribution as possible, therefore rack sales of TAXFORMS is encouraged. Please be aware though that this is a seasonal product because of I.R.S. filing dates for the forms it prepares. There should be big demand from December to end February and maybe March, then it might not see many sales until the next year. Description Type = Permissions For fuller information see file VENDOR.DOC after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is summarised from VENDOR.DOC Please note that TAXFORMS is only to be distributed by those distributors who prominently describe the term "ShareWare" in writing in their catalogs, or for CD-ROM or rack sales, on their package, with a written statement saying shareware is not free software and encouraging Registration after a 30 or 60 day evaluation period. The maximum copying fee that may be charged for TAXFORMS is $10.00 Distributor members of the Association of ShareWare Professionals qualify as TAXFORMS distributors. Others also qualify if they meet our standards described above. Distributors who did not receive these disks direct from us at Anthistle Systems & Programming Ltd. should advise us so we can add you to our mailing list for updates. If you are in the business of misleading your customers into believing they have full rights to use this software by paying your copying fee then you are denied permission to distribute TAXFORMS. This can be inferred if you do not have the required statement encouraging Registration in your catalog, or for CD-ROM or rack sales, on your package. CD-ROM Publishers and Rack Vendors must ask permission to distribute FIRST, supply a sample of their packaging (or text of proposed packaging), quote what (if any) royalties they propose to pay, and CD-ROM publishers must supply us with a free copy of the CD-ROM containing our programs after permission is granted. If you have some unconventional method of shareware distribution in mind, such as satallite, cable, broadcast, etc. we would like to hear from you with details for permission FIRST. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Vehicle Costs 2.4 Monitors the cost of operating vehicle Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Graham Ferguson 3 Cristata Ave. Endeavour Hills, Vic, 3802 Australia Telephone: 61-3-700-3764 Description Type = Short Description VEHICLE COSTS v2.4 <ASP> A program to monitor the costs of operating vehicles. Display or print reports of purchases by category or item. Yearly reports of fuel cost, consumption, distance travelled, repair and service costs. Indicates the need for tune-up or repair. A note pad, Database editor and tax reporting file are included. Description Type = Long Description This package contains the Vehicle Costs(TM) Program (Version 2.4), by G. Ferguson. This document contains only a brief description of the package and its features, along with instructions for its installation. Quite detailed documentation is included in the package, but it is in archived form, and is more easily read after installation. Vehicle Costs is a shareware program. This evaluation version includes all features of the program, and is not crippled in any way. You may use it for up to 90 days, without charge (see licence.TXT for more details). If you like the program, and wish to continue its use after this evaluation period, you are required to pay for the program (see REGISTER.TXT for more details). Any fee you may have paid to others (disk vendors, dealers, etc.) to obtain this evaluation version was a fee for their copying and distribution services, rather than a payment for continued use of the program. Description Type = Keywords auto vehicle management fuel car truck farm tax maintenance Description Type = Registration Details PRICE PER COPY WITHIN AUSTRALIA $50 INTERNATIONAL US$50 Description Type = Installation Details The file VEHI24.EXE on this disc is a self extracting archived file. To extract the programs contained within it copy it to another floppy disc, or create a directory on your hard drive and copy it to that. Move to that directory or drive and type VEHI24 then press enter. The files will extract to that directory/disc. I suggest the following steps if copying to a hard drive under DOS. These instructions assume that your hard drive is c: and the program disc is in A: . Only type the letters shown in capitals. At the c:> prompt type MD C:\VEHICLE [press enter] CD C:\VEHICLE [press enter] COPY A:\VEHI24.EXE C:\VEHICLE\*.* [press enter] VEHI24 [press enter] You may substitute any name for the directory "VEHICLE". A number of files should now reside in the VEHICLE directory. Vehicle.txt is a text file which will step you through the program. To view this on screen make sure that VEHICLE is the active directory then type :- TYPE VEHICLE.TXT | MORE [press enter] Note the | character between txt and more is the pipe symbol which appears on your keyboard as an elongated colon(:) This will display the file one screen at a time, just press a key each time to continue. You will require a printed copy of the instructions t try out the program. Assuming you have a printer connected (and it's turned on) and VEHICLE is the active directory, at the DOS prompt type: PRINT VEHICLE.TXT [press enter] You may be asked the question "NAME OF LIST DEVICE [PRN]". Just press enter and the file will be sent to your printer. ALTERATIONS TO VEHICLE.TXT FILE This file was written for the program in US format. i.e. miles per gallon and a date format of MM\DD\YYYY if the version you have shows kilometeres per litre then the date format will be DD\MM\YYYY A number of document files may be included (i.e. vendor.doc) for vendor information. these may be deleted from your working directory without causing any problems in regard to the program operation. However if you distribute the program in any way it must be in the original form. have a nice day. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Vehicle Costs is NOT a public domain program. It is copyrighted by G. Ferguson. This software and accompanying documentation are protected by Australian copyright law and also by international treaty provisions. G. Ferguson grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed Ninety days. If you continue using this software after the Ninety-day evaluation period, you MUST make a registration payment to G. Ferguson. You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauthorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to G. Ferguson. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute Vehicle Costs, completely unaltered, without further permission...; ASP approved Vendors ASP approved BBS's for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the Vehicle Costs package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is G. Ferguson, 3 Cristata Ave Endeavour Hills Vic 3802 Australia. G. Ferguson may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to G. Ferguson. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc What Job Summary? 1/3c Tracks job figures & related informati Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Angel Babudro "Organic Computer Wizardry" P.O. Box 132 Paonia, CO 81428 Telephone: 303-527-6756 Description Type = Short Description WHAT JOB SUMMARY? v1.3c for MS/PC-DOS Easy job summary tracking for contractors. Pull-down menus. On-line help. Keeps bid due date, bid amount, est. & actual costs, etc. for 260,000 jobs per year. Reports include Daily Activity, Job Status, Monthly Summary, Work On Hand (for bonding) & Work Completed. For $99 registration fee you get 120+ page manual with mini computer course, latest version on disk, and unlimited tech support. Description Type = Long Description WJS is an easy-to-use job summary tracking system for all types of contractors. WJS keeps track of the summary information, not the details. In other words, it's not an estimating or billing package, but a report package. You put in the figures, WJS keeps them all nicely organized and prints reports for you. A terrific tool for larger companies since it lets you see the jobs you bid on, the ones you won, those you lost, those still pending, etc. in a convenient report. The Work in Progress report is well suited for bonding purposes. Other features include: ■ Pull-down (two dimensional) menus - standard and easy to use ■ Mouse or keyboard controlled ■ Context-sensitive help - just press the F1 key ■ Keeps bid due date, bid amount, estimated & actual costs, etc. ■ Tracks 26,000 or 260,000 jobs per year (depending on which of two coding schemes you decide to use) ■ Reports include Daily Activity, Job Status, Monthly Summary, Work On Hand (for bonding purposes) and Work Completed. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: IBM PC, XT, AT, PS/2 or compatible with 350k of free memory and DOS 3.1 or later. Monochrome and colour screens are supported. A dot matrix, daisy wheel, ink jet, or laser printer is required in order to print reports. With registration you get: ■ Latest version on disk with automated installation ■ 120+ page manual including a mini computer course in hardware, software, and DOS. ■ Unlimited technical support via phone (during business hours), mail, or E-Mail. ■ FREE UPDATES from bulletin board systems - you need only buy a registration key once. Updates through the mail from any version to the current version are just FOUR DOLLARS. Description Type = Keywords job,track,bid,contract,construction, Description Type = Registration Details $99 Description Type = Installation Details You may use the INSTALL programme or do the following: 1. Make a directory for the package (for example, "MD \WJS") 2. Go to that directory (e.g., "CD \WJS") 3. Extract the archive (e.g., "PKUNZIP A:WJS13C") 4. Type "WJS" and set your Preferences. Installing on Floppy Disk WJS can be run from a 720k (or greater) floppy disk although it will run very slowly as its primary function is working with disk files. If you use WKS occasionally floppy disks may be adequate, but if you use it regularly you will probably want to use a hard disk. You will need two disk drives to install to floppy disk. Place the original disk in A: and a blank disk in B:, then: 1. Go to the blank disk (e.g., "B:" then press ENTER) 2. Extract the archive (e.g., "PKUNZIP A:WJS13C"). The entire package is about 410kb, but there are files which are not needed for the programme to run (such as the documentation). See the PACKING.LST file for a list of files which may be erased from the working disk. The necessary programme files require 265kb of storage. 3. Go to the programme disk (e.g., "A:" then press ENTER) 4. Type "WJS" and set your Preferences. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Individual users may freely copy this disk and share it with friends, family, and acquaintances. Non-profit groups (including user groups and BBSs) may distribute copies of this disk. A fee of no more than $5 may be charged to cover disk copying costs. If the files on this disk have dates more than a year old please contact the author for a free update to the current version. Disk distributors and dealers must have written permission before selling copies of this software. When you contact me you will receive a free copy of the latest version and you will be placed on my mailing list to receive updates as they are released. Disk distributors may charge no more than $10 per disk for copies of this software. If, as a distributor, you supply copies to other resellers, the end price to the user may not exceed $10. All files originally distributed as part of the package (including this notice) must be included without modification. The complete list of files can be found in the PACKING.LST file which is part of this package. You must obtain written permission prior to distribution as part of any "bundled" packages (e.g., CD-ROM, placing on new computer systems, etc.) - I want to be sure you have the latest version. If the software is packaged for retail sale the packaging must explain that the software is Shareware, that the purchaser is receiving a trial version, and that use beyond the trial period requires registration with the author. You must immediately stop selling/distributing copies of this software upon notice from the author. Description Type = Permissions The Unregistered Edition of WJS may be used for evaluation purposes for 60 days, after which time the REGISTERED Edition must be purchased or the use of the Unregistered Edition discontinued. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc What Mailing List? 2.6a Organizes & prints mailing lists Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Angel Babudro "Organic Computer Wizardry" P.O. Box 132 Paonia, CO 81428 Telephone: 303-527-6756 Description Type = Short Description WHAT MAILING LIST? v2.6b for PC/MS-DOS Professional list organizer & printer. Labels, envelopes, phone book. Dot matrix & laser. Scalable & soft font support. Import, export. Dup check. PostNET bar codes. Int'l, Canadian, 11-digit US zip support. *NEW* ASCII fixed-field-length file import. $49 registration gets latest version, 150+ page manual with mini computer course, over 70,000 USA zip codes, unlimited technical support. Description Type = Long Description Very easy-to-use package organizes all of your postal work. Even first time computer users find WML's user interface simple to learn, yet WML is extremely flexible, too. WML prints labels, envelopes, phone book, and zip list on dot matrix and laser printers. Got a lot of names? No problem. WML can handle up to 250 files per directory, unlimited directories, and will keep thousands of names in a single file (theoretical limit is 5.5 million names per file). You can use a laser, ink jet, dot matrix, or even a daisy wheel printer with WML. WML uses your printer's internal fonts which lets it print at full speed. You can define two printers at once - a PCL (laser or DeskJet) and impact printer - and easily print on either one. This is very handy if you like to print single envelopes on your laser printer and use your dot matrix to print on inexpensive continuous-feed labels. PCL scalable fonts and soft fonts are supported. To make selecting entries to print as easy as possible, WML provides a very flexible query menu. You can choose entries by location (city, state/province, or zip range), a phrase or code in the comments, last mailing date, groups, or individually. Speaking of Groups, how's this for easy: you can define up to 255 groups (things like "Friends", "Christmas card list", "Business contacts", etc.), and each entry may belong to none or as many as 20 of these groups. No cryptic codes or hard commands - for the most part you'll probably do things like you would on paper. Abbreviations save typing by letting you define "short-hand" codes - similar to the way other packages use macros, but much more flexible. Define up to 255 abbreviations (like "POB" stands for "P.O. Box") and use them when entering names. When it's time to move data to and from other packages, WML handles the most common import and export formats. You can import ASCII files (comma delimited and fixed-field-length), DBF (dBase, FoxBase, Dr. Data Label, etc.), WordPerfect 4.2 or 5.1 mail merge files, or other WML files. Export your data to ASCII (delimited, fixed-field, or Ventura Publisher), MS Word, or WordPerfect. If you tend to import & export the same file types (for example, if you're sharing data with someone else) you can SAVE and LOAD your import/export definitions! No other package gives you this flexibility and ease of use! To prevent postage wasted on duplicate entries, WML has 3-way duplicate checking: Company name, personal name, and address. You may activate any or all duplicate checking options as desired. If you activate all three you can enter different data in any two of the fields and WML will still recognize it as a duplicate entry. For example, if you have "Sally Smith" of "Acme Products, Inc." at "123 Any Street" in Boston and then enter "John Jones" of "Jones Supply" at "123 Any Street" in Boston, WML will tell you about Sally Smith. And WML's smart enough to know that "123 Any Street" in Boston isn't the same as "123 Any Street" in Denver. WML's Smart Zip feature remembers new zip codes as you enter them. When you enter a zip code WML looks through its data base (for the Registered Edition there are over 70,000 zip codes - but it takes only a second to search, even on an old PC/XT computer). If the zip code is found WML enters the city & state/province for you and skips to the phone number. If the zip/postal code is NOT on file, WML goes to the city and state/provice fields, then REMEMBERS what you type for the next time you use that zip/postal code! On envelopes you will always have POSTNET bar codes printed (as long as your printer supports graphics). When printing labels you have the option of printing bar codes if you want. WML will dynamically space labels so that all the information will fit evenly. That way if you an entry with six lines of information and another with three, they will both be evenly spaced. Four concurrent indices provide instant switching between name, company, address, and zip/postal code sequence. With other packages you have to wait while a new index is built - with WML you can switch back and forth instantly. "What was that guy I talked to last night? I can't remember the company, but his last name started with 'T'." Switch to the Personal Name index, press F2 (Find), then press "T". "Who is the contact at Acme Building Supplies?" Switch to the Company index, press F2 (Find), then press "A". When you're ready to print a bulk mailing, switch to the Zip Code index and print. Other features include: ■ Four different filters which can be used individually or combined, letting you "zoom" in to look at certain entries in large files. ■ Context-sensitive help is available by pressing the F1 key. ■ Canadian and International postal codes & phone numbers are supported. ■ 5-, 9-, and 11-digit U.S. zip codes are supported. AND Much, Much More!!!! Description Type = Keywords mail,list,label,envelope,phone,contact,address,postnet,postal Description Type = Registration Details $49 Description Type = Installation Details You may use the INSTALL programme or do the following: 1. Make a directory for the package (for example, "MD \WML") 2. Go to that directory (e.g., "CD \WML") 3. Extract the archive (e.g., "PKUNZIP A:WML26A") 4. Type "WML" and set your Preferences. WML may be started from any directory - data files will be created in the current directory. Installing on Floppy Disk WML can be run from a 720k (or greater) floppy disk although it will run very slowly as its primary function is working with disk files. Data files may be on a different disk than WML.EXE and its supporting files, so you may use a two floppy system. If you use WML occasionally floppy disks may be adequate, but if you use it regularly you will probably want to use a hard disk. You will need two disk drives to install to floppy disk. Place the original disk in A: and a blank disk in B:, then: 1. Go to the blank disk (e.g., "B:" then press ENTER) 2. Extract the archive (e.g., "PKUNZIP A:WML26A"). The entire package is about 1,100kb, but there are many files which are not needed for the programme to run (such as the documentation). See the PACKING.LST file for a list of files which may be erased from the working disk. 3. Go to the programme disk (e.g., "A:" then press ENTER) 4. Type "WML" and set your Preferences. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Individual users may freely copy this disk and share it with friends, family, and acquaintances. Non-profit groups (including user groups and BBSs) may distribute copies of this disk. A fee of no more than $5 may be charged to cover disk copying costs. If the files on this disk have dates more than a year old please contact the author for a free update to the current version. Disk distributors and dealers must have written permission before selling copies of this software. When you contact me you will receive a free copy of the latest version and you will be placed on my mailing list to receive updates as they are released. Disk distributors may charge no more than $10 per disk for copies of this software. If, as a distributor, you supply copies to other resellers, the end price to the user may not exceed $10. All files originally distributed as part of the package (including this notice) must be included without modification. The complete list of files can be found in the PACKING.LST file which is part of this package. You must obtain written permission prior to distribution as part of any "bundled" packages (e.g., CD-ROM, placing on new computer systems, etc.) - I want to be sure you're using the latest version. If the software is packaged for retail sale the packaging must explain that the software is Shareware, that the purchaser is receiving a trial version, and that use beyond the trial period requires registration with the author. You must immediately stop selling/distributing copies of this software upon notice from the author. Description Type = Permissions The Unregistered Edition of WML may be used for evaluation purposes for 60 days, after which time the REGISTERED Edition must be purchased or the use of the Unregistered Edition discontinued. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst 575 BBS Systems 1.0 575 of the Highest Rated BBS Systems Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Timothy S. Campbell Pinnacle Software CP-386 Mount Royal Dept. JCSM-PROGS Montreal, QC H3P 3C6 Canada Telephone: (514) 345-9578 Description Type = Short Description 575 HIGHLY-RATED BULLETIN BOARD SYSTEMS A Guide for Shareware Authors and Shareware Afficionados prepared by Pinnacle Software CP386 Mount Royal QC Canada H3P 3C6 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst BBS Informant 1.06 Comprehensive BBS List / Search Door Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Craig Stevenson Stevenson Technical Services 108 Second Avenue West P.O. Box 297 Bertha, MN 56437-0297 Telephone: (218) 924-2050 Fax: (218) 924-2050(X11) Description Type = Short Description BBS Informant v1.06 BBS List / Search Door! BBS Informant is a comprehensive BBS door used for adding, listing, and searching through BBS names. Stores over 40 fields of data on each BBS! Store up to 3 phone numbers, modem speed & brand, software & version, sysop, emphasis, number of lines, storage space, CD-ROMS, services offered, summary, & more! Supports WildCat, PCBoard, other BBS's that support DOOR.SYS. Description Type = Long Description BBS Informant v1.06 BBS List / Search Door! BBS Informant is a comprehensive BBS door used for adding, listing, and searching through BBS names. Stores over 40 fields of data on each BBS! Store up to 3 phone numbers, modem speed & brand, software & version, sysop, emphasis, number of lines, storage space, CD-ROMS, services offered, summary, & more! Supports WildCat, PCBoard, other BBS's that support DOOR.SYS. Description Type = Keywords BBS Informant Comprehensive List/Search Door Wildcat PCBoard Description Type = Registration Details 49.95 (U.S. Dollars) Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for BBS Informant is quite simple. The package includes a program, "INSTALL.EXE", which automates the entire process. You will need about 1 megabyte of available disk space on the hard drive on which you plan to install BBS Informant. Description Type = Permissions Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI) grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed two weeks. If you continue using this software after the two-week evaluation period, you MUST make a registration payment to Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI). You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauphorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI). The attached VENDINFO data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI), 108 2nd Avenue West, PO Box 297, Bertha, MN 56437. Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst BBS Lister 1.00 Century Productions BBS Lister v1.00 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Century Productions Software P.O. Box 1208 Parker, CO 80134 Description Type = Short Description ┌─────────═] CPBBL v1.0 [═─────────┐ ││ ││ ││ Century Productions BBS Lister. ││ ││ Users and SysOps can enter in ││ ││ their favorite Bulletin Boards! ││ ││ Vendor Edition. ││ ││ ││ └─────────────────────────────────────┘ CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst BlastNet Application 1.10 BlastNet Application Package v1.10 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Century Productions Software P.O. Box 1208 Parker, CO 80134 Description Type = Short Description ┌──────────═] BlastNet [═───────────┐ ││ ││ ││ BlastNet Information Package. ││ ││ Vendor Edition. ││ ││ ││ └─────────────────────────────────────┘ CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst CPSNet Application 1.10 CPSNet Application Package v1.10 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Century Productions Software P.O. Box 1208 Parker, CO 80134 Description Type = Short Description ┌───────────═] CPSNet [═────────────┐ ││ ││ ││ Century Productions Network ││ ││ Application Package. ││ ││ Starting Date: 09-01-94 ││ ││ Vendor Edition. ││ ││ ││ └─────────────────────────────────────┘ CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst DeathNet Application 2.50 DeathNet Application Package v2.50 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Century Productions Software P.O. Box 1208 Parker, CO 80134 Description Type = Short Description ┌──────────═] DeathNet [═───────────┐ ││ ││ ││ DeathNet Application Package. ││ ││ Starting Date: 02-22-93 ││ ││ Vendor Edition. ││ ││ ││ └─────────────────────────────────────┘ CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst EZBBS11A 1.1A BULLETIN BOARD, BBS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Gary M. Raymond Custom Programming P.O. Box 8184 New Orleans, LA 70182 Telephone: 504-288-6550 Description Type = Short Description EZBBS is FAST and EASY to setup and operate. EZVBBS is virtually the only BBS on the market to install quickly and have fully operational in just minutes. EZBBS has many advantages; among them, you will like the fact that ALL configuration files are simple ascii text files that you can be managed with any text editor. EZBBS will handle thousands of users effortlessly. EZBBS will run on almost any type of IBM PC using DOS 3.3 or later. Description Type = Keywords MODEM, BBS, SERIAL, COMMUNICATIONS, BULLETIN, BOARD Description Type = Registration Details 75.00 Description Type = Installation Details TYPE "EZBBS" AT THE DOS PROMPT. Description Type = Vendor Instructions DISK VENDORS MUST NOT REMOVE ANY FILES FROM COMPRESSED ARCHIVE. REDISTRIBUTORS ARE GRANTED PERMISSION TO RE-PACKAGE AND DISTRIBUTE THIS PROGRAM AS LONG NO FILES ARE REMOVED FROM THE ORIGINAL DISTRIBUTION ARCHIVE FILE WHEN REPACKAGING IS PREFORMED; AND, THE HANDLING FEES, INCLUDING THE SINGLE DISK COST, DOES NOT EXCEED THREE DOLLARS. Description Type = Permissions DISK VENDORS MUST NOT REMOVE ANY FILES FROM COMPRESSED ARCHIVE. REDISTRIBUTORS ARE GRANTED PERMISSION TO RE-PACKAGE AND DISTRIBUTE THIS PROGRAM AS LONG NO FILES ARE REMOVED FROM THE ORIGINAL DISTRIBUTION ARCHIVE FILE WHEN REPACKAGING IS PREFORMED; AND, THE HANDLING FEES, INCLUDING THE SINGLE DISK COST, DOES NOT EXCEED THREE DOLLARS. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst HangMan Door Game 1.10 HangUser v1.10, Hang Man Door Game Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Century Productions Software P.O. Box 1208 Parker, CO 80134 Description Type = Short Description ┌────────═] HangUser v1.10 [═─────────┐ ││ ││ ││ HangUser is the old known game of ││ ││ HangMan. Enjoy the game! ││ ││ Vendor Edition. ││ ││ ││ └─────────────────────────────────────┘ CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst JetBBs 3.0A Flexible, easy to install BBS, multi-l Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=Yes Author Information: Troy Beckstrom 12711 NE 129th Ct. Apt G102 Kirkland, WA 98034-3265 Description Type = Short Description JETBBS 3.0a, flexible and easy to install BBS that is packed with features yet easy to use. Designed to run with minimal sysop attention. Supports multiple lines, chat between users, 4 door protocols, QWK mail, tagged batch and CD-ROM downloads. Can import another BBS's message base. It has a built in full screen editor, borderlines, credit system with 7 casino games, voting polls, and mini-BBSes that users can run. Description Type = Long Description JetBBS Version 3.0 A shareware software package by Troy Beckstrom Suggested archive filename: JETBBS30.ZIP _______ Internet: _______ tbeckstr@prostar.com _ Troy Beckstrom /\\ Dimension Nine Support BBS 2318 Second Avenue #492 /\// (206)LAB-TEAM, 14.4kbps Seattle, WA 98121 \/\\ 522 8326 or (206)522-3980 \// INSTALLATION ------------ To install, run "JETSETUP". MAIN FEATURES OF JETBBS ----------------------- Quick to install and easy to run. JetBBS is designed to be able to run on its own without requiring sysop attention. Highly configurable. Like a BBS construction kit that is already put together for you. You can change almost anything to the way you want it. Multi-line capability when run on a multitasking operating system such as Windows, DESQview, or OS/2. Users can chat with each other and see what menu other users are in. Even if you only have one line, you can use this feature to log on locally while the BBS continues to take calls. Detects and yields CPU time to Windows, DESQview, and OS/2 for smoother multitasking. File transfers with CD-ROM support, tagged batch downloads, and option to hang up after transfer. Support for four door protocols: DORINFO1.DEF, CALLINFO.BBS, CHAIN.TXT, and DOOR.SYS. A conversion utility that can import the message base from almost any other BBS software. Sub-Boards that users can run as their own mini-BBSes. Optional credit system with 7 built in casino games. Voting polls. QWK packet download and REP upload for offline reading of mail and messages. Built in full screen message editor. Description Type = Keywords JetBBS, BBS, multi-line, multi-node, multiline, multinode, bulletin board system Description Type = Registration Details $39 Description Type = Installation Details Run JETSETUP to install Description Type = Vendor Instructions Also see VENDOR.DOC Description Type = Permissions JetBBS is Shareware. You may freely copy and distribute JetBBS so long its files are not modified in any way and they are distributed together in whole. Rack sales, CD-ROM, and all other distribution channels are OK. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst Name Your BBS 1.0 Helps find a name for your BBS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Timothy S. Campbell Pinnacle Software CP-386 Mount Royal Dept. JCSM-PROGS Montreal, QC H3P 3C6 Canada Telephone: (514) 345-9578 Description Type = Short Description Pick an original name for your bulletin board with "NameBBS". We surveyed several thousand systems to spot trends in BBS naming. NameBBS uses this data to invent NEW names. Generate business-like names or silly names. Thousands of names can be displayed. NameBBS is another fine product from Pinnacle Software, creators of the Sapphire bulletin board system. Voice support: dial 514-345-9578, or call our free files BBS at 514-345-8654. Description Type = Long Description Name Your BBS So you've started a BBS but you just can't think up a name. What can you do? NameBBS invents BBS names, based on a survey of common themes for BBS names. You can generate serious names or silly names. Description Type = Registration Details FREE CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst Newland 1.0 BBS door game simulation of civilizati Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Troy Beckstrom 12711 NE 129th Ct. Apt G102 Kirkland, WA 98034-3265 Description Type = Short Description Newland is a simulation of civilizations that players build, manage, defend, and conquer. As a player, your goal is to maximize your industrial strength by constructing production centers for building cities, and to defend your possessions from other players. Supports four BBS door chain protocols: CHAIN.TXT, DORINFO1.DEF, CALLINFO.BBS, and DOOR.SYS Description Type = Long Description Newland is a simulation of civilizations that players build, manage, defend, and conquer. It isn't some cheesy menu-driven thing where you just set a bunch of percentages and then watch the numbers increase; you actually put your civilization together yourself with building blocks in a two-dimensional world. As a player, your goal is to maximize your industrial strength by constructing production centers for building cities, and to defend your possessions from other players. Or, you can build armies and attack other players to capture the means of production by force. Supports four BBS door chain file protocols: DORINFO1.DEF, CHAIN.TXT, CALLINFO.BBS, and DOOR.SYS Description Type = Keywords Newland, door game, door, game, BBS, BBS door, DORINFO1.DEF, CHAIN.TXT, CALLINFO.BBS, DOOR.SYS Description Type = Registration Details $10 Description Type = Installation Details HOW TO INSTALL -------------- You should put the game's files in a subdirectory in your BBS's directory, for example: C:\BBS>mkdir nl C:\BBS>cd nl C:\BBS\NL>pkunzip ..\newland.zip C:\BBS\NL>copy nl.bat .. The last line copies the small batch file NL.BAT into the BBS directory. The next step is to set your BBS up to call NL.BAT, which is what starts the game. Since there are so many types of BBSes and they are all configured differently, you will have to refer to your BBS documentation to find out how to do this. You can edit NL.BAT to change where the game looks for the door chain file, and which one it looks for. You can also call NL.BAT with a parameter, which will be passed along to the game by the %1 batch file macro. For a summary and examples, type NEWLAND /? from the NL directory. You will need to have the ANSI.SYS driver installed in your CONFIG.SYS file, otherwise the ANSI codes that Newland uses will show up on your screen as left arrow characters and numbers and left square brackets. Your CONFIG.SYS file should have a line like this in it: DEVICE=C:\DOS\ANSI.SYS It is possible for remote users to play Newland without ANSI.SYS installed on your machine, but the screen will look like garbage on your end. Description Type = Permissions You are free to copy and distribute this program CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst SAMV32B 3.2 BBS, MODEM, ANSWER MACHINE Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Gary M. Raymond Custom Programming P.O. Box 8184 New Orleans, LA 70182 Telephone: 504-288-6550 Description Type = Short Description SAM, the Smallest BBS on the Market! (S)lick (A)nswer (M)achine is about the simplest BBS imaginable. It was designed to do ONLY one thing, ANSWER your telephone and give a short and simple text message to the caller. It will then hang up and recycle itself. It will be up to you to decide the best way to put it to use. The script message SAM sends (sam.txt), as well as the cfg file can be changed with any ascii text editor. Description Type = Keywords BBS, MODEM, COMMUNICATIONS, SERIAL Description Type = Registration Details $10.00 Description Type = Installation Details TYPE "SAM" AT THE DOS PROMPT. Description Type = Vendor Instructions DISK VENDORS MUST NOT REMOVE ANY FILES FROM COMPRESSED ARCHIVE. REDISTRIBUTORS ARE GRANTED PERMISSION TO RE-PACKAGE AND DISTRIBUTE THIS PROGRAM AS LONG NO FILES ARE REMOVED FROM THE ORIGINAL DISTRIBUTION ARCHIVE FILE WHEN REPACKAGING IS PREFORMED; AND, THE HANDLING FEES, INCLUDING THE SINGLE DISK COST, DOES NOT EXCEED THREE DOLLARS. Description Type = Permissions DISK VENDORS MUST NOT REMOVE ANY FILES FROM COMPRESSED ARCHIVE. REDISTRIBUTORS ARE GRANTED PERMISSION TO RE-PACKAGE AND DISTRIBUTE THIS PROGRAM AS LONG NO FILES ARE REMOVED FROM THE ORIGINAL DISTRIBUTION ARCHIVE FILE WHEN REPACKAGING IS PREFORMED; AND, THE HANDLING FEES, INCLUDING THE SINGLE DISK COST, DOES NOT EXCEED THREE DOLLARS. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst Sapphire BBS 4.09 Quick-install, easy-to-run BBS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Timothy S. Campbell Pinnacle Software CP-386 Mount Royal Dept. JCSM-PROGS Montreal, QC H3P 3C6 Canada Telephone: (514) 345-9578 Description Type = Short Description Sapphire BBS. Easy to install. Easy to run. For small business and institutions. Advanced self-maintaining design. Used by consultants, support lines, type-setters, and translators. Good choice for people who have not run a BBS before but need one running immediately. From Pinnacle Software, the developers of the Free Speech and Pyroto Mountain BBS's. For support dial 514-345-9578, or call our free files BBS at 514-345-8654 (download on first call). Description Type = Long Description SAPPHIRE -- THE ZERO-MAINTENANCE BBS "SAPPHIRE IS A COMMUNICATIONS GEM" -- Online Access Magazine, August 1993 SAPPHIRE is a bulletin board system that is optimized for business and institutional applications. It installs in minutes and does not need daily maintenance. It is particularly popular with companies in the typesetting and translation business. It is also popular with people who have not run a BBS before, but need one that they can get up and running quickly. Sapphire is reliable, simple and safe. Description Type = Keywords PINNACLE,SHAREWARE,BBS,MODEM,SAPPHIRE Description Type = Registration Details $45.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip archive file into a new directory (suggested name: SAPPHIRE), then enter TYPE READ.ME at the DOS prompt. This will tell you how to configure and start up the program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special vendor processing instructions. Description Type = Permissions BY DISTRIBUTING THE PRODUCT YOU ARE INDICATING ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS: - You may duplicate, give away or sell unaltered copies of this product. - You may not remove any of the product's files. - You may charge a maximum of US $9 for each copy you sell (see Note #1). - Any copy may be transferred to another storage or distribution medium. - The archiving method used for this copy may be changed. - You may add files to the product, provided the files clearly indicate that they are not part of the original product. - Pinnacle Software reserves the right to revoke all distribution rights for unregistered copies of this product from any party at any time for any reason. However, unless you have been specifically informed of this, you may distribute this product WITHOUT requesting permission. (See Note #2) NOTE #1: In the case of CD-ROM compilations, the selling price is calculated as the price of the CD-ROM divided by the number of products on the CD-ROM. Thus, in such cases, the price is usually only a few cents. NOTE #2: For CD-ROM compilations, you should protect your distribution right by informing us at least two months in advance that you will be including our product on the CD-ROM. This is not obligatory. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst Search*Log 1.10 Search*Log - A SYSLOG.DBF log file bro Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Philip Kapusta P.O. Box 5423 Falmouth, VA 22403-5423 Telephone: (540) 371-5746 Description Type = Short Description Search*Log - A SYSLOG.DBF log file browser for use with Searchlight 4.5 BBS systems. Here is the easiest and most advanced activity log viewer for sysops to browse through a SYSLOG.DBF activity log file. Search*Log allows the Sysop to quickly review the contents of a SYSLOG.DBF activity log. All activity codes are reformated on screen in clear, easy to understand English. For sysops using Searchlight 4.5 BBS software. Description Type = Long Description Search*Log - SYSLOG.DBF log file browser. For use with Searchlight BBS. Here is the easiest and most advanced activity log viewer to browse through a SYSLOG.DBF activity log file. Search*Log allows the Sysop to quickly review the contents of a SYSLOG.DBF activity log. All activity codes are reformated on screen in clear, easy to understand English. Exports to ASCII. A "must have" for all Sysops using Searchlight 4.5 and greater. Description Type = Keywords SEARCHLIGHT, BBS, SYSOP, UTILITY, SEARCHLOG, LOG, DBF, MODEM, ACTIVITY Description Type = Registration Details You must have Searchlight BBS software version 4.5 or greater, and a SYSLOG.DBF file before running this program! Type "SLOG" (without quotes) then press [ENTER]. Make sure that IF the program is being run from a floppy diskette that the user change default drives (e.g., type "A:" if program is on drive A:). The program must be started from the same directory/drive where the program is located (e.g.,if the program is on B:, you must be at a B:> prompt to run the program). CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst Vote Door 1.00 1.00 Century Productions Vote Door v1.00 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Century Productions Software P.O. Box 1208 Parker, CO 80134 Description Type = Short Description ┌────────═] CPVOTE v1.00 [═─────────┐ ││ ││ ││ Century Productions Vote Door is ││ ││ for users and sysops to enter ││ ││ questions and see the questions ││ ││ results. ││ ││ Vendor Edition. ││ ││ ││ └─────────────────────────────────────┘ CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business .The Disk Vendor 2.23 The Disk Vendor sales catalog system. Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Philip Kapusta P.O. Box 5423 Falmouth, VA 22403-5423 Telephone: (540) 371-5746 Description Type = Short Description The Disk Vendor sales catalog system. For businesses who need an interactive on-line disk based catalog for their customers. Complete instructions and compiler is included to show you how to make your own catalog that can be distributed royalty-free to customers. Produces very professional looking results very simply and quickly. Great marketing tool! (General business version). Description Type = Long Description The Disk Vendor - Creates on-disk catalogs. For businesses who would like an alternative to a printed product catalog. The Disk Vendor is a compiler PLUS run-time module that allows you to easily create professional looking menu driven catalogs for your customers. Sell "anchors" to "zippers". Handles credit cards, large volume discounts, shipping and handling, printed order forms, custom opening and closing screens. Complete instructions and sample catalog included. Great marketing tool! (General business version). Description Type = Keywords MARKETING, SALES, CATALOG, BUSINESS, PUBLISHING, TEXT, ASCII, BOOK, AUTHORING Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S.A. $ Minimum registration price..................60.00 Maximum registration price..................60.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................2.50 South America.....................3.50 Europe............................3.50 Asia..............................3.50 Africa............................3.50 Pacific...........................3.50 Description Type = Installation Details Before you compile your very own electronic catalog we recommend that you try one that has already been set up for you. Run the compiler first by typing: COMPILE then press [ENTER] ...and step through the prompts. After the compilation is complete, then browse through the resulting catalog by typing: CATALOG then press [ENTER] If you like what you see, and would like to create similar electronic catalogs, print the instructions to the program by typing: COPY COMPILE.DOC PRN then press [ENTER] CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business 1000 Opprtnty Seekrs 3.02 1000 Opportunity Seekers on Diskette Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: John C. Rigdon Eastern Digital Resources P.O. Box 1451 Clearwater, SC 29822-1451 Telephone: 803-593-0870 Fax: 706-737-2336 Description Type = Short Description This program contains the name and mailing address of 1000 opportunity seekers and mulit-level marketing enthusiasts. Also included is a utility for printing mailing labels and information on ordering names from our library of over 150,000 names. Description Type = Keywords mailing list, data base, Eastern, labels, zip codes, bar codes, postnet, opportunity seekers, MLM, multi-level marketing Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip the program in a directory on your hard drive: Type PRINLABL to print labels. This program uses standard 1" labels Description Type = Permissions No restrictions on use. Vendors are encouraged to contact Eastern Digital Resources, PO Box 1451, Clearwater, SC 29822-1451 to be placed on our distribution list for latest releases. E-MAIL JOHNR238@AOL.COM CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business 2300+ Shwr Vendors! 1.0 2300+ Shareware Vendors worldwide! Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Bud Jay JCS Marketing, Inc. P.O. Box 1216 Lakeville, MN 55044 Telephone: (612) 469-5898 Fax: (612) 469-5898 Description Type = Short Description 2300+ Shareware Vendors worldwide! Learn how to get programs to all of them for about a penny a vendor! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Alert ScrSvr/Alarm 1.00 ALERT: Screen Saver / Burglar Alarm Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Mendel Cooper M/Cooper 3425 Chestnut Ridge Rd. Grantsville, MD 21536-9801 Telephone: (301) 895-4130 Description Type = Short Description ALERT: Combination Screen Saver / Burglar Alarm. A "screen saver" that flashes an INTRUDER ALERT message on a changing-color screen while sounding a klaxon at random intervals should certainly discourage a would-be burglar, or at least prevent anyone from tampering with your computer. Description Type = Long Description ALERT: Combination Screen Saver / Burglar Alarm. A "screen saver that flashes an INTRUDER ALERT message on a changing-color scree while sounding a klaxon at random intervals should certainly discourage a would-be burglar, or at least prevent anyone from tampering with your computer. Includes C source. Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed...... Minimum registration price..................0.00 Maximum registration price..................7.50 Shipping: within same country...............1.00 North America.....................2.00 South America.....................3.00 Europe............................3.00 Asia..............................3.00 Africa............................3.00 Pacific...........................3.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unpack files in subdirectory of your choice. VGA and 286 or better required. May also work with mono VGA, but this has not been tested. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute ALERT, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the ALERT package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is M\Cooper, 3425 Chestnut Ridge Rd., Grantsville, MD 21536-9801. M\Cooper may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to M\Cooper. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Analytic Hierarchy P 3.10 Analytical approach to problem analysi Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Boris I. Borzic Armada Systems P.O. Box 637, Station 'A' Downsview, ON M3M 3A9 Canada Telephone: 905-889-2617 Description Type = Short Description ANALYTIC HIERARCHY PROCESS (AHP), Rel. 3.10 Uses a proven analytical method to aid in decision and problem analysis. Helps you to quantify subjective or intangible factors. Applications: location planning, strategic planning, cost/benefit analysis, recruiting, employee evaluation, resource allocation, product evaluation, sales forecasting, taste testing, problem analysis, market research, etc... \\ from ARMADA SYSTEMS Description Type = Long Description The Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP), is an innovative software package which will provide you with a formal, analytical approach, to decision and problem analysis. Using a proven scientific method, the AHP will help you to avoid intuition and speculation, while preserving such qualitative factors as experience and judgment. Employing pairwise comparisons and a hierarchical structure of the problem, the AHP will allow you to easily quantify subjective or intangible factors. Furthermore, decomposing a complex problem into a hierarchical model, has the advantage of allowing you to focus your attention on each part of the problem separately. Hence, a difficult problem or decision, is reduced to simple comparisons of two elements, with respect to only one criteria or factor. Based on your pairwise comparisons, the AHP will calculate weights for each element in the hierarchical model. It will also report your judgment consistency, and indicate specifically which judgments, if any, are inconsistent. Because of it's ability to allow the user to easily quantify subjective or intangible factors, the AHP may be used beyond the traditional decision or problem analysis type of situations. One example might be taste testing a new food or beverage product. Applications ~~~~~~~~~~~~ Location planning, cost/benefit analysis, strategic planning, recruiting, employee evaluation, resource allocation, taste testing, new product evaluations, problem analysis, sales forecasting, market research, etc... Description Type = Keywords Decision, Problem, Analysis, Forecasting, Recruiting, Planning, Evaluation Description Type = Registration Details $99.00 Description Type = Installation Details To install program in C:\AHP, from drive A:, type: (1) C: (2) MD\AHP (3) CD\AHP (4) A:AHP_310 To print the user's manual type: MANUAL To start using the program type: AHP For help, push F1 Description Type = Vendor Instructions This program may be distributed in one of two ways: (1) As an archived file containing the following files: FILE_ID.DIZ FILEINFO.TXT AHP_310.EXE The archive file name should be in the following format: AHP_310.xxx Where 'xxx' is the extension of the archive method used, example: AHP_310.ZIP (2) Unzipped, on a diskette containing the following files: FILE_ID.DIZ (optional) FILEINFO.TXT AHP_310.EXE Description Type = Permissions Armada Systems specifically authorizes individuals and organizations to make complete unaltered copies of this software, for the purpose of free distribution to other individuals or organizations. This software and documentation may not be sold, no fee must be involved in the distribution of this software except for a small reasonable fee to cover the cost of any distribution media and service charges. This software which consists of application programs, data files and documentation, are a complete entity which must not be separated or altered in any way shape or form. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Apropos 1.5 Powerful contact management system Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Stephan R. Patterson Logistral Inc. P.O. Box 483 Donnacona, QC G0A 1T0 Canada Telephone: (418) 285-4003 Fax: (418)285-0710 Description Type = Short Description Apropos 1.50 * ASP * Contact Manager * [1/2] Helps you organize your contacts, activities, to-dos, and documents. Features include user-defined reports, file compression for backups and file transfers, support for international date formats, addresses and phone numbers, User's Manual by professional writer, industry standard CUA user interface, with pulldown menus, buttons, windows, and customizable context-sensitive online help. Description Type = Long Description Apropos is a powerful, yet easy-to-use package designed to help business people manage their contacts and related activities. Apropos provides you with the contact, activity and document management functions necessary to keep track of the people who are important to you -- and your business. This convenient database program also offers robust reporting, and archiving facilities. Best of all, it's all handled through a friendly and streamlined interface - which helps make Apropos the easiest to use package of its kind. It's also why we like to call Apropos "The Contact Management Software anyone can manage". Apropos requires an IBM PC or compatible computer, with 512K RAM, a hard disk and MS/PC-DOS v3.x or later. A mouse is optional. Apropos is priced at $49.95US. Dealer discounts, quantity discounts, and site licences are available. Logistral Inc. is a member of the Association of Shareware Professionals. Description Type = Keywords APROPOS,CONTACT,MANAGER,PIM,TO-DOS,LOGISTRAL,ASP Description Type = Registration Details $49.95 US or $69.95 CDN Description Type = Installation Details Apropos is distributed in compressed form. Please run the installation program INSTALL.EXE. It will expand the files to your hard disk and create the subdirectories required for proper operation. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Please refer to the file VENDOR.DOC for the conditions under which you may distribute Apropos. Description Type = Permissions Disk vendors who are members in good standing of the Association of Shareware Professionals (ASP) may include this program in their catalog as long as they respect the conditions defined in this contract. Disk vendors who are not members in good standing of the Association of Shareware professionals (ASP) must contact us first for permission to sell evaluation copies of this program. Please include a copy of your current catalog. In any case, Shareware Disk Vendors agree to: [A] Market the Software as shareware using the words "try before you buy" or words of similar meaning, and not to misleadingly market it or label it as fully-paid software; [B] Endeavor, to the extent practicable, to sell only the most current version of the Software that the Author provides; [C] Hold the Author, its employees and agents harmless from damage, loss and expense arising directly and indirectly from the Vendor's acts and omissions in copying and distributing the Software; [D] Distribute the Software hereunder in complete, unaltered form. Among other things, this means *no* distribution is authorized hereunder unless it contains all of the Software's files, including its text, order forms and documentation files, each in their original form. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Australian Post Code 1.1 AUSTRALIAN POST CODES Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Kevin B. Solway Kevin Solway P.O. Box 207 St. Lucia Brisbane, Queensland, 4067 Australia Description Type = Short Description Quick information on Australian post codes, compacted into a small file. You are provided with post codes, place and state names for over 13,000 locations in Australia. Very fast searching. Description Type = Keywords Post, post codes. Description Type = Registration Details USD$10 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business AutoMessage 20 2.01 Graphical message display system 20-Co Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Russell Holloway Hollowsoft Clonsulting P.O. Box 54225 Lexington, KY 40555-4225 Telephone: 606-263-2687 Description Type = Short Description AutoMessage 2.01 20-Column! Graphical message system. Has 5 fonts, 16 colors for both text and background, optional password protection, a Quickshow feature, blinking, underline, and double-size text, top and bottom title lines, seven intermission effects, instructions that remain on-screen at all times, an easy to use graphical interface, and more. It only takes around 5 minutes to learn to use the program. A Shareware Express Catalog President's Pick! Description Type = Long Description AutoMessage 2.01 is a graphical message presentation system with graphics comparable to those used by local cable television systems. The program allows users to quickly enter messages of up to 999 lines which it then displays with professional results. Because the program is graphical, display characters are large, smooth, and legible from a distance (the display dimensions are 10 rows of text with 20 characters per row). Each line of the message is controlled independently and can be underlined, doubled in size, left, center, or right justified, shown at one of four speeds, and even be made to blink. In addition, each line can have one of sixteen colors for both the text and the background. Other display features include a choice of five fonts, title functions (where a top and/or bottom line can be left on the screen while the rest of the message scrolls), a pause message function (for pauses of up to 999 seconds), and a clear screen function. Once a message is created, AutoMessage 2.01 has a myriad of display options. The program can show from 1 to 300 different messages per session. These messages can be displayed either randomly or alphabetically. You can show the messages continuously, for a specified number of times, or for a specified time limit. You can also specify a delay between messages. If you choose to have a delay between messages, the delay can be filled with one of seven possible intermission effects. These effects can be chosen so that the same effect appears each time, or so that a variety of effects appear in a random order. Since each effect is shown in its own box on the screen during the selection process, the user does not have to remember how each effect appears. AutoMessage 2.01 really shines when it comes to ease-of-use. All valid key choices remain on the screen at all times, messages can be previewed at any time during editing, and each line of text appears on the edit screen the way it will be when it is displayed in the message. In addition, the first few lines of each message are displayed when searching for a message filename, and the Escape key can be used to exit any situation. Just about anyone can find a use for AutoMessage 2.01. It is a powerful, flexible, easy-to-use tool. (On top of that, it's fun too!). Potential users include business that would like an advertising system for employees/customers/clients/patients/etc., educators who can use the program as an advanced flash-card system, office workers who can use the program as an informative screen-saver, and even home users who can use the program as an attention getting notepad, as a counter and timekeeper for exercises, and even as a hands-free display system for recipes. AutoMessage is only limited by your imagination. It takes very little work to produce attractive, attention-getting messages. Once you begin using AutoMessage, you will find more and more ways to take advantage of its features. Description Type = Keywords MESSAGE, ADVERTISE, DISPLAY, VGA, 20-COLUMN, MARKETING Description Type = Registration Details $35 Description Type = Installation Details Just unzip the files to an available directory, switch to that directory, and type START. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Just follow the normal installation instructions to install the program. AutoMessage 20 requires 420K memory and VGA. Description Type = Permissions The following applies to those vendors who wish to distribute AUTOMESSAGE: As far as distribution terms go, I have a very simple distribution policy: You have permission to distribute my shareware in its original form as long as you: 1) Identify the program as shareware 2) Leave all intellectual property (copyright) notices in place 3) And as long as I do not request that you stop. If you have any questions, concerns, or complaints, please contact me: Russell Holloway HollowSoft Consulting P.O. Box 54225 Lexington, KY 40555-4225 Phone (606)263-2687 International: If you are a publisher interested in translating and supporting my products in another language, please contact me to discuss an exclusive agreement for your language and country. If you are interested in providing registration and support services outside of North America in English, I am interested in working with you on a non-exclusive basis. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business AutoMessage 32 2.01 Graphical message display system 32-Co Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Russell Holloway Hollowsoft Clonsulting P.O. Box 54225 Lexington, KY 40555-4225 Telephone: 606-263-2687 Description Type = Short Description AutoMessage 2.01 32-Column! Graphical message system. Has 4 fonts, 16 colors for both text and background, optional password protection, a Quickshow feature, blinking, underline, and double-size text, top and bottom title lines, seven intermission effects, instructions that remain on-screen at all times, an easy to use graphical interface, and more. It only takes around 5 minutes to learn to use the program. A Shareware Express Catalog President's Pick! Description Type = Long Description AutoMessage 2.01 is a graphical message presentation system with graphics comparable to those used by local cable television systems. The program allows users to quickly enter messages of up to 999 lines which it then displays with professional results. Because the program is graphical, display characters are large, smooth, and legible from a distance (the display dimensions are 10 rows of text with 32 characters per row). Each line of the message is controlled independently and can be underlined, doubled in size, left, center, or right justified, shown at one of four speeds, and even be made to blink. In addition, each line can have one of sixteen colors for both the text and the background. Other display features include a choice of four fonts, title functions (where a top and/or bottom line can be left on the screen while the rest of the message scrolls), a pause message function (for pauses of up to 999 seconds), and a clear screen function. Once a message is created, AutoMessage 2.01 has a myriad of display options. The program can show from 1 to 300 different messages per session. These messages can be displayed either randomly or alphabetically. You can show the messages continuously, for a specified number of times, or for a specified time limit. You can also specify a delay between messages. If you choose to have a delay between messages, the delay can be filled with one of seven possible intermission effects. These effects can be chosen so that the same effect appears each time, or so that a variety of effects appear in a random order. Since each effect is shown in its own box on the screen during the selection process, the user does not have to remember how each effect appears. AutoMessage 2.01 really shines when it comes to ease-of-use. All valid key choices remain on the screen at all times, messages can be previewed at any time during editing, and each line of text appears on the edit screen the way it will be when it is displayed in the message. In addition, the first few lines of each message are displayed when searching for a message filename, and the Escape key can be used to exit any situation. Just about anyone can find a use for AutoMessage 2.01. It is a powerful, flexible, easy-to-use tool. (On top of that, it's fun too!). Potential users include business that would like an advertising system for employees/customers/clients/patients/etc., educators who can use the program as an advanced flash-card system, office workers who can use the program as an informative screen-saver, and even home users who can use the program as an attention getting notepad, as a counter and timekeeper for exercises, and even as a hands-free display system for recipes. AutoMessage is only limited by your imagination. It takes very little work to produce attractive, attention-getting messages. Once you begin using AutoMessage, you will find more and more ways to take advantage of its features. Description Type = Keywords MESSAGE, ADVERTISE, DISPLAY, VGA, 32-COLUMN, MARKETING Description Type = Registration Details $35 Description Type = Installation Details Just unzip the files to an available directory, switch to that directory, and type START32. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Just follow the normal installation instructions to install the program. AutoMessage 32 requires 420K memory and VGA. Description Type = Permissions The following applies to those vendors who wish to distribute AUTOMESSAGE: As far as distribution terms go, I have a very simple distribution policy: You have permission to distribute my shareware in its original form as long as you: 1) Identify the program as shareware 2) Leave all intellectual property (copyright) notices in place 3) And as long as I do not request that you stop. If you have any questions, concerns, or complaints, please contact me: Russell Holloway HollowSoft Consulting P.O. Box 54225 Lexington, KY 40555-4225 Phone (606)263-2687 International: If you are a publisher interested in translating and supporting my products in another language, please contact me to discuss an exclusive agreement for your language and country. If you are interested in providing registration and support services outside of North America in English, I am interested in working with you on a non-exclusive basis. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business BLINC - Per.Info.Mgr 3.00 The Total Mailing List Manager for Win Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: John C. Rigdon Eastern Digital Resources P.O. Box 1451 Clearwater, SC 29822-1451 Telephone: 803-593-0870 Fax: 706-737-2336 Description Type = Short Description Beyond the Limits of Information and Networking Connections, there is BLINC, the total mailing list manager for Windows. You can print mailing labels, custom letters, post cards and envelopes. The program generates the new post net bar codes so you can take advantage of maximum postal discounts. Description Type = Long Description Beyond the Limits of Information and Networking Connections, there is BLINC, the total mailing list manager for Windows. BLINC integrates with INVOICE-IT so you'll no longer have to type in customer names with each invoice. It also captures new names to its data base so you can print mailing labels, custom letters, post cards and envelopes. The program generates the new post net bar codes so you can take advantage of maximum postal discounts. Description Type = Keywords mailing list, data base, personal information manager, Eastern, labels, zip codes, bar codes, postnet Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip the program in a directory on your hard drive, BLINC. From within Windows, choose FILE - NEW - PROGRAM ITEM - OK. Type BLINC - for description BLINC.EXE - for program name C:\BLINC - for working directory Description Type = Permissions No restrictions on use. Vendors are encouraged to contact Eastern Digital Resources, PO Box 1451, Clearwater, SC 29822-1451 to be placed on our distribution list for latest releases. E-MAIL JOHNR238@AOL.COM CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Bankonit 4.21 EZ, power. mortgage prog. EZ prepay/sa Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: William E. Peace P.O. Box 627 South Dennis, MA 02660-0627 Description Type = Short Description BANKONIT ... PREPAY MORTGAGE AND SAVE $$$$ Bankonit is a simple to use program that allows you to do standard mortgage cal- culations and amortizations as well as interest compounding calculations. It is especially good at maintaining a current record of your mortgage as it is paid, and clearly explains and shows the tens of thousands of dollars of benefits that prepaying the mortgage can do for you. Description Type = Long Description BANKONIT ... PREPAY MORTGAGE AND SAVE $$$$ Bankonit is a simple to use program that allows you to do standard mortgage calculations and amortizations as well as interest compounding calculations. It is especially good at maintaining a current record of your mortgage as it is paid, and clearly explains and shows the tens of thousands of dollars of benefits that prepaying the mortgage can do for you. Bankonit can do interest rate calculations, principal calculations, time for loan calculations, and can show or print full amortizations for any length loan. It can also do standard interest compounding calculations, monthly, daily and so forth, and can easily compare the yields with various compounding methods. Bankonit is most powerful in its complete explanation of and recordkeeping for prepayments to mortgages. The person who prepays just $10 a month can save tens of thousands of dollars over the course of their mortgage. Description Type = Keywords Mortgage, loan, prepayment, interest, finance, compound interest, banking Description Type = Registration Details $19.95 Description Type = Installation Details If unzipping directly to hard drive, unzip to C:\BANK\ To learn to run the program, type READNOW <enter> IF you unzip to a disk, unzip to a 3 1/2" 1.44 Meg disk. You can install from the disk to a hard drive by typing INSTALL <enter> To run the program from hard drive: CD BANK <enter> BANKONIT <enter> To run the program from disk drive: BANKONIT <enter> First time users should read the information file by typing READNOW which contains more detailed startup information including installation to WINDOWS, printing of manual, use of demo files. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Please do not combine the program with other programs on the same disk (except for zips). Please do not alter any files. Please inform your users that continued use of shareware requires registration or the user is in violation of copyright laws. Please charge fees only to duplicate/ship, not for software itself. I would appreciate a courtesy catalog if you list this software in a catalog. Description Type = Permissions Contents of Manual and Programs Copyright 1995 by William E. Peace. Shareware vendors and bulletin board systems may duplicate and post the software and manuals provided that fees are charged only for duplication or access, not for the rights to the software itself. Permission is hereby granted for this type of duplication. Software or manuals may not be altered in anyway except for addition of explanatory vendor files. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Barcode creator 2.1 Barcode image creator for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Lawes DL Technology P.O. Box 9 Buckhurst Hill Essex, IG9 5B UK Telephone: ++ 44 81-559-0049 Fax: ++ 44-81-502-9037 Description Type = Short Description Demonstration version. Creates barcode images on the Windows clipboard for pasting into other applications. Images are resizeable metafiles. Demo version creates genuine image but changes coding when copying to clipboard. Description Type = Long Description Barman creates resizeable Windows metafile images of barcodes, optionally including text and margins. Image may be hoizontal or vertical. EAN/ISSN/ISBN, UPC, Code 39, Code 128, Code 11, Code B, Codabar, MSI, ITF and Telepen codes supported. Pro version includes bar thickness reduction facility to compensate for ink-spread in wet-ink printing. VBX and DLL versions are available for developers. Description Type = Keywords barcode Description Type = Registration Details $49/ú35 Description Type = Installation Details Copy the ZIP file to a temporary subdirectory and unzip it. Then from Windows run the INSTALL.EXE program created during unzipping. Installation creates a named subdirectory of the user's choice (which contains all components of the program) and an icon within Program Manager. After installation the subdirectory containing the unzipped ZIP file may be deleted. To unistall the program simply delete the subdirectory created by installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Batch Menuing 2.1 BATCH BRANCHING UNDER MENU CONTROL Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Hank Krejci HFK Software 68 Wells Road Lincoln, MA 01773-3702 Telephone: 617-259-0059 Fax: 617-259-0626 Description Type = Short Description CHOOSE v2.1 <ASP> - Simple, yet powerful, means of menu controlled branching within AUTOEXEC or other BATCH files. Unlimited cascading/nesting. A menu selection causes a branch in the batch flow to perform needed DOS commands as well as present other menus with more choices and more branches. IBM-PC, DOS 2 (runs between applications). Keywords: MENU, BATCH, AUTOEXEC, ERRORLEVEL, SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION, & VISUAL IMPAIRMENT. Description Type = Long Description The CHOOSE program provides an easy to use, yet powerful, means of menu controlled branching within the AUTOEXEC or other BATCH stream. CHOOSE may be used as a conventional menu system to provide a main menu from which programs may be run; however, CHOOSE provides much more. Since menu selections cause a branch to a specific position within a batch file, DOS commands at that position not only can run a program, but also may select drives, change directories, copy and rename files, as well as present another menu with more choices and more branches. The number of menus in a batch stream is unlimited and may be nested or cascaded as freely as needed. The more complex the environment, the more useful CHOOSE is in keeping things simple and avoiding error prone situations. Description Type = Keywords MENU, BATCH, AUTOEXEC, ERRORLEVEL, SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION, & VISUAL IMPAIRMENT. Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details (1) Unzip into a newly created (or empty) CHOOSE directory, (2) Switch to that directory, and (3) Enter "MENU" on the DOS command line. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special requirements. Description Type = Permissions Distribute freely, but without modification. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business BillPower Plus (6.6) 6.6 Total timekeeping, billing & bookkeepi Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: Richard Kelly Integra Computing 910 Cobb Place Manor Drive Marietta, GA 30066 Telephone: 404-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description BILLPOWER seamlessly incorporates time & billing functions and a general ledger into a single program. It will keep track of time, disbursements, and receipts for up to 15 timekeepers and automatically produce a monthly bill for each project. Unlike other programs that require periodic batch-pos- tings or close-out procedures, BILLPOWER is a true "real-time" system that never purges any data unless the user tells it to. Description Type = Long Description BILLPOWER seamlessly incorporates time & billing functions and a general ledger into a single program. It will keep track of time, disbursements, and receipts for up to 15 timekeepers and automatically produce a monthly bill for each project. Unlike other programs that require periodic batch-postings or close-out procedures, BILLPOWER is a true "real-time" system that never purges any data unless the user specifically tells it to. It handles up to 15 timekeepers, stores numerous miscellaneous memos, and tracks thousands of people (names, addresses, phones, etc.). It also does mailing lables, merge-prints letters to clients, and handles conflict of interest checks. Finally, it can be used in conjunction with TickleX, the finest business scheduler available. Description Type = Keywords Billing, Time & Billing, BillPower, Accounting, Bookkeeping, Business Description Type = Registration Details $150.00 Description Type = Installation Details FOR BBS USERS: Create a MANAGEX directory on your hard disk. Copy the BILPWR66.ZIP archive file into it. Then unzip the files contained in that archive. Finally, follow the instructions in the just-extracted README.DOC file. FOR DISKETTE DISTRIBUTEES: Assuming that your hard disk is drive C, place this diskette into drive A and enter "A:INSTALL A: C:". Description Type = Vendor Instructions BBS OPERATORS: Please offer your callers the ZIP file found in the ZIP sub- directory and, if possible, the brief instructions found in the InstallationInstructions section above. Thanks. DISKETTE DISTRIBUTORS: Please distribute a single diskette containing the EXE and BAT files found in the VENDOR subdirectory of this CD. Both files will fit onto a diskette as small as 360K. If you distribute this program on a high density diskette that contains other prog- rams, please ensure that this program's EXE and BAT files are placed into the same subdirectory and that that subdirectory contains files for no other program. You may help in prevent user errors if you include on the diskette label the simple note found in the InstallationInstructions section above. Thanks. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Billing Statement SHAREWARE Very simple cumulative Billing system Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Arnold Strickman A. P. Software P.O. Box 205 Westford, MA 01886 Telephone: (508) 692-3726 Description Type = Short Description The easiest billing system available. It creates standard form billing statements on plain or letterhead stationery and produces two different reports. Description Type = Long Description The shareware version contains 2 reports and allows 30 items per statement. No accounting or computer expertise is required. The registered version contains 4 reports, including aging (30, 60, 90, and >90 totals) and 60 items per statement. A custom message can be placed on statements. Address labels can be printed. An Autoentry feature allows easy data entry of identical charges/credits across multiple accounts. Additional features are available. Description Type = Keywords Business, Billing, Invoicing Description Type = Registration Details $35 US Funds Description Type = Installation Details No special instructions. The following files are necessary for operation: STMT2SW.EXE, COMPANY.DAT ACCOUNT.FIL Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special instructions Description Type = Permissions No restrictions CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Bob's BATch Enhancer 2.6 System services for BATch programs Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Bob Stephan Moby Disk 1021 san Carlos Road Pebble Beach, CA 93953 Telephone: 408-646-1899 Fax: Call for number Description Type = Short Description GET.EXE Ver 2.6, Bob Stephan's DOS BATch file enhancer for Environment and ErrorLevel BATch services. GET26 is an upgrade for users of Ver. 2.5 and includes the documentation from Ver. 2.5. Many new features are described in the file GET26NEW.DOC incl. string handling, arithmetic, file dates, return codes from other programs and much more. True shareware: No nags, no crippling, no delays. Registration: $15+S&H see ORDER.GET. Description Type = Long Description GET.EXE is a general purpose DOS BATch file enhancer. It makes information available to BATch files through the BATch IF subcommand. The information can come from user input or from the operating system, and it is made available to the BATch file through the DOS ErrorLevel (Exit Code) and variables in the DOS master Environment. GET also has capabil- ities to set some system parameters and perform a few other specific actions, over 30 functions in all. Not only is GET wonderful for automating your personal system, it is excellent for networks, client support, and software installation programs. If these terms are not familiar to you, you will find them fully described and explained in the manual in the file GET.DOC. If you have been using an older version of GET, you will also be interested in the information in GET26NEW.DOC to help focus on the new and improved features. GET makes it possible to do many more interesting things in your BATch files than is possible with plain DOS. GET has over 30 functions that are useful in BATch files, so it can replace a multitude of small BATch file utilities, thus saving disk space. Each BATch file will probably use only a few features, but as you become familiar with the power of GET you will find more and more uses for all the features. The functions available in GET.EXE fall into three general categories: 1. Keyboard and Screen Input and Output 2. Disk and File Information 3. Memory and System Information SOME OF THE MANY THINGS YOU CAN DO WITH THE KEYBOARD AND SCREEN I/O ARE: Echo text to the screen in color or reverse video. Display a custom prompt, optionally in color or reverse video, and get keyboard input. The prompt can even be displayed as a line of text moving across the bottom line of the screen to attract attention. Obtain keyboard input for menu selection, yes/no answers, USER IDs and passwords, just to mention a few, then take appropriate action depending on what was entered. You can control the length, valid characters, case, length of time to wait for input, and other characteristics of what is to be entered. Manipulate character (string) information to extract substrings, control the case, measure the length, provide input to other programs, trim leading and/or trailing blanks, and/or write the information to files. Clear the screen with full control of background and foreground color, automatically adjusting for the number of lines of text on the screen such as 43 for VGA or 50 for EGA. Arithmetic - add or subtract two numbers to make a loop counter, create sequential file names, or simply convert a numerical Environment variable into an ErrorLevel. SOME OF THE MANY THINGS YOU CAN DO WITH THE DISK AND FILE FUNCTIONS ARE: Your BATch file can find out how large a file is, or how much space is available on a disk. Decisions can be programmed based on this information, for example, to do a COPY only if enough free space is available. You can determine whether a formatted disk is available in a floppy drive, and determine its size without getting the dreaded "Abort, Retry, Ignore" critical error message. Your BATch file can check the volume label of a disk and take appropriate action based on which disk has been inserted in the drive. You can check that the correct backup, installation, data, or program disk has been inserted, for example. You can determine which device drivers were loaded in a CONFIG.SYS file and have your AUTOEXEC.BAT automatically make decisions about which programs to run depending on the system configuration. Your BATch file can obtain and store the current drive and directory so it can return there after performing an action or running a program in a different drive or directory. A FEW OF THE MANY THINGS YOU CAN TO WITH THE MEMORY AND SYSTEM FUNCTIONS ARE: Get date and time information to use to control when to run other programs, to time stamp information in files, to display on the screen or for many other purposes. BATch files can find out how much memory is available,how much Environment space is left, what video attributes and modes are in use, whether a math coprocessor is available, and whether the CPU is an 8086, 80286, or 80386 (among other things). Many BATch programming decisions can be based on such information. Additional, checks are whether ANSI.SYS has been loaded, or whether Microsoft Windows is running. Your BATch file can check to see if a printer is available and ready and determine whether to print or not automatically. It can even turn off Print Screen to avoid accidental hang-ups if no printer is currently on-line. You can even have your BATch file reboot your computer with either a warm or cold boot, for example to change the configuration. Description Type = Keywords GET,BATCH,NETWORK,ENVIRONMENT,ERRORLEVEL,INPUT,ENHANCER, PROGRAMMING,KEYS,STRINGS,CHARACTERS,FILES,MEMORY,DISKS, ARITHMETIC,BATCH UTILITY,VOLUME LABEL,DIRECTORY,DATE,TIME, REBOOT,KEYBOARD,STACK KEYS Description Type = Registration Details $15+S&H. Site and distribution licensing available. Description Type = Installation Details Copy GET26.EXE to a directory in your path as GET.EXE. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Must inform end user purchasers of the nature of shareware. Description Type = Permissions Must inform end user purchasers of the nature of shareware. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Book-It 1.0b Membership And Event Booking System Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Paul Herschell Instinctive Systems Ltd. 12 Alton Towers 180 Withington Road Manchester, M16 8WA England Telephone: 44(0)161-861 0043 Fax: 44(0)161-861 0043 Description Type = Short Description Book-It v1.00 <ASP> Club membership and activity booking system for clubs, hobby groups, holiday and activity organisations etc. Includes enquiry follow up, membership administration, activity and supplier details. Credit note system, flexible filtering and reporting and extensive context sensitive help system. Description Type = Long Description Book-It v1.00 <ASP> Club membership and activity booking system for clubs, hobby groups, holiday and activity organisations etc. Includes enquiry follow up, membership administration, activity and supplier details. Credit note system, flexible filtering and reporting and extensive context sensitive help system. Description Type = Keywords membership member activity club booking mail-merge event Description Type = Registration Details 95.00 (US Dollars) Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for Book-It is quite simple. The package includes a program, "SETUP.EXE", which automates the entire process. You will need about 6Mb of available disk space on the hard drive to complete the installtion although only 4Mb will be required once all temporary installation files have been deleted. The exact steps you need to take will depend on how you received your software. INSTALLING FROM A HARD DRIVE OR CD-ROM If you downloaded Book-It from a BBS/CIS/INTERNET, or received it on a CD-ROM, you will probably have received it as a single file (eg BOOKIT.ZIP). You will need to perform the following steps. o Extract the contents of the archive file in a temporary directory on your hard drive. The procedure for doing this varies, depending on the form in which you received the package. In all likelihood, the fact that you are reading this text means that you already have the necessary tools and knowledge to perform this step. If not, you should be able to obtain directions for this from the same source from which you received the package. o Now run SETUP.EXE by clicking on it twice from Windows File Manager or selecting File, Run from Windows Program Manager and enter. ing x:SETUP.EXE where x: is the drive and directory name where you uncompressed your files. An automated installation routine will then install the system for you. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute Book-It, completely unaltered, without further permission - all ASP vendors; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the Book-It package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. Instinctive Systems Ltd may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Instinctive Systems Ltd. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Business Clock 1.60 Business Clock Link Time Clock&in/out Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Mark Hicks BizMark Development P.O. Box 182 Princeton, LA 71067-0182 Telephone: 318-949-4309 Fax: 318-949-4400 Description Type = Short Description Business Clock Link 1.6 <ASP> Networkable PC Time Clock and In/Out Board with real-time job and task reporting, Clock-in animation, Blue Collar E-mail, on-line discipline and Ticker Tape reports. v1.6 has In/Out Board and Sneakernetting. Written in C with dBASE file format. "This Clock Means Business". XT, 640K, 2 meg drive required. $149. Description Type = Long Description This product is for business and their managers who employ a group of people who work on a variety of jobs. Business Clock Link is a PC-based time clock that monitors where workers are, what they are working on and when they started and stopped. Unlike other PC based time clock programs, Business Clock Link is oriented toward the needs of managers. So we say that Business Clock Link is "The Clock That Means Business." Here's why: 1. "In and Out" Board Functionality that allows staff persons to check-in and out and retrieve messages. Secretaries know instantly who's in the office and when others will return. 2. Real-time job and task reporting system that allows the manager to scan or print exactly how many hours are invested in a job and task components, who did the work and when the work was done. 3. Network and Sneakernet ready file system so multiple PC's can be used at the same time and you can monitor it all from the office. 4. Worker messaging system that gets messages to workers immediately and confidentially. No more running around to deliver a telephone message to a worker. 5. Written in the C language for speed and flexibility and dBASE IV file formats with exporting to allow easy development of add-ons and connection with Payroll. 6. On-Line worker discipline that allows the manager to give demerits and reprimands and to prevent clocking-in. 7. Worker scheduling that prevents early clock-in, forces end-of-day clock-out, and automatically enters work breaks, lunches and planned activities. 8. "Ticker Tape" continuous printing of transactions that guards data from power outages, provides proof of system integrity and allows a quick scan of the latest transactions. Description Type = Keywords CLOCK TIME TIMECLOCK IN/OUT BOARD PERSONNEL JOB MANAGE PAYROLL OFFICE Description Type = Registration Details 149.00 (US Dollars) Description Type = Installation Details The INSTALL.EXE program will move the files from the diskette to a hard drive directory, will check for a minimum of 640K of memory, and will display this README.1ST file for you. You do not have to run INSTALL if you have already accomplished these things. Installation is accomplished by inserting the diskette and typing "A:INSTALL" if the diskette was placed in drive A or "B:INSTALL" if the diskette was placed in drive B. No changes are made to your computer's config.sys or autoexec.bat files. If you are reinstalling Business Clock Link and you have existing data that you wish to keep, be sure to install to another directory or first move your old data to another directory temporarily. Installation will destroy existing Business Clock Link data files in the directory. If you are upgrading from a prior version and you wish to retain your existing data, you must run the File Upgrade Utility to convert your data files. This is provided without charge to licensed users. STARTING BUSINESS CLOCK LINK: ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 1. Go to the directory where you installed Business Clock Link. If you installed to the default directory, you can do this by entering "cd c:\bclink" and pressing "Enter". 2. then enter "bclink" and press "Enter". 3. Print the tutorial document by selecting "Print the Tutorial". 4. Restart the program and return 'Enter' to all prompts until you get to the main screen that shows the date and time at the upper right, a scrolling 'marquee' message line at the bottom, and a list of workers in the middle. 5. The 26 steps in the Tutorial will take about 15 minutes and will provide you a overview of the capabilities of Business Clock Link. 6. The Manager's Password is 'BOSS'. GETTING HELP: ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 1. You may contact us directly by mail, phone, fax, E-mail. 2. Business Clock Link provides the entire Manager's Guide (the manual) "on-line". To obtain context-sensitive help from anywhere in the program: press F1 or F2 from any place in the program. 3. The Manager's Guide (the manual) may be printed by selecting "Print the Manager's Guide" after starting the program. Description Type = Permissions Carefully read the following terms and conditions. Use of this product constitutes your acceptance of these terms and conditions and your agreement to abide by them. BIZMARK DEVELOPMENT GRANTS YOU, THE END USER, A NONEXCLUSIVE PERSONAL LICENSE TO USE THIS SOFTWARE FOR A PERIOD UP TO 30 DAYS IN ORDER TO EVALUATE ITS SUITABILITY TO YOUR NEEDS. AFTER THE EVALUATION PERIOD YOU MUST EITHER REGISTER THE SOFTWARE OR CEASE USING THE SOFTWARE. YOU MAY USE THE SOFTWARE ON A SINGLE PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM AND MAKE AS MANY COPIES AS NEEDED FOR BACKUP AND ARCHIVAL. YOU MAY ALSO DISTRIBUTE THE SOFTWARE, UNMODIFIED, IN ITS ENTIRETY, TO OTHERS WHO ARE INTERESTED IN EVALUATING THE SOFTWARE. YOU MAY NOT MODIFY, ALTER, TRANSLATE, DISASSEMBLE, DECOMPILE, OR LEASE THE SOFTWARE OR THE REFERENCE MANUAL. THE LICENSE IS EFFECTIVE UNTIL TERMINATED. YOU MAY TERMINATE IT AT ANY TIME BY DESTROYING THE SOFTWARE. IT WILL ALSO TERMINATE IF YOU FAIL TO COMPLY WITH ANY TERM OR CONDITION OF THIS AGREEMENT. YOU AGREE UPON SUCH TERMINATION TO DESTROY THE SOFTWARE. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Business Plan Master 2.7 Business Plan Master 2.7 (PC) Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Grand Universal P.O. Box 147 Fairborn, OH 45324-0147 Description Type = Short Description BUSINESS PLAN MASTER v2.7 <ASP> Every business needs a business plan, Fortune 500 or Mom & Pop. Investors demand them! These complete template files will save weeks of time. All financial reports and analysis (cash flow, income statements, balance sheets, ratios, etc.). Excellent for service and product businesses. Files in WP 5.1, Word/Win, Works, 1-2-3, Excel formats. Shareware by Grand Universal. Registration - $34/$44. Description Type = Keywords business, plan, finance, entrepreneur, template, windows Description Type = Registration Details $34/$44 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business CAMS 3.05 Computer Aided Milling System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Jean J. Lucas Computer Geometry Company 26624 Whispering Leaves Drive Newhall, CA 91321 Telephone: 805-252-4938 Fax: CALL FOR FAX Description Type = Short Description CAMS version 3.05 is a language and computer program capable of generating machine control data for numerically controlled machine tools. It accepts a sequence of statements in the language ("part program") which define the dimensions and shape of a workpiece and describe the movement of a cutting tool. A cutter location (CL) file is calculated for use by other programs ("postprocessors") to generate instructions for a NC machine. Description Type = Long Description CAMS OVERVIEW: CAMS has been in continous use developing NC/CNC part programs since 1975. Whether you are doing 3-axis contouring or 2-axis positioning, CAMS will provide you with a tool to help you do the job more effectively. CAMS is a language and a computer program designed for use in generating machine control data for numerically controlled machine tools. CAMS will accept a sequence of statements in the language (called a "part program") which defines the absolute quantities (dimensions) and shape of a workpiece. It will use this information to calculate a cutter center location path. The cutter center path is then processed by another computer program (called a "postprocessor") into instructions for a specific machine tool which, in turn, will accurately machine the workpiece. CAMS has been developed to operate on any IBM/PC or PC compatible computing equipment that supports the MS-DOS or PC-DOS operating system. A minimum computer configuration consists of an 80x86 central processing unit containing at least 384K bytes of RAM memory, a keyboard, a CRT display, an 80-column system printer, and at least one floppy disk drive. CAMS FEATURES: Easy user interface Menu based program control APT-like language syntax Built-in arithmetic & trigonometric functions Extensive geometric definition facilities Point (10) Vector (9) Line (13) Plane (5) Circle (9) Cylinder (2) Spline (free-form) curves (3) Point patterns (3) Extensive motion control Point-to-point motion Absolute Incremental Cycle Contouring motion Plane part surface control Multiple surface motion start-ups Surface-to-surface motion Control of tool-to-part relationships Arc contouring Automatic motion Pocketing Helical bore (using end mills) Extensive transformation facilities Matrix (10) Cutter path transformations Part reference systems Indexing and copying tool paths File inclusion Graphic tool path review Subscripted variables Scalars Geometric entities Postprocessors: CAMS postprocessors are designed to read the CAMS created cutter location path and generate machine control data for a specific machine tool/controller combination. Postprocessors are available for a wide variety of machine tools at a small cost. Should the postprocessor you require not be in stock, a semi-custom postprocessor will be quickly and reliably prepared to fit your machining requirements. Format Conversion: CAMS postprocessors generate machine control data as ASCII text files on your PC. Most modern controllers will accept this format when transmitted via RS232 input port. (EIA-RS358 for NC/CNC machines is a subset of this format.) For the older machines which cannot accept RS358 as input a file format converter is available. Service & Support: Computer Geometry has been supplying NC/CNC software and services since 1975. Our products have been continually supported during this time. We are constantly improving them in terms of capability, reliability and excellence. Computer Geometry is a company with a commitment to providing NC/CNC services now and into the future. Description Type = Keywords NC, Numerical Control, Manufacturing, NC Language Description Type = Registration Details $95.00 Description Type = Installation Details Installation of CAMS on a hard disk is very simple. It is recommended that you install as follows... 1. Put the CAMS distribution diskette into drive A: 2. Be sure you are logged onto your hard disk (C:) 3. Create a CAMS subdirectory by entering the commands... C>MD CAMS C>CD CAMS 4. Copy all files from the distribution diskette... C:\CAMS>COPY A:*.* 5. Unpack and print the reference manuals... C:\CAMS>CAMSMAN C:\CAMS>PRINT CAMSMAN.TXT C:\CAMS>PRINT VIDEOPP.TXT 6. Unpack the executable program modules... C:\CAMS>CAMSEXE 7. Run a CAMS test case... C:\CAMS>CAMS and watch the fun. Use HELP liberally (function key F1) until you become familiar with CAMS operations. Be sure to set up your working configuration before you execute a CAMS test case (ref. menu item "Configure"). 8. Fill out the order form, sign the check and send it to Computer Geometry Company. Then delete the files not needed for your own NC activities... C:\CAMS>ERASE *.TXT C:\CAMS>ERASE CAMSMAN.EXE C:\CAMS>ERASE CAMSEXE.EXE C:\CAMS>ERASE README.1ST C:\CAMS>ERASE ORDERF.ORM Installation of CAMS on a dual floppy disk only system is similar, but a little more involved. (Note: a single floppy disk system is not recommended)... 1. Format a blank diskette with DOS on it, name it "CAMS305". With the DOS system diskette in A: and the blank diskette in B:, enter the following... A>FORMAT A:/S/V 2. Unpack the working CAMS files to the newly formatted diskette. Place the new diskette in A:, and place the CAMS distribution diskette in drive B: and enter the following... A>B:CAMSEXE A>DIR The directory you get should look similar to this (dates, file sizes and file order may vary)... Volume in drive A is CAMS305 Directory of A:\ COMMAND COM 25307 03-17-87 12:00p CAMS EXE 60593 05-20-93 3:05a CAMS1 EXE 63160 05-20-93 3:05a CAMS2 EXE 60737 05-20-93 3:05a CAMSXRF EXE 15360 05-20-93 3:05a VIDEOPP EXE 44434 05-20-93 3:05a CAMS HLP 16033 05-20-93 3:05a CAMS TBL 1367 05-20-93 3:05a 8 file(s) 286991 bytes 18432 bytes free 3. Format another blank diskette without DOS. This will be your working diskette. Copy the two test cases to this diskette. When you are thru, the directory should look something like this... Volume in drive B has no label Directory of B:\ CAMPLATE NC 1536 05-20-93 3:05a THINGMJ NC 896 05-20-93 3:05a THINGMJ2 NC 775 05-20-93 3:05a 3 file(s) 3207 bytes 358400 bytes free 4. With the system diskette in A:, and the working diskette in B:, enter the command... A>CAMS and watch the fun. Use HELP liberally (function key F1) until you become familiar with CAMS operations. Be sure to set up your working configuration before you execute a CAMS test case (ref. menu item "Configure"). 5. Run a CAMS test case. 6. Fill out the order form, sign the check and send it to Computer Geometry Company. Description Type = Vendor Instructions The file CAMS305.ZIP is the BBS format for delivery of CAMS to prospective registrants. The diskette format is created by simply unpacking the CAMS305.ZIP file to a floppy diskette. The unpacked files fit comfortably on a 360K diskette, using most of the available file space. Description Type = Permissions CAMS DISTRIBUTION NOTICE ------------------------ Computer Geometry Company is distributing CAMS via the "SHAREWARE" concept. If, after a reasonable trial period, you decide to use the product, we will TRUST you to send the requested $95.00 payment. You may obtain a copy of the latest CAMS evaluation system by sending $10.00 to Computer Geometry Company to cover the cost of diskettes, mailer, and postage. Computer Geometry Co. will send you the latest version of CAMS immediately by first class mail. You may also receive a copy of CAMS by sending $95.00. This will make you a "registered" owner. All registered owners of CAMS will receive a loose leaf copy of the Part Programmer's Manual that contains all of the information in this disk version of the manual, including the diagrams and illustrations that could not be included on the distribution diskette. In addition, registered owners receive notification of new program updates, releases, and additions, including the availability of new postprocessors. They also receive priority consideration when requesting postprocessors for machine tools not already covered by Computer Geometry products. If, after all this, you still decide not to send the payment, you are still encouraged to copy and distribute CAMS to your associates with the following restrictions: 1. CAMS is distributed as a complete set. Do not alter, or delete any program files from the distribution copies. 2. No charge is to be made for copying or distributing CAMS, other than a reasonable copying fee not to exceed $10.00. 3. Commercial sale of CAMS in any manner is prohibited without Computer Geometry Company's written permission. 4. The printed manual may not be copied or reproduced in any way. CAMS is a SHAREWARE NC Part Programming software product. It is NOT in the public domain, nor is it free. You are granted a limited license to use CAMS for the purpose of testing its suitability for your Numerical Control use. After a reasonable trial period, to continue using the product, you must become a registered user by paying a registration fee of $95.00 to Computer Geometry Co. Registration entitles you to an up-to-date version of CAMS on diskette, a current illustrated manual, and program support for one year. Thank you for your support. (California residents add 8.5% sales tax.) CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business CEnvi for DOS 2.00 Scripting language/batch-enhancer Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Brent Noorda Nombas P.O. Box 875 Medford, MA 02155 Telephone: 617-391-6595 Description Type = Short Description C-interpreter/batch-enhancer/macro tool- CEnvi gives the DOS professional a complete C-like environment, including the standard library and interrupt calls, in an easy-to- use form and all in one 150K executable. Now 'C' is as easy to use as a batch file, and can even mix with batch files. Description Type = Long Description Cmm (C minus minus) is 'C' for the rest of us. CEnvi runs Cmm programs in the DOS, Windows, OS/2, NT, Unix, etc... environments. Together, CEnvi and Cmm make the power and flexibility of the C programming language part of every computer user's environment, without the hardware, time, and programmer resources needed for developing full-blown C programs. With CEnvi and Cmm, anyone can take control of their computer environment. C is not just for programming nerds anymore. CEnvi utilites, macros, batch files, and scripts can quickly be created, shared, and modified among all computer users, professional and amateur alike. CEnvi can be incorporated at a pace that is comfortable to you: you may just want to use CEnvi code set up by a more experienced user, you may want to enhance existing batch files with a line or two of CEnvi code, or you may write complete utilities using CEnvi. 150+ built-in functions or create your own. Interact with DOS commands, interrupts, and environment variables. 50 sample utilities are included to demonstrate Cmm programming, looping in batch files, altering environment variables, user input, reading time, sounds, setting ERRORLEVEL, file read/write, program run-time scheduling, and much more. Description Type = Keywords C, INTERPRETER, BATCH, ENHANCER, ENVIRONMENT, MACRO Description Type = Registration Details See Readme.doc Description Type = Installation Details Create a directory (recommend name CENVID). Unzip CENVID.ZIP into that directory. From that directory enter CENVI INSTALL. Description Type = Permissions May be freely distributed if no files are removed or modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business CEnvi for OS/2 2.00 Scripting language/batch-REXX-enhancer Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: Brent Noorda Nombas P.O. Box 875 Medford, MA 02155 Telephone: 617-391-6595 Description Type = Short Description C-interpreter;bach/rexx-enhancer;Automator- CEnvi gives the OS/2 professional a complete C-like environment, including the standard library and kernel/DLL calls, in an easy-to- use form and all in one 150K executable. Now 'C' is as easy to use as a batch file, and can even mix with batch or REXX. Description Type = Long Description Cmm (C minus minus) is 'C' for the rest of us. CEnvi runs Cmm programs in the DOS, Windows, OS/2, NT, Unix, etc... environments. Together, CEnvi and Cmm make the power and flexibility of the C programming language part of every computer user's environment, without the hardware, time, and programmer resources needed for developing full-blown C programs. With CEnvi and Cmm, anyone can take control of their computer environment. C is not just for programming nerds anymore. CEnvi utilites, macros, batch files, and scripts can quickly be created, shared, and modified among all computer users, professional and amateur alike. CEnvi can be incorporated at a pace that is comfortable to you: you may just want to use CEnvi code set up by a more experienced user, you may want to enhance existing batch files with a line or two of CEnvi code, or you may write complete utilities using CEnvi. nearly 100 samples are included, demonstrating such tasks as: looping in batch files, setting the NumLock key, killing processes, calling DLLs, deleting directory trees, opening desktop folders, scheduling task times and priorities, controlling PMSHELL and WPS, fine-tuning DOS sessions and appearances, sending keystrokes to PM and Windowed applications, menu selections, automating DOS, Windows, and OS/2 sessions, and much more... Description Type = Keywords C, INTERPRETER, BATCH, REXX, SCRIPT, AUTOMATE, MACRO Description Type = Registration Details See README.DOC Description Type = Installation Details Create a directory (recommend name CENVI2). Unzip CENVI2.ZIP into that directory. From that directory enter CENVI INSTALL. Description Type = Permissions May be freely distributed if no files are removed or modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business CEnvi for Windows 2.00 Windows-batch-language/C-interpreter Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Brent Noorda Nombas P.O. Box 875 Medford, MA 02155 Telephone: 617-391-6595 Description Type = Short Description C-interpreter/Windows-batch/macro tool- CEnvi gives the Windows professional a complete C-like environment, including the standard library and DLL calls, in an easy-to-use form and all in one 150K executable. Now 'C' is as easy to use as a batch file. Script almost any Windows tasks. Description Type = Long Description Cmm (C minus minus) is 'C' for the rest of us. CEnvi runs Cmm programs in the DOS, Windows, OS/2, NT, Unix, etc... environments. Together, CEnvi and Cmm make the power and flexibility of the C programming language part of every computer user's environment, without the hardware, time, and programmer resources needed for developing full-blown C programs. With CEnvi and Cmm, anyone can take control of their computer environment. C is not just for programming nerds anymore. CEnvi utilites, macros, batch files, and scripts can quickly be created, shared, and modified among all computer users, professional and amateur alike. CEnvi can be incorporated at a pace that is comfortable to you: you may just want to use CEnvi code set up by a more experienced user, you may want to enhance existing batch files with a line or two of CEnvi code, or you may write complete utilities using CEnvi. 150+ built-in functions, create your own, or call into Windows or other DLLs. 50+ sample files are included to demonstrate Cmm programming, DLL links, reading time, file read/write, controlling other programs, interacting with Windows and DOS, creating graphics and dialog windows, serial communications, menu and dialog creation or automation, and much more. $38. Also available for OS/2 and DOS. Description Type = Keywords C, INTERPRETER, WINDOWS, BATCH, SCRIPT, MACRO Description Type = Registration Details see readme.doc Description Type = Installation Details Create a directory (recommend name CENVIW). Unzip CENVIW.ZIP into that directory. Run CEnvi.exe and enter INSTALL at the prompt. Description Type = Permissions May be freely distributed if no files are removed or modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Car Book Plus 2.0 Car Mileage Book & Car Expenses Book Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Andrzej Brzezinski PrimaSoft, Inc. P.O. Box 456 Surrey, BC V3T 5B7 Canada Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description CAR BOOK PLUS for Windows(MS Windows 3.1). Includes two separate programs: Car Mileage Book and Car Expenses Book. Both programs will help you keep track of all car records (services, maintenance, repairs, insurance license fees, fuel & oil costs, leasing costs, mileage, and more...). Well suited for both personal and business car use. A similar format to a regular book makes both programs very easy to use and intuitive. Description Type = Long Description CAR BOOK PLUS for Windows(MS Windows 3.1) (excellent for Laptops).Includes two separate programs: Car Mileage Book and Car Expenses Book. Both programs will help you keep track of all car records (services, maintenance, repairs, insurance & license fees, fuel & oil costs, leasing costs, mileage, and more...). CAR BOOK PLUS is well suited for both personal and business car use. A similar format to a regular book makes both programs very easy to use and intuitive. Description Type = Keywords CAR,EXPENSES,MILEAGE,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,BUSINESS,TAX,PIM,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $22 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business CataList 5.44 Professional approach to List-Manageme Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: Alan L. Stewart Automation Consultants, Intr'l 23131 Tiagua Street Mission Viejo, CA 92692-1403 Telephone: 714-768-4544 Fax: 714-768-4548 Description Type = Short Description C a t a L i s t Comprehensive list-manager. Built-in database features. Frontend for most WP-systems. Creates labels,envelopes Rolodex-cards. Many reports. Detects both Exact-and-Near-duplicates, formats addresses for 160 countries, excellent printer controls.Limitless abilities to select-&-sort data. Bar Coding,import/export from other DBs. Description Type = Long Description Comprehensive, professional approach to effective and efficient list-management with built-in database and features & functions found only on large, main-frame computers. Integrates with almost ALL WP-Systems. Produces labels, envelopes, postcards, Rolodex- Cards, Filofax, bulk-mail flyers and reports of selected and sorted entries printed in an endless variety of formats. Ability to detect both `Exact-and-Near' duplicates, formats addresses for more than 160 countries, excellent printer control and virtually limitless abilities to select and sort data. External, ten- utilities package available for Input/Ouput ASCII conversions, Duplicate-Detection, Merge/Purge, Random-Selection, etc. Each input field can be duplicated from the previous entry or extracted from a table of constant values to accelerate data- entry. Each input-field can be entered, automatically as all upper-case letters, all lower-case letters except the first- letter of each word or accepted as was typed. Entries for both individuals as well as companies can be intermixed in the same file. Addressee-titles can be customized for each list and pulled from a table. Use of `wild-cards' is extensive for common messages such as `Occupant', `Resident', etc. Description Type = Keywords List-Manager, Labels, Envelopes, Bar-Coding, Rolodex-Cards, Duplicate-Detection, Data-Base retrieval, Import/Export Description Type = Registration Details $ 69.00 Description Type = Installation Details Diskette into Drive-`A'. type `HARD C'. ENTER-Key. Description Type = Vendor Instructions DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THE TEMPORARY FILE CALLED `DEMO.0' CREATED WHEN FIRST RUN OR TESTED. REMOVE THIS FILE BEFORE DISTRIBUTION IF IT EXISTS AFTER RUNNING OR TESTING. Description Type = Permissions NONE CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business ChronoLog 1.11 Resource Management System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Doug Patrick ComputerEase 7204 John Elizabeth Place Suite 15A Prince George, VA 23875 Telephone: 804-458-2212 Description Type = Short Description ChronoLog Version 1.11 <ASP> - Resource Management System for DOS. Features easy entry of 11 event types, reminding, resource utilization matrix, conflict-checking, string and keyword searching, printing appointment schedules/calendars/reports, export/import, phonebook w/autodial, calculator, ToDoList, DOS shell, perpetual calendar. Past events form endless logbook. Previous version won 1991 Dept of Defense Software Contest. Description Type = Long Description ChronoLog is an easy-to-use resource or personal information manager for DOS. It was originally designed and developed for use in the federal government, to provide a software tool for managing teams of programmers/analysts responsible for developing and fielding application software around the world. Tight schedules of meetings, milestones, and travel demanded close scrutiny to avoid conflicts, and such difficulties as delivery of software before hardware, etc. A manager can record a future event and "tag" it to multiple categories (MEETING, TRAVEL, etc.) and/or employee names thru a unique feature called CrossKeys (cross-reference keywords), which are user-defined. If one of these employees has been previously scheduled elsewhere, ChronoLog immediately warns of the conflict. Ten types of recurring events are supported, to include varying- type events, such as "every year on the 3rd Tuesday in August". As events are entered, they are displayed in an "EventLog", which is a scrollable, chronologically-ordered display which can be scrolled or searched forward to the event furthest in the future, or backward to the first event entered in the past, when usage of the program began! ChronoLog will print appointment schedules selected by employee, monthly block calendars on any printer, plus other selected reports. The system will quickly recover past events in summary form for display or print. This is an extremely valuable feature for supervisors; at the end of the year, for instance, when time for an employee's performance evaluation, he can quickly display and/or print a summary of every event with which the employee was involved. When the boss asks for a "recap" of a division's accomplishments during a period, pressing four keys will print it! The user may have multiple databases to hold different types of information. ChronoLog provides the ability to "jump" from one database to another without having to exit the program, and events selected by CrossKey may be exported from one database, then imported into another. Other add-on features are: a user-customizable phone book which will maintain several items of information for a person such as phone number, address, FAX number, e-mail address, etc.; a pop-up calculator with ten memory stores; a scrollable perpetual calendar; a todolist which can contain an indefinite number of items; a DOS menuing system for quickly loading and running other DOS applications without leaving ChronoLog. ChronoLog was originally developed because there was and is no software available that will provide all these things. It has been well-accepted by small businesses and professionals for its many features, functionality, and simplicity. It currently has happy users in all fifty states and in several foreign countries. Description Type = Keywords PIM, CALENDAR, BUSINESS, RESOURCE, MANAGEMENT, SCHEDULER, LOGBOOK Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 Description Type = Installation Details - If installing from ChronoLog 3 1/2" master diskette (floppy with 15 system files uncompressed): insert diskette in drive, type CLINST to install system, then CLINIT to initialize first ChronoLog database. - If installing from ChronoLog 5 1/4" master diskettes (two floppies with 15 system files uncompressed): insert disk #1 in drive, type CLINST to install system, then CLINIT to initialize first ChronoLog database. - If installing from CHRON111.ZIP (compressed BBS version): create a DOS subdirectory (i.e. C:\CHRON), run PKZIP v2.04 to unzip CHRON111.ZIP files, then run CLINIT to initialize first ChronoLog database. Description Type = Vendor Instructions CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS SOFTWARE MAY BE COPIED AND DISTRIBUTED: Shareware distributors and disk vendors who wish to advertise and sell diskettes containing the Chronolog package, individuals who wish to distribute it to friends or associates, computer bulletin board system operators who wish to make it available for download by their users, and Computer Clubs and User Groups wishing to add it to their disk libraries are ENCOURAGED to do so, providing adherence to the Distribution Restrictions are followed. As the exclusive copyright holder for ChronoLog, ComputerEase authorizes distribution only in accordance with the following restrictions: The ChronoLog package - which includes fifteen (15) program and documentation files - CANNOT be modified in any way and must be distributed as a complete package without exception. The PACKING.LST text file contains a list of the files that make up the ChronoLog package. If any files listed in the PACKING.LST text file, or the PACKING.LST file itself, are missing, then the package is not complete and distribution is forbidden. Small additions to the package, such as the introductory or installation batch files used by many shareware disk vendors, are acceptable. No price or other compensation may be charged for the ChronoLog package. A distribution fee may be charged for the cost of the diskette, shipping and handling, as long as the total (per disk) does not exceed US$8.00 in the U.S. and Canada, or US$12.00 internationally. Vendors who wish to distribute the ChronoLog package as part of a collection (such as PsL's MegaDisk set, or a CD-ROM package) may do so provided that all the other restrictions are met. It CANNOT be sold as part of any other commercial or shareware system or packaging offer, without the written consent of ComputerEase. Rack sellers may market ChronoLog as long as (1) the software is explicitly identified as SHAREWARE, with a prominent definition of shareware displayed, and (2) ComputerEase is paid a fair royalty. ComputerEase must approve the scheduled royalty payment prior to any sales. If you wish to add any of the system programs to a CD-ROM or other collection, please check the release date of the version you have. If the version is over twelve (12) months old, then please contact us to ensure that you have the most current version. The User's Guide, CHRONO.DOC (from self-extracting file MANUAL.EXE), may not be printed and reproduced in whole or in part, using any means, without the written permission of ComputerEase. The ChronoLog system cannot be "rented" or "leased" to others. ChronoLog may not be listed in advertisements, catalogs, or other literature which describes products as "FREE SOFTWARE". Shareware is "Try-Before-You-Buy" software, it is not free! Licensee shall not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauthorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to ComputerEase. --- Help Us Serve You Better --- PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE - anyone choosing to distribute ChronoLog is requested to notify ComputerEase so that upgrades may be provided. This benefits us both! We would appreciate copies of anything you print regarding ChronoLog. Please send us a copy of any reviews, articles, catalog descriptions, or other information you print or distribute regarding the ChronoLog package. Thank you for your time and assistance and for supporting the shareware marketing concept. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Client Biller 1.2 Invoice-maker extraordinaire! Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: James Bell New Executable Workshop P.O. Box 57336 Jacksonville, FL 32241-7336 Telephone: 904-292-2815 Description Type = Short Description +-------------------------------+ $ | Client Biller 1.2 for Windows | $$$$$ +-------------------------------+ $ $ * Create/Edit/Print invoices $$$$$ * Track clients $ $ * Designed by and for small $$$$$ business and consulting $ * Extremely easy-to-use * Register by phone with Visa/MC Description Type = Long Description Client Biller is really a simple program with a simple task: Make Invoices. As a consultant I hated keeping track of clients, invoices, phone numbers, invoice numbers, etc. Client Biller keeps track of all these things for me and it does it well. Client Biller is Shareware, that means that you are allowed to use the program for ten days to determine if it is for you. If you continue to use it you have to register with us at N.E.W. Registration takes about 5 minutes and you can do it by phone, by e-mail, or by mail. When you do register you'll get a license number and notification of major upgrades. If you have an older version you can also get a copy of the latest when you register. You can register Client Biller instantly with Visa or MasterCard. Just call (904) 292-2815. A License Number (can given over the phone) will remove any registration reminders, and you can have the latest version shipped to you. Description Type = Keywords Invoice,Business,Billing,Bill,Bills,Client Description Type = Registration Details $19.99 (license) or $24.99 (latest version shipped) Description Type = Installation Details ------------------------ Installing Client Biller ------------------------ To install Client Biller you can use the included INSTALL.EXE program, or you can just copy the CBILLER.EXE and CBILLER.HLP files to your Windows directory. To start up Client Biller just run CBILLER.EXE. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Clipboard Master 2.1 Image capture and show presenter for w Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Lawes DL Technology P.O. Box 9 Buckhurst Hill Essex, IG9 5B UK Telephone: ++ 44 81-559-0049 Fax: ++ 44-81-502-9037 Description Type = Short Description Demonstration version. Captures images for use in DTP or slide show. Converts between various formats. Imports directly to clipboard. Demo version captures and loads images but will not allow images to be saved or used. Manual or automatic presentations. Description Type = Long Description Versatile Windows image capture system and show presentation system. Imports files, exports and interconverts images in several formats, including BMP, DIB, PCX, TIF and WMF. Resize images on the clipboard. Combine clipboard images into a slide show. Manual or timed presentation. Operation by mouse click or keypress. Pro version includes full colour printer module which prints slides and lecture notes, and a run- time show presenter module. Description Type = Keywords presentation,graphics,show Description Type = Registration Details $69/ú45 Description Type = Installation Details Copy the ZIP file to a temporary subdirectory and unzip it. Then from Windows run the INSTALL.EXE program created during unzipping. Installation creates a named subdirectory of the user's choice (which contains all components of the program) and an icon within Program Manager. After installation the subdirectory containing the unzipped ZIP file may be deleted. To unistall the program simply delete the subdirectory created by installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Computerized Host Mn 5.07.02 Computerized Host Manifest Program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: John Ferguson 3904 Winding Way Road Roanoke, VA 24015 Description Type = Short Description UPSBOOK v5.07.02 Computerized Host Manifest program that enables you to automatically prepare and maintain accurate shipping records. Time saving features include: - Easy for ANYONE to learn to use quickly - Customer database for quick repeat entries - Built-In On-Line Help lines - History of all packages shipped - Printing all COD and shipping labels - Prints Package ID Label for use with existing shipping labels - Calculation of all shipping charges - Print shipping manifest for driver pickup - Handles 150 lb weight limit - Handles International Worldwide Express - Handles different Intrastate Rates - Built-In diminsional size calculator - Print manifest, shipping labels and cod tags to different printers or a file - Allows adding a fixed surcharge to all shipping charges for mailling companies - Handles NEW Zone 28 shipping UPGRADE: Only UPSBOOK.EXE, CUSTOMER.EXE & UPSRATES.DAT are necessary to upgrade from 4.xx.xx versions. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Contact Book Plus 2.0 Keeps track of all kinds of contacts. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Andrzej Brzezinski PrimaSoft, Inc. P.O. Box 456 Surrey, BC V3T 5B7 Canada Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description CONTACT BOOK PLUS for Windows 3.1.Includes two programs: Contact Book and Note Book. Can be used at home or for business. Keeps track of all kinds of contacts (personal, business). Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching, modem dialing, printing records, letters, envelopes, notes, and much more. A similar format to a regular book makes programs very easy to use and intuitive. Description Type = Long Description CONTACT BOOK PLUS for Windows(MS Windows 3.1) (excellent for Laptops). Includes two programs: Contact Book and Note Book. Can be used at home or for business. Keeps track of all kinds of contacts (personal, business). Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching, modem dialing, printing records, letters, envelopes, notes, and much more. A similar format to a regular book makes programs very easy to use and intuitive. Description Type = Keywords ADDRESS,CONTACT,BOOK,PHONE,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME BUSINESS,UTILITY,PIM,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $22 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Contact Plus 2.5 Award winning Contact Manager Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ed Trujillo Contact Plus Corporation P.O. Box 372577 Satellite Beach, FL 32937-0577 Telephone: 407-779-4900 Fax: 407-779-3311 Description Type = Short Description Contact Plus Personal 2.5 - award winning! New: Full support for WordPerfect 6.0 form letters and mail-merge. Import. Still: auto-dialer, user defined fields categories, memory resident (TSR), Avery mailing labels, ticklers, reminders, history graph, call analysis reports, 24 categories, holidays, databases, automated follow-up schedules, history. By Contact Plus Corp. Description Type = Long Description Contact Plus is an excellent way to keep track of people in your life. It helps you organize your phone calls, notes, notes and future appointments. You can keep multiple databases and can setup your own user defined fields. It is a great application for salesmen, telemarketing, realtors, insurance agents, bankers. It has won several honors including "Best Buy of the Year" in Business Marketing Magazine (Jan '89), and "Best of Shareware 1990" in the business category in PC World Magazine (Oct '90), and "Editor's Choice" (Jan/Feb 1992) in Shareware Magazine. Description Type = Keywords contact,sales,dialer,business,marketing,calendar,phone Description Type = Registration Details $99.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply unzip the enclosed file into an empty sub-directory and enter the command "C" to start. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to distribute Contact Plus 2.5 as long as the program files and descriptions are not modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business DEED PLOT 0.53 Plots map from your deed, finds errors Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Perry Beiter CAVE, Inc. 1/2 Fast Software Div. 1/2 Fast Road Ritner, KY 42633-8809 Telephone: (606) 376-3137 Fax: switched on demand Description Type = Short Description DEED PLOT ver 0.53 - ($10 to $100) DEEDPLOT draws a map from your land description on screen and printer, closes open boundaries, and calculates acreage. DEEDPLT accepts an assortment of units for the direction and distance, and translates amongst them. This is very useful for finding mutations and blunders in your land description. New and improved! Now with virtually virtual virtuosity!! Description Type = Long Description DEED PLOT ver 0.53 - ($10 to $100) DeedPlot plots your plat and plats your plot. Draw a map from the legal gibberish in your deed and see if it makes sense. Close open boundaries, calculate acreage. Find mutations, typograhpical errors and blunders in your deed calls. Virtually Virtual Virtuosity. Help is available anywhere, compliments of HyperRez hypertext reader. Directions and distances may be entered in a variety of units, and are translated amongst them. Video modes are supported from none [plots with the +|-\/ symbols] to VGA [highest mode supported by QuickBasic]. The program automagically detects and uses the highest resolution graphics mode available. Maps may be printed at [almost] any scale on [almost] any printer. There are several examples, with explanatory comments. There are also many support files, information on vacation or retirement land in The Boonies of Kentucky, and some filler to make a 360KB diskful. The commented file directory is in DDPLT053.DOX Description Type = Keywords DEED PLOT PLAT MAP SURVEY LAND CAVE BYTER BEITER MAR95 REAL ESTATE GENEALOGY Description Type = Registration Details $10 TO $100, depending upon usage. Description Type = Installation Details From DOS CAVE <enter> for a guided tour. Description Type = Permissions Permission granted for shareware distribution under the following conditions: 1) Copyright 1995 by David P Beiter. 2) Buyer must be informed that any fee is your materials & service fee only. 3) Copy fee may not exceed US$5. 4) No files may be altered or deleted (files may be added). 5) Distribution copy with your name on the registration form & an update, supplied to legitimate vendors upon request. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business DR. FORM 3.2 DR. FORM v3.2 <ASP> Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Russ Irwin IrwinWare 113 Beechmont Ave. Pittsburgh, PA 15229 Telephone: 412-931-9577 Fax: 412-931-8442 Description Type = Short Description DR. FORM v3.2 <ASP> The easiest, fastest way for anybody to create, edit, fill in and print standard or custom made forms. Full Mouse Support. Move, copy, draw lines, etc. Automatic Grid Maker. Print on pre-printed forms and make templates. Much more.... Shareware Magazine Editor's Choice Award. DOS program which includes a Windows Setup. Description Type = Long Description DR. FORM v3.2 <ASP> The easiest, fastest way for anybody to create, edit, fill in and print standard or custom made forms. Full Mouse Support. Move, copy, draw lines, etc. Automatic Grid Maker. Print on pre-printed forms and make templates. Much more.... Shareware Magazine Editor's Choice Award. DOS program which includes a Windows Setup. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Decision Analysis Sy 2.5 Scientific approach to decision analys Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Boris I. Borzic Armada Systems P.O. Box 637, Station 'A' Downsview, ON M3M 3A9 Canada Telephone: 905-889-2617 Description Type = Short Description DECISION ANALYSIS SYSTEM (DAS), Rel. 2.50 Provides two analytical methods to aid in decision and problem analysis. Allows you to analyze both tangible and intangible problems. Applications: location planning, strategic planning, cost/benefit analysis, recruiting, employee evaluation, resource allocation, sales forecasting, taste testing, product evaluation, problem analysis, market research, etc... \\ from ARMADA SYSTEMS Description Type = Long Description The Decision Analysis System (DAS), is an innovative software package which will provide you with a formal, analytical approach, to decision and problem analysis. Using proven scientific methods, DAS will help you to avoid intuition and speculation, while preserving such qualitative factors as experience and judgment. DAS is not a 'black box' program! It uses a number of proven, well established Multiple Criteria Decision Making (MCDM) algorithms and provides numerical results for each stage in the analysis. The use of popular, well established algorithms is especially important to such users as educational institutions, government agencies and consultants. Consultants, who for example, are taxed to recommend the location for a new garbage dump, need a tool which will evaluate possible alternatives with as little bias as possible. Their recommendations will need to stand up to public scrutiny, and the public hearing process which usually takes place before a site is actually selected. This is where the use of well established decision analysis algorithms is useful. They can be explained and defended because quite a bit of research has gone into them! This sophisticated package contains two separate decision analysis programs. One program utilizes a decision matrix to evaluate alternatives based on tangible criteria. The second program employs pairwise comparisons and a hierarchical problem structure which allows the use of subjective, intangible factors in the decision analysis. Because of it's ability to allow the user to easily quantify subjective or intangible factors, DAS may be used beyond the traditional decision or problem analysis type of situations. One example might be taste testing a new food or beverage product. Applications ~~~~~~~~~~~~ Location planning, cost/benefit analysis, strategic planning, recruiting, employee evaluation, resource allocation, taste testing, new product evaluations, problem analysis, sales forecasting, market research, etc... Description Type = Keywords Decision, Problem, Analysis, Forecasting, Recruiting, Planning, Evaluation, MCDM Description Type = Registration Details $149.00 Description Type = Installation Details To install program in C:\DAS, from drive A:, type: (1) C: (2) MD\DAS (3) CD\DAS (4) A:DAS_250 To print the user's manual type: MANUAL To start using the program type: DAS For help, push F9 Description Type = Vendor Instructions This program may be distributed in one of two ways: (1) As an archived file containing the following files: FILE_ID.DIZ FILEINFO.TXT DAS_250.EXE The archive file name should be in the following format: DAS_250.xxx Where 'xxx' is the extension of the archive method used, example: DAS_250.ZIP (2) Unzipped, on a diskette containing the following files: FILE_ID.DIZ (optional) FILEINFO.TXT DAS_250.EXE Description Type = Permissions Armada Systems specifically authorizes individuals and organizations to make complete unaltered copies of this software, for the purpose of free distribution to other individuals or organizations. This software and documentation may not be sold, no fee must be involved in the distribution of this software except for a small reasonable fee to cover the cost of any distribution media and service charges. This software which consists of application programs, data files and documentation, are a complete entity which must not be separated or altered in any way shape or form. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Desk Top Marketing 7.5 Desk Top Marketing and Contact Manager Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Howard A. Brooks Inter active micro, Inc. P.O. Box 478 Bradford, NH 03221-0478 Telephone: 603-938-2127 Fax: 603-938-5230 Description Type = Short Description DESK TOP MARKETING - Contact Manager, Appointment Calander, Call, Expense and Follow-up Reporting, Telemarketing, Sales Orders, Agency and Sales Commission Tracking, Performance Reports, Job Costing, Inventory Control, Walknet with FAX and File Communications, Word Processor Description Type = Long Description Front Office means: Sales opportunity You always having someone to call to increase income! Mailings and Word Processor Telemarketing and follow-up! Fast with mouse support! Sales Orders and Inventory Control... AND MORE!!! Display, report or lookup prospects and customers segmented by region or office codes, by prospect code or salesman code, by name, zip code, states, follow-up date, type code, product code, status code, or user defined code. There are 15 user-defined-fields that you can title and code for your particular business or tracking needs. Using the menu driven code selection process segments of the database can be prepared for reports, letters, labels, envelopes, Walknettm files, and the word processor of your choice. Telemarketing permits the sequential moving through a selected group of prospects to telephone them, enter call results, produce a fulfillment letter, and enter database changes while easily handling incoming calls. Follow-up dates are entered through an automatic dating feature to ensure prospects are not missed for follow-up includ- ing control of non-business days. Follow-up listings are produced using follow-up dates enabling easy calling and tracking for more sales. Walknet permits unique portions of selected database groupings to be easily sent, received with file updates using Zmodem File Transfer, user ID's, and passwords without leaving Front Office. Both manual and automatic daily "to-do list" are available with notepad, and day and week in review graphs. The FAX Menu permits you to send call reports, sales orders or any fax desired right from within Front Office. Compatible with the Intel SatisFAXtion FAX/Modem board. The Memory Code Manager provides fast and simple pop-up recall of the various coding definitions, and during edits the MCM can be modified on-the-fly. WordPerfect, WordStar/Mail Merge, PC-Write, MicroSoft Word, PFS Professional Write or Lotus Manuscript are integrated with Front Office without ASCII transfer. The telephone numbers and FAX numbers (up to ninety-nine) on each prospects record can be automatically dialed provided you have a modem or FAX/Modem connected to your computer. Labels can be up to three across and custom formatted... On pin-feed paper or laser printer labels in three sizes. Records can be quickly duplicated to easily create multiple locations for the same prospect's record. Built-in backup and restore of database files. Pop-up calculator. The all-in-one productivity package even does sales tax calculations and accounts receivable S A L E S O R D E R S M E A N R E S U L T S The Front Office produces Sales Orders and keeps a financial record of volume and profitability by customer, salesperson and vendor. Sales Order line item extensions can be automatically calculated or manually entered. Payments can be posted at the time the order is prepared or later, and always to individual orders. Sales Orders can be edited, line items changed, added to, or deleted at any time. Up to 99 line items are permitted per order. Multiple page orders with 16 lines per page. An optional Sales Order memo is provided at the end of each order for announcements and reminders. Orders can be printed as prepared or printed later for any time period and duplicated at will. Sales commissions, calculated when orders are written, can be split between two sales people for each line item. Commission percentages for both principals and sales people can be over-riden and amounts can be adjusted for each line item on the Sales Order. Sales Orders can be printed on the printer or FAXed by Front Office. Sales tax records indicate figures necessary for printing of state sales tax reports. There is a sales tax reconciliation feature when paying taxes collected to taxing body. Sales taxes, calculated by line-item and posted at entry time, can be globel or figured for the individual customer location. Sales taxes are recalculated when payments are posted. Posting to Job Costing, Commission Control, Sales Tax, Vendor, Accounts Receivable and Sales Performance modules is automatic. A Vendor module maintains personnel information on each vendor with a percentage for commissions due from a principal or gross profit margin anticipated from a vendor. Further information available from author. Description Type = Keywords Sales, Marketing, Contact, Manager, Inventory, Sales Orders Description Type = Registration Details ONLY $69.00 Description Type = Installation Details I. You will need to unzip the TFO.ZIP file onto a 1.44 diskette. To do this type PKUNZIP tfo A: Then with the newly prepared diskette "Install" is the file used to copy, index and setup files from the diskette to your hard drive. Because some files are archived, do not use the DOS copy command to copy TFO files to your hard disk. II. Place diskette 1 in A:. 1. Key a: [Enter] to go to your A: prompt. 2. Key readme [Enter] to display what's new. 3. Key install [Enter] at the A: prompt. A. Select 1 for First Time Installation from the menu. B. Select P to proceed to install to c:\tfo and c:\tfo\tfofiles on your hard drive. 4. Key tfo [Enter] to begin the Front Office after files are unarchived. Please read all that appears as the install moves through the various set-up screens. Touch F1 key for help if necessary. Description Type = Vendor Instructions You will need to unzip the TFO.ZIP file onto a 1.44 diskette. To do this type PKUNZIP tfo A: Then with the newly prepared diskette feel free to make copies of the diskettes for distribution. Description Type = Permissions Vendors do not need my permission to distribute copies of TFO. But you must please point out in writing to your shareware users that the Front Office is not freeware. You must ask that they register their copies of Front Office is they continue to use it. Please inform them of the registration price of $69.00 if you will. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Digital Business Cds 1.71 Create Your Own Digital Business Cards Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: D. Cook SoftCopy P.O. Box 1790 Pendleton, OR 97801-0626 Telephone: (503)278-2142 Description Type = Short Description The leader in Digital Software, for the Business person of the next Century. SoftCopy's Digital Business Cards put you and your services and or product in an unequaled advantage over all competitors. An exciting view into your business future. Select from four formats to create your own unique Digital Business Card. Additions available: Sound-MIDI-VOC-WAVE-CMF-and PC speaker. .FLI, .FLC, and .PCX files. Free Tech Support with Registration: $29 Your Cyber Space Multi-Media Headquarters! Description Type = Long Description Digital Business Cards ver 1.71 by SC Software. The leader in Digital Software, for the Business person of the next Century. SoftCopy's Digital Business Card's, put you and your services, and or product, in an unequaled advantage over all competitor's. An exciting, view into your business future. Choose from four different Formats to Create your own Digital Business Card. Terrific graphics, add your own .PCX files or use ours. MIDI, VOC-voice VOC-music CMF, FLI & FLC available. REQ: VGA color, 450K RAM 286 or better. By SoftCopy Software Unzip into a Temp Dir. and type install. BBS 503 276 0294 8n1 Your Cyber Space Multi-Media Headquarter $29 registration Description Type = Registration Details $29 Description Type = Permissions Catalog Vendors: Please include Digital Business Cards in your printed and disk shareware catalogs. For best sales results use one of the above descriptions. In addition, all SC product listings MUST include the words "by SC Software" or "an SC Software production." This encourages repeat sales, which is good for both of us. The only exception to this is if the catalog has a separate SC Software section. No vendor may charge a fee of more than $10.00 for the shareware version of this product. Vendors are encouraged to contact SC Software directly to get the latest version of the product and to be added to our mailing list for direct mailings of updates & future releases. RACKWARE VENDORS: ---------------- SC Software has a policy on shareware rack vending to which all vendors selling our shareware in a retail location MUST adhere. SoftCopy Software shareware product may be sold on shareware racks in any retail location without prior written approval from SC Software. This policy affects all SC products. Many of our shareware products are also sold in retail locations in retail versions under different names. Thanks for your understanding. All SC shareware products may be sold via catalogs, mail order, telephone orders, flea markets, computer clubs, and any other method that does not involve sales in retail locations. We will give permission to rack vendors to sell our products in retail locations only if the following conditions are met: (1) The vendor must pay SC Software a royalty on all copies sold in retail locations. This does not include any other type of shareware sales. Suggested royalty is 10 cents per copy sold. (2) The vendor must provide reports to SC Software not less than quarterly of all rack sales minus returns. Rack vendors meeting the above conditions must still receive written authorization from SC Software to distribute our products on shareware racks. Permission may not be given in all cases; the decision will be on a case-by-case basis, and we usually will want to inspect the packaging before granting distribution permission. I apologize to those rack vendors to whom these requirements seem onerous. However, this is the only way we can control how our products get distributed to make sure we have both a return on our investment and a reasonable chance at getting a registration. We really appreciate the distribution that vendors give us. And we will continue to work with vendors to make both of our businesses prosper. Thanks for your understanding of why this step is necessary. And just to be clear: the above requirements do NOT apply to catalog sales. SYSOPS: Become part of the SC Distribution Network and receive first notice of new products and updates! SHow & TEll is the home BBS for all SoftCopy Presentation and Multi-Media-creation software. Check out the DINATOYS file section for new releases and updates. Leave a private message for Rainbow to find out how your BBS can benefit by becoming part of the SC! Call (503) 276-0294 8n1 2400 baud to 115200 multi-node Those sysops who are part of the SC Distribution Network automatically receive new SC releases and updates BEFORE they are made available to most other BBSs, and before they are available to any disk vendors. Since SC Business products are very popular, this is an excellent way for sysops to attract new members to your board. There is only one requirement for being an SoftCopy member: set up an SoftCopy file section your board. That's it! Enjoy the benefits of becoming a member of the SC. Call Rainbow today at (503) 276-0294 to sign up and receive all SoftCopy releases direct from the source. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Document Builder 1.1 AUTO-TYPING OF BOILER PLATE TEXT Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Hank Krejci HFK Software 68 Wells Road Lincoln, MA 01773-3702 Telephone: 617-259-0059 Fax: 617-259-0626 Description Type = Short Description KEYSAVER v1.1 <ASP> - Provides a means of automatically typing boiler plate text at will. Saves repetitive typing, and avoids misspelled words and other typos. Auto-types canned text from specified files with prompts for manual keying of unique text. (Not a keyboard macro or re-mapper.) IBM-PC, 6K TSR, DOS 3 Keywords: WORD PROCESSING, WORDPERFECT, BOILER PLATE, KEYBOARD & VISUAL IMPAIRMENT. Description Type = Long Description KEYSAVER, the typing assistant, provides a means of automatically typing boiler plate (commonly used) text at will. This not only saves a great deal of repetitive typing, but also eliminates the associated risk of misspelled words and other typos. KEYSAVER works transparently with WordPerfect, DOS, and other text oriented programs. That is, the program (e.g., WordPerfect) does not know that the boiler plate text was not typed manually. KEYSAVER uses standard ASCII files called templates to contain sets of boiler plate and related prompt text. KEYSAVER's operation is deceptively simple. KEYSAVER is "triggered" to initiate the auto-typing of boiler plate text. When the boiler plate, which may vary from a single character to multiple paragraphs, is auto-typed the prompt that follows the boiler plate in the template is displayed. This prompt usually indicates what unique keystrokes are required following the just auto-typed boiler plate. When the manual input of unique text is completed, KEYSAVER is triggered again, the next boiler plate is auto-typed, and the next prompt is displayed. This cycle may continue until an entire document has been typed. KEYSAVER has been designed to work with speech and large print systems used by the blind and visually impaired. Description Type = Keywords WORD PROCESSING, WORDPERFECT, BOILER PLATE, KEYBOARD & VISUAL IMPAIRMENT. Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details (1) Unzip into a newly created (or empty) KEYSAVER directory, (2) Switch to that directory, and (3) Enter "MENU" on the DOS command line. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special requirements. Description Type = Permissions Distribute freely, but without modification. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Drag and File 1.01 Powerful file manager Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Dan Baumbach Canyon software 1537 Fourth Street Suite 131 San Rafael, CA 94901 Telephone: 415-382-7999 Fax: 415-382-7998 Description Type = Short Description Drag And File v.1.0 - Very powerful File Manager for Windows. Copy, move, delete, view, zip files from up to 10 Drag And File windows at one time. List files for selected directories or entire drives or multiple drives. Toggle the display of just duplicate files. Multi Associate files. Description Type = Long Description Drag And File is a very powerful replacement for Windows File Manager Besides the standard copy, move and delete functions, Drag And File allows you to perform these operations on multiple Drag And File Windows. You can select directories in up to 12 Drag And File windows and just list the files in the selected directories. You can also list the files for an entire drive or combination of drives. From these listings you can also perform all standard file operations plus toggle on and off the display of just duplicate files. Associate data files with more than one program. Drag And File comes with a copy of our program Drag And View Plus which allows you to view the contents of most spreadsheets, word processors, databases and graphics files. It also comes with Drag And Zip giving you all zip and unzip functions. Description Type = Keywords Drag And File, File Manager, Win 3.1, Copy, Move, View, Show Duplicate, Zip Description Type = Registration Details $69.95 Description Type = Installation Details Extract all of the files from DRAGFL10.ZIP to a directory on your hard disk. Run the installation program DFSETUP.EXE. You can elect to install Drag And File to the same directory or another directory. Follow the prompts on the screen and Drag And File will be installed. Description Type = Permissions You are specifically prohibited from charging, or requesting donations, for any such copies, however made; and from distributing the software and/or documentation with other products (commercial or otherwise) without prior written permission, with one exception: Disk Vendors approved by the Association of Shareware Professionals are permitted to redistribute Drag And Filewithout specific written permission. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Easy Address Index 1.3 AUTOTYPING ROLODEX Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Hank Krejci HFK Software 68 Wells Road Lincoln, MA 01773-3702 Telephone: 617-259-0059 Fax: 617-259-0626 Description Type = Short Description EZ-DEX v1.3 <ASP> - Automatically types names and addresses into running word processors, or other text oriented programs, upon user command. EZ-DEX also prints labels and envelopes directly and dials phone numbers. IBM-PC, 10K TSR, DOS 3 Keywords: WORD PROCESSING, WORDPERFECT, ROLODEX, KEYBOARD, & LABELS. Description Type = Long Description EZ-DEX, the EASY ADDRESS INDEX, provides a means of quickly fetching an address and auto-typing it into the currently running word processor, or other application program. EZ-DEX can also print labels and envelopes as well as dial phone numbers. EZ-DEX does all this with a minimum of keystrokes and takes only a fraction of a second. EZ-DEX works with word processors by popping up a window over the center of their text display. After striking a few beginning characters of a last name, or using arrow keys, to zero in on the desired address, simply striking the ENTER key restores the display, resumes the execution of the word processor, and synthesizes the keystrokes necessary to effect typing the entire address block -- hands off. Description Type = Keywords WORD PROCESSING, WORDPERFECT, ROLODEX, KEYBOARD, & LABELS. Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details (1) Unzip into a newly created (or empty) EZ-DEX directory, (2) Switch to that directory, and (3) Enter "MENU" on the DOS command line. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special requirements. Description Type = Permissions Distribute freely, but without modification. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Easy Timekeeper 1.7 EASY TIMEKEEPER(Employee time & attend Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Louis Robert ABM 1948 Highway 114 Hessmer, LA 71341 Telephone: 318-563-4428 Description Type = Short Description EASY TIMEKEEPER V.1.7 DISK 1 OF 1. Employee time and attendance software, which will enable an IBM compatible com- puter to operate like a timeclock. Enter /edit employee data, print barcoded emp- loyee I.D. badges, automaticly calculate and print time and attendance reports, (time cards). Print an employee master list and mailing labels. Supports bar code reader and electronic turnstile. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Econ Market Forecast 2.0 Forecast S&P 500, gold, interest rates Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Chamness DC Econometrics 1001-A East Harmony Suite 349 Fort Collins, CO 80525 Description Type = Short Description ECON 2.0: Stock Market Forecasting Econometric models of S&P 500, T Bond and T Bill interest rates, inflation, and gold. Enter 9 numbers monthly to get statistically optimized forecasts for 3, 6, and 12 months ahead. Asset Allocation lists four optimal portfolios low to high risk; plus futures and options. 39% per year is possible. Menus, help, & graphs. DOS 3.3 up, 640K memory, hard disk needed. $49.95 shareware for IBM-PC Description Type = Long Description ECON v2.0, Stock Market Forecasting: ECON predicts the S&P 500, T Bond and T Bill interest rates, Gold prices, Zero coupon Bonds, and inflation. All are forecast 3 months, 6 months, and 12 months ahead. An Asset Allocation routine lists optimal portfolios. Choose from minimum risk, conservative, aggressive, maximum return, or futures and options. ECON's maximum return portfolio shows a 39% per year return from 1971 to 1993, turning $1,000 into $2 million. The econometric models in ECON were derived by multiple linear regression to 30 years of data 1963 to 1993. In tests the program predicted all major bull and bear markets from 1963 including the 1982 and 1991 bull markets, the crash of '87, and the drop in interest rates and inflation seen in 1991-1992. Once a month you enter nine numbers: S&P 500 close, S&P 500 P/E ratio, S&P 500 dividend yield, Prime rate, 90 day T Bill discount rate, 30 year T Bond rate, gold price, CPI, and unemployment. Pull-down menus, context-sensitive help, and text-mode graphics make ECON fun and easy to use. Requires 640K memory, DOS 3.3 or above, and a hard disk or a high density floppy. Color screen and mouse are recommended. $49.95 shareware. Description Type = Keywords STOCK, BOND, GOLD, FORECAST, PREDICT, TECHNICAL, ANALYSIS, ECON, MARKET, INFLATION Description Type = Registration Details $49.95 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Ede HyperNotepad 1.2 A HyperText information organizer Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Tim B. Cooper Esprit de E software design 31 Epping Ave Eastwood, 2122 Australia Telephone: +612-804-7473 Description Type = Short Description Ede organises information (textual) in a Tree or HyperText format. It allows you to write short notes and long documents with a mini word-processor, and then group them under categories and subcategories. Suitable for small businesses, authors, home users to organise client lists, books and theses, office manuals, shopping lists etc. Compatb. with WinWord. Includes application menu program and 'Life'like screen saver. Description Type = Long Description The Ede Concept --------------- Ede organises information. The information is arranged in small documents which are either in the main menu or sub-menus that you set up. You can have sub-menus inside sub-menus and so on. For example, in the main menu (the one you see when you first start Ede) you could set up sub-menus called 'To-Do list', 'Correspondence', 'Invoices', 'Phone List', 'Notes for my book', 'Tax File number', 'Instructions for fixing the sewing machine'. Then, under 'Phone list', you could set up sub-menus for 'Business contacts', 'Friends' and 'Spouse's phone list'. Ede contains a mini word-processor. You can set up a sub-menu for any project you might be involved in, and put into it the largest or tiniest snippets of information. You can set up a manual for a bank teller, with instructions for every kind of transaction neatly filed away under headings and sub-headings. If you are a student, you can file your notes away under course headings, chapter headings and section headings. If you run a business, you can have files on all your clients or suppliers, including the basic details and then whatever other information you need. There is a special kind of document, called an Address Document, which has special places for the Name, Address, Phone Number and Details of a person or organisation, and in addition it has unlimited room to put further text. You can put any information pertaining to that person or organisation here. There is no real limit on the amount of information put into Ede. Ede also functions as a menu program for DOS applications. It has a 'Life'- like screen saver program. Description Type = Registration Details $25.00 Description Type = Installation Details Run the 'SETUP' program. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Encrypt-It for DOS 2.20 Encrypt-It v2.20 for DOS (DES) Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Black MaeDae Enterprises 5430 Murr Road Peyton, CO 80831-7402 Telephone: (719) 683-3860 Description Type = Short Description Encrypt-It v2.20 for DOS (Shareware). Encrypt-It's secure encryption routines are perfect for protecting everything from private diaries to company proprietary data. Available for both DOS and Windows with full file interchange. Due to NSA's Data Encryption Standard (DES) export restrictions, the shareware version of Encrypt-It is limited to the proprietary and proprietary+ levels of encryption. Description Type = Keywords Encrypt,DES,Fast,Secure,File,XOR,Transposition,Substitution Email Description Type = Registration Details $59 ($99 for both DOS and Windows) + $5 S&H Description Type = Installation Details Break out the .ZIP archive and run EID.EXE for the main application. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Many of you are probably aware that programs that use the Data Encryption Standard (DES) encryption can't be exported outside the USA and Canada. Because of the export restrictions, we have disabled DES in the shareware version of Encrypt-It. You may freely distribute the enclosed shareware version of Encrypt-It anywhere in the world. We still provide very secure proprietary levels of encryption in addition to DES so Encrypt-It is still very usable even without DES. Description Type = Permissions Please help distribute our shareware. For shareware libraries or BBSs we have only two requrements for distribution. First, you must distribute all the related files for each application (don't leave anything out of the .ZIP file). Second, you must not charge over $10 per diskette for the reproduction or distribution charge to the end user. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Encrypt-It for Win. 2.12 Encrypt-IT V2.20 for Windows (DES) Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Black MaeDae Enterprises 5430 Murr Road Peyton, CO 80831-7402 Telephone: (719) 683-3860 Description Type = Short Description Encrypt-It v2.20 for Windows (Shareware). Encrypt-It's secure encryption routines are perfect for protecting everything from private diaries to company proprietary data. Available for both DOS and Windows with full file interchange. Due to NSA's Data Encryption Standard (DES) export restrictions, the shareware version of Encrypt-It is limited to the proprietary and proprietary+ levels of encryption. Description Type = Keywords Encrypt,DES,Fast,Secure,File,XOR,Transposition, Substitution,Windows Email Description Type = Registration Details $59 ($99 for both DOS and Windows) + $5 S&H Description Type = Installation Details Run INSTALL.EXE from the File Manager after you have broken out the .ZIP archive. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Many of you are probably aware that programs that use the Data Encryption Standard (DES) encryption can't be exported outside the USA and Canada. Because of the export restrictions, we have disabled DES in the shareware version of Encrypt-It. You may freely distribute the enclosed shareware version of Encrypt-It anywhere in the world. We still provide very secure proprietary levels of encryption in addition to DES so Encrypt-It is still very usable even without DES. Description Type = Permissions Please help distribute our shareware. For shareware libraries or BBSs we have only two requrements for distribution. First, you must distribute all the related files for each application (don't leave anything out of the .ZIP file). Second, you must not charge over $10 per diskette for the reproduction or distribution charge to the end user. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Encryption Toolkit W 1.00 Windows Encryption Toolkit v1.0! Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Black MaeDae Enterprises 5430 Murr Road Peyton, CO 80831-7402 Telephone: (719) 683-3860 Description Type = Short Description The Windows Encrytion Toolkit (WET for short) is a DLL that adds secure encryption ranging from basic routines all the way to the Data Encryption Standard with cipher block chaining (WET Pro). WET provides XOR, transposition, and substitution for world-wide distribution. WET Pro (also available) provides the Data Encryption Standard with cipher block chaining. Best of all you can distribute them royalty free! The enclosed encryption DLL has been tested with both Microsoft C/C++ and Borland C++. It should work well with ANY Windows based language that supports DLLs. Due to NSA's Data Encryption Standard (DES) export restrictions, only the standard version of WET with its world-wide distribution is provided as shareware. Description Type = Keywords Encrypt,DES,Fast,Secure,File,XOR,Transposition, Substitution,Windows,Email Description Type = Registration Details $39 ($99 for WET Pro with DES+CBC) + $5 S&H Description Type = Installation Details Run INSTALL.EXE from the File Manager after you have broken out the .ZIP archive. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Many of you are probably aware that programs that use the Data Encryption Standard (DES) encryption can't be exported outside the USA and Canada. Because of the export restrictions, we have included only the standard version of WET -- NO DES! You may freely distribute the enclosed shareware version of WET anywhere in the world. We still provide very secure proprietary levels of encryption in addition to DES so WET is still very usable even without DES. Description Type = Permissions Please help distribute our shareware. For shareware libraries or BBSs we have only two requrements for distribution. First, you must distribute all the related files for each application (don't leave anything out of the .ZIP file). Second, you must not charge over $10 per diskette for the reproduction or distribution charge to the end user. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business FED Forms Edit.&Prnt 1.14 FED Forms Editor and Forms Printer - D Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Jim Hass MicroFox Company 3310 Fox Run P.O. Box 447 Richfield, OH 44286-0447 Telephone: 216-659-9489 Fax: 216-659-9489 Description Type = Short Description FED Forms Editor and Printer uses standard ASCII text files as forms and underlines as input fields. You can print the blank or filled out form to your printer and save it to a file with or without the input fields. Has the ability to set field defaults that can be changed at a later time. FED can pop up a list of files to choose another form. You can also clear all the input fields to fill out the same form with new information. Description Type = Long Description This package contains the FED Forms Editor (TM) and Printer Utility (Shareware Version), by MicroFox Company. This document contains only a brief description of the package and its features, along with instructions for its installation. Quite detailed documentation is included in the package, but it is in archived form, and is more easily read after installation. If you've ever wished you could create froms with standard ASCII text files that use stnadard underlines as input fields, then the MicroFox Forms Editor is the program for you... FED is a shareware program. This evaluation version includes all the features of the program, and is not crippled in any way. You may use it for up to 30 days, without charge (see FED.DOC for more details). If you like the program, and wish to continue its use after the thiry day evaluation period, you are required to pay for the program (see REGISTER.DOC for more details). Any fee you may have paid to others (disk vendors, dealers, etc.) to obtain this evaluation version was a fee for their copying and distribution services, rather than a payment for continued use of the program. Description Type = Keywords FORM EDIT FILL FILE PRINT TEXT LETTER FED FIELD DATA Description Type = Registration Details 15.00-750.00 (United States Dollar) Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for the MicroFox Forms Editor (FED) is quite simple. The package includes a program, "INSTALL.EXE", which automates the entire process. You will need about 64K of available disk space on the hard drive on which you plan to install FED. The exact steps you need to take will depend on how you received the FED product. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette(s), you need to perform the following steps. o Place the FED distribution diskette in the appropriate diskette drive. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program on the distribution diskette. For example, if the distribution diskette is on drive A:, type the MS-DOS command, "a:install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the FED product files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. INSTALLING FROM A HARD DRIVE If you downloaded FED from a BBS (or received it in the form of archive files from some other source), you will need to perform the following steps. o Extract the contents of the archive file(s) in a temporary directory on your hard drive. The procedure for doing this varies, depending on the form in which you received the package. In all likelihood, the fact that you are reading this text means that you already have the necessary tools and knowledge to perform this step. If not, you should be able to obtain directions for this from the same source from which you received the package. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program which you have extracted. For example, if the temporary directory into which you have extracted the FED package is C:\TEMPDIR, you would execute the MS-DOS command, "c:\tempdir\install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the FED product files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. When you're satisfied that the installation was successful, you should delete the temporary directory FROM which you installed the FED product (C:\TEMPDIR, in the above discussion), including all its contents. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the documents (filename extension "doc") which have been installed. In particular, read at least the "FED.DOC" and "REGISTER.DOC" files. Those documents will tell you how to invoke the program, and will give you other information you need to properly evaluate FED. We hope you enjoy the program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions THIS SOFTWARE AND MANUAL ARE PROVIDED FOR EVALUATION ONLY, ON AN "AS IS" BASIS. MICROFOX COMPANY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES RELATING TO THIS SOFTWARE, WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NEITHER MICROFOX COMPANY NOR ANYONE ELSE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED IN THE CREATION, PRODUCTION, OR DELIVERY OF THIS SOFTWARE SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE SUCH SOFTWARE, EVEN IF MICROFOX COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR CLAIMS. THE PERSON USING THE SOFTWARE BEARS ALL RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio and shall inure to the benefit of MicroFox Company and any successors, administrators, heirs and assigns. Any action or proceeding brought by either party against the other arising out of or related to this agreement shall be brought only in a STATE or FEDERAL COURT of competent jurisdiction located in Summit County, Ohio. The parties hereby consent to in personam jurisdiction of said courts. Description Type = Permissions You may distribute FED, completely unaltered, without further permission. For special cases or to distribute in modified form, you must contact MicroFox Company and read the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the FED form package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is MicroFox Company, PO Box 447, Richfield OH 44286-0447. MicroFox Company may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to MicroFox Company. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business FONE900 2.1 YOUR AUDIOTEX COST MANAGEMENT RESOURCE Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Eugene L. Woods PE/EE P.O. Box 261267 San Diego, CA 92196 Telephone: 619-549-4057 Description Type = Short Description FONE900(tm), Version 2.1 MAJOR UPGRADE! 1-900 Audiotex database! Monitor cost of 900 calls in real time. See estimated cost before call is placed. Note pad for each DB entry. Cost & time reports. Expand on the sample database, many examples are provided, including Attorneys, Doctors, Consumer Lines, Health Info, Radio-TV shows, & much more. Modify the sample database to create your own personal 900 index. Description Type = Long Description YOUR AUDIOTEX COST MANAGEMENT RESOURCE! FONE900(tm) is a comprehensive telephone call pricing data base program that calculates the approximate COST of AUDIOTEX calls BEFORE PLACED, displays on-going call cost in real time, & serves as a powerful business/personal directory management tool. The major function of the program is to collect & organize a library of personal, informational, consumer, & health related "900" telephone numbers. This cost conscious, menu-driven program is so helpful that it can even dial the number thru a MODEM equipped computer. The program comes with a Example Data Base of Audiotex entry types that the user can modify, add to, delete, & update, to conform to their individual personal tastes & requirements. An on-screen note pad is available for taking notes related to each individual entry in the data base. FONE900(tm) can print a report for each entry in the data base summarizing information about the 900 service and any related memos. On-line context-sensitive Program HELP & Telcom INFO is available at the press of a button. Description Type = Keywords FONE900,AUDIOTEX,DATA BASE,TELEPHONE,1-900,CONSUMER,GIFT,AUTO, LAWYER,ATTORNEY,CAR,REPAIR,CONSUMER,HEALTH,HOTLINE,RADIO,TALK, TV,PERSONAL-900 Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 plus $5.00 US/CN or $12.50 Overseas S&H (US DOLLARS). California residents add sales tax. Description Type = Installation Details Type Install CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Fixed Asset Pro 2.1 Comprehensive depreciation system Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David W. Hammer HammerSoft P.O. Box 205 Kansas, OH 44815-8205 Telephone: 419-986-6007 Fax: 419-986-6007 Description Type = Short Description Fixed Asset Pro is a comprehensive fixed asset depreciation system. Using pull down menus the program calculates depreciation on multiple bases, applies tax limits, performs projections and comparisons and prints reports to screen, printer or file. Provides 38 U.S. Tax Law depreciation methods with on-line help. Mouse support. Manual includes a tutorial. Registration $79.95 Description Type = Long Description FIXED ASSET PRO is a comprehensive fixed asset depreciation system. The program quickly calculates depreciation on multiple bases, applies tax limits automatically, performs projections and comparisons and easily prints various reports. TAX EXPERT ON BOARD Fixed Asset Pro is designed by a tax expert with over 20 years experience with income tax preparation. So tax law is a primary concern of the program. FIXED ASSET PRO FEATURES MACRS (formulas and tables) ALTERNATIVE MACRS ACRS ALTERNATIVE ACRS SUM OF YEARS DIGITS MULTIPLE DECLINING BALANCE STRAIGHT LINE REMAINING YEARS AMORTIZATION Allows fiscal years other than the calendar year. Special expensing election with limitations. Calculates early disposition deductions. Half year, Mid Quarter and Mid Month convention applied. Limits applied to luxury automobiles and listed property. Alternative Minimum Tax Depreciation Adjustments and Preferences. Five sets of Books for each asset, Income Tax, AMT, Financial, State and Other, with key fields transferred automatically. Look up tables make selecting codes simple. Easy reference to IRS asset lives table. Assets are sortable on 3 different fields. View all the assets key information on screen via one key stroke. Easy to use pull down menus. Easy data entry - all one screen. Mouse support. Look up table for group and location with names defined by you to eliminate errors. Context sensitive help screens in hypertext format available. Timely enhancements and updates to keep current with the tax laws. Printed or On-Screen Reports: Summary report Tax report Annual acquisitions and dispositions report Annual AMT report Asset Lifetime Projection Asset Inventory Card Compare accelerated depreciation to straight line Site License Available Free Technical Support Free Fax Support Special renewal and upgrade offers. Description Type = Keywords Fixed,Assets,Depreciation,Tax Description Type = Registration Details $79.95 Description Type = Installation Details At the DOS prompt type Install. Description Type = Vendor Instructions When distributing FApro on 360k disks please use the files in the VENDOR subdirectory. Distributors using 3 1/2" or high density 5 1/4" may use the files in the ZIP subdirectory. Additional information may be found in the Vendor.Doc file. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Franchise Oprtunites Winter'94A Info and contacts to start a franchise Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: R. Scott Perry Computerized Horizons 2490 Black Rock Tpke. #309 Fairfield, CT 06430-2404 Telephone: (203) 335-7431 Description Type = Short Description Franchise Opportunities, Winter 1994A. If you want to start a business with low risk a franchise may be the way to go! This program contains information on many well- known franchises, and includes details on required investment. New version has info on over 200 companies. Shareware. Description Type = Long Description Franchise Opportunities is a program that can help an entrepreneur find the right franchise to run. A franchise offers many advantages over starting a business from scratch. Mainly, the company you work with can only be successful if you are, so they need to help you. This program has the sources of many franchises that are looking to expand. They are separated into categories to make it easier for you to find what you are looking for. Along with contact information is the investment information. You will see what kind of investment is required to start each franchise, as well as how much of that money goes to the company (most franchises require you to pay them a fee at the beginning). Description Type = Keywords Business,Franchise,Career,Entrepreneur,Money Description Type = Registration Details $6.95 Description Type = Installation Details There is no installation necessary: Just type FRAN to start the program. Use the arrow keys to make choices in the menus, and press <ENTER> to view the category you chose. Description Type = Vendor Instructions There is no special vendor processing required. Description Type = Permissions The program may be distributed in most cases with no unusual requirements. Any shareware vendor may distribute the shareware version of Opportunity Awaits, just so long as the people receiving the program have been informed of the shareware concept. See the VENDOR.DOC file for further information. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business GENINVOICE SALETRAKR 2.12 INVOICING & BILLING FOR SMALL FIRMS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Robert F. Keber Jr. TypeRight Software Company 336 Swain Blvd. Greenacres city, FL 33463-3342 Telephone: (407) 969-3643 Fax: (407) 964-0785 24HR Description Type = Short Description Invoice/Statement/Reports/Leger/Labels/Lists. NO BOOKKEEPING KNOWLEDGE NEEDED! Print Customer Address/Phone Books (even by Sales Territory). PopUp Inventory, Packing List, AutoReBill, Part Payments, LastPayDate & Balnc Due. Set Invoices for 0/1/2 SaleTaxs & Track 97 Taxing Districts. Bid/Proposal/Estimate. Print to Disk/Lpt1/Lpt2. Microsoft ISAM datafiles. Create LZW Compressed Backup file. Customer Search by Multiple Search Keys. Adapts to a very wide variety of firms. Description Type = Long Description GIST PLUS(plus) is a "Customer Billing" program. GPP is designed for firms who have a need to produce Invoices which contain "Descriptions" about anything. "Names and Serial Numbers" for parts used or for sold or serviced equipment. Instructions, Expiration Dates, Disclaimers or just about anything else can be entered into GPP invoices, as well as the very important numbers which say "Who, When, Where, Why and How Much". Customers: - Shows "Last Sale Date" & "Total Spent" For Every Customer. - Prints Cust Phone Directory (2 phones COUNTRY,AREA,PHONE,EXT.). - Prints 2 Customer Address Directories (Long & Short Versions). - Prints Cust Mailing Labels (by Name/City/State/Zip/Area/Etc.). - Large "Comment Field" For Terms, Ship/Bill To Address, Etc. - Data Fields Are Designed To Allow INTERNATIONAL Addresses. - Prints Labels/Phone/Address Lists By Territories Or Routes. - Sales Tax Code Field - Applies One Of 96 Sets Of Tax Rates. - BROWSE Finds Records By Partial Name Or Customer ID Number. - SEARCH Find Cust By Searching Any Field(s) (City, State, Etc) - UnLimited Customers (Limited Only By 128 Meg Max File Size). Invoices: - Allows Listings Of Descriptions, Part#'s And Work Performed. - Configured To Work With ZERO, ONE, or TWO Sales Tax Fields. - Sales Taxes Can Be Set To Comply With Most Laws & Regulations. - Use 1 Primary Sales Tax & Up To 96 Sets Of Secondary Tax Rates. (Eg:Primary Tax = State Tax 96 Secondary Taxes = County Taxes) - Print Multiple Copies (1-99) Of Invoices (Cust. & File Copies). - Generates Invoice & Customer Numbers Automatically (No Dupes) - Prints Accounts Receivable Statements With Mailing Labels. - Prints Invoice Ledger For Any "Time Period/Customer/Employee". - Prints Invoice Ledger With Totals For Accounts Receivable. - Provides 12 ReNameable Sales Cats + 2 ReNameable Sales Taxes. - Provides 10 "ReNameable" Sets Of "Terms & Conditions". - Handles "Partial" Or "Installment" Payments. - Packing List - List & Print Up To 675 Different Sale Items. - Inventory - Pop-Up Scroll Bar Window & Sorted Inventory List. - Double Checks "Calculations" On Hand-Written Employee Invoices. - Allows A Six Line "Heading" For Your Name, Address & Telephone. - Six Line Invoice Footer For Custom Messages, Disclaimers, Etc.. - Extensive Use Of "Pop Up Windows" For Easy Use & Simplicity. - "Re-Bill" Feature Produces New Copies Of Previous Invoices. - Jump From New Invoice To New Customer (& back) By F5 Hot Key. - UnLimited Invoices (Limited Only By 128 Meg Max File Size). Income: - Print/Display Accounts Receivable Ledger & Customer Statements. - Prints Income Breakdown By Sales Category For Any Time Period. - Prints Totals For Any Employee Or Customer For Any Time Period. - Shows Sales Taxes Charged, Collected & UnCollected For Both The Primary And Secondary Sets Of Sales Taxes. - Displays Or Prints Many Reports & Ledgers And Shows Averages. Estimates: - Ability To Produce And Print Multiple Copies Of PROPOSALS, BIDS And ESTIMATES Directly From The Printing Menu. Inventory: - Support program: Ability To Create/Edit An Inventory Data File Which Holds Up To 735 Items. Automatic % MarkUp & Retail Price Calculations. Entries Appear In The Invoice And Packing List Screens In A Pop-Up Scroll-Bar-Window For Automatic Data Entry. Eliminates Much Of The Work With Constantly Looking Up Prices For Sold Items In Printed Supplier's Price List Catalogs. Packing Lists: - Support Program: Ability To Create/Edit Large "Packing Lists"(Up To 675 Items Each) For Inclusion With Each Invoice. Multiple Packing Lists Can Be Produced For Each Invoice. Will Create, Edit, Sort & Print Many Different Pre-Prepared Packing Lists Or Can Produce Custom (Use Once) Lists. Accessed Directly From The Invoice Menu. "Pop-Up" Scroll-Bar "Inventory" Window Helps Speed Up These Packing List Creations. General: - ONE Rugged ISAM File Holds ALL Customer/Invoice/Index Data. - Handle Data Files Up To 128 MegaBytes (130,000,000 Characters). - Uses "EMS" (Expanded Memory - If Available) For Buffer Storage. - Uses "LZW" File Compression To For VERY Compact BackUp Files. - Printed Output May Be Sent To LPT1:, LPT2:, Or To A DISK FILE. - Print NOW or LATER: A BIG Time Saver With SLOW Printers. - Word Processing Style Commands For Majority Of Field Entries. - Use Partial "NAMES or NUMBERS" For Retrieving Records. - Find Strong & Weak Sale Areas For Any Or All Of Your Customers. - Find Strong & Weak Categories Of Any Employee's Performance. - Find Strong & Weak Categories Of Any Product Or Service. - Unique "BROWSE" Mode For Viewing Customer & Invoice Records. Due to space constraints further information on International Features and System Requirements are available from author. Description Type = Keywords ADDRESS,LIST,LABEL,INVOICE,STATEMENT,BILLING,CUSTOMER, INCOME,TAX,SALES,PAYMENT,BID,ESTIMATE,PROPOSAL,INVENTORY,PACKLIST,KEBER Description Type = Registration Details $99.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unpack the Archived File to ANY disk or drive. To start the program, run the file named GPP.EXE. To print the program instructions, enter the file named: PRINT-IT.BAT Description Type = Vendor Instructions Copyright (c) - ROBERT F. KEBER JR. - ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Produced & Distributed By TypeRight SOFTWARE COMPANY Vendors are authorized and encouraged to distribute FREE copies of this software package. We request that you keep ALL files included with this package together and unmodified. A maximum charge of up to $5.00 may be charged for disk duplication, cost of materials, and disk preparation (combined). CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Hot Operator 1.04e Unattended production job scheduler Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Joey Robichaux Robichaux and Associates P.O. Box 842621 Houston, TX 77284-2621 Telephone: 7135791983 Description Type = Short Description HOT OPERATOR! Multi-user unattended production job scheduler! Turns a dedicated PC into a complete operations staff. Run nightly production based on time or interval -- even check for successful completion and reschedule if necessary. Great for client/server operations! Shareware, ASP, STAR Description Type = Long Description Hot Operator is NOT a menu program; Hot Operator is NOT a wakeup routine. Hot Operator IS a complete production job scheduling system. Meet your production requirements without having to hire and train an operations staff. Hot Operator runs multi-user -- this means your technical group can define and maintain production jobs that will run at a client site. Hot Operator handles job scheduling. Schedule jobs to run at certain times, on certain days, certain intervals of time -- or combinations. You can even schedule jobs by day of the month, quarter, or year -- even end of period! Check for successful job completion -- reschedule jobs if they've failed or run special exception reports based on job failure. There's even a special security mode that keeps job definitions safe from tampering. Hot Operator supports memory swapping -- either third party devices or its own internal memory swapping option. This frees up the maximum amount of available conventional RAM to run your large applications. Description Type = Keywords BUSINESS, SCHEDULING Description Type = Registration Details $99 Description Type = Permissions Vendors who are ASP Associate Members in good standing, or who follow ASP guidelines and principles in describing the shareware concept, are hereby given permission to distribute Hot Operator from their catalog. However, you must send me notification that you are carrying this program (postcard and/or catalog). Also, Hot Operator must be distributed with all accompanying files. Rack vendors, or CD-ROM vendors, must contact me directly to receive permission. In no case may rack vendors or CD-ROM vendors distribute Hot Operator without written and signed permission from myself. All other vendors not mentioned must contact me directly to receive written permission. These are the distribution requirements as of October 20, 1993. I reserve the right to change these distribution requirements at any time. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Hotel/Motel Manager 2.10s Hotel, Motel, B&B or Resort Management Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ken Mashburn MKM Software 2812 Ingrid Lane Metairie, LA 70003 Telephone: (504) 885-7470 Description Type = Short Description MOTELMAX V2.10 <ASP> Hotel/Motel B&B or Resort Management- Check-in, front desk, accounting, room inventory, point of sale, guest history, audit trail, general ledger and many many reports. Standard version manages up to 50 rooms. Other versions include reservations and advance deposits for unlimited rooms. Description Type = Long Description MotelMAX is a complete Hotel/Motel mangagement system. It includes modules for check-ins, front desk, accounting, room inventory, point of sale, guest history, audit trail and general ledger. Room charges are rated automatically according to rate tables you enter. It is very easy to use. All your entries are verified so you cannot make a mistake. One key check-in and check-out. Limit user access to only the areas they need. Full audit trail for complete verification of all account totals. The Standard Version manages up to 50 rooms. Other versions include modules for reservations and advance deposits and manage any number of rooms <ASP>. Description Type = Keywords HOTEL,MOTEL,RESERVATIONS,BED & BREAKFAST,RESORT Description Type = Registration Details $135.00 Description Type = Installation Details 1.1 Make sure you are in the 'root' directory of your hard drive, type: CD \ <Enter> 1.2 Make a directory on your hard drive called MAX210. MD MAX210 <Enter> 1.3 Move to the MAX210 directory. CD MAX210 <Enter> 1.4 Copy the file MOTEL210.ZIP into the MAX210 directory. If the file is on a floppy drive you would type: COPY A:MOTEL210.ZIP <Enter> If the MOTEL210.ZIP file is in another directory of your hard drive, for example, '\download' you would enter: COPY \download\MOTEL210.ZIP <Enter> 1.5 Unpack the MOTEL210.ZIP file by typing: PKUNZIP MOTEL210.ZIP <Enter> You will notice that the MotelMAX program now uncrunches and installs in your MAX210 Directory. When this is done, you can get rid of the install file on your hard drive (carefully) by entering this command: DEL MOTEL210.ZIP <Enter> Description Type = Vendor Instructions This is a full functioning version of MotelMAX. It is not crippled, time-trapped or nobbled in any way. All data you enter into this evaluation version can be transferred to the registered version or to any later version of MotelMAX. This evaluation version supports up to fifty rooms. Other versions support more rooms and provide additional functions such as reservations and advance deposits depending on your needs. Refer to the file ORDER.DOC for registration and version details. When you become a registered user of MotelMAX, you will receive the latest version of the program with all shareware notices removed, a printed user manual and 90 days of free technical support. Also, your copy of MotelMAX will be personalized with your Property or Site Name (max 35 characters) which will appear on all invoices and reports. The registered version also has the ability to add new usernames and passwords and to limit a user's access to only certain portions of the program. MotelMAX comes preset with sample room set-ups and rate tables so you can get started right away. Appendix B of the user manual includes a brief tutorial and within a few minutes, you should be able to check-in guests and begin posting charges and payments to their folio. After you can configure MotelMAX to include your own rates and room set-ups. In this evaluation version, all users have access to all portions of the program. In the registered version, typically, you would limit access to accounting information only to certain users. Please refer to the file README.1ST for more information. Description Type = Permissions Any CATALOG vendor or BBS has permission to distribute this program, provided you stay within the guidelines established by the Association of Shareware Professionals. The program must be distributed unaltered and with all files included in the original package. CD-ROM distributors MUST receive written permission from MKM Software to distribute MotelMAX. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Hours/Expenses/Miles 2.21 Keeps track of expenses/hours & mileag Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ed Trujillo Contact Plus Corporation P.O. Box 372577 Satellite Beach, FL 32937-0577 Telephone: 407-779-4900 Fax: 407-779-3311 Description Type = Short Description Hours/Expenses/Miles 2.21 - great for salespersons and consultants. Easy to use. Keeps track of billable hours, expenses while on the road, and mileage to be reimbursed. Exports to spreadsheet or databases. Uses international currency symbols. Includes a slide-show tutorial for new users. By Contact Plus Corp. Description Type = Long Description HEM keeps track of expenses such as meals, parking, tolls, hotel, etc. The expenses are gathered day by day and categorized according to the client that the expense should be charged to. Billable time is also tracked. Simply enter the hours worked and any miscellaneous charges. HEM will automatically calculate the taxes and total charge. Description Type = Keywords sales,consult,expense,mileage,billing,client Description Type = Registration Details $39.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply unzip the enclosed file into an empty sub-directory and enter the command "E" to start. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to distribute Hours/Expenses/Miles 2.21 as long as the program files and descriptions are not modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business IC2 Contact Manager 2.01 IC2-Total Contact Manager for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Kristine Balmer CreatiVision Publishing Corp. P.O. Box 5523 Arlington, TX 76005-5523 Telephone: 817-656-5970 Fax: 817-656-7794 Description Type = Short Description IC2 Ver 2.01 - Total Contact Manager for Windows. Includes time manager, network compatibility, autodialer, custom fields, display options, & up to 32K of notes per contact. Design your own labels, reports, and form ltrs. Plus many other features! Requires VBRUN300.DLL to run. Description Type = Keywords contact, manager, management, pim, database, business, Description Type = Registration Details $49 Description Type = Installation Details To install run SETUP.EXE. Can be run from diskette or from hard drive. Setup must be run to configure program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions User must run our SETUP.EXE. If you must use your own installation program, please execute our Setup program after completion. Description Type = Permissions Recipients of the JCS Author to Distributor CD-ROM have the permission of CreatiVision Publishing to distribute IC2 Version 2.01. Distributors who do not get IC2 v2.x through JCS should contact CreatiVision Publishing to obtain permission. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Infodex 2.14 Infodex Multipurpose Database! Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Craig Stevenson Stevenson Technical Services 108 Second Avenue West P.O. Box 297 Bertha, MN 56437-0297 Telephone: (218) 924-2050 Fax: (218) 924-2050(X11) Description Type = Short Description Infodex v2.14 <ASP> Multipurpose Database! Infodex is a versatile database manager used to keep track of names and addresses, equipment, computer software, books, and more! Includes a FREE-FORM layout. Add, delete, or rearrange fields EASILY! Search for text in any field. Import and export to a delimited text file. Quickly browse through a list of records. Easy push button interface w/mouse support! Description Type = Long Description Infodex v2.14 <ASP> Multipurpose Database! Infodex is a versatile database manager used to keep track of names and addresses, equipment, computer software, books, and more! Includes a FREE-FORM layout. Add, delete, or rearrange fields EASILY! Search for text in any field. Import and export to a delimited text file. Quickly browse through a list of records. Easy push button interface w/mouse support! Description Type = Keywords Infodex Database Name Address Manager Description Type = Registration Details 34.95 (U.S. Dollars) Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL at the DOS prompt. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Vendors distributing this program are asked to send their name and address to the author to be placed on a mailing list to receive updates and new programs as they are released. Description Type = Permissions Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI) grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed two weeks. If you continue using this software after the two-week evaluation period, you MUST make a registration payment to Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI). You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauphorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI). The attached VENDINFO data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI), 108 2nd Avenue West, PO Box 297, Bertha, MN 56437. Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Ins.Agency Forms Gen 1.0 Insurance Agency Forms Generator Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Jim Hass MicroFox Company 3310 Fox Run P.O. Box 447 Richfield, OH 44286-0447 Telephone: 216-659-9489 Fax: 216-659-9489 Description Type = Short Description Insurance Agency Forms Generator CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Inventory Interface 7.04 Full featured material management syst Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Gerald Droullard Data Interface 45074 Middlebury Canton, MI 48188-3215 Telephone: (313)981-3615 Fax: (313)981-3615 Description Type = Short Description Inventory Interface is an extensive inventory, MRP, BOM, POS (SOP), AR, AP, work order and purchase order system. The program provides a means of assessing the quantities required of raw materials, spares, products, time, and/or services. Many features including: custom reports and forms, inventory analysis, automatic just-in-time purchase and work orders, backorder status, sales rep. and POS analysis, and more. Description Type = Long Description Inventory Interface is an extensive MRP system. Modules included are inventory, bill of materials, work order, sales / order processing, accounts receivable, account payable and purchase order systems. Inventory Interface provides an accurate, easy and efficient means of assessing the quantities required of raw materials, spares, products, time, and/or services. Although Inventory Interface is a complete inventory system, you may choose not to use parts of the program (e.g. sales order processing, work orders, bill of materials, accounts receivable, etc.) if necessary. The program has a unique WYSIWYG interface which permits you to design your own custom reports while browsing your data. You can 'hide' columns, arrange in logical order and filter the information to your design so that you can print, or export the information for further processing. The program was designed from the user's point of view using 3-D pull-down menus, pick-lists, and on-line help. Inventory Interface uses 'merge' files and forms which allows you to customize your labels, PO, POS, Packing-List and other forms, if required, to print on blank paper or preprinted forms. The program supports multipage, and multiple types of PO's,Invoices, and packing-list. Support is given for monochrome, color and 43 line monitors. Customization is available. Some of the features included in each system are as follows: INVENTORY -Update the selling price as a percent or fixed dollar amount of the Cost or List Price. -Single level and Indented and Summarized where used reports. -Economic Order Qty., Estimated Stock Life, Total Used, Six month Monthly avg., Year before last usage, Last year usage, usage year to date statistics. -Uses templates for fast data entry of parts with similar information. -Supports 'similar' part numbers for items of the same use but different manufacturer. -You may sort the inventory items by Record No., Part No., Part Name, Category, Drawing, Supplier, Bin, or Manufacturer. -View part's which are below their Order Pt., or Minimum values. -On Hand and Cost history with automatic data compression. -Allows for non-depleteing item like service charges and fees. -Fractional units of distribution -Supports scheduled price changes -Allows a price matrix for quantity discounts BILL OF MATERIALS -Support for 99 levels. -Single Level, Indented, and Summarized bill of material reports. -Calculates the quantity able to produce from existing stock. -Work orders are generated to replenish stock levels or meet customer demand -Cost and selling price roll up. WORK ORDERS -automatically removes required raw materials from inventory to make parent item. -allow for scheduling of work orders -material requirements also links to the Purchase Order section INVENTORY CATEGORY STATUS -Year before last, last year and year to date usage and cost per category. -Avg. on hand, Turnover, Used/Day, and Cost/Day detailed information per part in each inventory Category along with the totals per category. (you may specify the range of dates to be used) PURCHASE ORDERS -Automatic purchase order generation using economic order quantity, minimum order amount , maximum order amount and order multiple, or Order Qty. as specified in the inventory database. -Request for Quotes -Multiple PO forms support -Manual purchase order generation. -automatic lead time adjustment of received items -automatic order pt. adjustment of received items. -automatically adjusts the inventory On Hand values for received items -find the total and taxes paid for any range of dates or departments -shows the balance due and when for each PO -all information is linked automatically to the accounts receivable section SALES / ORDER PROCESSING -Creates reports for the taxes paid, invoice amounts, total customer savings, your total cost / revenue per period or any criteria you describe using the filtering system -Recurring billing -Quotes -All sales information links to the PO and WO sections for future requirement analysis -allows customer term discounts -Supports Non-Taxable and Taxable items or transactions with one or two sales taxes. -Allows up to two different taxes -Computes customer savings over manufacturer's list prices. -Backordered Status includes list or items able to partially / fully ship and / or items not on order. -Price Overrides information includes sales rep., unit and total variances. -Sales person analysis includes number of invoices, total gross and cost, avg. gross, margin, avg. margin, per user defined period. -Cash drawer support, credit card checksum and type verification -Multiple / partial payment and types. -Multiple Sales forms support -Picking list DUE TO PROGRAM LIMITS SEE AUTHOR FOR FURTHER INFORMATION Description Type = Keywords Inventory, Invoice, POS, SOP, BOM, Receivables, Billing, Business, Manufacturing, Shipping, Account Payable, Accounts Receivable, Purchase Orders, Stock, Sales, Bill of Materials, Material Management, Customer, Shareware Description Type = Registration Details US$ 165.00 (includes shipping) REGISTERED USERS GET: Latest version of the program with 1 year free updates, a printed (enhanced) manual, biannual newsletters, and one year free telephone support. Registered users may also get customized versions of the program which will be billed on a time basis. Description Type = Installation Details Create a directory for the program and unzip the program in that directory. To start the program use the go.bat file. Description Type = Permissions Individual users may copy the shareware version of the program and share it with friends and family. Nonprofit groups, BBSs, user groups may distribute copies of this program. Anyone distributing copies of this software must conform to the following: The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any add or catalog that includes this software and on any packaging used to display the disk. You must immediately stop selling and / or distributing copies of the program upon notice from Data Interface. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Just To Quote 3.11 Automatic daily Quote-for-the Day Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: William E. Peace P.O. Box 627 South Dennis, MA 02660-0627 Description Type = Short Description JUST TO QUOTE ... will automatically provide you with a quote for the day upon start up of your computer. It is easy to use, takes up no resident memory, and is a pleasant way to start a day of work. With so much to do every day, we need to stop to think, to smile, and to slow ourselves a bit. What better way than to ponder the wisdom and the follies of those who have gone before us? Description Type = Long Description JUST TO QUOTE ... will automatically provide you with a quote for the day upon start up of your computer. It is easy to use, takes up no resident memory, and is a pleasant way to start a day of work. With so much to do every day, we need to stop to think, to smile, and to slow ourselves a bit. What better way than to ponder the wisdom and the follies of those who have gone before us? WITH JUST TO QUOTE ... You can search for particular quotes, or topics, you can print the quotes or series of quotes, and you can even edit the quote file to include your own quotes. Most importantly, you can mark any quote of your choice to appear on a particular date. Quotes have been individually selected to provide a mix of humor, motivation, and thought. Description Type = Keywords Quotations, philosophy, quotes, humor, wisdom Description Type = Registration Details $19.95 Description Type = Installation Details To install the program on the hard drive, insert the program disk in drive A and type INSTALL <return> Follow the instructions that you will see. The program will start automatically once installation is complete. To run at other times, type C: CD QUOTE QUOTE You may type QUOTE M to run the program in monochrome. FOR AUTOMATIC QUOTE UPON COMPUTER START UP: Choose this option when prompted as you install to the hard drive. Then your computer will run JUST TO QUOTE ... the first thing every time you run the computer each day. INSTALLATION TO WINDOWS 3.1: Follow these steps to install JUST TO QUOTE to WINDOWS 3.1. This procedure will enable you to run quote manually from the WINDOWS program. If you wish to run quote automatically when you start up your computer, follow the procedure above to install to the hard drive. As you install, you will be given an automatic start up option. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Please do not combine the program with other programs on the same disk (except for zips). Please do not alter the quote file or any other files. Please inform your users that continued use of shareware requires registration or the user is in violation of copyright laws. Please charge fees only to duplicate/ship, not for software itself. I would appreciate a courtesy catalog if you list this software Description Type = Permissions Contents of Manual and Programs Copyright 1995 by William E. Peace. Shareware vendors and bulletin board systems may duplicate and post the software and manuals provided that fees are charged only for duplication or access, not for the rights to the software itself. Permission is hereby granted for this type of duplication. Software or manuals may not be altered in anyway except for addition of explanatory vendor files. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business KWIKSTAT Data Analys 3.37 Statistical Data Analysis and Graphs Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Alan C. Elliott TexaSoft P.O. Box 1169 Cedar Hill, TX 75104 Telephone: (214) 291-2115 Fax: (214) 291-3400 Description Type = Short Description Award Winning (1992 SIA) software. KWIKSTAT is for anyone who needs to analyze business or scientific data. Statistical analysis, graphs, reports, interface with dBASE files, mouse support. Thousands of users. Most recognized, reviewed, and praised data analysis shareware program. TexaSoft is a member of ASP and ESC. Description Type = Long Description Award Winning (1992 SIA Award for best Math or Engineering software) KWIKSTAT is for anyone who needs to analyze or graph business or scientific data. KWIKSTAT is the most recognized, reviewed, and praised data analysis shareware program available. It was designed by, written by and is supported by professional statisticians. Calculate statistics, display graphs, create reports, edit and manipulate dBASE files. Windows type pull-down menu interface with mouse support. Includes tutorials and help on "How to select the proper procedure to use." Reads and writes dBASE III and IV files, can import ASCII, comma delimited and 1-2-3 data files. Contains data analysis procedures including descriptive statistics, t-tests, chi-square, analysis of variance, simple and multiple regression, graphs, crosstabulations, non-parametric procedures, life tables, survival analysis and more. Dr. Filefinder calls it "The Ultimate in Statistics, no program I've seen beats KWIKSTAT." PC Week calls it the "Numbers Game Winner." Author John Sweeny says, "KWIKSTAT is God's answer to SPSS. It's simple to use, fast, cheap and powerful." Thousands of users in over 50 countries worldwide. TexaSoft is a member of ASP and ESC. Description Type = Keywords STATISTICS, DATA ANALYSIS, GRAPHS, REGRESSION, TEXASOFT, ASP, ESC, EDUCATION, SCIENCE Description Type = Registration Details $69.00 Description Type = Installation Details Make the disk or directory containing the program the default drive or directory. Enter the command INSTALL to begin the installation program, follow the instructions on the screen. Description Type = Vendor Instructions The three self-extracting files contain the three 360K disks required for KWIKSTAT. These are KSTAT33A.EXE, KSTAT33B.EXE and KSTAT33C.EXE. The single file version KSTAT33.ZIP can be used as a 720K distribution disk (when extracted), or can be used on a BBS. The sample screen shot, KWIKSTAT.PCX is an example 3-D bar chart produced by KWIKSTAT. Other screen shots are available for the asking. Description Type = Permissions We are members of the Association of Shareware Professionals (ASP). You may distribute this program by selling disks containing unaltered versions of this shareware program. You should describe the shareware concept to customers and encourage registrations. We do not allow our program to appear in catalogs that also include sexually explicit programs. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Label maker 3.5 Label and envelope printer for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Lawes DL Technology P.O. Box 9 Buckhurst Hill Essex, IG9 5B UK Telephone: ++ 44 81-559-0049 Fax: ++ 44-81-502-9037 Description Type = Short Description Demonstration version. Design and print labels/envelopes. Images may include text, graphics, lines, boxes, sequence numbers and (in Pro version) barcodes. Style stored in style file; varying text stored in single field database. Demo version does not save files. Description Type = Long Description A label or envelope design and printing system - allows printing of data block (from a database file, manual entry or single click paste from another application) along with text blocks, sequence numbers, pictures, boxes, lines, dates and (in Pro version) fixed or sequential barcodes. Prints on single- or multi-column labels or envelopes. Pro version includes barcodes and full colour. Database may contain upto 16000 single field records. Description Type = Keywords label,envelope,barcode Description Type = Registration Details $69/ú45 Description Type = Installation Details Copy the ZIP file to a temporary subdirectory and unzip it. Then from Windows run the INSTALL.EXE program created during unzipping. Installation creates a named subdirectory of the user's choice (which contains all components of the program) and an icon within Program Manager. After installation the subdirectory containing the unzipped ZIP file may be deleted. To unistall the program simply delete the subdirectory created by installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Legal Eagle 2.0 2.0 The Complete Legal Package For Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Micheal McMasters Eagle Software Rt#1 Box 121 Washington, NC 27889 Telephone: 1-919-946-2595 Fax: 1-919-975-5757 Description Type = Short Description -The Beef Is Here- And Its Cheap Legal Eagle 2.0 is the best Legal package on the market today, Shareware or Not. You must try it to believe how easy it is to create Wills,Contracts,Notes, and most any legal Document you will ever need. its Like having a lawyer on your desk. Description Type = Long Description This is a complete legal package for Businesses and Professionals. Legal Eagle will pay for itself the very first time you use it. At its introductory price of $39.95 plus $5.00 shipping and handling, a $50.00 saving, it costs less than one visit to most attorneys. Legal Eagle 2.0 for Windows, gives you 219 legal forms for wills, contracts, leases, estate planning, employee management, business and personal finance. Legal Eagle is used by lawyers in their daily practice. The personnel at Eagle Software, designed this program around the end user, (YOU). Legal Eagle for Windows, is truly a Windows program. It will not run in DOS. (DOS version available.) The screens are bright and colorful. The text is easy to read. The program has full mouse support, and commands are supported on the keyboard. The command buttons have icons on them, so they can be selected at a glance. You can select, view, print out, or edit any form with a few clicks of the mouse, or a few key strokes. You may print out a form and fill it out by hand, use Eagle Edit, or your Word Processor, to fill in the blanks on the screen. These options as well as many more, are at your disposal. At this price, the forms enclosed in Legal Eagle cost about (.20) twenty cents each, the first time you use them. After that, only the cost of printing them. That makes it cheaper to produce the form, than to mail it! We think, that's an excellent price. Description Type = Keywords Windows, Legal, Legal Eagle, Business, Wills, Living Wills, Contracts, Forms Description Type = Registration Details $39.95 Description Type = Installation Details Running Setup 1. Boot your computer. 2. Insert the Legal Eagle disk one in drive A: or B:. 3. Start Windows(tm). (Legal Eagle 1.0 Must be installed from Windows(tm).) 4. Start the Program Manger. (If Program Manger is not on the screen when Windows(tm) boots, double click on it's Icon at the bottom of the screen.) 5. Select RUN from the File Menu. 6. Type the letter of the drive you are using, followed by a colon (:) and the word "\SETUP". Example A:\SETUP 7. Press Enter. 8. Follow the instructions on the screen. Description Type = Vendor Instructions To Make 360 Disks 1.Make Two Directorys on you Hard Drives Named Disk1 and Disk2 2.Copy the files LEDISK1.EXE and LEDISK2.EXE to directorys 3.Run the LE#####.Exe Files Hard Drive 4.Delete The LE####.Exe Files From The Hard Drive 5.Copy All the files from The Directory Disk1 to a 360 6.Copy All the files From the Directory Disk2 to a 360 Any other Format Unzip the file EAGLE20.ZIP to a disk, Or Copy all the files from the directorys Disk1 and Disk2 to a single Disk. Call us if you have any problems 1-919-946-2595. Description Type = Permissions If you were sent the CDROM You have Eagle Softwares Permission to offer Legal Eagle in you Library. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business METRIX 1.0 Metric conversion program. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Stephen R. Woods Financial Systems Associates 148 N. Washington St. Delaware, OH 43015 Description Type = Short Description Metric conversion program for Windows. The program offers quick access to most common Metric to US and US to Metric conversions in addition to a search facility that utilizes a user modifiable reference file containing both common and lesser known items. The ref- erence table alone contains over 1200 con- version items. Includes pop-up calculator, printing, and online help. Description Type = Long Description Metrix is a Metric conversion program for IBM PC's and compatibles. The program offers quick access to the most common Metric to U.S. and U.S. to Metric conversions in addition to a search facility that utilizes a user modifiable reference file containing both common and lesser known items. As shipped, the reference table alone contains over 1200 conversion items. Additional features include a pop-up calculator, printing, and online help. Description Type = Keywords Metric, conversion, convert, Metric conversion, Metrix, IS, international Description Type = Registration Details $30 registration only, $34 registration & disk Description Type = Installation Details METRIX comes complete with its own setup program (METSETUP.EXE) on a single installation diskette. To install the program and its associated files, use the following procedure. * Insert the diskette into a diskette drive. * Insure Microsoft Windows version 3.1 or above is running. * From File Manager, click on the diskette drive icon in which the installation diskette resides, and the contents of the installation diskette will be displayed. Then either click on METSETUP.EXE within the diskette drive directory display or click on the File/Run menu items and type in D:METSETUP (note D: should be the actual drive ID of the installation diskette) to begin the installation. * If you prefer to install METRIX from within Program Manager, click on the File/Run menu items and type in D:METSETUP (note D: should be the actual drive ID of the installation diskette) to begin the installation. After loading itself from the diskette (this takes a while), METSETUP will display what it intends to do. Next, METSETUP verifies the new and existing directories into which files will be added. Upon successful completion, METSETUP will add a new METRIX program group. METSETUP will add METRIX.INI to your Windows directory; and if not already present on your system, VBRUN300.DLL will be added to your Windows\System directory. While in the Setup Options screen, you may change the Windows or Windows\System directory to any existing directory. You may also change the application (OHNO files) directory to either an existing or non-existent directory. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Vendors must keep all supplied files intact, including the install- ation program and all document files. Description Type = Permissions Vendors are permitted to freely distribute the program and its associated files with the condition that the program is distributed as shareware, and as such, the program's author is entitled to a fee for its continued use. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Magnify Wordperfect 1.0 LOW MAGNIFICATION OF 80x25 TEXT SCREEN Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Hank Krejci HFK Software 68 Wells Road Lincoln, MA 01773-3702 Telephone: 617-259-0059 Fax: 617-259-0626 Description Type = Short Description WPX provides slight magnification of 80 by 25 text screens for WordPerfect, DOS, and other text oriented programs. WPX's low magnification, which may be switched on and off at will, is very helpful for those with poor vision or just "tired eyes" at day's end. A full function demo is provided. Cost: $20(US) Description Type = Long Description WPX provides slight magnification of DOS and text oriented programs such as WordPerfect, and is automatically disabled when a graphics program such as Windows is running. This low magnification is very helpful for users with poor vision, tired eyes at day's end, or when using a notebook computer under less than optimum lighting. In addition to enlarging text, WPX provides a "Review Mode" that allows you to move the magnified window around the full 80 character by 25 line display, change magnification, and/or change "tracking mode." WPX is NOT a conventional large print system with five to twenty times character magnification, and therefore, does NOT require features to help relate the magnified text to the screen area being enlarged. That is, there is always sufficient screen area in view to maintain orientation. Description Type = Keywords WORDPERFECT, MAGNIFICATION. Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details (1) Unzip into an empty directory, (2) Switch to that directory, (3) Enter "WPX" on the DOS command line for a command summary (4) Enter "COPY MANUAL.TXT PRN" to print a manual, and/or (5) Enter "WPX LEVEL-2" to begin running with 1.3X screen magnification. Description Type = Vendor Instructions This is a full function evaluation/distribution copy of WPX. Upon TSR loading, a System ID is displayed. Upon payment of a $20 fee, this ID is converted to an enabling code for a single computer. Description Type = Permissions Distribute freely, but without modification. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Membership Tracking 3.0 Membership Tracking System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Frank Bucher Bucher's PcSoftware P.O. Box 162 Dogwood Street #220 Kelso, MO 63758 Telephone: 1-800-699-6395 Description Type = Short Description A full membership tracking system that can be used to track information on membership, committee assignments, awards, offices held, and reservations (banquet rooms, equipment, etc.). Many reports, mailing labels, and post cards can be printed. The program provides automatic billing for membership dues; including automatic reminders. Description Type = Long Description P.O. Box 162 Kelso, MO 63758 Dear Club Officer: Many organizations are now looking to put their membership information on computer. The problem is finding the right program that is simple to use, flexible, and can be changed if needed. If that description fits your situation, I have just the program for you. M-TRAC (Membership Tracking System) is a program that will run on any IBM or IBM compatibl computer. It's purpose is to help your organization keep and maintain information on each member of the organization. M-TRAC consist of five main areas: Membership Committees Awards Offices Held Reservation System (banquet rooms, equipment, etc.) Data stored in each member's file may include: name, address, phone numbers, information on dues, date joined, date transferred, committee assignments, awards received, offices held, and more. M-TRAC can print reports, mailing labels, and post cards (refer to the last page for a complete list of available reports). A key element of M-TRAC is the automatic billing system for membership dues. M-TRAC was designed to be simple to use so it can be passed on to other members of your organization when responsibilities change with little or no training. It was designed as a menu driven system. This means you tell M-TRAC what you want to do by selecting options displayed on menus. For example, you can print any report listed on the last page by selecting the one you want from the appropriate menu. You can add, change, and/ or remove information from a member's record by selecting the appropriate option from a menu. M-TRAC was also designed to be flexible so each club can name its own committees, awards, offices, etc. There is no limit to the number of committees, awards, and offices that you can set up. M-TRAC is used by organizations with memberships that range from 100 to 1200 members (the only limit is your hard disk). Organizations that use M-TRAC include: Knights of Columbus Veterans of Foreign War (VFW) American Legion ELKS Country Clubs Senior Citizens Associations Members of the Foreign Services Many organizations that use M-TRAC find it does every- thing they need it to do. But, occasionally, an organization has special requirements that are unique to them. If necessary M-TRAC can be changed to fulfill those special needs. For more information on this service, please write or call (314) 264- 2537. (Because of space constraints, please see author documentation for full description) Description Type = Registration Details $85.00 (includes shipping and handling) Description Type = Installation Details Installing from 3.5 or 5 1/4 STEP 1: At the C:\> prompt, type MD M-TRAC3 i.e. C:\>MD M-TRAC3 STEP 2: At the C:\> prompt, type CD\M-TRAC3 i.e. C:\>CD\M-TRAC3 STEP 3: Place the M-TRAC diskette in Drive A or B STEP 4: At the C:\M-TRAC3> prompt, type A: (or B: if you are using Drive B) i.e. C:\M-TRAC3>A: STEP 5: At the A:\> prompt, type PKUNZIP M-TRAC3 C: i.e. A:\>PKUNZIP M-TRAK3 C: STEP 6: Wait for all of the files to be copied from Drive A to Drive C STEP 7: After all files are copied to Drive C, remove the M-TRAC3 diskette from Drive A STEP 8: At the A:\> prompt, type C: i.e. A:\>C: STEP 9: You are now ready to begin using M-TRAC CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Mortgage Analyzer 2.03 The Mortgage Analyzer v2.03 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Michael Jones Insight Software Solutions P.O. Box 354 Bountiful, UT 84011-0354 Telephone: (801) 295-1890 Fax: (801) 299-1781 Description Type = Short Description The Mortgage Analyzer v2.03 contains options for amortization schedules, loan qualification, refinancing, mortgage accel- eration, side by side mortgage comparisons, Buy vs. Rent, Lease vs. Sell, and mortgage related calculators. Tax Analysis, Daily Interest, Points, etc. Save and retrieve multiple clients. Fixed, Stepped, ARM. Calculates Mortgage Insurance, FHA MIP, VA Funding Fees. Caps & Margins for ARMs. MORE! Description Type = Long Description This is NOT an ORDINARY mortgage program. It includes seven predefined loan acceleration methods such as bi-weekly, double principal and growing equity payments plus the ability to set up *ANY* acceleration method con- ceivable through variable extra payments. Accelerated schedules and/or summaries can be produced side by side with the original mortgage or by themselves. Features mortgage comparisons--enter all values for two complete mortgages. For instance, compare a Conventional Loan to an FHA Loan. Print, view or save to file complete schedules and/or summaries for both side by side. No need to wander through endless screens entering data wondering when the last screen is at hand. Mortgage schedule and summary inputs are contained on one screen with the use of function keys to branch out to less common needed items such as variable rates for use with ARMs. The input screen contains Loan Type (Conventional, FHA, VA), Purchase Price, Down Payment, Duration, Interest Rate, Interest Type (Fixed, Stepped, Adjustable, Reset), Closing Date, First Payment Date, Points, Property Tax, Homeowners Insurance, Mortgage Insurance and closing costs. It calculates payments, points, mortgage insurance, tax savings, daily interest, interest paid, interest saved (for acceleration) and complete schedules. Many other features include Loan Qualification, Buy vs Rent, Lease vs Sell, Refinance and a variety of Calculators. Description Type = Keywords REAL ESTATE LOAN MORTGAGE REFINANCE QUALIFY MONEY HOME SALE LOAN ACCELERATION Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. Dollars Minimum registration price..................30.00 Maximum registration price..................50.00 Shipping: within same country...............3.00 North America.....................5.00 South America.....................5.00 Europe............................5.00 Asia..............................5.00 Africa............................5.00 Pacific...........................5.00 Description Type = Installation Details The Mortgage Analyzer may be run from either a floppy or hard disk. An installation program called INSTALL.EXE is provided to assist you in the installation of the program on a hard drive. To install the program, insert the floppy disk in drive A (or drive B). From the A> prompt (or B>), simpy type "Install". This will prompt you through the installation process. Alternatively, you may simply copy the contents of the floppy disk onto the hard disk. We recommend that it be placed into its own subdirectory. Description Type = Permissions The attached VENDINFO data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Please consult the attached VENDINFO data record for distribution rights. You must obtain written permission directly from Insight Software Solutions if you are unsure of your distribution rights. Permission to distribute The Mortgage Analyzer package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Insight Software Solutions, P.O. Box 354, Bountiful, UT 84011. Insight Software Solutions may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Insight Software Solutions. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Mortgage Comparison 1.06 Mortgage Comparison System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Lynda McCall Bottom Line Software P.O. Box 118826 Carrollton, TX 75011-8826 Telephone: 214-394-4087 Fax: 214-394-4170 Description Type = Short Description Allows summary comparison of costs of loans and mortgages with application of cost reduction strategies. Designed for use by professional mortgage brokers. Shareware Registration $79.95 Description Type = Long Description A professional, mortgage comparison system designed for professionals. Stores all schedules and comparisons on disk. They can be recalled, modified, recalculated and reprinted at any time. The report header allows the professional to customize up to seven lines of text for name and address or promotional messages. Will amortize any loan or mortgage with a basic regular payment schedule. Allows unlimited alternate schedules. Eg, biweekly, monthly with quarterly extra payments, monthly with annual extra payments, monthly with quarterly and annual extra payments, lump sum prepayments, etc. Displays relative cost of up to five 30 year mortgages in parallel columns on an easy to read one page report, or annual differences in two mortgages in same format. Also prints simple amortization schedule with unlimited prepayments. Description Type = Keywords LOAN,MORTGAGE,AMORTIZATION,CALCULATOR Description Type = Registration Details $79.95 Description Type = Installation Details Each JCSM subdirectory will unzip to an exact copy of the original Bottom Line Software shareware disk. Copy each *.ZIP file from the JCSM CDROM to a temporary directory on your hard disk. Unzip them (ONE AT A TIME) and copy each set of unzipped files to a floppy disk. The unzipped files will include other *.ZIP files which will be copied to the floppy. Do not copy the original JCSM *.zip file. Log on to the floppy drive and type either "MENU"(enter) or "INSTALL"(enter) to access the installation programs. ALTERNATIVELY Since you are reading this, you are not likely to be intimidated by a ZIP file or a subdirectory. Copy the zip files to the subdirectory of your choice and unzip them (ALL). The Executable file is MCMENU.EXE. To use the supplied demo data files, see the batch file install.bat Description Type = Vendor Instructions The JCMS CDROM contains various subdirectories of the form \progname\zip\. Each *.zip file in this subdirectory unzips to a complete and exact duplicate of a Bottom Line Software shareware disk as distributed direct to customers and vendors. Each disk contains several complete installation options accomplished by batch files. If you use a propritary front end eg "GO.bat", etc. it should call our batch files menu.bat or install.bat. Description Type = Permissions You are authorized to distribute this program freely provided your advertising explains and fosters the shareware concept as espoused by the ASP. Bottom Line Software has a standard distribution agreement if you want a formal contract, request one. Bundling of this software with new or used computers, is permitted only through written contract. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Mortgage Designer 2.20 Mortgage Designer v2.20 for Windows! Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Black MaeDae Enterprises 5430 Murr Road Peyton, CO 80831-7402 Telephone: (719) 683-3860 Description Type = Short Description Mortgage Designer v2.20 for Windows (Shareware). Home mortgage calculations complete with amortization schedules! Powerful and easy to use "What if?" calculations. Extensive built-in help. Calculate remaining balance, cost of loan, equity versus balance, missing variables, PITI, tax adjusted payments, plus much more! Multi-color pie charts for overall picture at a glance. Description Type = Keywords Home,Loan,Mortgage,Amortization,Windows,Cost,PITI,Tax,Database Description Type = Registration Details $39.00 + $5.00 S&H Description Type = Installation Details Run INSTALL.EXE from the File Manager after you have broken out the .ZIP archive. Description Type = Permissions Please help distribute our shareware. For shareware libraries or BBSs we have only two requrements for distribution. First, you must distribute all the related files for each application (don't leave anything out of the .ZIP file). Second, you must not charge over $10 per diskette for the reproduction or distribution charge to the end user. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business ORCHIS org charts 1.0 ORCHIS: Org Chart Maker v1.0 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Frank Carroll Trionum Inc. P.O. Box 305 Kendall Square Cambridge, MA 02142 Telephone: 617-776-1877 Description Type = Short Description ORCHIS (Org Chart Imaging Software) v1.0 - Shareware for DOS PCs to create organization charts, menu and decision trees, or any tree structured diagram. The intuitive graphical user interface & WYSIWYG display provide easy access to a wide variety of charting options. Chart layout is automatic. Print to LaserJet, DeskJet, dot matrix or PostScript. Export to PCX, PDL or EPS. Includes complete on-line documentation. Color VGA required. Description Type = Long Description ORCHIS (Org Chart Imaging Software) is a simple but powerful tool for creating org charts, menu trees, decision trees, or diagrams of any tree-like hierarchy. The intuitive graphical UI provides easy access to a wide variety of charting options. ORCHIS supports horizontal, vertical, and double column chart types, mixed types in one tree, multiple trees in one chart, assistant nodes, drop shadows, chart titles, and much more. Properties (including type face, type size, color, and line weight) can be controlled for the entire chart, for one branch or level, for an individual box, or even for a single line of text. ORCHIS also provides WYSIWYG display, background printing, scalable fonts, and complete on-line documentation. ORCHIS supports hardcopy output via LaserJet, DeskJet, PostScript, and dot matrix printers, and graphical file output in the PDL, PCX, and EPS formats, so that charts from ORCHIS can be used in most word processors, publishing packages, and painting and drawing programs. ORCHIS charts are stored in a simple ASCII file format, making it easy for programmers to create compatible utilities. Description Type = Keywords ORG, CHART, ORG-CHART, ORGANIZATION, TREE, DIAGRAM, GRAPHICS, TRIONUM Description Type = Registration Details $29 Description Type = Installation Details Step 1: Make a directory for ORCHIS on your hard disk and copy all of the ORCHIS files into that directory. (You can also install ORCHIS on a floppy disk.) Step 2: Run the INSTALL utility and answer the questions that it asks. This will set up ORCHIS to run properly with your hardware configuration. Step 3: Run ORCHIS. Description Type = Permissions Vendors: You have TRIONUM's permission to copy and distribute the unregistered shareware version of ORCHIS, subject to the following 3 conditions: 1. The ORCHIS software and documentation that you distribute must be complete and unmodified. 2. Catalogs and advertisements listing ORCHIS must identify it as SHAREWARE, which must be adequately defined. 3. You must cease all copying and distributing of ORCHIS immediately upon notice from TRIONUM. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business OWL Invoice System 2.01 OASIS - Sales, Invoice & Mail Mgmt. Sy Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Stephen Williams Otto-williams Ltd. P.O. box 794 Lanham, MD 20703-0794 Telephone: (301) 306-0409 Fax: (301) 306-0409 Description Type = Short Description OASIS 2.0 - A very complete sales management system including: invoicing, automated bill- ing, customer correspondence, mailing list management, and product sales tracking. GREAT FOR ANY MAIL ORDER BUSINESS. Completely menu driven with full mouse support & on-line help. New feature lets you group customers for targeted mass mailings. Requires DOS 3.3 or above, 640K & Hard Disk. Description Type = Long Description OWL Automated Sales and Invoicing System (OASIS) 2.0. OASIS is a complete sales management system that includes: invoicing, automated billing, customer correspondence, mailing list management, and sales tracking by both customer and product. Invoices and bills can be printed on plain paper or your own letterhead. OASIS includes options to automatically print product specific text (e.g., assembly instructions) and product license numbers on invoices. Custom text, such as answers to customer questions, can also be added to each invoice. OASIS provides complete capabilities for printing mailing labels and envelops. OASIS saves you money on label stock by letting you specify the starting label row and column so that you don't have to throw away partially used sheets of labels. Customers can be assigned to user defined groups. This can save on advertising dollars by allowing you to target your mailings to specific groups of customers. OASIS can export mailing lists in mail-merge format for use with many word processors. OASIS is completly menu driven with full mouse support & on-line help. Very easy to use. Requires DOS 3.3 or above, 640K & Hard Disk. See also OWL Basic Bookkeeping (BBK). Description Type = Keywords BUSINESS, INVOICE, SALES TRACKING, LABEL, CUSTOMER, MAIL, BILLING, BBK, OASIS, OWL Description Type = Registration Details $59.00 (USD) Description Type = Installation Details See File: README.OAS Description Type = Vendor Instructions BULLETIN BOARDS: No special Instructions. Librarian please note: OASIS2.ZIP supersedes files OSIS##.ZIP where ## is any number less than 20. DISK VENDORS: The self extracting archive file OASIS2.EXE produces the following files which should go onto the distribution disk without alteration: README.OAS Text file containing installation and startup instructions. INSTALLA.BAT Hard disk installation batch procedure. OASIS_EX.EXE Self extracting archive containing program, configuration and help files. OASIS_DB.EXE Self extracting archive containing sample data files. FILE_ID.DIZ Text file containing short program description. (This file is optional) VENDOR.DOC Text file containing program description, distribution policy, and file listing. Total file size of these files is approximatly 252k, which will fit on a standard 360K diskette and leave sufficient space for you to add any material you deem necessary. If you want to distribute this program in some other form, you may do so but, please let us know. Description Type = Permissions 'Otto-Williams Ltd. (OWL) grants you a license to distribute our shareware provided that you distribute all files required for operation of the program and: 1. You identify it as shareware with an appropriate definition. 2. You leave all intellectual property including copyright notices in place. 3. We do not request that you discontinue distribution of the product. To summarize, you may archive our programs, unarchive them and distribute them on whatever media you choose so long as you do not alter the program or accompaning data files in any way or charge distribution fees that are so large that they would lead the purchaser to believe that they have paid for the program rather than the distribution service you provide. We want the widest possible distribution for our shareware programs and will be glad to assist you in designing a distribution scheme that is appropriate for your operation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Opportunity Awaits! Winter'95 Info & contacts to help start a busine Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: R. Scott Perry Computerized Horizons 2490 Black Rock Tpke. #309 Fairfield, CT 06430-2404 Telephone: (203) 335-7431 Description Type = Short Description OPPORTUNITY AWAITS! Winter 1995 <ASP> - Start your own business! 100's of sources, plus advice to get you started. Whether you want to start with just a few dollars, or have thousands to spare, you will find plenty of ideas and advice to help you. Hundreds of opportunities are listed, now it's time to start making some money! Shareware, $9.95. Description Type = Long Description Opportunity Awaits helps a budding entrepreneur find a business opportunity that is right for him, and can help you make extra money either part-time or full-time. Included are sources for many companies that are currently searching for people like you. They want to help you make money. These are realistic opportunities, not the "get-rich-quick" schemes. These could better be classified as "get-rich-at-your-own-pace" opportun- ities, where your success depends on the effort you give it. Examples of such opportunities are selling books by mail, offering Mace(TM) to your neighbors, even selling perfume and lingerie. Or, perhaps you want to start your own 900 telephone number. The possibilities are endless. Included are hundreds of listings, broken down by category, with company name/address, phone number(s) (most have a toll-free 800 number), as well as information about what the company has to offer. These were compiled from actual advertisements from the companies, from many different sources, and are up-to-date. Most, if not all, bogus opportunities have been weeded out. You won't find the companies that have advertisements like, "You can make $100,000 a month with no work!" Also, you will not find educational offers (ie., 'learn to repair air conditioners in 4 months'). In most cases, investment ranges are given. Some require no investment, others require large investments. It's your choice. And, the registration fee is very low--just $9.95. Description Type = Keywords Business,Opportunity,Career,Entrepreneur,Money Description Type = Registration Details $9.95 Description Type = Installation Details There is no installation necessary: Just type OA to start the program. Use the arrow keys to make choices in the menus, and press <ENTER> to view the category you chose. Description Type = Vendor Instructions There is no special vendor processing required. Description Type = Permissions The program may be distributed in most cases with no unusual requirements. Any shareware vendor may distribute the shareware version of Opportunity Awaits, just so long as the people receiving the program have been informed of the shareware concept. See the VENDOR.DOC file for further information. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business PAYROLL USA (tm) 5.01 Excellent 1995 DOS Payroll, any State Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Christopher Anthistle Anthistle Systems & Prog. Ltd. 563 Patricia Drive Oakville, ON L6K 1M4 Canada Telephone: 905-845-7959 Description Type = Short Description PAYROLL USA V5.01 Rel 20-Feb-95 2x360K DISKS The best payroll system on the market for the IBM PC XT and 286/386/486 compatibles running DOS. Includes PIF and ICO files for start up from Windows 3.1 if you have it (but windows is not required). Very complete payroll for all sizes of company, lots of features, works in any State. Can handle multiple files (good for multi-client payroll prep. services). Description Type = Long Description PAYROLL USA is probably the most comprehensive payroll system on the ShareWare market. It is also better than most commercial payrolls. Works in ANY State. and interfaces to ANY Accounting System (even manual bookkeeping). It does EVERYTHING, maintain employee info., calculates pay and taxes (yes, it can handle California SDI), prints checks or payslips (with option for direct bank transfers) check register, payroll register, summary journal, even does 941, 940, W-2, 1099-MISC, and Quarterly State Unemployment List. Handles taxes on Employee Benefit Plans. Can also export files to Lotus, Quattro, dBASE, etc. Also handles multiple pay frequencies, and Accountants doing client payroll will appreciate its ability to handle multiple employee files. Complete documentation on disk ready to print out. Needs minimum 640K installed RAM and a hard disk. Runs on IBM XT, AT, PS/2, and 286/386/486 compatibles. If you are looking for payroll you MUST try this one. Optional extra cost add ons are available for: Magnetic Media W-2, Check Reconciliation, and an interface to "The General Store" point of sale system. A SIMILAR PROGRAM, PAYROLL CANADA, FOR USE IN CANADA (EXCEPT IN QUEBEC) IS AVAILABLE FROM ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROGRAMMING LTD. Description Type = Keywords PAYROLL USA, PAYUSA, PAYROLL, ACCOUNTING, BOOKKEEPING, EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYER, WAGE, TAX, W-2, 1099-MISC, 941, THE GENERAL STORE, TGS, ANTHISTLE, HUMAN RESOURCES, PERSONNEL, MAGNETIC MEDIA Description Type = Registration Details US $149.95 (includes 1st 2 years) then US $75 per year Description Type = Installation Details For fuller information see file PAYUS42.TXT after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is extracted from PAYUS42.TXT INSTALLATION FROM DISKETTES --------------------------- If you received the two diskettes, put disk 1 in drive A and type A: CD \ INSTALL then insert disk 2 when prompted. If using drive B to install then simply substitute B: for the A: in the above instructions. If install finds that all files are on one diskette you will not be prompted for a second diskette. INSTALLATION FROM MODEM DOWNLOADS (also applicable to CD-ROM) --------------------------------- If you downloaded the disks over your modem as two large ZIP or ARC etc. files then they must be unpacked first onto whichever directory you use to test downloads, or onto diskettes. They can both be unpacked onto the same disk or directory. Once unpacked make that directory the active directory and run the INSTALL program, it will do the rest for you. (You will be unzipping the file(s) you downloaded to reconstitute what would have been on a distribution diskette, then INSTALL will be unzipping that onto the final working directories. You can delete the contents of the intermediate directory containing INSTALL.EXE after installation is complete) RUNNING PAYROLL USA ------------------- Decompressing the ZIP files is a one time job. It need never be done a second time. Once decompressed, whether manually or by the INSTALL.EXE program, you can run the component programs as follows: To use the PAYROLL USA system: C: CD \PAYPGMS PAYUSA The Slide Show was last updated March, 1990. It is rather dated and in 1994 has been replaced by the new 20 page Payroll USA instruction manual PAYUSA.DOC which can be displayed or printed from the PAYUSA.EXE start up menu choice "F3 READ OR PRINT DOCUMENTATION & REGISTRATION INFO". It contains all most users need to know in a much more compact and up to date form than the old slide show. We are, however, retaining the Slide Show for now as a reference source should you need it. To see the Slide Show C: CD \PAYSLIDE RUNSLIDE or select choice "F4 SEE OR PRINT THE PAYROLL USA SLIDE SHOW" from the PAYUSA.EXE start up menu Description Type = Vendor Instructions For fuller information see file PAYUS50.TXT after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is extracted from PAYUS50.TXT (NOTE: THE CD-ROM FILE PAYUSA50.ZIP WHEN UNZIPPED GIVES YOU THE SAME FILES THAT WOULD HAVE BEEN ON THE ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROGRAMMING LTD. DISTRIBUTION DISKETTE) DISKETTE VENDORS ---------------- If you received it direct from us Payroll USA will be on one 3 1/2 inch low density (720K) disk so it can be installed on older computers that have low density drives. The low density disk is also readable "as is" by high density 3 1/2 inch drives. It can also easily be copied to high density 5 1/4 inch 1.2 meg or 3 1/2 inch 1.44 meg disks with DOS COPY *.* or XCOPY *.* to a pre-formatted high density disk of the required size. Those vendors still selling low density 5 1/4 inch 360K disks can split our distribution disk using our supplied 2DISKSET.BAT file. If you add your own start up program it must start our INSTALL.EXE (which will be on disk 1 of a 2 disk set). As long as all files are present, our INSTALL.EXE does not care whether it is one or two diskettes or whether they are low or high density. DO NOT install or otherwise expand all the component zips (payus50a.zip, payus50b.zip payus50c.zip etc.) then re-pack them for distribution in some different order or with different names. Our install.exe depends on finding our file names in the original zip file names we gave them. It makes it simpler for the end user to install the registered user version and annual upgrades if the unzipped shareware version is on a known directory (which our install uses - \PAYPGMS for the working programs and \PAYSLIDE for the slide show). BBS SYSOPS ---------- How you post them on your board depends largely on personal preferences and how much time your users are allowed to download a file. They could be in one large ZIP file, PAYUSA50.ZIP, containing the entire contents of our distribution diskette zipped into one file, with the FILE_ID.DIZ description visible in your download directory, or if you prefer to split it into 2 smaller ZIP files you might want to use our supplied 2DISKSET.BAT to create two 360K diskettes then zip each 360K diskette into PAYUS501.ZIP and PAYUS502.ZIP then post them with a modified FILE_ID.DIZ description for each, or with the PAYUS50.TXT information file and a one liner description such as: PAYUS50.TXT PAYROLL USA V5.01 DOWNLOAD INFO. AT 2/95 PAYUS501.ZIP PAYROLL USA V5.01 DISK 1 OF 2 RELEASED 2/95 PAYUS502.ZIP PAYROLL USA V5.01 DISK 2 OF 2 RELEASED 2/95 Description Type = Permissions For fuller information see file VENDOR.DOC after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is summarised from VENDOR.DOC Please note that PAYROLL USA is only to be distributed by those distributors who prominently describe the term "ShareWare" in writing in their catalogs, or for CD-ROM or rack sales, on their package, with a written statement saying shareware is not free software and encouraging Registration after a 30 or 60 day evaluation period. The maximum copying fee that may be charged for PAYROLL USA is $20.00 (for the set of 2 disks) and we prefer you charge much less than this maximum. Distributor members of the Association of ShareWare Professionals qualify as PAYROLL USA distributors. Others also qualify if they meet our standards described above. Distributors who did not receive these disks direct from us at Anthistle Systems & Programming Ltd. should advise us so we can add you to our mailing list for updates. If you are in the business of misleading your customers into believing they have full rights to use this software by paying your copying fee then you are denied permission to distribute PAYROLL USA. This can be inferred if you do not have the required statement encouraging Registration in your catalog, or for CD-ROM or rack sales, on your package. CD-ROM Publishers and Rack Vendors must ask permission to distribute FIRST, supply a sample of their packaging (or text of proposed packaging), quote what (if any) royalties they propose to pay, and CD-ROM publishers must supply us with a free copy of the CD-ROM containing our programs after permission is granted. If you have some unconventional method of shareware distribution in mind, such as satallite, cable, broadcast, etc. we would like to hear from you with details for permission FIRST. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business PCStat Statistics 2.7 Statistical program for reports <ASP> Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Roy Schoenbeck PC Information Systems 310 Rue de La Lavanda Sparks, NV 89434-9524 Telephone: 702-342-0376 Description Type = Short Description PCStat v2.7 <ASP> - Updated statistical and histogram report program. Easy to use even for novices. Pull-down menus and context sensitive help. Accepts Lotus, ASCII, DIF and prepared dBase data. Reports are professional and uncomplicated to comprehend. Ideal for many business and industry situations. Update repackages for CD-ROM distribution. Description Type = Long Description Statistical report program providing basic descriptive statistics and histograms. PCStat is particularly useful in showing comparisons such as before-and-after situations or one process versus another. User interface similar to Lotus 1-2-3 enhanced with pull-down menus. Context sensitive help provides on-line documentation. Accepts data from Lotus 1-2-3, prepared dBase, ASCII and DIF compatible files or manual key-in. PCStat produces professional reports ideal for business and industry, even if you're a statistics novice! <ASP> Description Type = Keywords PCSTAT,STATISTICS,STATISTICAL,HISTOGRAM,REPORT,ASP Description Type = Registration Details $29.95 + $3.00 S/H Description Type = Installation Details Enter TYPE README or TYPE WINDOWS Description Type = Vendor Instructions To prepare a distribution diskette from the file PCSTAT27.ZIP certain files must be copied from the archive to the disk's root directory. Those files are: README DOS installation information WINDOWS Windows installation information INSTALL.BAT Installation batch file PKUNZJR.COM Unzip program These files plus the PCSTAT27.ZIP file will fit on a 5.25" 360k byte diskette. If additional room is needed for distributor files, the README, WINDOWS, INSTALL.BAT and PKUNZJR.COM files may be deleted from the archive file. Description Type = Permissions PC Information Systems believes in the widest possible shareware distribution of PCStat. Therefore, PC Information Systems gives blanket distribution rights for PCStat to: 1. All Shareware Disk Vendors 2. All BBS and Information Systems Sysops 3. All PC User Groups 4. All PC Computer Clubs 5. Any others interested in distributing the program THE ONLY CONDITION TO THIS BLANKET DISTRIBUTION RIGHT IS THAT PCSTAT BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED AS SHAREWARE. This blanket distribution right applies equally to distribution by: 1. Shareware Mail Order Diskette 2. Shareware Rack Diskette 3. Shareware CD-ROM 4. Communications Modem 5. Any other current or future recognized methods of shareware distribution such as installing on user PCs, software jukebox, satellite or cable TV, etc. PC INFORMATION SYSTEMS DOES RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DISCONTINUE THE DISTRIBUTION RIGHT OF ANY SPECIFIC DISTRIBUTOR. Shareware Disk Vendors wanting to include PCStat in a collection of programs may do so as long as PCStat retains its identity. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business PSP Parcel Shipping 6.00 UPS Manifest System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Kenneth Ferrin East Hampton Industries 81 Newtown Lane Box 5069 East Hampton, NY 11937 Telephone: (800) 645-1188 Fax: (516) 324-2248 Description Type = Short Description THE PARCEL SHIPPING PROGRAM PSP V6.0\ A complete UPS Manifest system.Automates your UPS shipping and eliminates UPS Log Book. Meets all UPS reporting requirements. Is accepted nationally by UPS. Keeps an address file for frequently shipped-to customers. Looks up rates from zip codes and prints manifests, labels and COD Tags. Supports all UPS services. Description Type = Long Description THE PARCEL SHIPPING PROGRAM PSP V6.0\ A complete UPS Manifest system.Automates your UPS shipping and eliminates UPS Log Book. Meets all UPS reporting requirements. Is accepted nationally by UPS. Keeps an address file for frequently shipped-to customers. Looks up rates from zip codes and prints manifests, labels and COD Tags. Supports all UPS services. Description Type = Keywords UPS,Shipping,Manifest,Labels Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Dollars Minimum registration price..................99.00 Maximum registration price..................99.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................99.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Installation Details To Install: The PSP programs and UPS rates are contained in the distribution files. Copy all files to a directory. If you received a PSPXX.ZIP file then unzip the files. To start PSP be sure the current directory is the directory containing PSP and then enter PSP and press return. After you have entered your local PSP Zone chart you are ready to use PSP. Please read the Users' Manual for instructions on how to get UPS to validate your system. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute PSP, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the PSP package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is East Hampton Industries, 81 Newtown Lane, East Hampton, NY,11937. EAST HAMPTON INDUSTRIES may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to EAST HAMPTON INDUSTRIES. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Party Planner 1.1 Complete planning and organization. Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Jane & Frank Semeraro Automated Systems 386 Main Street P.O. Box 192 Little Falls, NJ 07424-0192 Telephone: 201-812-1428 Fax: 201-812-1169 Description Type = Short Description As featured in PC Novice. Parties should be fun for everyone, and now the host can enjoy the party too. The program is simple to use. It can be used for virtually any type of party or get-together. It will keep track of your guest list, seating chart, RSVP's, contributions, gifts, ticket charges paid/ unpaid, and more. If it is a picnic, it will even keep track of who is bringing the potato salad. Has a complete budget/expense manager. Description Type = Long Description As featured in PC Novice. Parties should be fun for everyone, and now the host can enjoy the party too. The program is simple to use. It can be used for virtually any type of party or get- together. It will keep track of your guest list, seating chart, RSVP's, contributions, gifts, ticket charges paid/unpaid, and more. If it is a picnic, it will even keep track of who is bringing the potato salad. Has a complete budget/expense manager as well. Reports and mailing labels are always ready to print. After the party, it is good to keep the program data on file for future reference. Description Type = Keywords "party", "event", "celebration", "banquet", "planner", "school", "office", "business" Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details Enter PARTY to begin. Description Type = Vendor Instructions It is not required that Automated Systems be notified before any vendor begins distribution of Automated Systems software. However, updates will only be furnished by Automated Systems--to those who do. Description Type = Permissions Vendors, BBS's and individuals may duplicate and distribute only the "shareware" versions of Automated Systems software. Programs include: Smart-N-Easy (R) WEDDING PLANNER, PARTY PLANNER, BABY PLANNER, HOME INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, BAR MITZVAH PLANNER & THE ORDER PRO 2.0; an order-entry/inventory management program. No modifications shall be made to any such software. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Payroll Sys. for Win 1.0 Full featured Payroll Program for Win. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Paul Mayer ZPAY Payroll Systems, Inc. 2526 69th Ave So St. Petersburg, FL 33712-5631 Telephone: (813) 866-8233 Fax: (813) 866-8034 Description Type = Short Description PayWindow v1.0 - Payroll Program for Windows Full featured payroll that pays by any pay period; hourly, salaried, commissioned and non-employee workers. Prints checks, W2s, 1099-MISC and all the reports needed for reporting and retention of pay records. Has cost accounting to tell when overtime exceeds hiring a new employee. Easy to use interface, designed after popular ZPAY 3 for DOS from same company. SW Reg is $69.95. Description Type = Long Description PayWindow v1.0 - Payroll Program for Windows Full featured payroll that pays by any pay period; hourly, salaried, commissioned and non-employee workers. Prints checks, W2s, 1099-MISC and all the reports needed for reporting and retention of pay records. Has cost accounting to tell when overtime exceeds hiring a new employee. Easy to use interface, designed after popular ZPAY 3 for DOS from same company. Fast action and is possible to pay an employee in three clicks of the mouse! All state tax tables included as well as the federal tax tables. User changeable tax tables make it easy to adjust when the state and federal government change the tax rates. SW Reg is $69.95. Description Type = Keywords WINDOWS,PAYROLL,BUSINESS,TAXES,ZPAY,PAYWINDOW Description Type = Registration Details $69.95 Description Type = Installation Details Run the SETUP.EXE program to install PayWindow. Description Type = Vendor Instructions The enclosed files can be used to create both high density as well as low density disks. For low density disks copy the SETUP.EXE, SETUP.INF, VENDOR.DOC and PW1.CMP files to disk one. Then copy PW2.CMP to disk two. For high density disks, simply copy all files to a single disk. Description Type = Permissions All shareware vendors and BBS systems may distribute our shareware programs providing they keep all of our files intact as they are. You must also explain the shareware concept to your customers. It is advisable to contact us to let us know that you are going to distribute our programs in order for us to insure that you receive the latest versions. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Payroll System (DOS) 3.8 Full featured Payroll Program for DOS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Paul Mayer ZPAY Payroll Systems, Inc. 2526 69th Ave So St. Petersburg, FL 33712-5631 Telephone: (813) 866-8233 Fax: (813) 866-8034 Description Type = Short Description ZPAY 3 v3.8 - Payroll Program for DOS Full featured payroll that pays by any pay period; hourly, salaried, commissioned and non-employee workers. Prints checks, W2s, 1099-MISC and all the reports needed for reporting and retention of pay records. Has cost accounting to tell when overtime exceeds hiring a new employee. Easy to use interface, no accounting experience needed to use this package. SW Reg is $69.95. Description Type = Long Description ZPAY 3 v3.8 - Payroll Program for DOS Full featured payroll that pays by any pay period; hourly, salaried, commissioned and non-employee workers. Prints checks, W2s, 1099-MISC and all the reports needed for reporting and retention of pay records. Has cost accounting to tell when overtime exceeds hiring a new employee. Easy to use interface, no accounting experience needed to use this package. All state tax tables included as well as the federal tax tables. User changeable tax tables make it easy to adjust when the state and federal government change the tax rates. SW Reg is $69.95. Description Type = Keywords DOS,PAYROLL,BUSINESS,TAXES,ZPAY,ZPAY3 Description Type = Registration Details $69.95 Description Type = Installation Details Run the INSTALL.EXE program to install ZPAY 3. Description Type = Vendor Instructions The enclosed files can be used to create both high density as well as low density disks. For low density disks copy the INSTALL.EXE, VENDOR.DOC and ZP02.LZH files to disk one. Then copy ZP01.LZH to disk two. For high density disks, simply copy all files to a single disk. Description Type = Permissions All shareware vendors and BBS systems may distribute our shareware programs providing they keep all of our files intact as they are. You must also explain the shareware concept to your customers. It is advisable to contact us to let us know that you are going to distribute our programs in order for us to insure that you receive the latest versions. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Personal Hotnet 4.0 Multi-User Help Desk System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Joey Robichaux Robichaux and Associates P.O. Box 842621 Houston, TX 77284-2621 Telephone: 7135791983 Description Type = Short Description PERSONAL HOTNET - Multi-User Help Desk System. Track problem calls, locate solutions. Multi-user and TSR capable. Customer support help desk. Description Type = Long Description Do you use a telephone in your business? Do you run a help desk -- you may call it a hotline, a trouble desk, a customer service center. No matter what you call it, you really need an easy way to track just WHO said WHAT to WHOM WHEN! Phone support is expensive, time-consuming -- and it's one of the most important services you provide. Why waste your investment? Why squander your information? Let Personal Hotnet leverage your resources to do call-tracking right! Hotnet not only provides a quick solution to call capture, it offers a fast and powerful free-form text search tool to use with your information. Pop up crib sheets keep important information where you need it -- at your fingertips. Description Type = Keywords HELP DESK, CUSTOMER SUPPORT, TELEPHONE TRACKING Description Type = Registration Details $129 Description Type = Permissions Vendors who are ASP Associate Members in good standing, or who follow ASP guidelines and principles in describing the shareware concept, are hereby given permission to distribute Personal Hotnet from their catalog. However, you must send me notification that you are carrying this program (postcard and/or catalog). Also, Personal Hotnet must be distributed with all accompanying files. Rack vendors, or CD-ROM vendors, must contact me directly to receive permission. In no case may rack vendors or CD-ROM vendors distribute Personal Hotnet without written and signed permission from myself. All other vendors not mentioned must contact me directly to receive written permission. These are the distribution requirements as of October 20, 1993. I reserve the right to change these distribution requirements at any time. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Personal Inventory 2.12 Personal Inventory program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ed Trujillo Contact Plus Corporation P.O. Box 372577 Satellite Beach, FL 32937-0577 Telephone: 407-779-4900 Fax: 407-779-3311 Description Type = Short Description PERSONAL INVENTORY 2.12. Keeps track of personal inventory. Includes: initial purchase costs, depreciation, serial and model numbers, warranty information and description. Handy worksheet. Easy to use. By Contact Plus Corp. Description Type = Long Description Welcome to the Personal Inventory 2.12 program! This program is designed primarily for home usage. It will keep track of all items in your household and is especially great for insurance purposes. WHAT IT DOES PERINV 2.12 keeps track of all household items and provide a means of tracking depreciation using 4 different methods. Each item can be categorized and tracked by room or location. Description Type = Keywords home,inventory,possessions,goods,personal Description Type = Registration Details $20.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply unzip the enclosed file into an empty sub-directory and enter the command "INV" to start. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to distribute Personal Inventory 2.12 as long as the program files and descriptions are not modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Phone call pricing 6.3 Telephone call pricing program of choi Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Eugene L. Woods PE/EE P.O. Box 261267 San Diego, CA 92196 Telephone: 619-549-4057 Description Type = Short Description FONE(tm), Version 6.3b MAJOR Reference Data Upgrade. New & Updated Rates including HOME BASED Business Services. NEW Rate Time Periods for Business, Int'l, & Residential Services. More North America Cities; was 1200; NOW 3500+. Many New Area Codes: 610, 810, 905, 910, + +. More Int'l Countries & Territories; was 130; NOW 220+. Includes Personal Contact Manager Database with Auto Redial, Labels, Cost Reports, etc. Description Type = Long Description MAJOR REFERENCE DATA BASE UPGRADE... NEW & UPDATED Sample Rates, including FLAT RATE Services for Home Based Businesses... plus 3500+ US/USVI, CANADIAN, & MEXICAN Cities (was 1200)... plus 220+ COUNTRIES, & TERRIOTORIES (was 130)... plus NEW Area Codes 610, 905, 910, 810... plus EXPANDED LATA!! FONE(tm) is a comprehensive telephone call pricing data base program that calculates the approximate time & cost of calls BEFORE placed DISPLAYS ON-GOING TIME & CALL COST IN REAL TIME, & serves as a powerful contact directory management tool. This full-featured program handles everything from address labels, to a handy Appointment Calendar, to maintaining a FASTFONE(tm) list of frequently called numbers, to providing an on-screen note pad for each contact entry in the data base. Cost/time records can be obtained without a MODEM, or will dial your calls thru your MODEM (features Auto-Redial on Busy Signal). Auto-Lookup of Sample Rates for several major carriers, 3500+ US/CN/MX Cities, & 220+ Countries, are available in the Reference DB for both domestic & international calls OR put in your own rates, cities, countries with the same call time/cost tracking, monitoring, & report performance. REPORTS: Maintains a Call Log Report of all calls, itemizing: who, time spent, call charges (including Local Calls); a Monthly Bill Report of recurring & time/call charges (manual call cost entry allows user to enter time/cost of calls made while away from the computer); Contact Report for each entry in the Personal Data Base (includes memos, time/costs, dates, etc). On-line Program HELP & Telcom INFO is available at the press of a button. Import data from other programs into your FONE(tm) Personal Data Base. Accepts ASCII text files and allows you to define field names for proper inclusion of data into your Personal Data Base. Description Type = Keywords FONE,COMMUNICATIONS,COSTS,MANAGEMENT,TELEPHONE,LONG DISTANCE,GIFT, RESIDENTIAL,BUSINESS,INTERNATIONAL,DATA BASE,AUTO-REDIAL Description Type = Registration Details $49.95 plus $5.00 US/CN or $12.50 Overseas S&H (US Dollars). California residents add sales tax. Description Type = Installation Details To install FONE(tm) to your hard disk, perform these steps: ■ Use mkdir to create a directory for FONE. \FONE is recommended. ■ Copy the FONE(tm) .ZIP file into this directory. ■ UnZIP the FONE(tm) .ZIP file with PKUNZIP, or a compatible utility. ■ Delete the .ZIP file to conserve disk space. ■ If you are updating a previous version of FONE(tm), run MERGDB.EXE. This will merge the new sample database with your existing database. ■ Type "FONE" to run the program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions The FONE(tm) computer software program, User Manual, all files, including but not limited to, README files, batch files, data files, text files, document files, User Manual and the like, are copyrighted and all rights remain with EUGENE L. WOODS, PE/EE, all rights reserved. You are granted permission to make up to three (3) copies without the written permission of EUGENE L. WOODS, PE/EE, provided you charge no fee whatsoever, nor distribute the said software nor any associated files with any product you or your agents sell. If your are a business, a Library, Software Library or Librarian, a Bulletin Board System or SYSOP, an Electronic Information Service or an individual or the like, who will charge a fee for duplication, and/or handling, and/or distribution you must have written permission to charge said fee(s) for this specific software product and specific version of said software product from EUGENE L. WOODS, PE/EE. Description Type = Permissions The FONE(tm) computer software program, User Manual, all files, including but not limited to, README files, batch files, data files, text files, document files, User Manual and the like, are copyrighted and all rights remain with EUGENE L. WOODS, PE/EE, all rights reserved. You are granted permission to make up to three (3) copies without the written permission of EUGENE L. WOODS, PE/EE, provided you charge no fee whatsoever, nor distribute the said software nor any associated files with any product you or your agents sell. If your are a business, a Library, Software Library or Librarian, a Bulletin Board System or SYSOP, an Electronic Information Service or an individual or the like, who will charge a fee for duplication, and/or handling, and/or distribution you must have written permission to charge said fee(s) for this specific software product and specific version of said software product from EUGENE L. WOODS, PE/EE. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Pinky Phone msg TSR 3.0 Telephone message TSR Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ed Trujillo Contact Plus Corporation P.O. Box 372577 Satellite Beach, FL 32937-0577 Telephone: 407-779-4900 Fax: 407-779-3311 Description Type = Short Description PINKY 3.0 telephone message system. Good for receptionists and secretaries. Keeps track of incoming phone messages including status of calls, who called, when they called. Registered version prints out nice looking messages. By Contact Plus Corp. Description Type = Long Description The Telephone Message System "PINKY 3.0" is perfect for secretaries and receptionists. It is a fancy replacement for those pink slips of message paper that clutter an office. It is memory resident, meaning that it will "popup" over any running application. PINKY is activated by pressing a "hotkey" combination. Once activated you can take messages or retrieve messages. Each retrieved message can then be "marked" as the call is returned or processed. This version of PINKY allows you to take and retrieve an unlimited number of phone messages. The messages can then be retrieved on the screen. Description Type = Keywords phone,telephone,secretary,message,call Description Type = Registration Details $20.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply unzip the enclosed file into an empty sub-directory and enter the command "PINKY" to start. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to distribute PINKY 3.0 as long as the program files and descriptions are not modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business PopForm 3.0 Pop-up screen-grabbing merge-printer Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Richard Kelly Integra Computing 910 Cobb Place Manor Drive Marietta, GA 30066 Telephone: 404-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description POPFORM is a ram-resident program that can be called up from within nearly any application, grab information from the screen, and merge it into a form that's being sent either to a printer or to a disk file. It's more than just the perfect label/envelope printing tool, because, unlike most single-purpose software, PopForm is actually programmable. It can execute subroutines, perform compar- isons and conditional procedures, and more. Description Type = Long Description POPFORM is a ram-resident program that can be called up from within nearly any application, grab information from the screen, and merge it into a form that's being sent either to a printer or to a disk file. It's more than just the perfect label/en- velope printing tool, because, unlike most single-purpose soft- ware, PopForm is actually programmable. It can execute subrou- tines, perform comparisons and conditional procedures, and much, much more. It'll even do simple page formatting, including margins all around, word wrap, page numbers, etc. Comes with several sample forms, including a will. Programming is required. Description Type = Keywords PopForm, Business, Database, Word Processing, Merge-Printing, Document Management Description Type = Registration Details $50.00 Description Type = Installation Details FOR BBS USERS: Create a MANAGEX directory on your hard disk. Copy the POPFRM30.ZIP archive file into it. Then unzip the files contained in that archive. Finally, follow the instructions in the just-extracted README.DOC file. FOR DISKETTE DISTRIBUTEES: Assuming that your hard disk is drive C, place this diskette into drive A and enter "A:INSTALL A: C:". Description Type = Vendor Instructions BBS OPERATORS: Please offer your callers the ZIP file found in the ZIP sub- directory and, if possible, the brief instructions found in the InstallationInstructions section above. Thanks. DISKETTE DISTRIBUTORS: Please distribute a single diskette containing the EXE and BAT files found in the VENDOR subdirectory of this CD. Both files will fit onto a diskette as small as 360K. If you distribute this program on a high density diskette that contains other prog- rams, please ensure that this program's EXE and BAT files are placed into the same subdirectory and that that subdirectory contains files for no other program. You may help in prevent user errors if you include on the diskette label the simple note found in the InstallationInstructions section above. Thanks. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Presentation Magic 1.5 Very Easy Presentation Development Too Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Thomas G. Cooper IIMAK,Inc 1780 Monroe Ave. Rochester, NY 14618 Telephone: 716-244-2120 Fax: 716-244-9915 Description Type = Short Description Presentation Magic! is an easy to learn/use tool that creates presentations for paper/transparencies, in B&w or color. Description Type = Long Description Presentation Magic! is an extremely easy-to-learn as well as easy-to-use presentation developer. It is distinctive from the many other presentations products in that it reqquires very little computer expertise (other than a familiarity) with Windows 3.1) to be able to develop professional looking presentations. The software was developed to make maximum use of color with a minimum of graphics art skills by the user. Instead, the program has pre-developed backgrounds (that have been color matched for the screens and most color printers), "intelli-color" for text selection to prevent color combinations that will look or project poorly, and a facility to print slides that were developed originally for color, on black & white printers for pre-approval before using the more costly color output device. Description Type = Keywords presentations, color, slides, transparencies, charts, graphing Description Type = Registration Details $100 Description Type = Installation Details From Program Manager, choose the File menu selection, then choose the Run Option, and type X:\SETUP (where X is the drive that contains the program files) Description Type = Permissions This provides authorization to distribute Presentation Magic! as a shareware program. This authorization is in effect until it is revoked in writing by International Imaging Materials, Inc. International Imaging Materials, Inc. is the sole copyright holder of the program and trademark holder of the Presentation Magic! name. While this software may be distributed as shareware under the provisions listed above, all ownership, and marketing rights to Presentation Magic! are fully retained by International Imaging Materials, Inc. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business PrintEnvelope 2.33 PrintEnvelope (or labels) for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: T. Scott Maurer Maurer Associates 7324 Native Oak Drive Irving, TX 75063-8405 Telephone: (914) 562-6600 Fax: (914) 562-6613 Description Type = Short Description PrintEnvelope v2.33 for Windows. <ASP> - A complete mailing system. Print envelopes or labels of any size using any type font. Use different fonts for addressee, return address and note text or use a Windows .BMP graphic as a logo. Type addresses on the fly, paste from other apps, use an address book or import from Cardfile, dBASE or ASCII mail list. USPS approved PostNet barcodes. Needs VBRUN300.DLL. From Maurer Associates Description Type = Long Description PrintEnvelope v2.33 for Windows. <ASP> - A complete mailing system. Print envelopes or labels of any size using any installed Windows font. Use different fonts for addressee text, return address text and note text or use a Windows .BMP graphic as a logo. Type addresses on the fly, paste from other applications, use an address book or import from Cardfile, dBASE or ASCII delimited mail lists. Automatically prints USPS approved Delivery Point PostNet barcodes. Use any Windows supported printer. Requires VBRUN300.DLL. From Maurer Associates Description Type = Keywords ENVELOPE, LABELS, LOGOS, POSTNET, BARCODES, ADDRESSES, MAIL Description Type = Registration Details $30.00 Description Type = Installation Details PrintEnvelope and its Setup program require Microsoft's Visual Basic runtime VBRUN300.DLL. This file is provided on the Install Disk #1 and will be properly installed for you. If you acquired this copy of PrintEnvelope from a BBS, then the file is not included (to save space) and must be present in your WINDOWS\SYSTEM directory before running Setup. You can find VBRUN300.DLL on most BBSs, look for VBRUN3.ZIP or call Maurer Associates for assistance in locating the file. 1. If Windows in not already running, Type WIN at the DOS command prompt. 2. Insert the PrintEnvelope Install Disk #1 in your computer's floppy disk drive. 3. Double-click the Windows Program Manager, if it is not already open. 4. From the Program Manager's File menu, choose Run. 5. In the Run window, click in the Command Line box. Now type a:setup if you are installing from drive A, or type b:setup if you are installing from Drive B. (The setup program may also be run from a sub-directory on your hard disk if desired.) 6. Click OK to continue and the PrintEnvelope Setup window will appear. 7. Setup will create a Program Manager Group and install the PrintEnvelope icon in the new Group. After installation, you may move the program icon to another group and delete the PrintEnvelope group if you desire. If you are not using Program Manager as your desktop shell, the setup program may not have been able to create the new Program Manager Group and copy the PrintEnvelope icon. DDE is required for this operation and some replacement shells do not support DDE. If this is the case, install the icon to your desktop using your shells directions or run the Program Manager and follow the following directions: If necessary, install PrintEnvelope in the program group of your choice by: 1. Open the Program Group you wish to install PrintEnvelope into. 2. Select FILE in the Program Manager and choose NEW. 3. Click OK to select Program Item. 4. In the Description box enter: PrintEnvelope and press the Tab key. 5. In the Command Line box, enter the full path name of the PrintEnvelope directory followed by \ENVELOPE.EXE or click the Browse... button to locate the ENVELOPE.EXE file. 6. Click OK to complete the installation. Description Type = Vendor Instructions All files in the PrintEnvelope distribution package must be included together on one 720K or 1.44M 3 1/2 diskette or on one 1.2M 5 1/4 diskette. The files may also be included on CD-ROM and will install directly from CD-ROM if desired. Description Type = Permissions Association of Shareware Professionals (ASP) or STAR Approved Vendors and BBSs and other Vendors and BBSs that subscribe to the standards of the ASP or STAR are authorized to distribute the PrintEnvelope package. If you cease to comply with these standards of Shareware Distribution then you must make specific arrangements with Maurer Associates to distribute the package. Vendors and BBSs who are unaware of the standards cited should contact Maurer Associates before distributing the PrintEnvelope package. Vendors: Please provide us with a copy of your catalog. If the PrintEnvelope package is distributed as 'rackware' or via CD-ROM, please provide us with a sample of the packaging. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business ProDev*EPRICE 6.0 Convert Price Files To ProDev*QUOTE Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: George Abbott Pro Dev Software 545 Grover Road Muskegon, MI 49442-9427 Telephone: (616) 788-2243 Description Type = Short Description ProDev*EPRICE <ASP> Price Service interface program to transfer Trade Service price data to ProDev*QUOTE Material data files. Compatible with Trade Service files in USA, U.K. and Australia. $35 registration. Description Type = Long Description ProDev*EPRICE <ASP> Electrical, Plumbing, Heating & Air Conditioning Contractors Price Maintenance system is companion software to the ProDev*QUOTE system to allow these contractors to take advantage of weekly/monthly price updates from either the Trade Service Corporation (USA), Trade Service Of Australia, Trade Service Information (UK), Plumlee Custom Publishing (USA). Compare the registration price of $35 of ProDev*EPRICE combined with the $70 ProDev*QUOTE registration price, with the $800 to $2,500 Quote/Bid systems that use the weekly price updates. The ProDev*QUOTE Quotation system is an excellent full featured Quotation or Bid Estimating system for any Electrical, Plumbing, Heating or Air Conditioning Contractor (or any other type) business. Requires hard disk. Description Type = Keywords PRO DEV,QUOTE,BIDDING,PRICE,SERVICE,CONVERSION Description Type = Registration Details $35 USA Description Type = Vendor Instructions For any size disk, unZIP PDEPRIC6.ZIP to Disk 1 of 1. The user changes the DOS prompt to the floppy drive and types INSTALL C: (Enter), or any hard drive letter. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from Pro Dev Software ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business ProDev*QUOTE 6.0d Quotation & Bidding System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: George Abbott Pro Dev Software 545 Grover Road Muskegon, MI 49442-9427 Telephone: (616) 788-2243 Description Type = Short Description ProDev*QUOTE <ASP> Quote System. Extremely full featured Quotation or Bidding system for any type or size of business. Point & Shoot browse allows rapid preparation of quotes. Uses dBASE III+ compatible files. For only $70 registrats receive a 112 page bound manual and 1 year of technical support. Description Type = Long Description ProDev*QUOTE [ASP] is an excellent full featured Quotation or Bid Estimating system for any type or size business. Consulting services can even use the Auto Labor feature to create labor only quotes without material, or any combination in between. An unlimited number of Labor Groups can be associated with any quotation. Includes actual cost tracking. Using dBASE compatible files for the Supplier, Labor and Material costs, you can browse the material data base 4 different ways with a Point & Shoot browse method to rapidly build a customized quote. The latest in pull-down menus and constant on-screen and F1 Help "what to do next" instructions make the system highly intuitive to learn and use. You can use the system's natural defaults to build simple quotes or use all of the many bells and whistles to build complex quotes. The stand-alone program does NOT require the user to own Borland's dBASE III Plus or dBASE IV systems. To support your sales efforts, you can print complete catalogs of your products and services with either your prices, List prices or both. You can even include unlimited sized Specifications for the material items in your data base and optionally print them on the quote. Material items can also carry automatic multi-rate labor units so that labor can optionally be pulled in with the selected material items. You can place notes anywhere in the quote as desired. Sub-assemblies can be rapidly merged to a quote to save time and increase accuracy. When modifying a large quote, you can instantly jump to any item. At a registration price of only $70 this is a BEST BUY. Registrants receive the registered disk(s) and a 112 page printed bound manual as well as 1 year of free technical support. Description Type = Keywords PRO DEV,QUOTE,BIDDING,COST TRACKING Description Type = Registration Details $70 USA Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k disks, unZIP PDQUOT5A.ZIP to Disk 1 of 2 and unZIP PDQUOT5B.ZIP to Disk 2 of 2. If preparing a single 720k disk, unZIP both files to a single 720k (or higher) disk). The INSTALL program will automatically handle a 1 or 2 disk configuration. The user changes the DOS prompt to the floppy drive and types INSTALL C: (Enter), or any hard drive letter. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from Pro Dev Software ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Project Mgmt.Package 2.31 A PLAN 2.3 Project Management Package Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Bill Shor Pik A Program, Inc. 13 Saint Marks Place New York, NY 10003 Telephone: 212-598-4939 Fax: 212-228-5879 Description Type = Short Description A PLAN 2.3 Project Management Package A Plan creates and maintains an overview of your data in a gantt diagram. This program fills the gap between PIMs (to-do lists) and full scale commercial project managment software at a price anyone can afford. 2.5 Mb Hard Disk Required/Windows 3.1 Shareware from KLR PC Service and BRainbow CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Project/Event Plannr 2.1 A Project/Event Planner Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Layton Fujii Sapphire Software , Inc. 6650 Hawaii Kai Drive Suite 219 Honolulu, HI 96825 Telephone: (808) 395-5587 Description Type = Short Description A PROJECT/EVENT PLANNER v2.1 <ASP> - Use for quick overall project planning, activity scheduling, resource scheduling. Can assign income/costs to events/resources to estimate project income/cost. Can shift all events forward/backward in time. Handles multiple calendars. Allows free-form drawing of events on scale of days/weeks/months/yrs. On-line help and sample plans provided. Requires Microsoft Windows 3.1. Description Type = Long Description This program can be used for quick overall project planning, activity scheduling, and resource scheduling. You can assign income and costs to events (tasks) and resources to estimate a project's income and cost. You can define events that are tied to predecessors. For these related events, start and end times are automatically calculated. You can shift all events in a plan forward or backward in time. You can define multiple calendars and use different calendars for each resource. This program allows free-form drawing of events on a scale of days, weeks, months, or years. Just use the mouse click and drag technique to create an event at the desired time. On-line help and sample plans are provided. This program will handle several hundred events in a given plan, but it is not suited for highly complex projects where thousands of tasks are defined within a project plan. Description Type = Keywords PROJECT,APLANR,PLANNER,SCHEDULE,TIME,PLAN,WINDOWS Description Type = Registration Details $29.00 (USA Dollars) Description Type = Installation Details 1. Create a directory such as "c:\aplanr". 2. Unzip aplanr.zip into the new directory. 3. Using the Windows File Manager, double-click on aplanr.exe to run the program. (See the "readme.doc" file for more information.) Description Type = Vendor Instructions Please use "APLANR" or "APLANR21" as the name portion of any compressed file. Updates to this software will be distributed by the ASP CD-ROM. Current releases are also posted on CompuServe and America Online. If you would like to have new releases sent to you automatically, please complete the form in the "vendor.doc" file or send an equivalent CompuServe message. (See the "vendor.doc" for more information.) Description Type = Permissions You may distribute this software or place it on a Bulletin Board System as long you clearly identify the product as a Shareware product as defined by the Association of Shareware Professionals (ASP). Sapphire Software Inc. reserves the right to deny distribution rights to any Vendor or BBS. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business QWERTY WORD PROC 7.1 FRIENDLY EASY TO LEARN & USE WP Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Hank Krejci HFK Software 68 Wells Road Lincoln, MA 01773-3702 Telephone: 617-259-0059 Fax: 617-259-0626 Description Type = Short Description QWERTY v7.1 <ASP> - A delightfully easy-to- use word processor with plenty of power and dynamic help. Special support for LaserJet printers. User can become productive in less than an hour. IBM-PC, 256K, DOS-3 Keywords: WORD PROCESSOR, OFFICE, TYPING. Description Type = Long Description QWERTY is one of the original word processors developed in 1982 for the then new IBM PC. Since early users were often typists with little, or no, computer experience, QWERTY was designed to feel like a Selectric Typewriter and to be easy to learn and use. In 1992, upon it's tenth anniversary, QWERTY was released as SHAREWARE and continues in use to date. QWERTY has the reputation of being a great "starter" word processor, but for many, it has continued to serve as their only word processor. QWERTY is so easy that you may become productive in minutes. Just start typing -- Hold <F1> down (for HELP) when you have a question. Don't waste time with "the quick brown fox..." Start with something real. QWERTY is a serious word processor with a wealth of useful features that may be ignored until needed. For example, if you wish to produce a pamphlet, you might use QWERTY to develop the text and send the ASCII text file (or a "print-to-disk" file) to a publisher who would then typeset and print the final copy. However, you might also just print it with QWERTY. If you wish to print on both sides of the paper, QWERTY will print alternate pages, allowing a second pass to print the page backs. If you use headers and/or footers, QWERTY will allows odd/even page specifications. If your header or footer contains a page number, it can always be printed away from the binding. The point is that you do not have to deal with details until you actually need them. Description Type = Keywords WORD PROCESSOR, OFFICE, TYPING. Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details (1) Unzip into a newly created (or empty) QWERTY directory, (2) Switch to that directory, and (3) Enter "MENU" on the DOS command line. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special requirements. Description Type = Permissions Distribute freely, but without modification. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business RETAIL PLUS+ POS 5.1 RETAIL SALES AND INVENTORY WITH POS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: Kuno Egger True North Computer Services 36 Adelaide Street East Adelaide PO Box 423 Toronto, ON M5C 2J5 CANADA Telephone: (416) 961-7810 Fax: (416) 961-7810 Description Type = Short Description RETAIL PLUS+ V5.0 - A full-featured retail sales and inventory system that is very easy to learn and use with pull-down menus and on-line help. Has a Point-Of-Sale module with slip printer and cash drawer support. Other features include: client database, purchase orders, accounts receivable, price tags, bar codes, multiple locations, on-screen reports, data import & export, password security, no inventory size limit. Description Type = Long Description RETAIL PLUS+ SALES, INVENTORY, POS FEATURES OF RETAIL PLUS+: If you have been looking at sales and inventory software you have probably voiced some of the following concerns: - Why is it so complicated? - Why is it so expensive? - Why does it take so long to create a simple invoice? The goal of retail management software should be to help you concentrate on your customers and your sales. Retail Plus+ is a tool that serves that goal. It is also designed for those who spend too much time making up purchase orders, counting stock, tracking customers and sales, or preparing invoices. It is more than an inventory system with a point-of-sale screen. It is an organizer, an analyzer and a time saver. Retail Plus+ has the following features: > Easy to use with pull down menus and pop-up windows. > Built in help system - press the F1 key at any time for assistance. > Complete sales and inventory data for each item in each location. > Full-featured POS system with slip printer and cash drawer support. > Multiple points-of sale without a network. > Weekly and monthly sales figures for each product. > History of daily sales and POS totals. > Sales tracked by product, department and client. > Accounts receivable/invoicing system, with overdue charges if needed. > Three fast & easy ways to find and print an invoice. > Auto-generated PO's with five methods of calculating order quantities. > On-screen review and editing of purchase orders. > Client database keeps a purchase history & mailing list of your customers. > Set up 2 sales taxes and optional add-on charges. > Set up automatic tax exemptions for any customer. > Set up a bonus points system to identify and reward your best customers. > Create, print and save price quotes that you can later process as sales. > Flexible sales and inventory reports with on-screen viewing. > Print price tags, bin labels, shipping labels and Code 39 bar code labels. > Print detailed invoices on fanfold stock or your letterhead. > Create catalogue output with product description, stock numbers, and prices. > Printer output transfers to your word processor for custom formatting. > Sales data exports to database or spreadsheet programs for further analysis. > Any size of inventory is accepted - limited only by disk space. > Compare stock levels across multiple locations. > Stock transfers from one location to another. > Optional password system with three levels of access. > Inventory displayed by record view or table view. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS > Any MS-DOS microcomputer. > A hard disk drive with at least 2MB of free space. > 640 KB of memory. > A printer capable of compressed print (15 cpi), or a wide carriage printer (132 columns). For printing bar code labels you will need an HP LaserJet or work-alike printer. > Optional Accessories - a POS printer for sales slips, a bar code wand (keyboard wedge) or an automatic cash drawer. FILES SUPPLIED WITH RETAIL PLUS+ RETAIL50.EXE - The executable program (version 5.0). RETAIL50.DOC - The main documentation. R50 .BAT - The batch file used to start up the program) HELP .DBF - Help system file 1. HELP .DBT - Help system file 2. SL1INV .DBF - Sample data file 1. SL1INV .DBT - Sample data file 2. Description Type = Keywords RETAIL, SALES, INVENTORY, POS, BARCODE, CLIENT, DATABASE, STORE, PURCHASING, STOCK CONTROL, INVOICING Description Type = Registration Details $125 Description Type = Installation Details QUICKSTART INSTALLATION OF RETAIL PLUS+ Retail Plus+ version 4.5 is supplied as an archive file called "PLUS45.ZIP". It contains all the files you need. Follow these steps to get a functioning system onto your hard drive: 1 - At the "C:>" prompt create a new directory on your hard drive and go to that directory: MD RETAIL <press enter> CD\RETAIL <press enter> 2 - Using an archive un-packing utility such as PKUNZIP, unpack the contents of PLUS45.ZIP into the new directory: PKUNZIP [drive:\directory\] PLUS45 <press enter> 3 - Now check for a file called "CONFIG.SYS" in the root directory of the startup drive. If it is there it should contain the following statements with the at least minimum values shown (they can be greater but not smaller): FILES = 30 BUFFERS = 10 You can check the contents of CONFIG.SYS just by typing: TYPE CONFIG.SYS <press enter> If the files & buffers statements are absent you can use any text editor to insert them. STARTING RETAIL PLUS+ To start Retail Plus+ go to the directory where it is found and enter R45 at the DOS prompt: CD\RETAIL <press enter> R45 <press enter> Expanation: The installation process creates a file called R45.BAT. It contains the following two lines: SET CLIPPER=F:30 RETAIL45 Retail Plus+ should always be started up with this batch file, otherwise your system may not allow it to open enough files. If at some point in the program you press F1 for help, and instead of a help screen you get a DOS Error 4 (too many files open), then you know that you cannot open enough files. If this happens try typing SET at the DOS prompt. You should then see CLIPPER=F:30 on the screen along with the other DOS environment setups. If it is not there then the program was not started up using R42.BAT. If the file R42.BAT is missing you can create it with any text editor such as the DOS Edit command. Description Type = Permissions There are no restrictions on distribution of this program. True North Computer Services authorizes any form of distribution. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business RealView 1.1 1.1 FoxPro2 Real Estate Photo Display Syst Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ward Mundy Ward Mundy Software P.O.Box 1169 Atlanta, GA 30301-1169 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description ▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓ ▒RealView - a 256-color real estate display/▒ ▓retrieval system. Showcase property listing▓ ▒with photos. Quick retrieval using customer▒ ▓defined selection criteria: cost, bedrooms,▓ ▒bath, amenities. Requires SuperVGA display.▒ ▓Ward Mundy Software, PO Box 1169, ATL 30301▓ ▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒ Description Type = Long Description RealView (tm) is a full-color, real estate display and retrieval system. It permits a real estate agent and customer to quickly identify properties of interest based upon customer-defined selection criteria such as cost range, neighborhood, school dis- trict, number of bedrooms/baths, square footage, and amenities such as special view, garage, basement, and fireplace. It uses the finest data base engine on the market, FoxPro 2. RealView is designed to showcase special real estate listings with photo- realistic color pictures and home descriptions, all of which can be fully customized. While services such as MLS are intended primarily for use by agents in identifying properties of special interest, RealView is designed as a portable, customer-friendly system which literally can be taken to and use jointly with the customer. It eliminates the need to drive to each propoerty. Requires PC-compatible with 80386SX or faster processor, 640K RAM, SuperVGA display card, and monitor capable of 256-color simultaneous display. Ideal with high-end SuperVGA notebooks! Home pictures require 60K each to store. Software requires about 1.5MB of disk space to load. Description Type = Keywords Real Estate,Realty,Business,Data Base,Picture,Photo,MLS Description Type = Registration Details $50 per PC; software customization available for fee Description Type = Installation Details UnZip files onto three Drive A floppy disks. Be sure INSTALL files and REALVIEW.001 are on Disk1; REALVIEW.002 on Disk2; and REALVIEW.003 on Disk3. Then postition to Drive C and type the following: A:INSTALL with Disk1 in DriveA. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 3-disk 360K distribution, copy REALVIEW.002 to Disk2, REALVIEW.003 to Disk3, and remaining files to Disk1. Make certain disks are labeled correctly as install prompts for disk by number. For high density disk distribution, copy all files in VENDOR subdirectory to the floppy. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk. RealView must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Riches Turn your computer into a gold mine Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Clark Consolidated Industries, Inc. 1555 E. Flamingo Road, St#135 Los Vagas, NV 89119 Telephone: 702-735-0503 Description Type = Short Description FILE-ID.DIZ This program shows you how to turn your computer into a gold mine...4 different ways. Learn how to copy and sell disks at astounding profits... 8 different home computer-based businesses you can run...secrets of online BBS ads...and electronic publishing for profit. Just type "GO" then [enter] from your DOS prompt! Description Type = Long Description FILE-ID.DIZ This program shows you how to turn your computer into a gold mine...4 different ways. Learn how to copy and sell disks at astounding profits... 8 different home computer-based businesses you can run...secrets of online BBS ads...and electronic publishing for profit. Just type "GO" then [enter] from your DOS prompt! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business SMALL BUSINESS ADVIS 94.4 EXPERT TAX/LEGAL HELP FOR SMALL BUSINE Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Michael D. Jenkins RONIN SOFTWARE 3020 ISSAQUAH-PINE LAKE ROAD SUITE #36 ISSAQUAH, WA 98027-7255 Telephone: 206-391-4036 Description Type = Short Description SMALL BUSINESS ADVISOR v94.4 <ASP> Disk 1 of 1 - Expert, tax/legal consultant-on-a-disk. Advises your business on vast range of busi- ness, legal, tax issues. Over 600 pages up-to date info (Fed & all 50 states), by a Harvard lawyer/CPA. Menu-driven, 5 minutes to learn. Interactive consulting sessions on: Whether to incorp., home office, etc.; custom startup checklists; tax planning modules, and more! Nothing else like it! Ronin Software, $29.95 Description Type = Long Description SMALL BUSINESS ADVISOR is an `expert system' software product designed to provide helpful, current tax, legal and other businesss information and advice to small businesses. Versions are available for each of the 50 states and Washington, D.C., as well as a Professional Version ($49.95) that includes legal and tax information for all of the states and D.C. The program is created and maintained by a Harvard lawyer and former `Big 6' CPA, who is also the principal author/editor of a series of 51 books (for each of the states and D.C.) called `Starting and Operating a Business in (State).' Program features include: -- Prompts you, in Q&A format, to enter facts about your business; -- Customized textual advice, based on your company's fact situation, on over 200 tax and legal subjects, accessible either by menu items, a master index, or by key word entry and search; -- Detailed, customized new business startup checklist of tax and legal requirements for your business under applicable federal and state laws that apply to YOUR circumstances; -- `Consulting sessions' with the program, on subjects such as whether or not to incorporate your business, whether to elect S corporation status, whether you can deduct expenses of a home office, and other subjects. In each such session, the program probes you for information with a series of questions, and then gives you its expert opinion; -- A self-administered test, originally developed by the Small Business Administration, that has been computerized to help you determine if you have the characteristics needed to succeed in your own business; -- Tax calculation modules, for quick and easy tax planning calculations (individual and corporate federal income tax calculations, plus federal estate tax calculations and estate planning strategy comparisons); and -- Built-in textual worksheets to use as starting points in creating a business plan, a marketing feasibility study, or employee personnel policies. SMALL BUSINESS ADVISOR is updated every calendar quarter. Description Type = Keywords SMALL BUSINESS, BUSINESS STARTUPS, TAX, TAX PLANNING, EXPERT SYSTEM, LEGAL, BUSINESS LAW Description Type = Registration Details $29.95 ($49.95 TO ORDER ALL-STATE `PRO VERSION') Description Type = Installation Details FOR REGULAR (NON-BBS) VERSION -- The regular (non-BBS) version of the program, designed for distribution on diskettes, is provided in the form of self- extracting (LHA) files, with a READ.ME file and .BAT files for extracting and installing the program files. To install, at the DOS prompt, type: INSTALL C: <ENTER> to de-archive files and install in a directory C:\SMALLBIZ on Drive C. (Or enter other drive letter, other than `C:', to install on a different drive). Installation, including creation of necessary subdirectories on target disk, is automatic. Program will start up automatically when the installation is completed. Subsequently, to start the program again, type either RUN <ENTER> (to start from RUN.BAT file) or else type SBZ <ENTER> (to start it directly from the SBZ.EXE file). INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR .ZIP (BBS) VERSION -- The BBS version is in .ZIP format, in two archived files (not self-extracting), each of which must be de-archived with PKUNZIP. Once all the files have been extracted from the two archives and placed in a single subdirectory, on a hard disk, type: SBZ <ENTER> to start the program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Vendors distributing the non-BBS version should not attempt to distribute the program on multiple 360K diskettes. It will fit (barely) on a single 720K diskette, but will not install properly if attempting to install from more than one diskette. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to all ASP member vendors to distribute on CD-ROM, by catalog, retail rack sale (for under $10 per copy) or by BBS downloading. Non-ASP members who comply with ASP shareware distribution requirements are granted permission to distribute the program by catalog. BBS SYSOP's (ASP members or not) are granted blanket permission to permit downloading of the .ZIP file versions of the shareware version of the program (SBA94_4.ZIP is filename of most current quarterly release, for 4th quarter of 1994) by BBS users/ customers, whether or not a charge is made for such downloads. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business SURVEY LAND YOURSELF 2.53 Quick, easy, with compass & tape metho Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Perry Beiter CAVE, Inc. 1/2 Fast Software Div. 1/2 Fast Road Ritner, KY 42633-8809 Telephone: (606) 376-3137 Fax: switched on demand Description Type = Short Description SURVEY LAND YOURSELF ver 2.53 - ($10 to $100) You can survey it yourself, quickly, easily, & inexpensively. Get 98% of the information with 2% of the effort. You can find lost corners and lines, calculate acreage, & write land descriptions. You can establish test plots, subdivide property, layout building foundations & landscapes & gaming fields, hide & recover buried treasure, or even map a cave. No magic. Description Type = Long Description SURVEY LAND YOURSELF: v2.53 ($10 to $100) You can survey it yourself, quickly, easily, & inexpensively. Contains a book on Compass & Tape surveying plus a program to calculate your data and draw a map on screen & printer. You can plot your deed, find errors, find lost corners and lines, calculate acreage, write land descriptions, and keep professional surveyors honest. You can establish test plots, subdivide property, layout building foundations & landscapes & gaming fields, hide & recover buried treasure, or even map a cave. Surveying instruments cost <$100 from the author. Instructions are written in AMER_ENG.LNG (plain English). Data are plotted with CAVEMAP2. There are several examples, with explanatory comments. No magic; this is a simple compass & tape survey. Precision is only about 1%, about what you could draw with a protractor & ruler. Usually, this is sufficient precision for my purposes. It may also be for yours. Mosttimes, half fast is plenty fast enuf. Also contains info on cheap retirement/vacation land in Kentucky. & much more. The commented file directory is in SLY253.DOX Description Type = Keywords SURVEY LAND DEED PLOT PLAT MAP CAVE BYTER BEITER MAR95 REAL ESTATE COMPASS ENGINEER Description Type = Registration Details $10 TO $100, depending upon usage. Description Type = Installation Details From DOS enter CAVE for a guided tour. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Consists of two parts. Description Type = Permissions Permission granted for shareware distribution under the following conditions: 0) Copyright 1995 by David P Beiter. 1) I have not told you to cease &/or desist. 2) Buyer must be informed that any fee is your materials & service fee only. 3) This copy fee may not exceed US$5. 4) No files may be altered or deleted (files may be added). 5) Distribution copy with your name on the registration form & an update, supplied to legitimate vendors upon request. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business SURVEY for WINDOWS 1.5 Creates surveys and analyzes replies Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Walter MacAdam Consulting Engineer 9 Pinewood Village West Lebanon, NH 03784-3120 Telephone: 603-643-2278 Description Type = Short Description Creates opinion surveys and analyzes replies. WINDOWS version. Prints detailed report. Computes percentages for multiple-choice and rank order questions. Supports demographic group separations and cross-tabulation of responses from different groups. Release 1.5 Description Type = Long Description This is the WINDOWS version of the SURVEY, the opinion survey creation, analysis and report generating program. It simplifies creation of surveys containing single-choice, multiple-choice, and rank-order questions, each with as many as 40 possible choices. After entry of the text and characteristics of each question, the program can print the questionnaire both to the printer and to disk for editing with a word processor if desired. The program accommodates up to nine demographic groupings, each analyzed separately in addition to the total of all respondents. For example, a demographic question might include, separation either by age groups, gender, or the respondent's locality. When the replies are returned, the data is entered in the order listed on the form and a detailed analysis is made of the results in final distribution form, listing percentages and scores. If a demographic division is made, a separate report is generated for each division in addition to the total. The results for choices in any question can be displayed in the order shown on the form, or in descending order of respondents' preference. Questions involving gradation of acceptance, such as <Agree Strongly>, <Agree>, <Disagree>, <Disagree Strongly>, etc. are also supported. A useful feature permits the printing of a cross-tabulation comparing the results for any question by demographic groups. This compares scores and percentages related to the total responses, total for each group and total for each of the question choices. The report can be sent to the printer or to the disk as a file suitable for refinement with the user's word processor. The program is easy to use and includes a short sample demonstration survey that can be viewed or changed to permit the user to become familiar with the procedure. A short tutorial is included, together with a complete 42-page instruction file that can be viewed or sent to the printer. Description Type = Keywords survey,questionnaire,opinion,marketing,business Description Type = Registration Details $15 USA Description Type = Installation Details The user starts from WINDOWS and accesses the Program Manager window. Access the distribution media (disk or CD ROM) and select FILE RUN and type INSTALL. Follow the directions. The program files will be placed on the hard drive in a new directory, WSRVY. No other files will be changed. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted for the vendor, BBS or CD-ROM producer to copy and distribute the program in its entirety, provided no charge is made other than charges for reproduction and distribution, and provided the distribution includes all the modules of the program without any change. In other respects, the program is copyrighted and all other rights are reserved. The author is not liable for any damages, including loss of profits, lost savings, or consequential damages arising out of use or inability to use this program or any of its elements. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Sales Register III 1.8 Sales Register III (P.O.S.)Cash Regist Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Louis Robert ABM 1948 Highway 114 Hessmer, LA 71341 Telephone: 318-563-4428 Description Type = Short Description SALES REGISTER III (POS) Cash Register for retail,wholesale,mailorder,bar,res- taurant,fast food,C stores,health clubs, gyms,and rental stores.Complete invent- ory control track ingredients/components management reports,accounts receivable, purchasing,employee timekeeping & comm- issions.Supports guest checks,open inv- oices,recurring invoices,layaways,price quotes,& customer check-in time billing. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Schedulan (v 1.6) 1.6 Terrific LAN-based schedular for DOS/W Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: Richard Kelly Integra Computing 910 Cobb Place Manor Drive Marietta, GA 30066 Telephone: 404-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description SCHEDULAN: network-based scheduler/calendar. Designed to handle the complicated scheduling needs of a busy LAN-based office. Everyone at every workstation has complete access not only to his own calendar, but also those of his workmates (except for "private" events). Free time is easily found for one person or a group, and potential scheduling conflicts are brought to the user's attention. Much more! Automated Windows install included. Description Type = Long Description Part of the PROSKED family of schedulers, ScheduLAN is designed to handle the complicated scheduling needs of a busy LAN-based office. Everyone at every workstation has complete access not only to his own calendar, but also those of his workmates (except for those events tagged as private by his workmates). Free time can easily be found for one person or a group of people, and potential scheduling conflicts are automatically brought to the user's attention. Several views of the month, week, and day are available, as are numerous printouts and other reports. Every type of recurring event (holiday, weekly meeting, birthday, etc.) is easily handled, and the program even offers the option of including its built-in Christian, Jewish, and Muslim calendars on the main display. Alarms, a stopwatch, a date interval calculator, and too many other features to list round out this robust software. ScheduLAN may be used as a normal DOS program or a pop-up TSR (occupying only 7K while in the background), or it may be run under Microsoft Windows. Automated Windows installation included. Description Type = Keywords Calendar, Scheduler, PIM, ScheduLAN, Professional, Office Description Type = Registration Details $8 - $50, depending upon number of workstations Description Type = Installation Details FOR BBS USERS: Create a PS directory on your hard disk. Copy the SKDLAN16.ZIP archive file into it. Then unzip the files contained in that archive. Finally, follow the instructions in the just-extracted README.DOC file. FOR DISKETTE DISTRIBUTEES: Assuming that your hard disk is drive C, place this diskette into drive A and enter "A:INSTALL A: C:". Description Type = Vendor Instructions BBS OPERATORS: This program is a part of the PROSKED family of schedulers, ranging from All-My-Days (for personal scheduling) through ScheduLAN (for handling a full office on a local area network. Please offer your callers the ZIP file found in the ZIP sub- directory and, if possible, the brief instructions found in the InstallationInstructions section above. Thanks. DISKETTE DISTRIBUTORS: This program is a part of the PROSKED family of schedulers, ranging from All-My-Days (for personal scheduling) through ScheduLAN (for handling a full office on a local area network. Please distribute a single diskette containing the EXE and BAT files found in the VENDOR subdirectory of this CD. Both files will fit onto a diskette as small as 360K. If you distribute this program on a high density diskette that contains other prog- rams, please ensure that this program's EXE and BAT files are placed into the same subdirectory and that that subdirectory contains files for no other program. You may help in prevent user errors if you include on the diskette label the simple note found in the InstallationInstructions section above. Thanks. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business ShowStopper 1.2 ShowStopper-MultiMedia Presentation Sy Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ward Mundy Ward Mundy Software P.O.Box 1169 Atlanta, GA 30301-1169 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description A template-based MultiMedia development and presentation system supporting 256- color images, .WAV sound files, and text or Q&A displays.VBRUN300.DLL reqd.<ASP>. Description Type = Long Description Introducing an extremely powerful by simple to use multimedia system. By completing fill-in-the-blanks templates, you develop powerful multimedia systems for training or presentations. Each screen may include a 256-color .BMP image, a .WAV sound clip, & either a scrollable text display or a question with 5 multiple choice answers. No programming required! Use WAMPUM for Windows for scripts. Reqs Microsoft Windows 3.1 and VBRUN300.DLL to run. <ASP>. Description Type = Keywords MultiMedia,Presentations,Graphics,Sound,Training,Template Description Type = Registration Details $49 + $5 shipping/handling with free upgrade. Description Type = Installation Details Unzip SHOWSTOP.ZIP into an empty directory on hard disk or 1.2 floppy. Type INSTALL to load in proper directories. Print all documentation by typing: COPY \SHOWSTOP\*.DOC PRN after install. Description Type = Vendor Instructions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and program must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. To use on a set of three 360K floppies, unzip SHOWSTOP.ZIP and copy INSTALL.* and SHOWSTOP.001 to Disk 1.Repeat with .002 and .003 to Disks2&3. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and program must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business SmartChecker 1.00 Windows Spreadsheet addon Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Michael Jones Insight Software Solutions P.O. Box 354 Bountiful, UT 84011-0354 Telephone: (801) 295-1890 Fax: (801) 299-1781 Description Type = Short Description SmartChecker v1.0 - Windows Spreadsheet add- on that audibly "Reads Back" ranges of cells from a spreadSheet . (No sound card required). Supplied with an Excel Add-On that can incorporate it permanently in the Tools menu. Has "Pause & Resume" option, and can be made to work with pretty much any spreadsheet or any Windows application that has columns of figures to be checked. Description Type = Long Description SmartChecker v1.0 - Windows Spreadsheet add- on that audibly "Reads Back" ranges of cells from a spreadSheet . (No sound card required). Supplied with an Excel Add-On that can incorporate it permanently in the Tools menu. Has "Pause & Resume" option, and can be made to work with pretty much any spreadsheet or any Windows application that has columns of figures to be checked. Description Type = Keywords SMART EXCEL SPREADSHEET READBACK CHECK ADD-IN Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......USD Minimum registration price..................19.95 Maximum registration price..................19.95 Shipping: within same country...............3.00 North America.....................3.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply create a directory for the SmartChecker program and copy all the files in this package into it. Then read the "installation instructions" part of the Help File (double-click on SMARTCHK.HLP from file manager). Description Type = Permissions The evaluation version of SmartChecker may be distributed by anyone without further permission, providing it remains unaltered, no charge beyond a reasonable fee for copying and delivering the software is charged, and it is clear that the software is not "free", but that a registration fee must be paid for continued use beyond the terms of the evaluation licence. For other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the evaluation version of the SmartChecker package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Oakley Data Services Oakley Data Services may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Oakley Data Services. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Snapshot Data XFR 1.0 SCREEN AREA SNAPSHOT/AUTO RETYPE Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Hank Krejci HFK Software 68 Wells Road Lincoln, MA 01773-3702 Telephone: 617-259-0059 Fax: 617-259-0626 Description Type = Short Description SNAPSHOT v1.0 <ASP> - A "clipboard" like DOS program that takes electronic snapshots of screen areas to be automatically typed back later. Cross application CUT & PASTE. IBM-PC, 15K TSR, DOS 3 Keywords: CLIPBOARD, CUT, PASTE, & WORD PROCESSING. Description Type = Long Description SNAPSHOT provides a means of taking electronic snapshots of specific screen text areas and auto-typing the captured text later upon demand. Up to ten snapshots may coexist. Usually, screen data are captured while running one program and then automatically typed via synthesized keystrokes to provide input to another program. Since the text is not actually retyped, accurate reproduction of the original is assured -- no transposed characters or other typos. SNAPSHOT also functions as a cut-and-paste facility within the same program. Description Type = Keywords CLIPBOARD, CUT, PASTE, & WORD PROCESSING. Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details (1) Unzip into a newly created (or empty) SNAPSHOT directory, (2) Switch to that directory, and (3) Enter "MENU" on the DOS command line. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special requirements. Description Type = Permissions Distribute freely, but without modification. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Software Inventory 2.1 SOFTWARE INVENTORY DATABASE V2.1 Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: John Burl 1410 Calvert Road Chester, MD 21619 Description Type = Short Description SOFTWARE INVENTORY DATABASE V2.1 A MS-Windows program that allows you to track software titles using an Access DB. (Access not required). Fully functional, no nags or limitations. Very easy to setup and use. VB source to registered users. Requires VBRUN300.DLL. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Software Sale Trackr 1.05 SOFTWARE SALES BILLING/TRACKING Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Robert F. Keber Jr. TypeRight Software Company 336 Swain Blvd. Greenacres city, FL 33463-3342 Telephone: (407) 969-3643 Fax: (407) 964-0785 24HR Description Type = Short Description Invoice/Statement/Reports/Leger/Labels/Lists. NO BOOKKEEPING KNOWLEDGE NEEDED! Print Customer Address/Phone Books (ALL or by Program Name). PopUp Inventory, Part Payments, LastPayDate & Balance Due. Set for 0/1/2 SaleTaxs, Track up to 97 Tax Districts. Print to Disk/Lpt1/Lpt2. Microsoft ISAM datafiles. Create LZW Compressed Backup file. Customer Search by Multiple Search Keys. Handles Multiple Programs. Simple To Use. Description Type = Long Description SST II is a "Customer Billing" program. SST is designed for Software Distributors who have a need to produce Invoices which contain "Descriptions" about their products. Program Names, Serial Numbers, Credit Card Information, special shipping details. Instructions, Expiration Dates, Disclaimers or just about anything else can be entered into SST II invoices, as well as the very important numbers which say "Who, When, Where, Why and How Much". Customers: - Shows "Last Sale Date" & "Total Spent" For Every Customer. - Prints Cust Phone Directory (2 phones COUNTRY,AREA,PHONE,EXT.). - Prints 2 Customer Address Directories (Long & Short Versions). - Prints Cust Mailing Labels (by Name/City/State/Zip/Area/Etc.). - Large "Comment Field" For Terms, Ship/Bill To Address, Etc. - Data Fields Are Designed To Allow INTERNATIONAL Addresses. - Prints Labels/Phone/Address Lists By Territories Or Routes. - Sales Tax Code Field - Applies One Of 96 Sets Of Tax Rates. - BROWSE Finds Records By Partial Name Or Customer ID Number. - SEARCH Find Cust By Searching Any Field(s) (City, State, Etc) - UnLimited Customers (Limited Only By 128 Meg Max File Size). Invoices: - Allows Listings Of Descriptions, Part#'s And Work Performed. - Configured To Work With ZERO, ONE, or TWO Sales Tax Fields. - Sales Taxes Can Be Set To Comply With Most Laws & Regulations. - Use 1 Primary Sales Tax & Up To 96 Sets Of Secondary Tax Rates. (Eg:Primary Tax = State Tax 96 Secondary Taxes = County Taxes) - Print Multiple Copies (1-99) Of Invoices (Cust. & File Copies). - Generates Invoice & Customer Numbers Automatically (No Dupes) - Prints Accounts Receivable Statements With Mailing Labels. - Prints Invoice Ledger For Any "Time Period/Customer/Employee". - Prints Invoice Ledger With Totals For Accounts Receivable. - Provides 12 ReNameable Sales Cats + 2 ReNameable Sales Taxes. - Provides 10 "ReNameable" Sets Of "Terms & Conditions". - Handles "Partial" Or "Installment" Payments. - Inventory - Pop-Up Scroll Bar Window & Sorted Inventory List. - Allows A Six Line "Heading" For Your Name, Address & Telephone. - Six Line Invoice Footer For Custom Messages, Disclaimers, Etc.. - Extensive Use Of "Pop Up Windows" For Easy Use & Simplicity. - Jump From New Invoice To New Customer (& back) By F5 Hot Key. - UnLimited Invoices (Limited Only By 128 Meg Max File Size). Income: - Print/Display Accounts Receivable Ledger & Customer Statements. - Prints Income Breakdown By Sales Category For Any Time Period. - Prints Totals For Any Customer For Any Time Period. - Shows Sales Taxes Charged, Collected & UnCollected For Both The Primary And Secondary Sets Of Sales Taxes. - Displays Or Prints Many Reports & Ledgers And Shows Averages. Inventory: - Support program: Ability To Create/Edit An Inventory Data File Which Holds Up To 735 Items. Automatic % MarkUp & Retail Price Calculations. Entries Appear In The Invoice And Packing List Screens In A Pop-Up Scroll-Bar-Window For Automatic Data Entry. General: - ONE Rugged ISAM File Holds ALL Customer/Invoice/Index Data. - Handle Data Files Up To 128 MegaBytes (130,000,000 Characters). - Uses "EMS" (Expanded Memory - If Available) For Buffer Storage. - Uses "LZW" File Compression To For VERY Compact BackUp Files. - Printed Output May Be Sent To LPT1:, LPT2:, Or To A DISK FILE. - Print NOW or LATER: A BIG Time Saver With SLOW Printers. - Word Processing Style Commands For Majority Of Field Entries. - Use Partial "NAMES or NUMBERS" For Retrieving Records. - Find Strong & Weak Sale Areas For Any Or All Of Your Customers. - Find Strong & Weak Categories Of Any Product Or Service. - Unique "BROWSE" Mode For Viewing Customer & Invoice Records. INTERNATIONAL FEATURES: - International Date Settings: MM/DD/YY DD/MM/YY or YY/MM/DD. - Time Settings: 12 or 24 Hour Clocks. - International Currency Symbol: Dollar, Pound, Frank, None, Etc. - Two International Currency Formats: 1,234.56 or 1.234,56 System Requirements: - Computer - PC/XT/AT/286/386/486 or Close Compatible - MS/DOS VERSION 3.3 OR HIGHER (Ver 5.0+ with EMS Recommended) - Ram Memory - 640k (Requires About 450k Of FREE Ram) - Hard Drive Is Required - Monitor - Mono Or Color - 80 Column - Printer - 80 COLUMN DOT MATRIX - IBM ProPrinter or Epson FX. - CONFIG.SYS: Set To "FILES = 25" (Or More - Very Important!) (See MS/DOS Manual - CONFIG.SYS) Description Type = Keywords ADDRESS,LIST,LABEL,INVOICE,STATEMENT,BILLING,CUSTOMER,INCOME,TAX, SALES,PAYMENT,BID,ESTIMATE,PROPOSAL,INVENTORY,PACKLIST,KEBER Description Type = Registration Details $69.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unpack the Archived File to ANY disk or drive. To start the program, run the file named SST.EXE. To print the program instructions, enter the file named:PRINT-IT.BAT Description Type = Vendor Instructions Copyright (c) - ROBERT F. KEBER JR. - ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Produced & Distributed By TypeRight SOFTWARE COMPANY Vendors are authorized and encouraged to distribute FREE copies of this software package. We request that you keep ALL files included with this package together and unmodified. A maximum charge of up to $5.00 may be charged for disk duplication, cost of materials, and disk preparation (combined). CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Speakers Resource db 1.04 Speakers, Ministers store spch & sermo Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Alan C. Elliott TexaSoft P.O. Box 1169 Cedar Hill, TX 75104 Telephone: (214) 291-2115 Fax: (214) 291-3400 Description Type = Short Description Information Please is for anyone who has pieces of textual information, such as product descriptions, catalogs, memos, descriptions, etc, that they want to store and then find, view or print by a keyword search. You can also link a graphic to each text record. Shareware. TexaSoft is a member of ASP and ESC. Description Type = Long Description Speaker's Resource is for speakers, ministers, teachers and others who want to collect retreive speech notes, sermon notes, stories, quips, jokes and other info. Store textual info then find, view or print by a keyword search. Link PCX graphic to a text record. Many stories included in sample database. Enter information from keyboard or import from ASCII file. Search, Display and Print entries using keyword or full-text searches that allow mulitple AND and OR criteria. Relate text to a PCX graphic or another program. User interface is an easy to learn pull down menu (Windows-Like) interface. Contains example "textbase" containing many "success" and human interest stories. Shareware. Texasoft is a member of ASP and ESC. Description Type = Keywords Speaker, Minister, Sermon notes ASP, ESC, TexaSoft Description Type = Registration Details $49.00 Description Type = Installation Details Make the disk or directory containing the program the default drive or directory. Enter the command INSTALL to begin the installation program, follow the instructions on the screen. Description Type = Permissions We are members of the Association of Shareware Professionals (ASP). You may distribute this program by selling disks containing unaltered versions of this shareware program. You should describe the shareware concept to customers and encourage registrations. We do not allow our program to appear in catalogs that also include sexually explicit programs. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business StarTrack 2.0 2.0 Personal Information Manager Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Sam Saad APEX Computer Services P.O. Box 807 Alhambra, CA 91802-0807 Telephone: 818-574-8101 Fax: 818-458-3344 Description Type = Short Description StarTrack is a Personal Information Manager which combines projects and tasks tracking, employee information, daily planner (To-do list, appointments, and notes), and phone book all in one program. Description Type = Long Description StarTrack is one of the most complete Personal Information Manager programs available on the market today. The program combines projects and tasks tracking, employee information, daily planner (To-do list, appointments, and notes), and phone book all in one program. Daily Planner The Daily Planner allows users to access and display calendar, to-do list, appointments, and diary (notes) from one screen. You can search for a word or a phrase in any of the to-do list, appointments, diary during the last few days, weeks, or even months. Moves your to-do items or appointments to different days. StarTrack moves uncompleted to-do items forward automatically. From the Diary notes you can export to and import from text files. You can print the agenda (to-do list, appointments, and diary) of any day. You can print appointments, to-do list, or diary of current day, current week, current month, or for a selected range of days. Direct link to Projects, Tasks, and Telephone Book. Projects & Tasks You can track projects and tasks within projects. StarTrack will calculate the task completion date based on the duration of each task. The report query system is very powerful. You can create a report filter (query) based on any combination of fields, save it to file, and use it later to re-print reports. Track information about your employee. Phone Book Keeps telephone numbers and addresses about your contacts. Reminds you of birth-dates and anniversaries up to 99 days in advance; this future can be a life saver. Prints phone directory, and address book sorted by first name, last name, company name, city, state, or zip code. Other Consistent CUA compliance interface. Password protection. Runs external programs. Built-in utilities to fix corrupted index files, backup, restore, and clean-up of old data. Mouse and keyboard driven. Registrants will received a printed bound manual and free technical support. Description Type = Keywords STARTRACK,STARTRK,PIM,TRACK,TIME,APPOINTMENTS,CALENDAR, BUSINESS,EMPLOYEES,TELEPHONE Description Type = Registration Details $19 USA Description Type = Installation Details Insert Disk #1, and from the DOS prompt type A:INSTALL and press Enter. Follow instructions on the screen. Description Type = Vendor Instructions unZIP STARTRK.ZIP file into a sub-directory on your hard drive, then create installation disks the way you desire. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, satellite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from APEX Computer Services ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertising, brochures, etc. make it clear that that this is shareware that requires a registrations fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Stay In Touch 1.99B Contact Mgr, Calendar, Scheduler Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Dennis Rudy Spectra Computer Services 929B North 3rd Street Jacksonville Beach, FL 32250 Telephone: (904) 241-0700 Description Type = Short Description Powerful, yet easy to use, contact management system. Some features are: pull-down menus; built-in letter writer; phone dialer ; customizable search; multiple contact databases; unlimited notes/history for each contact; to do lists and pop-up calculator and calendar. Print letters, activity reports. On line help, Professional! Description Type = Long Description Powerful, yet easy to use, contact management system. Some features are: pull down menus; built-in letter writer; phone dialer; customizable search; multiple contact databases; unlimited notes per contact; contact history of activity; Word processing features; print labels; Associated contacts tied to primary contact; Report Writer. Description Type = Keywords Contact Manager,Calendar,Scheduler,Planner,Sales,Marketing Description Type = Registration Details 89.95 includes docs and shipping Description Type = Installation Details Type A:Install or B:Install; Installation program will guide you through the installation. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Stay In Touch may be distributed on one 720K diskette or two 360K diskettes. Please read the instructions in the test file TWO360K. for instructions on spliting the files between two 360K diskettes. Description Type = Permissions The STAY IN TOUCH(tm) Product is NOT "Public Domain" and it is NOT "Freeware". STAY IN TOUCH is a copyrighted software product developed and owned by SPECTRA COMPUTER SRVICES located in Jacksonville Beach, FL, U. S. A. SPECTRA grants you without charge the right to reproduce, distribute and use copies of this version of our STAY IN TOUCH shareware software product, subject to the limitations specified below, and on the express condition that you do not receive any payment, commercial benefit, or other consideration for such reproduction or distribution, or change this license agreement or the copyright notice which appears throughout the software. All rights reserved worldwide. Limitations: ------------ You may make and keep back-up copies of the software for your personal use, provided that you copy all the copyright, trademark, and other information indicated on the initial screen display, on each backup copy label. You may distribute copies to other persons, but solely for their evaluation (i.e., to decide whether to continue using the product and therefore register) and solely for evaluation by such other persons during a thirty (30) day period. STAY IN TOUCH must NOT be sold or otherwise provided as part of a larger system, or as a part of a more inclusive product or service, without express written consent and licensing from SPECTRA COMPUTER SERVICES. The rights to receive any such financial or other benefit, and to modify the product or employ its components in any kind of derivative work, are reserved exclusively by SPECTRA COMPUTER SERVICES. Registered users receive the latest version of the program, a Printed bound manual, Technical support, Update Notices, and Reduced upgrade prices. Read the Sign On Screen when executing STAY IN TOUCH or print REGISTER.TXT for ordering information. THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED "AS IS" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, PERFORMANCE, OR OTHERWISE; ALL WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. BY USING THE STAY IN TOUCH, YOU AGREE THAT NEITHER SPECTRA COMPUTER SERVICES NOR ANY OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AFFILIATES, OWNERS, OR OTHER RELATED PARTIES WILL BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY USE OF (OR INABILITY TO USE) OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS PRODUCT, OR FOR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. EVEN IF WE ARE NOTIFIED OF SUCH POSSIBILITY IN ADVANCE. (SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE FOREGOING LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.) You may not reverse-engineer, disassemble, modify, decompile or create derivative works of the product. You acknowledge that the product includes certain trade secrets and confidential information, all of which is the copyrighted intellectual property of SPECTRA COMPUTER SERVICES. STAY IN TOUCH is a trademark of SPECTRA COMPUTER SERVICES and the SPECTRA Logo is a Trademark of SPECTRA COMPUTER SERVICES. All rights are reserved. worldwide. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Survey Analyzer 4.7 Creates surveys & Analyzes replies. V4 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Walter MacAdam Consulting Engineer 9 Pinewood Village West Lebanon, NH 03784-3120 Telephone: 603-643-2278 Description Type = Short Description Creates opinion surveys and analyzes replies. Prints detailed report in final distribution form. Handles up to 100 questions and 40 response choices per question. Up to nine demographic groups can be analyzed in addition to total. Can cross-tabulate responses from different demographic groups. Release 4.7 Description Type = Long Description SURVEY simplifies creation and analysis of opinion surveys. It prints a report in final distribution form, and can handle multiple-choice questions, including rank-order selection. The survey sheet for distributiion to respondents can also be printed. A separate analysis by demographic groups is possible, including cross-tabulation of question responses from different demographic groups. The choice selections can be sorted and listed in the order of choice preference. You can add, delete or modify questions or edit response choice names. A preliminary view can be obtained, showing results from the early response entries. The program also prmits correlation measurements between answers to two different questions. Data files from different sources can be merged for similar surveys. A 35-page Instruction file with tutorial and sample survey is included. Description Type = Keywords survey,opinion,poll,polling,questionnaire Description Type = Registration Details $10 Description Type = Installation Details In drive/directory holding the SURVEY files, type INSTALL and press ENTER. Description Type = Permissions You can make as may copies as you wish and distribute them to others, provided no charge is made for the program except for the costs and charges for distribution, and provided no change is made in any of the files. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business TIE LAN GROUPWARE 2.2 Teamwork Information Exchange-Groupwar Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Stephen Williams Otto-williams Ltd. P.O. box 794 Lanham, MD 20703-0794 Telephone: (301) 306-0409 Fax: (301) 306-0409 Description Type = Short Description Teamwork Information Exchange (TIE) is a complete multi-user system designed to provide work groups with enhanced intra-group communications, and improved time management, work flow and productivity. TIE combines EMail, personal time scheduling, meeting scheduling, task management and personal to do lists into a single fully integrated system. Requires DOS 3.3 compatible network. Description Type = Long Description Teamwork Information Exchange (TIE) is a complete multi-user system designed to provide work groups with a tool to enhance intra-group communications and improve time management, work flow and productivity. TIE combines electronic mail, personal time scheduling, meeting scheduling, task management and personal to do lists into a single fully integrated system. TIE's electronic mail (E-Mail) subsystem differs from stand- alone systems by combining standard e-mail capabilities with automatic messaging. For example, when a meeting is scheduled, rescheduled or canceled; TIE automatically creates and sends mail messages to all attendees announcing the status. Similarly, TIE creates mail messages to inform appropriate users of assignment, delivery and completion of tasks. The Personal Schedule subsystem provides each user with a semi-private workday scheduling system. While other users will have access your composite daily schedule, they cannot see the details (descriptions of individual items) in your personal schedule. For example, if you schedule an appointment with your doctor, other users, when scheduling a meeting, will see only that you have reserved that time for an appointment. TIE's Meeting subsystem provides an automatic means of scheduling meetings by displaying the schedules of attendees so that you can quickly identify a time when both personnel and meeting resources are available. An auto schedule function is available to search all applicable schedules to find the first time when all personnel and resources are simultaneously available. Each time a meeting is scheduled or rescheduled, the personal schedules of all attendees are automatically updated and e-mail messages are automatically sent to inform attendees of a change in their schedules. Meeting agenda's can be reviewed on-line or printed for distribution. The task management subsystem is designed to track the progress and status of work assignments and to provide an objective means of measuring individual performance. Effective work management requires clear communication of the work to be performed, when it is due and how successful performance will be measured. TIE incorporates these elements through written assignments, specified due dates and complete reporting of on-time performance. In addition, the task management subsystem provides an effective means for employees and supervisors to communicate progress on assigned tasks. While simple in concept, TIE's To Do subsystem can be a powerful tool in managing your workday. By maintaining a prioritized list of things to be done on a given workday, you can key into those things that are the highest priority while addressing lower priority items as time permits. To Do items that are not completed on the day they are scheduled are automatically moved forward until they are completed. This way, what you didn't get around to yesterday, won't be forgotten today. The Report subsystem brings each of TIE's major subsystems together to provide hard copy or on-screen information about your schedule, work assignments, to do lists, etc. Description Type = Keywords BUSINESS, GROUPWARE, NETWORK, LAN, PIM, SCHEDULE, TASK, TODO, EMAIL, CALENDAR, OWL Description Type = Registration Details $499.00 (USD) Description Type = Installation Details See File: README.1ST Description Type = Vendor Instructions BULLETIN BOARDS: No special Instructions. Librarian please note: TIE22.ZIP supersedes files TIE??.ZIP where ?? is any number less than 22. DISK VENDORS: The self extracting archive file OBBK21.EXE produces the following files which should go onto the distribution disk without alteration: README.DOC Text file containing installation and startup instructions. INST_NET.BAT Network Server installation batch procedure. INST_WS.BAT Network Workstation installation batch procedure. TIE_EXE.EXE Self extracting archive containing program, configuration and help files. TIE_DAT.EXE Self extracting archive containing required data files. FILE_ID.DIZ Text file containing short program description. (This file is optional) VENDOR.DOC Text file containing program description, distribution policy, and file listing. Total file size of these files is approximatly 270k, which will fit on a standard 360K diskette and leave sufficient space for you to add any material you deem necessary. If you want to distribute this program in some other form, you may do so but, please let us know. Description Type = Permissions 'Otto-Williams Ltd. (OWL) grants you a license to distribute our shareware provided that you distribute all files required for operation of the program and: 1. You identify it as shareware with an appropriate definition. 2. You leave all intellectual property including copyright notices in place. 3. We do not request that you discontinue distribution of the product. To summarize, you may archive our programs, unarchive them and distribute them on whatever media you choose so long as you do not alter the program or accompaning data files in any way or charge distribution fees that are so large that they would lead the purchaser to believe that they have paid for the program rather than the distribution service you provide. We want the widest possible distribution for our shareware programs and will be glad to assist you in designing a distribution scheme that is appropriate for your operation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business TelePrompter! 1.2 TelePrompter! Great for cameras/speech Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Russell Holloway Hollowsoft Clonsulting P.O. Box 54225 Lexington, KY 40555-4225 Telephone: 606-263-2687 Description Type = Short Description TelePrompter 1.2. If you have a video camera you will absolutely love this software! This program has all the features of the expensive teleprompters used for commercial television. You can enter up to 5000 lines of text in the built-in text editor, or load files from your word processor. Text is large and smooth, so it is easily read from a distance. Scrolling speed can be controlled from the keyboard, or remotely with a mouse. Uses Herc/CGA/EGA/VGA Description Type = Long Description TelePrompter! 1.2 is a graphical teleprompting system for MS-DOS compatible computer systems. The program has very few hardware requirements. It can use Hercules, CGA, EGA, or VGA video. It needs only 256K free memory to run, and a MicroSoft compatible mouse is optional. TelePrompter! can even be run from Microsoft Windows. Both a .PIF file and a .ICO file have been included for this purpose. The program is very easy to use, and takes only a few minutes to learn. All necessary instructions remain on the editor screen at all times, and there are no unusual key combinations to remember. The program is very useful for people who would like an simple way to read text while looking at a camera. The text is large and easy to read from a distance. It also scrolls smoothly just like the commercial teleprompters do. Display speed can be controlled by either the user or by a second party. To use the program, just put your camera on top of the computer screen, start the teleprompter, and start reading. If you stand at least 10 feet away, your eyes will not move while you read the text, and it will appear as if you are quoting from memory. TelePrompter! is also very useful for people who make speeches or presentations. Just put your monitor or laptop where you can read it while speaking and you won't even need note cards. Another use for TelePrompter! is in remote video shoots. Commercial teleprompters are much too bulky to carry into the filed. TelePrompter! provides all the features of the commercial machines while running on an inexpensive laptop. It's also much more flexible than cue cards. If you connect a 15 foot serial cable extension to your mouse, you can even control the display while you are standing a good distance away from the computer. Mouse control permits you to remotely start, slow down, speed up, or pause the TelePrompter! display. To run TelePrompter!, you'll need 320K free memory and a Hercules, CGA, EGA, or VGA video system. In addition, a mouse is optional if you want to remotely control the display. Description Type = Keywords TV, SPEECH, PRESENTATION, GRAPHICS, BUSINESS, UTILITY, APPLICATION Description Type = Registration Details $35 Description Type = Installation Details Just unzip the files to an available directory, switch to that directory, and type TELEPROM. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Just follow the normal installation instructions to install the program. This program requires 320K memory. A MicroSoft compatible mouse is optional. Description Type = Permissions The following applies to those vendors who wish to distribute TelePrompter!: As far as distribution terms go, I have a very simple distribution policy: You have permission to distribute my shareware in its original form as long as you: 1) Identify the program as shareware 2) Leave all intellectual property (copyright) notices in place 3) And as long as I do not request that you stop. If you have any questions, concerns, or complaints, please contact me: Russell Holloway HollowSoft Consulting P.O. Box 54225 Lexington, KY 40555-4225 Phone (606)263-2687 International: If you are a publisher interested in translating and supporting my products in another language, please contact me to discuss an exclusive agreement for your language and country. If you are interested in providing registration and support services outside of North America in English, I am interested in working with you on a non-exclusive basis. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business The Achievemnt Planr 3.0 Achievment-oriented PIM, desktop, tols Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Lucas Perez Human Development Systems 134 Graybar Drive N. Plainfield, NJ 07062 Telephone: 908-6681991 Fax: 908-668-1738 Description Type = Short Description The Achievement Planner is a PIM that does more than just track information. It helps create a context for higher achievement. Its fully integrated modules - a breeze to learn even easier to use -- yet offer robust data handling and plenty of printouts. Together with the unique suite of decision-making and problem solving tools (Think Tank) this PIM provides a great "home base" for your life/ career success. (Includes VBRUN300.DLL). Description Type = Keywords Windows, PIM, Contact Tracker, Calendar, Project Planner, Dialer, Achievement, To do list, Description Type = Registration Details $39.95 Description Type = Installation Details Run setup.exe Description Type = Permissions Unlimited permission to copy and distribute ALL files contained in the ZIP. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business The Disk Vendor (GB) 3.00GB Makes catalogs on a disk for customers Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Philip Kapusta P.O. Box 5423 Falmouth, VA 22403-5423 Telephone: (540) 371-5746 Description Type = Short Description The Disk Vendor sales catalog system. For businesses who need an interactive on-line disk based catalog for their customers. Complete instructions and compiler is included to show you how to make your own catalog that can be distributed royalty-free to customers. Produces very professional looking results very simply and quickly. Great marketing tool! (General business version with graphic support). Description Type = Long Description The Disk Vendor - Creates on-disk catalogs. For businesses who would like an alternative to a printed product catalog. The Disk Vendor is a compiler PLUS run-time module that allows you to easily create professional looking menu driven catalogs for your customers. Sell "anchors" to "zippers". Handles credit cards, large volume discounts, shipping and handling, printed order forms, custom opening and closing screens. Include graphic snapshots into your catalog! Complete instructions and sample catalog included. Great marketing tool! (General business version with graphic support). Description Type = Keywords MARKETING, SALES, CATALOG, BUSINESS, PUBLISHING, TEXT, ASCII, EMMASOFT, VENDOR Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S.A. $ Minimum registration price..................90.00 Maximum registration price..................90.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................2.50 South America.....................3.50 Europe............................3.50 Asia..............................3.50 Africa............................3.50 Pacific...........................3.50 Description Type = Installation Details Before you compile your very own electronic catalog we recommend that you try one that has already been set up for you. Run the compiler first by typing: COMPILE then press [ENTER] ...and step through the prompts. After the compilation is complete, then browse through the resulting catalog by typing: CATALOG then press [ENTER] If you like what you see, and would like to create similar electronic catalogs, print the instructions to the program by typing: COPY COMPILE.DOC PRN then press [ENTER] Description Type = Vendor Instructions You can always download the most recent version from The Mustard Seed BBS (703) 372-9680 under the PKSOFT file directory CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business The Disk Vendor (SW) 2.22 Makes shareware catalogs on a disk Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Philip Kapusta P.O. Box 5423 Falmouth, VA 22403-5423 Telephone: (540) 371-5746 Description Type = Short Description The Disk Vendor sales catalog system. For shareware businesses who need an interactive on-line disk based catalog for their customers. Complete instructions and compiler is included to show you how to make your own catalog that can be distributed royalty-free to customers. Produces very professional looking results very simply and quickly. (Shareware vendor version). Description Type = Long Description The Disk Vendor is a program for creating an on-disk or printed shareware product catalog. It was written SPECIFICALLY for shareware distributors who want a professional looking, tightly integrated, menu driven product catalog on disk. The program handles multi-disk sets, 4 separate price levels (360/720/1.2/1.4) for each title, credit cards, sales tax, shipping charges, personalized opening & closing screen, discounts on large disk purchases, printed catalogs and order forms, plus more... Description Type = Keywords MARKETING, SALES, CATALOG, BUSINESS, PUBLISHING, TEXT, ASCII, SHAREWARE, VENDOR Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S.A. $ Minimum registration price..................60.00 Maximum registration price..................60.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................2.50 South America.....................3.50 Europe............................3.50 Asia..............................3.50 Africa............................3.50 Pacific...........................3.50 Description Type = Installation Details Before you compile your very own electronic catalog we recommend that you try one that has already been set up for you. Run the compiler first by typing: COMPILE then press [ENTER] ...and step through the prompts. After the compilation is complete, then browse through the resulting catalog by typing: CATALOG then press [ENTER] If you like what you see, and would like to create similar electronic catalogs, print the instructions to the program by typing: COPY COMPILE.DOC PRN then press [ENTER] CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business The Invoice Store 3.1 Invoicing/POS/Inventory/Database Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Software Store Products, Inc. P.O. Box 562 Oakdale, NY 11769-0562 Telephone: 516-244-6927 Fax: 516-567-5563 Description Type = Short Description THE INVOICE STORE V. 3.1 A Receivables/billing/POS system that is very easy to learn and use, but is also very powerful. It is ideal for any business that requires Product-Service-Time Billing or POS. Supports customers, vendors, salesmen, inventory, invoices, receivables, custom report writer, appt scheduler, mailing labels, tracks orders & pymts, online help system, financial data, plus much much more. Description Type = Long Description The Invoice Store may be used for any retail, mailorder, or home-based business. The software requires no accounting background and is very simple to learn & use. The software supports customers, vendors, salesmen, invoices, order entry, receivables, inventory, and financial reports. It also includes a custom report writer, generates mailing labels, schedules appointments, tracks all activity, online help system. mouse support, and is network ready. Invoices may be customized to work with existing forms or the they may be printed on regular paper. Supports US & Foreign. Description Type = Keywords INVOICE,ACCOUNTING,BUSINESS,RECEIVABLES,INVENTORY,POS,SALES Description Type = Registration Details $95 USA Description Type = Vendor Instructions Distribute file INV31.ZIP on any type of media that is desired. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from Software Store Products, Inc. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business The Invoice Store Jr Simple invoicing program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Software Store Products, Inc. P.O. Box 562 Oakdale, NY 11769-0562 Telephone: 516-244-6927 Fax: 516-567-5563 Description Type = Short Description THE INVOICE STORE JR THE INVOICE STORE JR is a very simple to use invoicing program. The user can maintain a database of customers and products. Invoices can be easily generated and payments can be applied to these invoices. Many fincancial reports can also be generated. This JR program is a low cost alternative to the bigger product. Shareware. $20 to reg. Description Type = Long Description The Invoice Store Jr is a simple invoicing program. The user can maintain a database of customers, products, and services. Invoices can easily be created, payments may be made, and all customer activity may be tracked. Invoices may be customized to work with existing forms or they may be printed on regular paper. Supports US & Canada taxes. Description Type = Keywords INVOICE,BUSINESS,RECEIVABLES Description Type = Registration Details $20.00 USA Description Type = Vendor Instructions Distribute file INVJR.ZIP on any type of media that is desired. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from Software Store Products, Inc. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business The Order Pro 2.0 Easy Order-entry, Inventory, & Invoici Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Jane & Frank Semeraro Automated Systems 386 Main Street P.O. Box 192 Little Falls, NJ 07424-0192 Telephone: 201-812-1428 Fax: 201-812-1169 Description Type = Short Description A simple-to-use order entry system with all the features of it's not-so-simple competitors. As you enter orders, the system updates inventory quantities, sales tracking reports, receivables and customer profiles. Attractive, descriptive invoices are always ready to print; as well as packing lists and shipping labels. Many valuable reports are provided to keep you well informed. This is one easy program that will do it all! Description Type = Long Description The Order Pro will completely automate the order taking business. A simple-to-use order entry system with all the features of it's not-so-simple competitors. As you enter orders, the system automatically updates inventory quantities, sales tracking reports, receivables and customer profiles. Attractive, descriptive invoices are always ready to print; as well as packing lists, mailing labels and shipping labels. Many valuable reports are provided to keep you well informed on significant things, such as total sales, shipping costs and sales tax from any-date to any-date; total inventory quantities; what is on back-order; which invoices are receivable; which items are not selling fast enough, and much more. The program is adaptable to many types of businesses, however, it is perfect for the mail- order-type business. There are currently hundreds of small businesses using this software, and some large businesses, such as Seven-Eleven, The US Postal Service in VA, Paolo Gucci and it has also been used by Chase Manhattan Bank to track the inventory of gifts given to customers opening new accounts. Having one program to do it all, without the need to study a manual and teach new employees, can save time and money. Description Type = Keywords "business", "mail order", "customer", "mailing list", "inventory", "sales tracking", "invoice", "orders", "order entry", "invoicing", "sales" Description Type = Registration Details $99.95 Description Type = Installation Details From a floppy drive--enter GO when installation is complete, enter START to begin. Description Type = Vendor Instructions It is not required that Automated Systems be notified before any vendor begins distribution of Automated Systems software. However, updates will only be furnished by Automated Systems--to those who do. Description Type = Permissions Vendors, BBS's and individuals may duplicate and distribute only the "shareware" versions of Automated Systems software. Programs include: Smart-N-Easy (R) WEDDING PLANNER, PARTY PLANNER, BABY PLANNER, HOME INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, BAR MITZVAH PLANNER & THE ORDER PRO 2.0; an order-entry/inventory management program. No modifications shall be made to any such software. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business The Phone Center 1.3 TelePrompter! Great for cameras/speech Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Russell Holloway Hollowsoft Clonsulting P.O. Box 54225 Lexington, KY 40555-4225 Telephone: 606-263-2687 Description Type = Short Description The Phone Center Version 1.3! It's the first dialer program that is fun to use. Includes an Area Code Search, A Time Zone Search, DOS Shell, Telephone Directory Printer, Database Entry Finder, Quick Memo Entry, Manual Dial, Multifunction/Multiline Calculator, Call Log Viewer, Sliding Windows, a Context-Sensitive Help System, and OnScreen Commands. It even has a Hangman Game! This version eliminates lockups and has more features. Any video ok Description Type = Long Description The Phone Center 1.3 is a unique telephone number database/dialer program. It can have up to 1000 phone entries. It allows you to have a prefix of up to 30 characters and each telephone number can have up to 30 characters. It also allows you to enter a 39-character Note along with each Name and Number entry. In addition, the program provides optional call logging for automatic storage of each Name, Number, and Time you make a phone call. The following is a list of the unique features found in The Phone Center: 1) Area Code Search - Lists all the area codes for a given state or province, or does a reverse search to tell you where a given area code actually is. 2) Time Zone Search - Searches and displays the time zone of all major U.S. and Canadian cities. 3) Directory Printer - Allows you to make a hard copy of your Phone Center directory. 4) Multifunction/Multiline Calculator - Useful for making quick calculations while talking on the phone. 5) Zippy Calendar - Gives dates from January, 1900 to December, 1999. 6) Quick Memo - Allows you to enter and print notes while talking on the phone. 7) Log Viewer - Allows you to view the phone log without having to leave the program. 8) Entry Finder - Allows you to quickly find names or numbers anywhere in the phone directory. 9) Hangman Game - The most unique feature of the program! Something to do during boring calls. 10) Easy to Use - All commands are on-screen, F1 gives context-sensitive help, each feature appears in its own moveable window. To run The Phone Center, you'll need 420K free memory and DOS 2.1 or higher. The program will work with any video system. A Hayes compatible modem is needed if you want the program to dial. Description Type = Keywords DIALER, PHONE, COMMUNICATE, BUSINESS, APPLICATION, DATABASE Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details Just unzip the files to an available directory, switch to that directory, and type START. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Just follow the normal installation instructions to install the program. This program requires 420K memory. A Hayes-compatible modem is optional. Description Type = Permissions The following applies to those vendors who wish to distribute The Phone Center: As far as distribution terms go, I have a very simple distribution policy: You have permission to distribute my shareware in its original form as long as you: 1) Identify the program as shareware 2) Leave all intellectual property (copyright) notices in place 3) And as long as I do not request that you stop. If you have any questions, concerns, or complaints, please contact me: Russell Holloway HollowSoft Consulting P.O. Box 54225 Lexington, KY 40555-4225 Phone (606)263-2687 International: If you are a publisher interested in translating and supporting my products in another language, please contact me to discuss an exclusive agreement for your language and country. If you are interested in providing registration and support services outside of North America in English, I am interested in working with you on a non-exclusive basis. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business The Simple Bookkeepr SHAREWARE Very simple single-entry accounting Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Arnold Strickman A. P. Software P.O. Box 205 Westford, MA 01886 Telephone: (508) 692-3726 Description Type = Short Description The easiest single entry bookkeeping system available. It tracks income and expenses of a small or home business for an entire year and produces three different reports Description Type = Long Description The shareware version contains 40 expense accounts, 1 income account and produces 3 different reports. No accounting or computer expertise is required. The registered version contains 40 changeable expense and 6 changeable income accounts. Six different reports are available. Description Type = Keywords Business, Accounting, Bookkeeping Description Type = Registration Details $35 US FUNDS Description Type = Installation Details No special instructions. The following files are necessary for operation: BKKP2SW.EXE, SUMMARY.DAT JAN.DAT, FEB.DAT, MAR.DAT, APR.DAT MAY.DAT, JUN.DAT, JUL.DAT, AUG.DAT SEP.DAT, OCT.DAT, NOV.DAT, DEC.DAT Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special instructions Description Type = Permissions No restrictions CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business The Video Store 2.0 2.0 Video Rental POS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Software Store Products, Inc. P.O. Box 562 Oakdale, NY 11769-0562 Telephone: 516-244-6927 Fax: 516-567-5563 Description Type = Short Description THE VIDEO STORE 2.0 A video rental store POS system that is very powerful and simple to use. Supports customers, inventory, sales, salesmen, products & rentals, payments, late fees, and is network ready. Supports popular POS hardware. Invoices may be customized and supports US & foreign countries. Shareware. Description Type = Long Description The Video Store may be used for any video rental business. Keeping the clerk in mind, the software is very simple to learn and use. It supports customers, salesmen, inventory, invoices, sales & rentals, receivables, late charges, custom report writer, letters, mailmerges, appt scheduler, online help, mouse support, and is network ready. The user can design custom forms and most POS hardware is supported. US & Foreign countries supported. Description Type = Keywords VIDEO,STORE,RENTALS,POS Description Type = Registration Details VIDEO,STORE,RENTALS,POS Description Type = Vendor Instructions Distribute file VIDEO20B.ZIP on any type of media that is desired. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from Software Store Products, Inc. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business ThunderBar 0.4 TSR to print CODE 39 Bar Codes anywher Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Larry Pendarvis Binary Systems P.O Box 1621 Brandon, FL 33509-1621 Description Type = Short Description ThunderBar v0.4 <ASP> ------ A TSR (memory-resident) program which lets you print CODE 39 Bar Codes wherever you want them. ThunderBar works with whatever word processor or database program you already use. It allows side-by-side (2-up, 3-up, 4-up, etc.) labels on most printers. ThunderBar takes up only 3K of memory. Description Type = Keywords BarCode,Bar,Code,Label Description Type = Registration Details $35 for commercial & government users; free to individuals CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business TickleX (ver 6.6) 6.6 The ultimate schedular for DOS/Windows Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: Richard Kelly Integra Computing 910 Cobb Place Manor Drive Marietta, GA 30066 Telephone: 404-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description TICKLEX: Superb scheduler for DOS/Windows. "Best buy" -- "the ultimate" -- "far and away the most powerful" -- "the best of the systems that cost under $1000". Beyond these quotes from reviews describing TickleX, what more need be said? Simply that no other pro- gram at any price offers as much personal or office scheduling power as TickleX, whether on a single machine or local area network. Automated MS Windows installation included. Description Type = Long Description "best buy" -- "the ultimate" -- "far and away the most powerful" -- "the best of the systems that cost under $1000". Beyond these quotes from reviews describing TICKLEX, what more need be said? Simply that, if you need something scheduled, TickleX can handle it like no other program. It will keep track of up to 200 people's appointments and deadlines, print a schedule for any period of time you desire, keep a "to-do" list of deadlines, and chart the projected course of any projects that you handle. Alarms, numerous report formats, a stopwatch, holidays, optional religious events, an income/expense log, and many other features round out this robust software. Network-ready and capable of being optionally used as a TSR, TickleX will out-schedule every other program, regardless of source or price. Especially if you're used to one of those cute but cumbersome Windows-based schedulers, you'll be delighted with TickleX's breadth of scope, speed, and ease of use. Automated Windows installation included. Description Type = Keywords Calendar, Scheduler, PIM, TickleX Description Type = Registration Details $60 per workstation Description Type = Installation Details FOR BBS USERS: Create a MANAGEX directory on your hard disk. Copy the TICKLX66.ZIP archive file into it. Then unzip the files contained in that archive. Finally, follow the instructions in the just-extracted README.DOC file. FOR DISKETTE DISTRIBUTEES: Assuming that your hard disk is drive C, place this diskette into drive A and enter "A:INSTALL A: C:". Description Type = Vendor Instructions BBS OPERATORS: Please offer your callers the ZIP file found in the ZIP sub- directory and, if possible, the brief instructions found in the InstallationInstructions section above. Thanks. DISKETTE DISTRIBUTORS: Please distribute a single diskette containing the EXE and BAT files found in the VENDOR subdirectory of this CD. Both files will fit onto a diskette as small as 360K. If you distribute this program on a high density diskette that contains other prog- rams, please ensure that this program's EXE and BAT files are placed into the same subdirectory and that that subdirectory contains files for no other program. You may help in prevent user errors if you include on the diskette label the simple note found in the InstallationInstructions section above. Thanks. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business TimeCapture 2.42 2.42 Time clock program with "reminder" Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Paul Reaver Versatile Software Solutions PO Box 147 Fairborn, OH 45324 Telephone: (513) 878-0315 Description Type = Short Description TimeCapture, Version 2.42, 10/25/93, is an easy-to-use employee time clock with a password-protected file manager. It ensures employees remember to record all times by "reminding" them when they forget. At your discretion, you can allow employees to log in "forgotten" times themselves. Context-sensitive help screens throughout. Uncomplicated yet full-featured. By Versatile Software Solutions, Inc. (ASP) Description Type = Long Description TimeCapture is an easy-to-use employee time clock with a password protected file manager that eliminates the hassle of collecting and totaling employee hours. Ensures employees remember to record all times by "reminding" them when they forget. At your discretion, you can allow employees to record "forgotten" times themselves. The program tracks these self-recorded times so you know how often it happens. You can add times for when employees are not actually at your office or workplace (attending seminars, etc). Files are fully editable. Prints employee hours summary reports in selectable formats. May be useful for consultants to capture project times. Context-sensitive help screens throughout. Uncomplicated yet full-featured! (ASP) Description Type = Keywords TIMECAPTURE, TIME, CLOCK, TIMECARD, EMPLOYEE, PAYROLL, HOURS, SHAREWARE, ASP Description Type = Registration Details $59.00 plus $1.00 shipping and handling ($3.00 outside U.S.) Description Type = Installation Details Unzip file to its own directory. Look at the information in the README.COM file for quick start instructions. There are some simple steps shown there that must be performed before the program will function correctly. Just type README and press Enter to view it. You can view the on-disk manual by typing MANUAL and pressing Enter. Description Type = Permissions Restrictions: Shareware versions of TimeCapture may be freely distributed, subject to the following restrictions: 1. TimeCapture must be distributed without modification, in its entirety. This includes the following files: CLOCK.EXE TC.EXE HELPFILE.DBF HELPFILE.DBT MANUAL.COM VENDOR.DOC SYSOP.DOC README.COM INFO.TXT 2. TimeCapture may not be distributed by any for-profit entity which fails to disclose the following points somewhere in their literature: The fee paid by the customer for an evaluation diskette or CD-ROM is a distribution fee, and does not cover the cost of the program itself. Additional payment (the registration fee) to Versatile Software Solutions, Inc. is required if a program is used beyond the 30-day evaluation period. However, TimeCapture cannot be sold as part of some other inclusive package, or included in any commercial software packaging offer, without a written agreement from Versatile Software Solutions, Inc. 3. TimeCapture is not to be used as an enticement to purchase another product without written agreement from Versatile Software Solutions,Inc. 4. TimeCapture is not to be packaged for sale with its reference manual, or other supporting documentation, pre-printed for the end-user. 5. You may not list TimeCapture in advertisements, catalogs, or other literature which describes it as "FREE SOFTWARE". As indicated below, shareware is "Try-Before-You-Buy" software; it is not free. 6. TimeCapture is not to be "rented" or leased. 7. You must immediately stop distribution of TimeCapture if we ask you to do so. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Versatile Software Solutions, Inc. _______ ____|__ | (R) --| | |------------------- | ____|__ | Association of | | |_| Shareware |__| o | Professionals -----| | |--------------------- |___|___| MEMBER Vendors who wish to distribute the TimeCapture package as part of a collection may do so provided that all the other restrictions are met. The TimeCapture package may be distributed as part of a "Disk-of-the-Month" style of distribution. We urge all parties who distribute Shareware to help educate the public about the true nature of shareware. Shareware is a form of distribution, not a type of software. It is software that is marketed on a "Try-Before-You-Buy" principle, and is NOT free. These distribution restrictions apply to anyone who wishes to distribute TimeCapture, whether they be commercial vendors, user groups, BBS operators, or individuals. All parties are hereby given permission to capture screen shots of TimeCapture for use in catalogs or newsletters listing or reviewing our product. Please identify the image in some way as being from TimeCapture. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Timeclock I 2.4S PC/LAN Replacement for Mech. Timeclock Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Richard Faught Faught Data Systems, Inc. 2151 Oakland Road #24 P.O. Box 361927 Milpitas, CA 95035 Telephone: 408-394-4837 Fax: 408-577-0198 Description Type = Short Description TIMECLOCK I v2.4S <ASP> - PC and LAN ready Employee Timeclock. Eliminates timecard tab- ulation. Adds..Kybd/Barcode input, Bulletin board, Emp. messages, Status Board, Post- facto entry, Job/Client labor report, Over- time calc. Tracks Sick, Vac., Hol. time. Exports avail. Registration Bonus to users. Faught Data Systems, Inc. $79.95 Description Type = Long Description If keeping track of employee and project hours is important in your business, don't settle for a timeclock..use Timeclock I. Timeclock I not only logs your employees' "in" and "out", it tabulates their hours automatically at end of each pay period. And unlike manual methods, it never makes a mistake! Entries can be made from the keyboard or a barcode scanner. It's so easy for emploees to use. If your networked they just type PUNCH and an ID code right from their workstations. Captures every billable hour. If your tracking time by project or client simply enter a name/code with any punch and Timeclock I logs employee hours by project too. No other recordkeeping needed! Delivers messages! Send general announcements over the program's bulletin board, or enter private message of up to 80 characters for individual employees. They'll get their messages when they "punch". Employees can use the on-screen timecard to see their hours and you can use the status board to see who's in or out. Calculates overtime and premium time, tracks sick leave, vacations and holidays and can round off to the nearest tenth or quarter of an hour. Saves hundreds of dollars compared to other systems (or manual methods). Try it, you'll like it. Description Type = Keywords TIMECLOCK, TIME, CLOCK, TIMECARD, TIMEKEEPING Description Type = Registration Details $79.95 Description Type = Installation Details TimeClock I can be installed in just a few minutes. If you are an experienced PC user, just make a new directory (typically TC) and copy on the distribution data files from the expanded TC24S.??? file. You can enter COPY PACKING.LST PRN to print a list of the files. 1. Enter COPY *.DOC PRN to print the users manual and supporting files. (Last count was less than 30 pages) 2. Execute the TC.EXE program. (This will create the files DAILY.DAT, MASTER.DAT and EMPLOYEE.DAT as well as their associated key files. 3. Proceed with the SETUP instructions in the manual and you are ready to go. Note! The TimeClock program will open 13 files. Your CONFIG.SYS file should have a FILES= statement with at least this number. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Please see file VENDOR.DOC Description Type = Permissions Please see files VENDOR.DOC, SYSOP.DOC, LICENSE.DOC CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Total Financial S/W 2.3 Total Financial Calculation Software Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Charlton Woolard 17280 Anna St. Southfield, MI 48075-2936 Telephone: (313) 557-3766 Description Type = Short Description Financial calculations and simple analysis for small businesses. Every conceivable calculation including loan/lease values, IRR,mortgage, annuities, insurance calculations, buy vs rent, break-even, foreclosures, present/future value, depreciations, bonds, time-share values, and much much more! Description Type = Long Description Far more than a loan amortization package, FINANCE 101 is a comprehensive and friendly "wants you to know-everything" package. With over 70 calculations available covering every conceivable "what-if?". Special strengths in it's easy Q&A approach, it's Real estate section, and its "print anything from anywhere" capability. A crown jewel is its multiple loan payoff strategy feature...I'm sure the banks don't want you to learn too much about this one. Excellent documentation throughout the package to walk you through each option, as well as a refreshingly clear README file. . handles advanced payments . calculates actual payment dates . retains your last entries for repeat recall . has a built-in calender for all time . handles any number of payments per year . relieves you of having to repeat same entries . flexible compounding periods . you can evaluate 5 different amortization schemes (including rule-of-78, graduated payments, interest only, declining balance) . evaluates the effective value of any insurance policy . straight forward without financial mumbo-jumbo lingo "FINANCE 101 leads you by the hand through the information gathering process. ... Finance 101 works splendidly..." by PCM Magazine. What Finance 101 can do for you: ACQUIRING ITEMS . Full loan amortization schedules . Calculates actual payment dates . Normal amortization, balloon payment, declining payment, rule of 78, graduated payments, interest only . Nominal rate & effective rate . Calculates the missing variable . Accepts any number of payments per year . Determines multiple loan pay-off strategies . Lease valuations . Buy vs Rent analysis SAVINGS PLANNING . Retirement planning - annuity payout & total value . Future value on series of deposits . Time to reach target savings . Determine the right Investment Device for you . Required deposits for FUTURE AMOUNT . Requred investment for SERIES OF WITHDRAWALS . TIME TO DEPLETE investment amount . Required withdrawals for TARGET TIME FRAME BUSINESS DECISIONS . Company acquisitions (public companies with stocks) . Business financial performance analysis . Internal rate of return . MAKE vs BUY analysis . Corporate BUY vs LEASE analysis . Break⌐even analysis INSURANCE EVALUATIONS . Insurance valuations and comparisons - TERM, WHOLE LIFE, LIMITED PAYMENT, ENDOWMENT REAL ESTATE . Blended mortgages . Refinancing evaluation . True APR . Lease options . Mortgage qualification . Building cost proposals . Foreclosures . Evaluating bank notes . Real estate considerations . Real estate terminology GENERAL CALCULATIONS . Present and Future value of amount or series of payments . Cash Flow valuations . Depreciation comparisons - straight line, declining balance, ACRS, sum of years, etc. . Rates - effective from nominal, APR, true rate after inflation, rate of depreciation, fixed vs variable . Salvage value . Bonds - price, yield, coupon interest payments . Earned interest tables REMOTE COMMUNICATIONS/MATH TOOLS: . Remote communications . Statistics . Linear regression analysis . Simultaneous equations . Greatest common denominator . Formula Calculator ╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨ BENEFITS !!! ╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥ Know the impact of any loan before you sign. Never be taken again by clever amortization schemes. Students never miss a Finance problem again. Learn to pay-off your loans faster WITHOUT increasing your payments. When is it really better to lease? Calculate the true value of any lease. How much is that financial gift really worth? Due to program memory requiements further information may be provided from the author Description Type = Keywords loan, amortization, Finance, payments, lease, value, rent, buy, business, calculation, re-finance, mortgage, foreclosure, property, Real-Estate, agents, lenders, rate Description Type = Registration Details $39 Description Type = Permissions Unlimited number of lines deffning vendor CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Tracks 4000 Stocks Downloads & Analyzes 4000 Stocks Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Charlton Woolard 17280 Anna St. Southfield, MI 48075-2936 Telephone: (313) 557-3766 Description Type = Short Description Downloads and analyzes up to 4000 stocks from the Dow Jones News Service. Performs analysis that recommends when to buy/sell. Maintains several reportcards on itself to convince you of its accuracy over time. Forecast accuracy has been running over 83% consistently! Produces, tables, graphs, and pie charts to let you know what's HOT and what's NOT. How can any independent investor be without this one? Description Type = Long Description 4,000 STOCKS !!! Imagine having immediate insight on 4,000 stocks! Most other investment software packages allow you to retrieve 20 or so quotes from Dow Jones and then produce elaborate graphs for you to guess at what to do next !? Invest? Sell? Hope? SMARTBROKER tracks up to 4000 stocks, downloads quotes from Dow Jones quickly and efficiently to save on-line cost, analyzes the data qualitatively and quantitatively, and does what no other software has attempted to do... Recommends what to do next and tells you how confident it is. You'll not only save time from having to make sense of all those confusing charts, you'll become an expert on what to do when, why, and with what stocks. WHEN TO DOWNLOAD STOCK QUOTES It is recommended that you download stock quotes from the Dow Jones News Service every weekend (preferably after Friday's closing), or daily (5 days per week). Of course, you may update your stock list, view reports, update your responses to environmental questions and run new analyses anytime you like. MENU DRIVEN MARTBROKER is menu driven; allowing you to: - Configure your system - Update the list of stocks you are tracking... Add or Delete a stock symbol - Use advanced communications allowing you to retrieve recent quotes from Dow Jones News Service - Assess world circumstances for SMARTBROKER'S qualitative evaluation - Analyze and recommend stock plays - View reports When SmartBroker first begins, a prognostic system check is initiated which will alert you of any foreseeable problems. If you do not have communications capability due to an absence of a communications port, a message will appear to alert you to this fact. Peripherals, such as your printer and your modem, will be pulsed to determine if they are on or working properly. All data files will be searched to assure that all files exist. If any file is missing, SmartBroker will alert you of its absence and provide you with storage information in case there is not enough room on your disk. All files in the current directory will be checked to determine if they are "hidden" from the user interface system, and your system will be analyzed to determine its color capabilities. Selecting "S" from the Master Menu allows you to set SmartBrokers' System Parameters. Most of which are related to its powerful communications capabilities. With the exception of your access phone number and your password, SmartBroker frees you from having to memorize the various parameters by offering them to you in a multiple-choice format. Simply press the space bar and a new parameter appears. Hit return and SmartBroker will accept the parameter you chose. NOTE: If you hit space and nothing happens, hit space again. There are 17 categories: COMMUNICATION MODE: Automatic, Log-On Only, Manual Automatic - performs all communications necessary to download stock data from Dow Jones News/Retrieval Service. You will need to have already entered and stored your password and a local access phone number. Log-On Only- performs automatic log-on to DJNS. Leaves user in Manual Mode after log-on is complete. Manual - basic communications capability - no automatic transfer of data. You will have to type all data to be transmitted. However, you can use this feature to communicate with any service or any other computer for any purpose. Essentially you have multi-purpose communications software when in this mode. Due to program restaints further information may be acquired from the author. Description Type = Keywords loan, amortization, Finance, payments, lease, stocks, ROI, value, buy, business, calculation, re-finance, options, invest, property, Real-Estate, agents, lenders, rate Description Type = Registration Details $95 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Trench Estimating 1.08s Contactors' Trench Estimating Program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ken Mashburn MKM Software 2812 Ingrid Lane Metairie, LA 70003 Telephone: (504) 885-7470 Description Type = Short Description Contractors' Trench Estimating Program for material, production and labor costs for multi-layered trenches. Track as many projects as you like with no limit to the number of trenches per project. Modify and re-calculate bids in seconds. Produces summary and detail reports per project per trench. ASP Shareware v1.08s Description Type = Long Description Trench is designed for General and Electrical Contractors to estimate material, production and labor costs of multi-layered trenches for the quick preparation of bids. You can track any number of projects and you can enter any number of trenches per project. Costs can be customized per project. Modifications are easily done and revised estimates can be viewed and printed within seconds. Reports include detailed descriptions of each trench and a summary report of all trenches for a given project. A network version is available from MKM Software for registered users. <ASP> Shareware Description Type = Keywords CONTRACTOR,TRENCH,ESTIMATING Description Type = Registration Details $65.00 Description Type = Installation Details 1 Make sure you are in the 'root' directory of your hard drive, type: CD \ <Enter> 2 Make a directory on your hard drive called Trench. MD Trench <Enter> 3 Move to the Trench directory. CD Trench <Enter> 4 Copy the file TRENCH18.ZIP into the Trench directory. COPY TRENCH18.ZIP \Trench <Enter> 5 Unpack the TRENCH18.ZIP file by typing: PKUNZIP TRENCH18.ZIP <Enter> You will notice that the Trench program now uncrunches and installs in your Trench Directory. When this is done, you can get rid on the install file on your hard drive (carefully) by entering this command: DEL TRENCH18.ZIP <Enter> 6 Start the program by typing TRENCH <Enter> Description Type = Vendor Instructions This is a full functioning version of Trench. It is not crippled, time-trapped or nobbled in any way. The registered version of the program has the shareware sign-on screen removed and contains a utility for backing up and restoring data. Description Type = Permissions Any CATALOG vendor or BBS has permission to distribute this program, provided you stay within the guidelines established by the Association of Shareware Professionals. The program must be distributed unaltered and with all files included in the original package. CD-ROM distributors MUST receive written permission from MKM Software to distribute TRENCH. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Truck Data System 6.1 Complete vehicle maintenance records Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: James H. Wilson TLC Software 570 Cash Rd. P.O. Box 1229 Ashville, AL 35953-1229 Telephone: 205-594-5711 Fax: 205-594-5711 Description Type = Short Description TLC's The TRUCK DATA SYSTEM, a Complete vehicle maintenance records. Repairs, fuel, inspections, permit and tag expirations, inventory control, work orders, tire tracking, odometer changes. Backup routine, vehicle part specs. Menu driven, Network version available. ASP Description Type = Long Description TLC's The TRUCK DATA SYSTEM, a Complete vehicle maintenance records. Repairs, fuel, inspections, permit and tag expirations, inventory control, work orders, tire tracking, odometer changes. BACKUP routine, vehicle part specs. Menu driven - fill in the blanks. Network version available. Many printed reports mostly can be on screen. Setups for most any printer. Runs in extended memory if available but will run in conventional. Must use EASY install routine. Install on any valid drive, most any directory. Registration includes printed 100+ page user manual. ASP member James H. Wilson Description Type = Keywords ASP, TRUCKS, VEHICLES, MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, FUEL Description Type = Registration Details $125 plus $5 shipping (US dollars) Description Type = Installation Details The TRUCK DATA SYSTEM must be installed using the included EASY install program. Installs from any valid drive to any valid hard drive in YOUR directory. The installation creates the necessary directory and expands the program, data files and indices to that directory. Can modify your config.sys file if needed (your choice). Can be installed on a DOS network file server. A network version is available for multi users. Description Type = Vendor Instructions To distribute the program on a diskette, copy the file TLC610.ZIP or the unzipped content of that file to a 720K (or 1.2 or 1.4M) diskette. That ZIP file contains all of the files including a specific routine to install the program and files. Just unzip the file TLC610 to a temporary directory. (If the unzipped files are distributed, you can run the install routine from that diskette.) From that temporary directory, (or the diskette with the unzipped files) use the command: INSTALL The program will be installed in a default C:\VEHICLES but user can enter another drive or directory during the installation. Please DO NOT change the install program or substitute a different routine. The program and files must be installed properly or the program will not work. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM publisher, etc. may freely distribute this program without obtaining further permission from TLC Software but ONLY IF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE MET: The file TLC610.ZIP or the content of the file TLC610.ZIP will be distributed in its' complete and unmodified form. That such distribution must BOLDLY declare and describe the nature of Shareware as a distribution method; including the fact that any charge for the medium used to distribute the program is not a registration fee for the use of the program; and that the owner of the copyright of the program is to be paid the prescribed user fee if the program is used beyond the evaluation period. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business US ZIP CODES 1.1 US ZIP CODES - SMALL AND FAST. Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Kevin B. Solway Kevin Solway P.O. Box 207 St. Lucia Brisbane, Queensland, 4067 Australia Description Type = Short Description Quick information on U.S zip codes, compacted into a small file. You are provided with ZIP codes, place and state names for over 46,000 locations in the United States. Very fast searching. Description Type = Keywords Post, postal, zip, codes. Description Type = Registration Details USD$10 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip uszc11.zip using the program PKUNZIP.EXE CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business UnderBar 2.7 TSR to print POSTNET Bar Codes unde ad Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Larry Pendarvis Binary Systems P.O Box 1621 Brandon, FL 33509-1621 Description Type = Short Description UnderBar v2.7 <ASP> - a TSR (memory-resident) program which prints an 11-digit Delivery Point Bar Code under any address which ends in a ZIP+4 code. UnderBar is totally automatic and works with whatever word processor, mailing list, or database program you already use. Works with Epson printers, IBM ProPrinters, and LaserJets. Registration: none required for individuals; $35.00 for Commercial and Government users. Description Type = Long Description POSTNET,Postal,BarCode,Bar,Code,Mail,Mailing,Envelope,Label Description Type = Keywords $35 for commercial & government users; free to individuals CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business VNSYS PLUS 2.7 Vehicle Management System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ed Trujillo Contact Plus Corporation P.O. Box 372577 Satellite Beach, FL 32937-0577 Telephone: 407-779-4900 Fax: 407-779-3311 Description Type = Short Description VMSYS PLUS 2.7 vehicle management system. Keeps track of 2 vehicles. Includes: mileage graph, MPG graph, warranty expiration, trip logs, oil change history, repair history, graphs, reports. Miles and Kilometres scale (S.I. standard). By Contact Plus Corp. Description Type = Long Description VMSYS PLUS 2.7 vehicle management system. Keeps track of 2 vehicles. Includes: mileage graph, MPG graph, warranty expiration, trip logs, oil change history, repair history, graphs, reports. Miles and Kilometres scale (S.I. standard). By Contact Plus Corp. Description Type = Keywords fleet,vehicle,auto,maintenance,engine,warranty,oil,gas,fuel,car Description Type = Registration Details $50.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply unzip the enclosed file into an empty sub-directory and enter the command "V" to start. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to distribute VMSYS PLUS 2.7 as long as the program files and descriptions are not modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business WINBOND for EE bonds 3.2 Windows program to track Series EE bon Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Bob Stech 5454 Kellogg Ct. Willoughby, OH 44094 Telephone: (216) 944-6443 Description Type = Short Description WINBOND V3.2 is a WINDOWS application to track and valuate Series EE bonds. Provides import capabilities to convert from other files, multiple bond files capabilities, owner info, up-to-date bond redemption tables issued by the Department of the Treasury, and reporting, including a 20 year projection of bond values. Sold bond history can also be maintained. Redemption rates starting with NOV 1993. Description Type = Long Description WINBOND is a Windows application to track and valuate Series EE savings bonds. The program provides for mulitiple bond files if desired. Several viewing options are available to view current bond values, interest earned and a special option to project bond values over the next 20 years starting with current actual bond value. Owner information may be entered and reported if desired. Department of the Treasury tables are provided. Sold bonds are also maintained if desired and interest earned history can be kept. Capability to create ASCII report files or printed reports is provided, and these file can be printed or loaded in a word processor. An import function is provided to convert any current bond files to this programs' format from an ASCII file or report. Bond redemption tables are provided as issued by the Department of the Treasury and these tables are updated every six months (the ability is provided to maintain these files yourself, if desired). Description Type = Keywords bonds,series ee,finance,earnings,money,track Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details To install WINBOND, create a subdirectory and copy all the included files into this subdirectory. Copy the file VBRUN300.DLL, distributed separately, to this same subdirectory. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business What Vehicle History 2.4z Mechanical device maint. tracking/bill Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Angel Babudro "Organic Computer Wizardry" P.O. Box 132 Paonia, CO 81428 Telephone: 303-527-6756 Description Type = Short Description WHAT VEHICLE HISTORY? v2.4z for MS/PC-DOS Maintenance history tracking, reporting, and billing plus parts inventory. Tracks one or a fleet of mechanical devices (cars, trucks, tractors, etc.); mechanics, departments, cost of parts, labor, etc. *NEW* Corrected printer drivers; added phone # to Customers For $99 registration fee you get a 150+ page manual including mini computer course, the latest version, and unlimited tech support. Description Type = Long Description WVH is designed for companies with fleets of vehicles or for shops which maintain other peoples' vehicles. Just about anything that is tracked by hours or miles can be entered into WVH - cars, trucks, tractors, big rigs, power generators, etc. WVH lets you set up four data bases: ■ Customers (or departments or divisions within a company) ■ Mechanics ■ Service types (brakes, mufflers, electrical, etc.) ■ Vehicles ■ (A parts vendor data base is being designed and will be released in 1995) Once you have placed the necessary information in WVH you can enter maintenance information about vehicles and print reports. WVH will also print billing statements and keep track of which items are billed and un-billed. A maintenance record includes labour, parts, and comments. You can set your local tax rate for parts and flat rate or hourly rate figures for each type of service, and you can over-ride any of these settings as desired. In the area of inventory, WVH offers a flexible and thorough system which is still new and growing. You can code your inventory any way you want - using letters and/or numbers. WVH will keep track of the last four purchase prices, last four purchase orders, and four selling prices (Standard plus Alternate 1, 2, and 3 "jobber" prices). When you enter a customer you tell WVH which price level to use or you can use "Cost plus Overhead" for sales between departments/divisions of a company or to other retailers. WVH was designed to be used by mechanics - not computer programmers. In fact, it's initial design was done by a mechanic for a major construction firm in Las Vegas. Since that time school bus companies, taxi companies, independent shops, and others in the USA and Canada have begun to use WVH to track their maintenance records. For the registration fee of $99 you will receive: ■ The latest version on the disk type of your choice with automated installation ■ 150+ page 3-ring-bound manual with mini computer course in hardware, software, and DOS ■ Bonus Shareware and Freeware ■ Unlimited technical support via phone (during business hours), mail, or E-Mail. ■ FREE UPDATES from bulletin board systems - you need only buy a registration key once. Updates through the mail from any version to the current version are just FOUR DOLLARS. Description Type = Keywords vehicle,service,maintenance,history,car,truck,tractor, big rig,billing,mechanic,shop,repair,automotive Description Type = Registration Details $99 Description Type = Installation Details You may use the INSTALL programme or do the following: 1. Make a directory for the package (for example, "MD \WVH") 2. Go to that directory (e.g., "CD \WVH") 3. Extract the archive (e.g., "PKUNZIP A:WVH24Z") 4. Type "WVH" and set your Preferences. Installing on Floppy Disk WVH can be run from a 720k (or greater) floppy disk although it will run very slowly as its primary function is working with disk files. Thus, for serious use a hard disk is highly recommended. You will need two disk drives to install to floppy disk. Place the original WVH disk in A: and a blank disk in B:, then: 1. Go to the blank disk (e.g., "B:" then press ENTER) 2. Extract the archive (e.g., "PKUNZIP A:WVH24Z"). The entire package is about 770k, but there are many files which are not needed for the programme to run (such as the documentation). See the PACKING.LST file for a list of files which may be erased from the working disk. 3. Go to the programme disk (e.g., "A:" then press ENTER) 4. Type "WVH" and set your Preferences. Description Type = Vendor Instructions CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS SOFTWARE MAY BE COPIED AND DISTRIBUTED: Individual users may freely copy this disk and share it with friends, family, and acquaintances. Non-profit groups (including user groups and BBSs) may distribute copies of this disk. A fee of no more than $5 may be charged to cover disk copying costs. If the files on this disk have dates more than a year old please contact the author for a free update to the current version. Disk distributors and dealers must have written permission before selling copies of this software. When you contact me you will receive a free copy of the latest version and you will be placed on my mailing list to receive updates as they are released. Disk distributors may charge no more than $10 per disk for copies of this software. If, as a distributor, you supply copies to other resellers, the end price to the user may not exceed $10. ll files originally distributed as part of the package (including this notice) must be included without modification. The complete list of files can be found in the PACKING.LST file which is part of this package. You must obtain written permission prior to distribution as part of any "bundled" packages (e.g., CD-ROM, placing on new computer systems, etc.) - I want to be sure you have the latest version. If the software is packaged for retail sale the packaging must explain that the software is Shareware, that the purchaser is receiving a trial version, and that use beyond the trial period requires registration with the author. You must immediately stop selling/distributing copies of this software upon notice from the author. A Description Type = Permissions The Unregistered Edition of WVH may be used for evaluation purposes for 60 days, after which time the REGISTERED Edition must be purchased or the use of the Unregistered Edition discontinued. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business WinGRAB with WinGDB 2.0 Contact Mgr, Envelopes & Labels for Wi Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Paul Mayer ZPAY Payroll Systems, Inc. 2526 69th Ave So St. Petersburg, FL 33712-5631 Telephone: (813) 866-8233 Fax: (813) 866-8034 Description Type = Short Description WinGRAB & WinGDB v2.0 - <ASP> A contact manager as well as a label and envelope printer for Windows. Dials the phone, keeps track of the calls made and those you have to make. Prints envelopes and labels complete with postnet bar codes. Will manage your mail merge files and can import from dbASE or ascii files. Many features make this a hot item! SW Reg is $39.95. Description Type = Long Description WinGRAB & WinGDB v2.0 - <ASP> A contact manager as well as a label and envelope printer for Windows. Dials the phone, keeps track of the calls made and those you have to make. Prints envelopes and labels complete with postnet bar codes. Will manage your mail merge files and can import from dbASE or ascii files. Powerful filter will show all calls to be made today on-screen so you can work down the list. At the click of a mouse you can see who you have to call the next day or who you called today or the calls you made in the last week. Logs calls made to disk for future reference. Envelope addressing feature can grab the address from your word processor or paste an address in from our database. This powerful package will make life much easier for you when you work in Windows.Many features make this a hot item! SW Reg is $39.95. Description Type = Keywords WINDOWS,CONTACT,BUSINESS,ENVELOPES,LABELS,ZPAY Description Type = Registration Details $39.95 Description Type = Installation Details Run the INSTALL.EXE program to install WinGRAB and WinGDB. Description Type = Vendor Instructions The enclosed files can be used to create both high density as well as low density disks. For low density disks copy the SETUP.EXE, SETUP.INF, VENDOR.DOC and WG1.CMP files to disk one. Then copy WG2.CMP to disk two. For high density disks, simply copy all files to a single disk. Description Type = Permissions All shareware vendors and BBS systems may distribute our shareware programs providing they keep all of our files intact as they are. You must also explain the shareware concept to your customers. It is advisable to contact us to let us know that you are going to distribute our programs in order for us to insure that you receive the latest versions. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business WunderBar 4..6Aa TSR to print POSTNET Bar Codes anywher Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Larry Pendarvis Binary Systems P.O Box 1621 Brandon, FL 33509-1621 Description Type = Short Description WonderBar v4.6 <ASP>- a TSR (memory-resident) program which lets you print POSTNET bar codes wherever you want them: on mailing labels, letters, envelopes, etc. WonderBar works with whatever word processor, mailing list, or database program you already use. It allows side-by-side (2-up, 3-up, 4-up, etc.) labels, and 5- to 50-digit ZIP Codes. WonderBar takes up less than 3K of memory. Description Type = Keywords POSTNET,Postal,BarCode,Bar,Code,Mail,Mailing,Envelope,Label Description Type = Registration Details $35 for commercial & government users; free to individuals CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Yellow Sticky 4.0 YELLOW STICKY v4.00 <ASP> - A "To Do" Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Mike Henning Henning Associates Rt. 2, Box 526-A Crozet, VA 22932 Telephone: 800-823-6896 Fax: 800-823-6896 Description Type = Short Description YELLOW STICKY v4.00 <ASP> - A "To Do" manager for Windows 3.1. This is not a day planner, or scheduler but provides the user with an easy method for displaying tasks that need to be done and taking them from the list when they have been accomplished. A replacement for "Postit Notes" that are all over your desk. Features a current & previous month calendars. Uses Windows 3.1. Description Type = Long Description YELLOW STICKY v4.00 <ASP> - A "To Do" manager for Windows 3.1. This is not a day planner, or scheduler but provides the user with an easy method for displaying tasks that need to be done and taking them from the list when they have been accomplished. A replacement for "Postit Notes" that are all over your desk. Features a current & previous month window, a current date list of things to do, and a selected date list of things to do. Additionally the program provides the user with a done list that allows the user to see the items that have been deleted from the "to do" list. This software uses Windows 3.1. Description Type = Keywords Memo, To Do, List Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 US Description Type = Installation Details ===== Installation ===================================== Yellow Sticky for Windows Version 4.00 Installation: Insert the floppy disk in your disk drive. If the file is compressed, decompress the file using the appropriate decompression routine. From Windows: Select run from Program Manager "File". Type in A:INSTALL or B:INSTALL Enter. The installation program will initialize and give you the opportunity to select a program group name and a directory name. Click on Install. The program files will be copied to your hard disk and a new program group will be added to program manager. The program is now ready to run. (If you use a different Windows shell, then refer to your shell manual for installation of this software.) Description Type = Permissions LIMITED DISTRIBUTION LICENSE The following may distribute Yellow Sticky, completely unaltered, without further permission: ASP Member Vendors, ASP Member BBSs; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the Yellow Sticky package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Henning Associates Rt. 2 Box 526-A Crozet, VA 22932 804-823-6896. Henning Associates may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Henning Associates. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business ZIPPER Payroll 1.752 Payroll for small business Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ed Protas SOFTCRAFT 3612 122nd Place SE Everett, WA 98208-5647 Telephone: 206-728-8427 Fax: 206-337-1842 Description Type = Short Description ZIPPER PAYROLL ver 1.75 Ed Protas <ASP> - Payroll for small business with optional Quicken export. Includes 1994 tax tables. Easy error correction. Print checks, export to Quicken, or write them by hand. Prints W-2 & quarterly reports. Optional password with tattletale feature. Registration $67.00, includes 1 yr free tech support, next year tax tables, & printed User's Manual. Requires 640K, hard disk, & printer. Description Type = Long Description ZIPPER Payroll provides a simple yet powerful solution to a tedious business requirement. Features include: Optional export to Quicken; Menu driven with easy to follow screens and a natural progression; Context sensitive help at all menus; Does not require payroll, accounting, or computer experience; Handles hourly, salary, commission, and tips income; Includes federal and state tax tables, formulas, deductions and exemptions; Computes all payroll deductions (Federal, State, and Local withholding, FICA, FUTA, SUTA, SDI, and optional user defined payroll tax); Handles advances and union dues, holiday pay, and 401k; Computes and maintains sick pay, vacation pay, and advance balances; Print checks, export checks to Quicken, or write them by hand; Proof checks before they print; Undo all, or part of any payroll, at any time, without reversing entries; Prints checks, W-2 forms, quarterly reports, management and budget reports; Perform "what-if" payroll analysis to test the effects of payroll adjustments (control costs, bid jobs); Optional password security with "tattletale" feature; Supports all printers; Includes a complete on-disk user's manual; uses R:BASE file structure; Requires 640K and hard disk. Supports dot matrix and laser printers. Registration fee of $67.00 includes 1 year of free technical support, a printed User's Manual, tax table updates for following year, and other surprise goodies. Description Type = Keywords Payroll, Business, Accounting, Quicken, R:BASE,IRS, Paychecks Description Type = Registration Details $67.00 US Description Type = Installation Details Self-extracting archive file. Copy ZPACK17.EXE (ZIP) to hard disk drive; type "ZIPER175" (without quotes), and press ENTER. Description Type = Vendor Instructions See files VENDOR.DOC & SYSOP.DOC Description Type = Permissions See files VENDOR.DOC & SYSOP.DOC CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business ZIPPER W-2 1.0 W-2 Wage and Tax Statement processing Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ed Protas SOFTCRAFT 3612 122nd Place SE Everett, WA 98208-5647 Telephone: 206-728-8427 Fax: 206-337-1842 Description Type = Short Description ZIPPER W-2, V 1.0 <ASP> - Enter & print W-2's & W-3 forms. Simplifies end of year payroll processing for businesses and accountants. Unlimited companies & employees. Prints W-2's & W-3 on preprinted forms. Optional password security. Registration $29.00, incl 1 yr tech support, printed manual, & free forms. Req. 640K, hard disk, & dot matrix printer. SOFTCRAFT. 206-728-8427 Description Type = Long Description ZIPPER W-2 provides a simple solution to the annual requirement of issuing W-2 forms required by the Internal Revenue Service, and the Social Security Administration. W-2 information is entered directly into an on screen form that looks like the paper form. Data can be updated and printed at any time. When you are ready, this information gets printed onto preprinted, tractor feed, W-2 forms. ZIPPER W-2 automatically calculates sub-totals and totals as required. Automatically creates, summarizes and prints the W-3 as well. Supports all dot matrix printers. Registration fee of $29.00 plus $5.00 shipping & handling includes 1 year of free unlimited technical support, a printed User's Manual, 8 free W-2 forms, a free W-3 Summary form, and unlimited access to the shareware library maintained on the SOFTCRAFT BBS. The shareware version includes all features of the registered version. Description Type = Keywords W2, W-2, W3, W-3, Payroll, Business, Accounting, Tax, IRS Description Type = Registration Details $29.00 US Description Type = Installation Details Self-extracting archive file. Copy ZIPW210.EXE (ZIP) to hard disk drive; type "ZIPW210" (without quotes), and press ENTER. Description Type = Vendor Instructions See files VENDOR.DOC & SYSOP.DOC Description Type = Permissions See files VENDOR.DOC & SYSOP.DOC CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business ZeppeLAN 1.2 Novell netware utility Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Ed Trujillo Contact Plus Corporation P.O. Box 372577 Satellite Beach, FL 32937-0577 Telephone: 407-779-4900 Fax: 407-779-3311 Description Type = Short Description The shareware version of ZEP, includes several work station desktop apps, including shared printer selection, a telephone dialer, logging on and off the network, and sending one-line messages to other logged-on users or groups. By Contact Plus Corp. Description Type = Long Description ZeppeLAN (ZEP) is a program that allows a NetWare user to manage certain parts of the NetWare local area network (LAN) environment with less trouble than is usually required with the NetWare utility programs. You can run ZEP in one of two ways: as a memory-resident popup program or from the DOS command line. Both modes are functionally the same. The memory-resident mode is available from within other applications when you press a hot key. To run the command-line version, you must exit your application or shell out to the DOS prompt from within the application you are running. As an alternative, you can install the command-line ZEP program in a Windows or DesqView window or as a swapped task under the DOS 5 DOSSHELL program's task swapper. The shareware version of ZEP, which this document describes, includes several work station desktop applications, including shared printer selection, a telephone dialer, logging on and off the network, and sending one-line messages to other logged-on users or groups. The commercial version of ZEP, which you get when you register the shareware version, adds support for multiple file servers, allows you to capture the output of all your printer ports, and includes electronic memos between network users and on-line mapping of network drives to network directories. Description Type = Keywords novell,netware,network,utility,print Description Type = Registration Details $95.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply unzip the enclosed file into an empty sub-directory and enter the command "ZEP" to start. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to distribute ZeppeLAN 1.2 as long as the program files and descriptions are not modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Zhourneau (ver 1.6) 1.6 Terrific office schedular for DOS/Wind Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: Richard Kelly Integra Computing 910 Cobb Place Manor Drive Marietta, GA 30066 Telephone: 404-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description ZHOURNEAU: superb scheduler for busy offices. The Zhourneau user may view schedules for one person or everyone in the office. Likewise, free time can easily be found for one and all, and conflicts are brought to the user's attention. Deadlines not tagged as having been met are automatically dragged from one day to the next. Several views of the month, week, and day are available, as are numerous reports. MS Windows installation included. Description Type = Long Description Part of the PROSKED family of schedulers, Zhourneau is designed to handle the complicated scheduling needs of a busy office. The user may veiw schedules for one person or everyone in the office, Likewise, free time can easily be found for one and all, and potential scheduling conflicts are automatically brought to the user's attention. Deadlines not tagged as having been completed are automatically dragged from one day to the next. Several views of the month, week, and day are available, as are numerous printouts and other reports. Every type of recurring event (holiday, weekly meeting, birthday, etc.) is easily handled, and the program even offers the option of including its built-in Christian, Jewish, and Muslim calen- dars on the main display. Alarms, a stopwatch, a date interval calculator, and too many other features to list round out this robust software. ScheduLAN may be used as a normal DOS program or a pop-up TSR (occupying only 7K while in the background), or it may be run under MS Windows. Windows installation includedl Description Type = Keywords Calendar, Scheduler, PIM, Zhourneau, Professional, Office Description Type = Registration Details $55.00 Description Type = Installation Details FOR BBS USERS: Create a PS directory on your hard disk. Copy the ZHORNO16.ZIP archive file into it. Then unzip the files contained in that archive. Finally, follow the instructions in the just-extracted README.DOC file. FOR DISKETTE DISTRIBUTEES: Assuming that your hard disk is drive C, place this diskette into drive A and enter "A:INSTALL A: C:". Description Type = Vendor Instructions BBS OPERATORS: This program is a part of the PROSKED family of schedulers, ranging from All-My-Days (for personal scheduling) through ScheduLAN (for handling a network-based scheduling needs). Please offer your callers the ZIP file found in the ZIP sub- directory and, if possible, the brief instructions found in the InstallationInstructions section above. Thanks. DISKETTE DISTRIBUTORS: This program is a part of the PROSKED family of schedulers, ranging from All-My-Days (for personal scheduling) through ScheduLAN (for handling a network-based scheduling needs). Please distribute a single diskette containing the EXE and BAT files found in the VENDOR subdirectory of this CD. Both files will fit onto a diskette as small as 360K. If you distribute this program on a high density diskette that contains other prog- rams, please ensure that this program's EXE and BAT files are placed into the same subdirectory and that that subdirectory contains files for no other program. You may help in prevent user errors if you include on the diskette label the simple note found in the InstallationInstructions section above. Thanks. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business Zip Finder II 1.05 Zip Finder II zip code directory Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: John C. Rigdon Eastern Digital Resources P.O. Box 1451 Clearwater, SC 29822-1451 Telephone: 803-593-0870 Fax: 706-737-2336 Description Type = Short Description Zip Finder ii is a complete city level zip code directory of over 42,000 zip codes which you can use to validate cities and zip codes and will save you a great deal of time when entering names and addresses because you won't have to type the city and state. Zip Finder ii is designed to integrate with INVOICE - IT, BLINC, AND TMLM. Description Type = Keywords mailing list, data base, Eastern, labels, zip codes, bar codes, postnet Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip the program in a directory on your hard drive, ZIPFIND. From within Windows, choose FILE - NEW - PROGRAM ITEM - OK. Type ZIP FINDER II - for description ZIPFINDR.EXE - for program name C:\ZIPFIND - for working directory Description Type = Permissions No restrictions on use. Vendors are encouraged to contact Eastern Digital Resources, PO Box 1451, Clearwater, SC 29822-1451 to be placed on our distribution list for latest releases. E-MAIL JOHNR238@AOL.COM CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business dIndex form system 2.5 dIndex label and form database system Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Lawes DL Technology P.O. Box 9 Buckhurst Hill Essex, IG9 5B UK Telephone: ++ 44 81-559-0049 Fax: ++ 44-81-502-9037 Description Type = Short Description Demonstration version. Database with extensive label/form design and printing facilities. Prints on single or multi-column labels. Demo version cannot save. Description Type = Long Description A powerful database system with extensive label/form design and printing facilities - allows printing of record data (including picture fields) along with text blocks, sequence numbers, pictures, boxes, lines, advance dates and (in Pro version) barcodes (fixed, sequential, or database field). Extensive database sorting and searching facilities. Database up to 16000 records, 100 fields per record. Import from spreadsheet, text files, etc; user-definable line, field and record separators. Forms up to 10 pages/labels. Prints to single or multicolumn labels - user definable sizes. Pro version has barcodes and full colour control. Barcode reader driver available, enables data input and/or data retrieval. Description Type = Keywords database,label,form,barcode Description Type = Registration Details $99/ú65 Description Type = Installation Details Copy the ZIP file to a temporary subdirectory and unzip it. Then from Windows run the INSTALL.EXE program created during unzipping. Installation creates a named subdirectory of the user's choice (which contains all components of the program) and an icon within Program Manager. After installation the subdirectory containing the unzipped ZIP file may be deleted. To unistall the program simply delete the subdirectory created by installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business dLetter for letters 2.5 Letter writing system for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Lawes DL Technology P.O. Box 9 Buckhurst Hill Essex, IG9 5B UK Telephone: ++ 44 81-559-0049 Fax: ++ 44-81-502-9037 Description Type = Short Description Demonstration version. Letter/document printing system, based on database; includes label/envelope printing. Prints stationery background including logos, text blocks, graphics, etc. Merge fields from database into letter text. Ideal for form letters and all office letters. Description Type = Long Description A versatile letter printing system complete with label or envelope printing facilities - allows printing of letters/documents along with text blocks, sequence numbers, graphics, advance dates and (in Pro version) barcodes. Letter text may contain merged fields from built in database. Database may contain upto 16000 records and 100 fields per record. Easy import from spreadsheet or wordprocessor; user-definable separators for line, field and record on import and export. Label printing on single- or multi-column labels or envelopes. Pro version include barcodes and full colour. Barcode reader driver available, enables data input and/or data retrieval Description Type = Keywords label,database,mail-merge,barcode Description Type = Registration Details $99/ú65 Description Type = Installation Details Copy the ZIP file to a temporary subdirectory and unzip it. Then from Windows run the INSTALL.EXE program created during unzipping. Installation creates a named subdirectory of the user's choice (which contains all components of the program) and an icon within Program Manager. After installation the subdirectory containing the unzipped ZIP file may be deleted. To unistall the program simply delete the subdirectory created by installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business dMAIL 6.0 Easy professional mailing list manager Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: Kuno Egger True North Computer Services 36 Adelaide Street East Adelaide PO Box 423 Toronto, ON M5C 2J5 CANADA Telephone: (416) 961-7810 Fax: (416) 961-7810 Description Type = Short Description DMAIL v6.0 - A very friendly mailing list manager with many advanced features. Easy to use with pull-down menus and online help. Import and export addresses. Print labels, envelopes and rolodex cards. Print PostNet bar codes. Use standard label sizes on either dot matrix or laser printers. Make master lists and sub-lists. Copy addresses between lists. Has user-defined field which can be printed with addresses. Description Type = Long Description FEATURES OF dMAIL dMAIL is an advanced mailing list system for all MS-DOS microcomputers. It has the following features: -> Uses pull-down menus and pop-up windows to maximize ease-of-use. -> Includes a built-in help system. Press the F1 key at any time for help. -> Includes user-defined fields that can be used for searches and sorts. -> Maintains any number of lists - limited only by disk space. -> Classifies addresses with key words or your own coding system. -> Sorts addresses on any of nine sort keys. -> Copies selected addresses from one list to another. -> Creates mailmerge data files for Wordperfect, Microsoft Word and Wordstar. -> Displays data in record view or table view. -> Imports addresses from text data files. -> Prints addresses on labels or directly on envelopes. -> Prints with any impact printer and HP LaserJet III or workalike. -> Prints U.S. Postnet bar codes on envelopes (HP LaserJet III). -> Sends any printer output to a text file. -> Automatically records mailing date when addresses are printed. -> Prints two types of quick reference lists. -> Includes a built-in backup and restore feature that makes backups easy. -> Performs duplicate checking. -> Uses dBASE compatible data files. -> Provides full support for color monitors. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS -> IBM-PC, PS/2, or compatible. -> A hard disk drive. -> 640 KB of memory. -> Any impact printer -> Optional - HP LaserJet III or work-alike laser printer. If your laser printer is not an HP look at your printer's manual to see if it has a LaserJet III emulation mode. OFFICE SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS -> Any of three standard tractor feed label sizes: - Three and a half by fifteen sixteenths (one up) Avery #M56151A - Four by one and seven sixteenths (one up) Avery #M64231A - Four by fifteen sixteenths (two up) Avery #M64152A -> Either of two laser printer label sizes: - Four inch by one inch (two up) Avery #5161, AL110 in Canada - Four inch by one and one third (two up) Avery #5162, AL125 in Canada -> Standard business size envelopes (COM10). -> Three by five inch tractor feed Rolodex cards. Description Type = Keywords MAILING LIST,LABEL,POSTNET,DATABASE,DMAIL Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 Description Type = Installation Details INSTALLING DMAIL: dMAIL is supplied as an archive file called "DMAIL52.ZIP". It contains all the files you need. Follow these steps to get a functioning system onto your hard drive: 1 - At the "C:>" prompt create a new directory on your hard drive: MD DMAIL <press enter> 2 - Using an archive un-packing utility, unpack the contents of DMAIL52.ZIP into the new directory. 3 - Check for a file called "CONFIG.SYS" in the root directory of the startup drive. If it is there it should contain the following statements with the minimum values shown: FILES = 20 BUFFERS = 8 You can see the contents of the file just by typing: TYPE CONFIG.SYS <press enter> If these statements are absent you can use any text editor to insert them. If the file does not exist, you can easily create one with the following steps: 1 - Go to the root directory: CD\ <press enter> 2 - Create a file called CONFIG.SYS and put the two lines in it: COPY CON CONFIG.SYS <press enter> FILES = 20 <press enter> BUFFERS = 8 <press enter> 3 - Close the file: <press F6 then press enter> Thats all! --------------------------------------------------------------- FILES SUPPLIED WITH DMAIL: DMAIL52.EXE The executable program DMAIL52.DBF A sample mailing list file 1 DMAIL52.DBT A sample mailing list File 2 DMAIL52.DOC The documentation DMHELP .DBF A Help system file DMHELP .DBT Another Help system file --------------------------------------------------------------- Description Type = Permissions There are no restrictions on distribution. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Business dPlot graph plotter 3.0 Technical graph plotting for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David Lawes DL Technology P.O. Box 9 Buckhurst Hill Essex, IG9 5B UK Telephone: ++ 44 81-559-0049 Fax: ++ 44-81-502-9037 Description Type = Short Description Demonstration version. Allows graphs to be created and printed or copied to clipboard for pasting into DTP applications. Demo version does not allow styles or data to be saved. Description Type = Long Description Scientific graph plotting package. Graphs may contain multiple axes, text blocks (with full font control), graphics and pictures (including other graphs). MDI-type windows for graph , file image, spreadsheet-type editor, linear least squares and polynomial analysis, and mouse input. Flexible data input, including copy from spreadsheet. Output to printer or clipboard. Professional version includes full colour control. Description Type = Keywords plotting,graphs Description Type = Registration Details $99/ú65 Description Type = Installation Details Copy the ZIP file to a temporary subdirectory and unzip it. Then from Windows run the INSTALL.EXE program created during unzipping. Installation creates a named subdirectory of the user's choice (which contains all components of the program) and an icon within Program Manager. After installation the subdirectory containing the unzipped ZIP file may be deleted. To unistall the program simply delete the subdirectory created by installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Calcultr FRACTION 1.0 Command Line FRACTION Calculator Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Mendel Cooper M/Cooper 3425 Chestnut Ridge Rd. Grantsville, MD 21536-9801 Telephone: (301) 895-4130 Description Type = Short Description FRACTION is a command line fraction calculator that supports the basic four math operators. C++ source, with Fraction class included. Freeware. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Calcultr Judy's TenKey 3.01 Powerful, configurable tape calculator Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Dan Stickel Judy's Applications 602 Valeri Ruth Court Santa Clara, CA 95050-5590 Telephone: 408-244-0744 Description Type = Short Description Powerful Windows calculator with nearly every feature imaginable, including a scrolling tape you can save, print, resize, and even edit (causing the tape to automatically recalculate); selectable syntax (normal, RPN, or tenkey adding machine); financial dialogs; customizable display; keep on top option; "Tip of the Day", and much more. You will never go back to the default Windows calculator. $19.95 Description Type = Long Description Judy's TenKey makes your calculations easier and more reliable. If you use the default Windows calculator, you'll find that Judy's TenKey gives you many advantages (see below). If you're still using an old-fashioned desktop calculator, you'll love the integration Judy's TenKey gives you with your other Windows applications. SCROLLING TAPE: Records your calculations in a scrolling list which you can save, print, and resize (a real help in keeping track of your calculations). You can also modify tape entries, causing the tape to recalculate, or reuse previous entries in new calculations (saving typing and reducing errors). SELECTABLE SYNTAX: Judy's TenKey can process numbers like a scientific calculator (RPN), an adding machine, or a normal calculator. If you are familiar with one and not another, you know how difficult and frustrating it can be to try to switch. Perfect for accountants, engineers, and you. CUSTOMIZABLE DISPLAY: You can decide how you want your TenKey to look (selecting from tape, memory, statistics, functions, trigonometry, finance, and number pad options), enabling you to optimize screen usage. Any TenKey function can always be activated via the keyboard regardless of the current display configuration. FINANCIAL CALCULATIONS: Judy's TenKey calculates monthly payments for most loans (e.g., cars, houses, etc.), expected investment growth, necessary retirement savings, inflation adjustment, and more. Its easy-to-use dialogs lead you through complex calculations, and records all responses on the tape (which you can later save, modify, etc.). STATISTICS: The scrolling tape provides a natural interface for statistical calculations, including average value, sum, or even standard deviation. Simply select the desired lines, then press the appropriate statistics button. KEEP ON TOP: You can set Judy's TenKey to stay on top of all other windows, so you quickly calculate something even when editing a document full-screen. DECIMAL SETTING: You can set Judy's TenKey to display the number of decimal positions you prefer, ranging from 0 to "as needed". In fact, you can configure Judy's TenKey to automatically insert the decimal point for you (a real favorite with professional accountants). If you frequently deal with money, you might want to set the decimals to 2 (for cents) or 0 (for dollars). INTELLIGENT COPY & PASTE: You can copy tape entries to other applications, including Microsoft Word, Excel, and Notepad. You can also paste input from these applications. If extraneous text and special formatting are mixed in with your numbers, Judy's TenKey uses heuristic reasoning to extract and interpret appropriate information. EXTRA TOUCHES: Judy's TenKey remembers your favorite screen position and displays itself there every time. It also uses thousands separators (e.g., "1,000,000" versus "1000000"), displays negative numbers in red, and allows you to use the backspace key to edit results for further calculation. Judy's TenKey provides an extensive help system, an introductory demonstration, and a "Tip of the Day" feature. BETTER PERFORMANCE: Judy's TenKey enables you to work faster and more reliably. Once you can see (and reuse!) the numbers in your calculations, you will never return to the default Windows calculator. Plus, Judy's TenKey uses a proprietary algorithm to ensure superior precision (try subtracting "750.35 - 750.30" using the Microsoft calculator: it doesn't work!). We're so sure that you'll love using Judy's TenKey that we invite you to try it for free. Simply send in the registration fee if you decide to keep it. Description Type = Keywords calculator,tenkey,tape,RPN,financial,statistics Description Type = Registration Details REGISTRATION: Judy's TenKey is provided as copyrighted software; the registration fee is a modest $19.95. Registered user receive the latest version of the program, as well as a free copy of Judy's CountDown (TM), a fun program that helps you track important dates. Description Type = Installation Details Run "install.exe" from the Windows File Manager. "Uninstall" option available from installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions We would appreciate copies of anything you print regarding Judy's TenKey. Please send us a copy of any reviews, articles, catalog descriptions, or other information you print or distribute regarding the Judy's TenKey package. We can be reached at: Judy's Applications, 602 Valeri Ruth Court, Santa Clara, CA, 95050. Thank you for your time and assistance and for supporting the shareware marketing concept. The Judy's TenKey package is defined as containing all the material listed in the PACKING.LST text file. If any files listed in the PACKING.LST text file, or the PACKING.LST file itself, are missing, then the package is not complete and distribution is forbidden. Please contact us to obtain a complete package suitable for distribution. Description Type = Permissions Private individuals, BBS's, and ASP-approved vendors may distribute Judy's TenKey, completely unaltered, without further permission; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the Judy's TenKey package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Judy's Applications, 2464 El Camino Real, Suite #125, Santa Clara, CA, 95051. Judy's Applications may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Judy's Applications. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Calcultr Wind Chill Calculatr 1.0 simple wind chill calculator Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Mendel Cooper M/Cooper 3425 Chestnut Ridge Rd. Grantsville, MD 21536-9801 Telephone: (301) 895-4130 Description Type = Short Description This is a simple wind chill calculator. C source included. Freeware. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Book/Magazine Catalg 2.0 Catalog your books and/or magazines Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Andrzej Brzezinski PrimaSoft, Inc. P.O. Box 456 Surrey, BC V3T 5B7 Canada Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description BOOK CATALOG for Windows 3.1. Catalog your library (books and/or magazines) in as much detail as you need. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Can be used by beginners and advanced computer users. Description Type = Long Description BOOK CATALOG for Windows: program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your library (books and/or magazines) in as much detail as you need. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Can be used by beginners and advanced computer users. Description Type = Keywords BOOK,MAGAZINE,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,UTILITY,COLLECTING PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Coin Catalog 2.0 Catalogs your coin collection. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Andrzej Brzezinski PrimaSoft, Inc. P.O. Box 456 Surrey, BC V3T 5B7 Canada Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description COIN CATALOG :IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your coin collection in as much detail as you need, including the Country of issue, Description, Catalog Number, Value, Date and Price of Purchase, and more. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a physical catalog book makes the program very easy to use, intuitive, and straightforward. Description Type = Long Description COIN CATALOG for Windows: program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your coin collection in as much detail as you need, including the Country of issue, Description, Catalog Number, Value, Date and Price of Purchase, and more. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a physical catalog book makes the program very easy to use, intuitive, and straightforward. Description Type = Keywords COIN,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,COLLECTING,HOBBY,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Hardware Catalog 2.0 Catalog for computer parts. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Andrzej Brzezinski PrimaSoft, Inc. P.O. Box 456 Surrey, BC V3T 5B7 Canada Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description HARDWARE CATALOG (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your computer hardware in as much detail as you need, including the serial # and phone support number. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Description Type = Long Description HARDWARE CATALOG for Windows: program for IBM-PC (Windows 3.1). Catalog your computer hardware in as much detail as you need, including the serial # and phone support number. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Description Type = Keywords HARDWARE,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,BUSINESS,COMPUTER,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Movie Catalog 2.0 Catalogs your movie collection. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Andrzej Brzezinski PrimaSoft, Inc. P.O. Box 456 Surrey, BC V3T 5B7 Canada Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description MOVIE CATALOG (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your movie library in as much detail as you need. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Can be used by beginners and advanced computer users. Description Type = Long Description MOVIE CATALOG for Windows: program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your movie library in as much detail as you need. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Can be used by beginners and advanced computer users. Description Type = Keywords MOVIE,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,COLLECTING,VIDEO,TAPES,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Music Catalog 2.0 Catalogs your music collection. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Andrzej Brzezinski PrimaSoft, Inc. P.O. Box 456 Surrey, BC V3T 5B7 Canada Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description MUSIC CATALOG (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your music library (records, CDs, casettes, etc.) in as much detail as you need. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy to use, intuitive, and straightforward. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Can be used by any level of a computer user. Description Type = Long Description MUSIC CATALOG for Windows: program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your music library (records, CDs, casettes, etc.) in as much detail as you need. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy to use, intuitive, and straightforward. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Can be used by any level of a computer user. Description Type = Keywords MUSIC,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,COLLECTING,CD,TAPE,RECORD,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Software Catalog 2.0 Catalog for software products. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Andrzej Brzezinski PrimaSoft, Inc. P.O. Box 456 Surrey, BC V3T 5B7 Canada Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description SOFTWARE CATALOG (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your software in as much detail as you need, including the serial # and phone support number. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Description Type = Long Description SOFTWARE CATALOG : program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your software in as much detail as you need, including the serial # and phone support number. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Description Type = Keywords SOFTWARE,CATALOG,PROGRAMS,COMPUTER,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS HOME,BUSINESS,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Sport Card Catalog 2.0 Catalogs your sport card collection. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Andrzej Brzezinski PrimaSoft, Inc. P.O. Box 456 Surrey, BC V3T 5B7 Canada Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description SPORT CARD CATALOG (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your Sport Card Collection in as much detail as you need, including the year of issue, brand, card number, team, type, description, date and price of purchase, and more. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a physical catalog book makes the program very easy to use, and intuitive. Description Type = Long Description SPORT CARD CATALOG : program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your Sport Card Collection in as much detail as you need, including the year of issue, brand, card number, team, type, description, date and price of purchase, and more. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a physical catalog book makes the program very easy to use, and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Description Type = Keywords SPORT,CARD,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,COLLECTING,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Stamp Catalog 2.0 Catalogs your stamp collection. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Andrzej Brzezinski PrimaSoft, Inc. P.O. Box 456 Surrey, BC V3T 5B7 Canada Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description STAMP CATALOG (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your stamp collection in as much detail as you need, including the Country of issue, Description, Catalog Number, Value, Date and Price of Purchase, and more. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a physical catalog book makes the program very easy to use, intuitive, and straightforward. Description Type = Long Description STAMP CATALOG for Windows: program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your stamp collection in as much detail as you need, including the Country of issue, Description, Catalog Number, Value, Date and Price of Purchase, and more. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a physical catalog book makes the program very easy to use, intuitive, and straightforward. Description Type = Keywords STAMP,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,COLLECTING,HOBBY,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Aladdin_IRQs 1.0 Lets GEnie Aladdin software use any IR Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: John Jerrim Computer Telecomm Systems Inc. 3847 Foxwood Road Suite 1000 Duluth, GA 30136-6100 Telephone: 770-263-8623 Fax: 770-263-0124 Description Type = Short Description Alad_IRQ allows the GEnie Aladdin software (versions 1.xx) to use any IRQ, including nonstandard IRQs 2-7, 9-12, 14 and 15. Alad_IRQ uses 8K of memory, and requires an IBM PC or better running on DOS 2.1+. Description Type = Long Description Alad_IRQ from Computer Telecommunication Systems, Inc. (CTS) is a unique little utility which is designed to expand the system environments that the GEnie Aladdin software can use. Without Alad_IRQ, the Aladdin software is limited to using IRQs 3 & 4. But, by creating a small run-time shell, Alad_IRQ lets the Aladdin software use all available IRQs: 2-7, 9-12, 14 and 15. Alad_IRQ is another serial port software solution from CTS, developers of the CTS Serial Port Utilities. IBM or 100% compatible PC/XT/AT/286/386/486 or better, DOS 2.1 or higher. $20 <ASP> Description Type = Keywords IRQ, Aladdin, GEnie, Interrupt, Redirector, UART, DOS, Serial Port, Comm Port, Communications, Utilities Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details Alad_IRQ is normally placed in a subdirectory on your hard disk. The following instructions assume you will put Alad_IRQ in a directory named "ALADIRQ": 1. Create an "ALADIRQ" subdirectory on your hard disk using the DOS "Make Directory" (MD) command: Example: C>MD ALADIRQ <Enter> NOTE: <Enter> means to press the Enter (Return) key. 2. Change the default directory to the directory you created using the DOS Change Directory (CD) command: Example: C>CD ALADIRQ <Enter> 3. Copy the distribution files to the ALADIRQ directory. If the distribution files are on a floppy diskette in drive A, you would enter: Example: C:\ALADIRQ>COPY A:\*.* <Enter> If your directory contains a README.1ST file, then check this file for additional information not included in this User Guide. 4. Copy the Alad_IRQ.EXE file to the directory containing your Aladdin software. You must run Alad_IRQ from the directory containing Aladdin. That's it! Alad_IRQ is ready to run! Description Type = Vendor Instructions UnZIP ALAIRQ10.ZIP to any size diskette. Total unpacked space required: 90K Description Type = Permissions BBS SYSOPs: Please refer to the SYSOP.DOC text file for information. Individual and Corporate Users: Please refer to LICENSE.DOC for information. ASP Approved Vendors in good standing are hereby given permission to distribute the ALAD_IRQ package. Other Vendors: Please refer to VENDOR.DOC for information. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic BBS Access Data Com. 2.21 Easy to use communication program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Jim Hass MicroFox Company 3310 Fox Run P.O. Box 447 Richfield, OH 44286-0447 Telephone: 216-659-9489 Fax: 216-659-9489 Description Type = Short Description BBS Access from MicroFox Company is a very easy-to-use data communications program for calling BBSs and uploading & downloading files. The protocols included are ASCII, Kermit, Xmodem, Ymodem, Zmodem, Xmodem/1K, Xmodem/G, Ymodem/G. It can capture screens to file and will record the time and length of each call. BBS can change and save modem initialization strings and all screen colors can be changed & saved. <ASP> {STAR} [ASAD] Description Type = Long Description This package contains the BBS Access (TM) Data Communications Program by MicroFox Company. This document contains only a very brief description of the package and its features, along with instructions for its installation. Quite detailed documentation is included in the package, but it is in archived form, and is more easily read after installation. If you've ever wished you could easily call a bulletin board and upload or download files quickly, then BBS Access is the program for you... BBS Access is a shareware program. This evaluation version includes all features of the program, and is not crippled in any way. You may use it for up to 30 days, without charge (see BBS.DOC for more details). If you like the program, and wish to continue its use after this evaluation period, you are required to pay for the program (see REGISTER.DOC for more details). Any fee you may have paid to others (disk vendors, dealers, etc.) to obtain this evaluation version was a fee for their copying and distribution services, rather than a payment for continued use of the program. Description Type = Keywords BBS Access Communications ASP STAR ASAD XMODEM YMODEM ZMODEM Kermit PROTOCOL ESC Description Type = Registration Details 29.00-900.00 (United States Dollar) Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for BBS Access is quite simple. The package includes a program, "INSTALL.EXE", which automates the entire process. You will need about 200K of available disk space on the hard drive on which you plan to install BBS Access. The exact steps you need to take will depend on how you received the BBS Access communications package. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette(s), you need to perform the following steps. o Place the BBS Access distribution diskette in the appropriate diskette drive. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program on the distribution diskette. For example, if the distribution diskette is on drive A:, type the MS-DOS command, "a:install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the BBS Access files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. INSTALLING FROM A HARD DRIVE If you downloaded BBS Access from a BBS (or received it in the form of archive files from some other source), you will need to perform the following steps. o Extract the contents of the archive file(s) in a temporary directory on your hard drive. The procedure for doing this varies, depending on the form in which you received the package. In all likelihood, the fact that you are reading this text means that you already have the necessary tools and knowledge to perform this step. If not, you should be able to obtain directions for this from the same source from which you received the package. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program which you have extracted. For example, if the temporary directory into which you have extracted the BBS Access package is C:\TEMPDIR, you would execute the MS-DOS command, "c:\tempdir\install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the BBS Access files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. When you're satisfied that the installation was successful, you should delete the temporary directory FROM which you installed BBS Access (C:\TEMPDIR, in the above discussion), including all its contents. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the documents (filename extension "doc") which have been installed. In particular, read at least the file "BBS.DOC". That document will tell you how to invoke the program, and will give you other information you need to properly evaluate BBS Access. We hope you enjoy the program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions THIS SOFTWARE AND MANUAL ARE PROVIDED FOR EVALUATION ONLY, ON AN "AS IS" BASIS. MICROFOX COMPANY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES RELATING TO THIS SOFTWARE, WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NEITHER MICROFOX COMPANY NOR ANYONE ELSE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED IN THE CREATION, PRODUCTION, OR DELIVERY OF THIS SOFTWARE SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE SUCH SOFTWARE, EVEN IF MICROFOX COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR CLAIMS. THE PERSON USING THE SOFTWARE BEARS ALL RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio and shall inure to the benefit of MicroFox Company and any successors, administrators, heirs and assigns. Any action or proceeding brought by either party against the other arising out of or related to this agreement shall be brought only in a STATE or FEDERAL COURT of competent jurisdiction located in Summit County, Ohio. The parties hereby consent to in personam jurisdiction of said courts. Description Type = Permissions BBS Access is NOT a public domain program. It is copyrighted by MicroFox Company. This software and accompanying documentation are protected by United States copyright law and also by international treaty provisions. MicroFox Company grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed thirty days. If you continue using this software after the thirty-day evaluation period, you MUST make a registration payment to MicroFox Company. You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauthorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to MicroFox Company. LIMITED DISTRIBUTION LICENSE The following may distribute BBS Access, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the BBS Access package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is MicroFox Company, PO Box 447, Richfield OH 44286-0447. MicroFox Company may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to MicroFox Company. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Banana Custom Sysops! TRIPLE your BBS usership! Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Paul Wheaton Banana Programming 1916 Brooks #205 Missoula, MT 59801 Telephone: 406-543-1928 Fax: 406-549-3522 Description Type = Short Description Sysops! TRIPLE your BBS usership! BananaCom Custom is a FREE com program designed to dial into just one modem service. EXTREMELY simple and easy to use! The perfect program for sysops to sell or give to people interested in trying their service. Features auto ZModem, ANSI/VT100 terminal emulation, auto modem detect and auto installation. Documentation generated during install. Description Type = Long Description Sysops! TRIPLE your BBS usership! BananaCom Custom is a FREE com program designed to dial into just one modem service. EXTREMELY simple and easy to use! The perfect program for sysops to sell or give to people interested in trying their service. Features auto ZModem, ANSI/VT100 terminal emulation, auto modem detect and auto installation. Documentation generated during install. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic BananaCom Very simple COM Program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Paul Wheaton Banana Programming 1916 Brooks #205 Missoula, MT 59801 Telephone: 406-543-1928 Fax: 406-549-3522 Description Type = Short Description BananaCom is a VERY simple com program. Excellent for the first time modem user and perfect for people who help people use modems. Provides auto ZModem, auto ANSI/VT100 terminal emulation, dialing directory stored as a text file, auto port/speed detect and much more. Has several features for sysops that want to hand it out to potential new users. Full documentation is generated after installation. Description Type = Long Description BananaCom is a VERY simple com program. Excellent for the first time modem user and perfect for people who help people use modems. Provides auto ZModem, auto ANSI/VT100 terminal emulation, dialing directory stored as a text file, auto port/speed detect and much more. Has several features for sysops that want to hand it out to potential new users. Full documentation is generated after installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Comm Port Utilities 30 Setup, diagnose, fix & control comm po Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: John Jerrim Computer Telecomm Systems Inc. 3847 Foxwood Road Suite 1000 Duluth, GA 30136-6100 Telephone: 770-263-8623 Fax: 770-263-0124 Description Type = Short Description CTS SERIAL PORT UTILITIES v3.0: Fix comm problems. Detect Com Port conflicts, IRQs used, failed ports & ports that can't generate IRQs. Three NEW utilities: BIOS_FIX fixes many BIOS comm problems. RESETMODEM & HANGUP utilities solve many problems when using modems. Additional Windows Setup tests provided to registered users. DOS <ASP> Description Type = Long Description The CTS Serial Port Utilities (SPU) is a collection of DOS software utilities that provide you with control over the serial ports in your computer. Most serial port problems can be resolved by using these utilities. Each of the utilities support all standard and any user-defined serial ports. Version 2 allows each of the utilites to operate as a Windows or OS/2 DOS application. New in Version 3: * BIOS_FIX - a utility for your AUTOEXEC.BAT file to ensure correct Com port detection on all computers * ResetMod(em) - a utility to regain control of a modem * HangUp - a utility to force the modem to disconnect * Windows setup test - verifies that the Windows port setup is correct for the computer by comparing the actual port addresses and IRQs to those detected by the bios and set in the Windows SYSTEM.INI file. This feature is included in BIOS_FIX as well to make sure the setup is always accurate. The windows setup tests are in registered versions only. * A list of IRQs that are constantly in use and cannot be used by a serial port. * 16650 and 16750 UART support. These new UARTs provide additional buffering and flow control features. Complete descriptions are included in the SPU.DOC file. * A specific test for a mouse/modem conflict. * Modem Identification report displays the results of the modem identification commands (registered versions only). * Introduction of an OEM version: "PortInfo for Customer Support". See the file OEM.DOC for more information. PortInfo is a comprehensive utility which tests your system to determine everything possible about your serial ports, including interrupt and addressing conflicts. PortInfo provides you with FAILURE and WARNING messages about actual and possible conflicts. PortInfo provides details on the following: * Detects multiple serial ports at the same address (eg, 2 Com1 ports) * Serial ports that have failed * Interrupt conflicts between a mouse and a serial port * Shared interrupts (2 serial ports, or a serial port and a serial mouse sharing an IRQ) * Conflicts between COM4 and 8514/A compatible monitors * Unusual BIOS serial port setups * Serial ports that cannot generate interrupts * Helps to determine when interrupts can be shared Other information provided: * Actual IRQ used by each port and the current IRQ status * DOS port assignments (com1-com4, mouse) * Detects which ports have modems or FAXmodems connected, and (in many cases) if the modem is internal or external * Detects which FAX classes are supported by the modem(s) * Port (UART) Identification (8250, 8250A/16450, 16550, 16550A, ESP, HSSP, the T/Port, and some "emulated UARTs" * FIFO status: If it exists, on / off, else 'None' * If the FIFO is ON, the current FIFO receiver trigger level is displayed. * All programmable port parameters: speed, format, parity, current RTS and DTR settings * Current status of modem lines: Ring Indicator, Carrier Detect, Clear to Send, Data Set Ready, with indication of when the lines are tied together (looped back). Additional features: * Can update the system BIOS to accurately match the actual serial port setting. * Ports are COMPLETELY restored to their original settings * Supports standard serial ports 1-4 on PC/AT, 1-8 on PS/2 * Supports up to 8 user definable serial ports (*any* serial port address and IRQ) * Displays detailed messages about conflicts with reference numbers to assist looking up the detailed assistance in the User Guide. Special Utilities: * Control the 16550A FIFO trigger level * Set port speed and format * Add or swap serial ports in the BIOS Comm Port data area * Control the RTS, DTR, and Out2 (IRQ enable) lines * Reset a serial port to initial settings And Much More!!!! Description Type = Keywords Serial Port, Comm Port, Modem, FAX, IRQ, Interrupt, Diagnostic, UART, DOS, Communications, Utilities, Port Conflicts Description Type = Registration Details 20/35/59/79 (Personal/Personal PLUS/Professional/Professional PLUS) Description Type = Installation Details Installation of the the CTS Serial Port Utilities (SPU) consists of three easy steps: 1) Creating a sub-directory to hold the SPU with the DOS "Make Directory" (MD) command. 2) Change to the CTSSPU directory and copy the distribution file containing the SPU to the directory. 3) Unpack the distribution file. If the extension is ".EXE", then just run the file - it will be self-extracting. If the extension is ".ZIP", then you need to unpack the file with PKUNZIP version 2.04g (or another compatible program) Description Type = Vendor Instructions UnZIP CTSSPU30.ZIP to a 720K or larger diskette. Total unpacked space required: 505K Description Type = Permissions BBS SYSOPs: Please refer to the LICENSE.DOC and SYSOP.DOC text file for information. Individual and Corporate Users: Please refer to LICENSE.DOC and OEM.DOC for information. ASP Approved Vendors in good standing are hereby given permission to distribute the CTS Serial Port Utilities package. Other Vendors: Please refer to LICENSE.DOC and VENDOR.DOC for information. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic DiaLog for Windows 3.3 DiaLog - Windows Phone Dialer and Logg Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Wolfgang John WolJo Computing 10920 Portal Rd. Atascandero, CA 93422 Telephone: (805)461-3090 Description Type = Short Description DiaLog - A Windows phone Dialer and Logger and much more ... Has a 'No Modem' mode. Extemely easy to use. Tone or pulse dialing. 4 addr books, 6 phone #'s and 4 BBS ID's per entry. Dials special Tone-Dial services. International dates and times. 6-city world clock, 3 appointment books. Password protection, auto-redial. Creates label file. Does not alter any files on your hard disk. Description Type = Long Description Welcome to DiaLog 3.2.x - A Phone Dialer and Logger and more...... This is the Windows version of DiaLog and replaces older versions. If you have an older version, you should install this one into the same directory in order to keep the same address books and logs. If you do install over an old version, be sure to backup all the files in that directory first. If you are switching from the DOS version of DiaLog, please see note below. DiaLog is available in two compressed versions. One is as FoneW.zip and the other is FoneWL.zip. Both have an installation program, the second one also includes VBRUN300.DLL - a required program. The DiaLog program itself contains extensive help and information. This version adds features such as 6 phone numbers, 4 BBS ID's, 3 popup appointment books/diaries, programmable world clock, international times and dates, printout of selected addr book fields, up to 4 addr books, search addr books, enhanced user interface, create label file, log minutes or minutes and seconds, and more. DOS version DiaLog users please note: If you are switching from the DOS version of DiaLog, install this version into the same directory as the DOS version. This will allow you to keep the same phone books. If you intend to continue using the DOS version also, install this Windows version into a different directory. Then copy the files DialLst1.dat and DialLst2.dat from the DOS version to the Windows version before executing the Windows version for the first time. A compatible DOS version is planned for the near future. Description Type = Keywords Dialer Logger AddressBook Appointment Diary Description Type = Registration Details 30 day free trial - $18 to register. Description Type = Installation Details ***** DiaLog Installation: ***** After unzipping the files, proceed as follows: 1. From the Program Manager File menu select 'Run'. 2. Enter 'a:\Install' (or any other path, depending on the location of your installation files. If your files are in directory Temp on drive c:, simply enter 'c:\Temp\Install' (no quotes). 3. Install will install DiaLog in c:\DiaLog or a directory of your choice. 4. Install will create a Program Manager Group and an icon for DiaLog. 5. Once your installation is complete, simply double-click on the DiaLog icon. 6. Once in DiaLog, select 'Hlp' from the main menu and get familiar with the program and its features. If your installation files are on your hard disk, you may want to copy them to a diskette and then delete those files from your hard disk. DiaLog does NOT change any of your files such as AutoExec.bat, Config.sys, Win.ini etc. Note: DiaLog requires the file VBRUN300.DLL to reside in your Windows\System directory. It is included with the FoneWL.zip file, but not with the FoneW.zip. ***** Remove DiaLog from your System ***** 1. Simply delete all files in the DiaLog directory. 2. Remove the DiaLog directory. 3. Remove the DiaLog icon from the Program Group 4. Remove the Program Group if it is only for DiaLog 5. DiaLog did NOT change any of your files such as Win.ini etc. 6. DiaLog added the following files to your Windows\System directory: VBRUN300.DLL, CSCALNDR.VBX, CSSPIN.VBX, CURTIME.VBX and THREED.VBX. You may delete any of them if you are sure they are not used by other applications. Description Type = Permissions DiaLog is NOT a public domain program. It is copyrighted by Wolfgang John of WolJo Computing. This software and accompanying documentation are protected by United States Copyright law and also by International Treaty provisions. Wolfgang John of WolJo Computing grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed thirty days. If you continue using this software after the thirty-day evaluation period, you MUST make a registration payment to Wolfgang John of WolJo Computing. LIMITED DISTRIBUTION LICENSE INDIVIDUALS may distribute DiaLog to friends or associates, provided they charge no fees for this service, and they convey a complete and unaltered copy of the shareware version of this product. All other distribution is allowed only under the terms of the attached VENDINFO data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. You may not distribute this product, modify it, or bundle it with other products except as specifically allowed therein. You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauthorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. Permission to distribute the DiaLog package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is WolJo Computing, 10920 Portal Rd. Atascadero, CA 93422. WolJo Computing may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to WolJo Computing. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic EZ555 Timer Designer 95 EZ555 Timer Designer Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Charlie E. Ormon ETCAI Products P.O. Box 1046 Gautier, MS 39553 Telephone: 601-497-2566 Fax: 601-497-3868 Description Type = Short Description EZ555 v95 <ASP> (ESC) An easy to use design program for the popular 555 timer. Educators and engineers can use EZ555 to quickly explore many designs in a short time. EZ555 instantly displays oscillator circuit parameters in both graphical and numeric form. Uses a simple graphical interface. $19.00 for single users and $79.00 for site licenses. Registered users receive a bonus program. Description Type = Long Description _______ ____|__ | (R) --| | |------------------- | ____|__ | Association of | | |_| Shareware |__| o | Professionals -----| | |--------------------- |___|___| MEMBER EZ555 A 555 Timer Designer and Training Program EZ555 is an easy to use tool for designing astable oscillators. This program should be useful for educational purposes and prototype development. The results produced by this program should never be directly used in a design without extensive prototype testing. EZ555 will allow users to work with impractical designs. Power dissipation problems are not detected by EZ555. EZ555 allows users to use a "cut and try" design method. An engineer can try a wide range of possibilities in a very short time using EZ555. The program can also be very useful for instruction and learning. A professor can present a wide range of possibilities to students using overhead projected video. EZ555 is the first of a planned series of engineering programs designed to be very friendly on narrow technical topics. This is in contrast to most engineering programs which are complex to operate but cover many topics. EZ555 allows users to change the timing resistors, timing capacitor, frequency, and duty cycle. The user can change one or several parameters prior to selecting the recalculate button. Generally, better results are obtained by changing only one parameter at a time. EZ555 makes calculations based on the parameter changed by the user. Description Type = Keywords timers astable multivibrators oscillators IC relaxation circuits Description Type = Registration Details $19.00 for single users and $79.00 for site licenses. Registered users receive a bonus program. Description Type = Installation Details Type 555 at the DOS prompt to start the program. The installation program INSTALL.EXE can be used to install EZ555 from a floppy disk to your hard drive. The screen driver program VGA.COM must be present in the same directory as 555.EXE. You must have VGA graphics to use EZ555. The installation program, INSTALL.EXE, may not be included with all distributions of this program. Copies of EZ555 downloaded from BBS and on-line services do not require installation from floppy disks. Do not run INSTALL if EZ555 is already in a directory on your hard drive. The installation program used with EZ555 can be licensed from: The Goodsoft Co. 1630 30th Street, Suite 235 Boulder, CO 80301 USA Description Type = Permissions TRIAL USE LICENSE EZ555 is NOT a public domain program. It is copyrighted by ETCAI Products of Gautier, MS 39553. This software and accompanying documentation are protected by United States copyright law and also by international treaty provisions. ETCAI Products grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed twenty-one days. If you continue using this software after the twenty-one day evaluation period, you MUST make a registration payment to ETCAI Products. You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauthorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to ETCAI Products. LIMITED DISTRIBUTION LICENSE The following may distribute EZ555, completely unaltered, without further permission, ASP disk vendors, any ASP BBS, any BBS who does not charge a fee for downloads; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the EZ555 package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is ETCAI Products P.O.Box 1046 Gautier, MS 39553 USA. ETCAI Products may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to ETCAI Products. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic FindCIS 1.2 1.2 CompuServe phone number launching syst Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: A. Kurt Godwin AKG Software 33 Polaris Court Newark, DE 19711 Telephone: 301-953-0175 Description Type = Short Description FindCIS eases the task of traveling and connecting to Compuserve by storing all CIS local access numbers then auto-launching CIS com app's with all phone data auto-loaded. You can be connected almost anywhere in world with three clicks. Description Type = Long Description See included FCISABST.WRI file Description Type = Keywords findcis, cis, laptop, access, phone, network, cities, local Description Type = Registration Details US $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details The FindCIS installation file is self-executing and automatic. Simply double-click on the findcisi.exe file. Description Type = Vendor Instructions The Findcisi.exe file needs only to be made available to potential users. Description Type = Permissions Vendor should include info indicating FindCIS is a share- ware application with registration required. Also, this is timed shareware. It is completely functional up until 60 days. If the user has not registered by 60 days, the program will only function to remind the user to register. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Guide to Internet 2.0 The Beginner's Guide to the Internet Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Patrick J. Suarez Suarez Associates P.O. Box 764 Miamisburg, OH 45343 Telephone: 513-323-6121 Description Type = Short Description "The Beginner's Guide to the Internet" is a full-color, computer-based tutorial about the Internet. It covers E-mail, ftp, telnet, gopher, Archie, Veronica, WAIS, World Wide Web, newsgroups, mailing lists, IRC and more. Includes pictures and step-by-step instructions. Ziff-Davis 4 star rating! Perfect for Internet novices! Description Type = Registration Details Site licenses: $25 for the first user, each additional user within your company or group is $1 per user. Description Type = Installation Details Put all the files into their own subdirectory. Start the program by typing TWTEACH INT (caps are unnecessary, but the space is necessary), then hit the Enter key. Description Type = Vendor Instructions The vendor or bulletin board system to which "The Beginner's Guide to the Internet" was sent has permission to distribute the program. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic HOME-PHONE-BOOK, Win 1.0 HOME-PHONE-BOOK for Windows; Ver 1.0 Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Thomas E. Bonitz Village Software 7903 Kona Circle Hawaiian Village Papillion, NE 68046 Telephone: (402) 339-0775 Description Type = Short Description dj148: HOME-PHONE-BOOK for Windows; Ver 1.0 Name and Address program designed for the casual home user. HPBW has separate name fields for both heads of house which allows for the storage of separate birth dates and work phone numbers. Children names and birth dates can also be stored. Printouts include reports, labels, and envelopes. Includes an auto-dialer. Author: Thomas E. Bonitz, $20. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Internet Book 2.0 Catalogs your internet addresses. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: Andrzej Brzezinski PrimaSoft, Inc. P.O. Box 456 Surrey, BC V3T 5B7 Canada Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description INTERNET BOOK Windows 3.1. Whether you are an Internet experienced user or just a beginner Internet Book is for you. It gives you an easy way to gather information about all the Internet Resources: World-Wide Web Pages, Gophers, Archie Servers, FTP Sites, E-Mail Addresses, and News Groups. All your information about the Internet can now be stored at one place and easily retrieved. Internet greatest resources included. Description Type = Long Description INTERNET BOOK Windows 3.1. Whether you are an Internet experienced user or just a beginner Internet Book is for you. It gives you an easy way to gather information about all the Internet Resources: World-Wide Web Pages, Gophers, Archie Servers, FTP Sites, E-Mail Addresses, and News Groups. All your information about the Internet can now be stored at one place and easily retrieved. Internet greatest resources included. You can register on-line on Compuserve (GO SWREG, ID# 5011). Description Type = Keywords INTERNET,BOOK,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,PRIMASOFT,NETWORK,SITES, ADDRESS DIRECTORIES Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Internet Resource DB Internet Resource Database Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Jim Nicoara MicroExcel Software 1701 Cienega Road Hollister, CA 95023 Telephone: 408-636-6968 Fax: 408-636-6968 Description Type = Short Description The Internet Resource database is an adapt- ation of Perfect Recall. It provides URL,s for Web search engines and the means to store anything off the Net; graphics, URL's documents, email addresses and whole Web pages saved as files. Uses your browser. Description Type = Long Description The Internet Resource database is an adapt- ation of Perfect Recall. It provides URL,s for Web search engines and the means to store anything off the Net; graphics, URL's documents, email addresses and whole Web pages saved as files. Uses your browser. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic LAN menu system 2.04 Network menu & security system for DOS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Jim Hass MicroFox Company 3310 Fox Run P.O. Box 447 Richfield, OH 44286-0447 Telephone: 216-659-9489 Fax: 216-659-9489 Description Type = Short Description LAN Menu 2.04 (Network Menu) MicroFox Company Menu and Security System for DOS and Networks LAN204.ZIP Network Menu, Help, & User Guide Lotus 1-2-3 style menu system with password protection, telephone dialer, on-line help, built-in network support and mouse support. Screen Blanker, 10,000 menu entries, macros and menu action functions. (Author: Jim Hass) Member of [ASAD] <ASP> and {STAR} Description Type = Long Description This package contains the LANmenu (TM) Local Area Network Menu and Security System (Version 2.04), by MicroFox Company. This document contains only a brief description of the package and its features, along with instructions for its installation. Quite detailed documentation is included in the package, but it is in archived form, and is more easily read after installation. If you've ever wished you could have your network users easily access the programs they are allowed to use, then LANmenu is the program for you... LANmenu is a shareware program. This evaluation version includes all features of the program, and is not crippled in any way. You may use it for up to 30 days, without charge (see LANMENU.DOC for more details). If you like the program, and wish to continue its use after this evaluation period, you are required to pay for the program (see REGISTER.DOC for more details). Any fee you may have paid to others (disk vendors, dealers, etc.) to obtain this evaluation version was a fee for their copying and distribution services, rather than a payment for continued use of the program. Description Type = Keywords LAN Network Menu Security Password DOS Novell Banyan Vines Lantastic ASP Star Description Type = Registration Details Registration of LAN Menu (per PC) ............. $29 U.S. Network License (price per server) ........... $195 U.S. Site License (unlimited per site) ............ $695 U.S. Corporate License (unlimited) ..... $1495 U.S. Please include Shipping and Handling Charges. (USA: $2, Canada: $3, All Others: $5) Ohio residents, please add 6.25% Sales Tax Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for LANmenu is quite simple. The package includes a program, "INSTALL.EXE", which automates the entire process. You will need about 256K of available disk space on the hard drive on which you plan to install LANmenu. The exact steps you need to take will depend on how you received LANmenu. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette(s), you need to perform the following steps. o Place LANmenu distribution diskette "Disk 1" in the appropriate diskette drive. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program on the distribution diskette. For example, if the distribution diskette is on drive A:, type the MS-DOS command, "a:install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the LANmenu files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. INSTALLING FROM A HARD DRIVE If you downloaded LANmenu from a BBS (or received it in the form of archive files from some other source), you will need to perform the following steps. o Extract the contents of the archive file(s) in a temporary directory on your hard drive. The procedure for doing this varies, depending on the form in which you received the package. In all likelihood, the fact that you are reading this text means that you already have the necessary tools and knowledge to perform this step. If not, you should be able to obtain directions for this from the same source from which you received the package. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program which you have extracted. For example, if the temporary directory into which you have extracted the <product> package is C:\TEMPDIR, you would execute the MS-DOS command, "c:\tempdir\install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the LANmenu files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. When you're satisfied that the installation was successful, you should delete the temporary directory FROM which you installed LANmenu (C:\TEMPDIR, in the above discussion), including all its contents. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the documents (filename extension "doc") which have been installed. In particular, read at least the file "LANmenu.DOC". That document will tell you how to invoke the program, and will give you other information you need to properly evaluate LANmenu. We hope you enjoy the program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions THIS SOFTWARE AND MANUAL ARE PROVIDED FOR EVALUATION ONLY, ON AN "AS IS" BASIS. MICROFOX COMPANY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES RELATING TO THIS SOFTWARE, WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NEITHER MICROFOX COMPANY NOR ANYONE ELSE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED IN THE CREATION, PRODUCTION, OR DELIVERY OF THIS SOFTWARE SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE SUCH SOFTWARE, EVEN IF MICROFOX COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR CLAIMS. THE PERSON USING THE SOFTWARE BEARS ALL RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio and shall inure to the benefit of MICROFOX COMPANY and any successors, administrators, heirs and assigns. Any action or proceeding brought by either party against the other arising out of or related to this agreement shall be brought only in a STATE or FEDERAL COURT of competent jurisdiction located in Summit County, Ohio. The parties hereby consent to in personam jurisdiction of said courts. Description Type = Permissions LANmenu is NOT a public domain program. It is copyrighted by MicroFox Company. This software and accompanying documentation are protected by United States copyright law and also by international treaty provisions. MicroFox Company grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed thirty days. If you continue using this software after the thirty-day evaluation period, you MUST make a registration payment to MicroFox Company. You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauthorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to MicroFox Company. LIMITED DISTRIBUTION LICENSE The following may distribute LANmenu, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the LANmenu package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is MicroFox Company, PO Box 447, Richfield OH 44286-0447. MicroFox Company may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to MicroFox Company. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Mosaic Spry's New Air Mosaic Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Mike Mathiesen Lighthouse Productions P.O. Box 7885 Santa Cruz, CA 95061 Telephone: 408-423-8580 Fax: 408-423-0131 Description Type = Short Description MOSAIC.ZIP>Spry's New Air Mosaic, the next generation of NCSA Mosaic, the World Wide Web Browser WITH an INTERNET DIAL UP ACCOUNT created with one command; 'setup'. 500 local phone numbers around the world. 2 Minutes and you're on the Internet with the newest and fastest Mosaic Browser. Includes a dialer program. Nothing else required! Description Type = Long Description MOSAIC.ZIP>Spry's New Air Mosaic, the next generation of NCSA Mosaic, the World Wide Web Browser WITH an INTERNET DIAL UP ACCOUNT created with one command; 'setup'. 500 local phone numbers around the world. 2 Minutes and you're on the Internet with the newest and fastest Mosaic Browser. Includes a dialer program. Nothing else required! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic One-Step HiQual FAX 3.0 One-Step High Quality FAX Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Tom Fones HTF Consulting 436 Whitehall Rd. #F Alameda, CA 94501 Telephone: 510-521-1689 Fax: 703-937-3630 Description Type = Short Description One-Step High Quality FAX v3.0 HQ-FAX provides many, many value adding features for your FAX modem. Works with virtually all FAX modems. Produce and send FAX-ready files in a single step. Produce DCX, PCX, and TIFF formats, thumb-tack graphics with text, use pre-printed forms. Ver. 3.0 provides a Print Capture utility as well as modem driving software, for Class 1, Class 2, CAS. Description Type = Long Description One-Step High Quality FAX v3.0 HQ-FAX provides many, many value adding features for your FAX modem. Works with virtually all FAX modems. Produce and send FAX-ready files in a single step. Produce DCX, PCX, and TIFF formats, thumb-tack graphics with text, use pre-printed forms. Ver. 3.0 provides a Print Capture utility as well as modem driving software, for Class 1, Class 2, CAS. Description Type = Keywords HQFAX, FAX, modem, communications, PCX, DCX. Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. Dollars Minimum registration price..................44.00 Maximum registration price..................44.00 Shipping: within same country...............3.00 North America.....................5.00 South America.....................5.00 Europe............................5.00 Asia..............................5.00 Africa............................5.00 Pacific...........................5.00 Description Type = Installation Details Please see the HQFAX readme file. Readme.hqf CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic PERSONAL-E MAILBOX 3.0 PERSONAL-E MAILBOX V3.0... Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: James M. Pickett AmerCom, Inc. P.O. Box 19868 Portland, OR 97280-0868 Telephone: (503) 452-8196 Description Type = Short Description Personal-E Mailbox v3.0L - PC-to-PC direct, person-to-person E-Mail, FAX. Make and send Greeting Cards, Smart Forms, Insert Graphics/Photos, run Mini- Bulletin Board, Attach Files, make and distribute self running/returning Electronic Forms for Surveys, Market Research, Catalogs, Orders. V3.0 does it all, V3.0L shows you How and allows you to Send and Receive E-Mail and comes with a FREE copy of Windows 3.0 Description Type = Long Description PERSONAL-E MAILBOX V3.0... the person-to-person, PC-to-PC direct e-mail program that integrates three great applications--word processing, desktop publishing and communications--so you can share instant messages with any friend, family member or business associate without subscribing to any service or paying any fees, other than ordinary phone time charges. ALL NEW 3.0 is a major breakthrough in e-mail power and ease of use that gives you the ability to: . insert a picture right into the text of your message...from happy birthday to hand written equation, scanned family photos, cartoons, clip art or technical drawing, all go right into your text where you point and click. . create personal electronic greeting cards, product data sheets or newsletters with your own paint program graphics . send e-mail directly to a FAX machine . create electronic forms for business orders and surveys that auto return mail themselves to your organization in standard data base format . send a message to the famous on the Internet using Personal-E's Internet Gateway . start your own private Bulletin Board for company, family, church organization or consultancy . transfer files and broadcast messages to everyone in your family, club, team, or work group These features and many more... are all yours when you order the full function 3.0 using the electronic order form in the program IN TRAY...similar capabilities are only available in the most powerful network-based e-mail and forms programs costing many thousands of dollars...but Personal-E gives you all the functionality plus privacy point-to-point for only $49.95...along with a graphical user interface so easy to use, kids are sending drawings to their grandparents in 10 minutes. Description Type = Installation Details type: install...After installation the program will start. On any PC with a modem...the program will automatically detect the modem, set the com port, and start ready for mailing. No technical knowledge is required. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic PageMate for Windows 1.0 Calls pager when phone rings Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Robert Matter R.J. Matter & Assocs. P.O. Box 9042 Highland, IN 46322-9042 Telephone: 219-845-5247 Description Type = Short Description PageMate for Windows v1.0 As featured in the Sybex Book "The Home Office ShareWareHouse" by Sharon Crawford. Windows version of the popular PageMate for DOS Program. Monitors your phone line for an incoming ring and calls your pager to notify you of possible messages left on your answering machine. Calls are logged to disk. Can transmit the time, call count, or your phone number to pager. Works with COM1-4. Description Type = Long Description PageMate for Windows v1.0. Windows version of the popular PageMate for DOS program featured in the Sybex book "The Home Office ShareWareHouse" by Sharon Crawford (ISBN: 0-7821-1569-1). PageMate monitors your phone line for an incoming ring and calls your pager to notify you of possible messages left on your answering machine. Calls are logged to disk. Can transmit the time, call count, or your phone number to pager. Works with COM1-4. Note: Visual Basic 3.0 Runtime VBRUN300.DLL required in Windows\System Directory. The registered version features an "acknowledgement time" that allows you to retrieve your messages without activating another page. PageMate for Windows has proven very reliable over abroad range of hardware. The Author provides telephone and e-mail support, however, if needed. Description Type = Keywords PAGE,PAGER,PAGEMATE,BEEP,BEEPER,PHONE,TELEPHONE,DIAL,DIALER,MESSAGES Description Type = Registration Details $35 US Description Type = Installation Details Unzip PAGE10.ZIP to a floppy (anysize) or hard drive. Run Windows. In the Program Manager, choose Run from the File Menu. Type A:INSTALL and press ENTER. If the distribution files are in a different drive or directory, type that drive and directory instead of A:. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Unzip PAGE10.ZIP to any size floppy. Description Type = Permissions A limited license is granted to copy and distribute PageMate only for the trial use of others, provided that it is distributed as a complete set without modification and no fee is charged other than a nominal handling or duplication fee of $5.00 or less. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic SmartPhone 1.33A Save money on long-distance calls Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Timothy S. Campbell Pinnacle Software CP-386 Mount Royal Dept. JCSM-PROGS Montreal, QC H3P 3C6 Canada Telephone: (514) 345-9578 Description Type = Short Description Save plenty of $$$ when phoning long distance by using SmartPhone to plan your calls to use lower phone rates. Cross-reference data about area codes, zip codes, cities, towns, states, provinces, time zones, countries, population, etc. Can pay for itself the first day you use it. From Pinnacle Software - creators of the Sapphire bulletin board system. For support, dial 514-345-9578, or call our free files BBS at 514-345-8654 (download on first call). Description Type = Long Description SmartPhone -- Including "The Five-Minute Database" SmartPhone is a reference source that can save you time and money when you make or receive long-distance phone calls. It can tell you where an area code is located, or tell you what area code is used in a given city, state or province. It cross-references geographical data such as state, provincial and national capitals, population information, and more. Time zone and zip code information is also included. SmartPhone can be run as a TSR, using only 7K resident. Create your own pop-up databases with "The Five Minute Database" -- a handy database system you can learn in just five minutes. SmartPhone lets you add your own comments to area codes. Searches can be done by area code, city, country, or two-letter mailing abbreviation. You can even do "sounds like" searches. Description Type = Keywords PINNACLE,SHAREWARE,TELEPHONE,BUSINESS,COMMUNICATIONS,SALES Description Type = Registration Details $17.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip archive file into a new directory (suggested name: SP), then enter TYPE READ.ME at the DOS prompt. This will tell you how to configure and start up the program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special vendor processing instructions. Description Type = Permissions BY DISTRIBUTING THE PRODUCT YOU ARE INDICATING ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS: - You may duplicate, give away or sell unaltered copies of this product. - You may not remove any of the product's files. - You may charge a maximum of US $9 for each copy you sell (see Note #1). - Any copy may be transferred to another storage or distribution medium. - The archiving method used for this copy may be changed. - You may add files to the product, provided the files clearly indicate that they are not part of the original product. - Pinnacle Software reserves the right to revoke all distribution rights for unregistered copies of this product from any party at any time for any reason. However, unless you have been specifically informed of this, you may distribute this product WITHOUT requesting permission. (See Note #2) NOTE #1: In the case of CD-ROM compilations, the selling price is calculated as the price of the CD-ROM divided by the number of products on the CD-ROM. Thus, in such cases, the price is usually only a few cents. NOTE #2: For CD-ROM compilations, you should protect your distribution right by informing us at least two months in advance that you will be including our product on the CD-ROM. This is not obligatory. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic SmartSurf 1.00 SmartSurf Online Usage Monitor v1.00 Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Michael Jones Insight Software Solutions P.O. Box 354 Bountiful, UT 84011-0354 Telephone: (801) 295-1890 Fax: (801) 299-1781 Description Type = Short Description SmartSurf Online Usage Monitor v1.00 - FREE package to automatically monitor online usage and costs. Works with all on-line services. Install and forget. Real-time display and later reports/analysis. Understands most charging structures, and different charging bands/times. Spreadsheet interface. Full Windows Help and tooltips. Description Type = Long Description SmartSurf Online Usage Monitor v1.00 - FREE package to automatically monitor online usage and costs. Works with all on- line services. Install and forget. Real-time display and later reports/analysis. Understands most charging structures, and different charging bands/times. Spreadsheet interface. Full Windows Help and tooltips. Description Type = Keywords WINDOWS MODEM TIME LOG CALL ONLINE COST MONITOR Description Type = Registration Details Free Description Type = Installation Details Simply create a directory to hold the SmartSurf files and copy/unzip them to that location. Then refer to the smartsrf.hlp file for further information. Description Type = Permissions SmartSurf may be distributed by anyone without further permission, providing it remains unaltered and no charge beyond a reasonable fee for copying and delivering the software is charged. For permission to distribute in any other form you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the SmartSurf package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Oakley Data Services Oakley Data Services may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Oakley Data Services. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic The Modem Dictionary 2.00 Defines 700+ words relating to modems Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: R. Scott Perry Computerized Horizons 2490 Black Rock Tpke. #309 Fairfield, CT 06430-2404 Telephone: (203) 335-7431 Description Type = Short Description The Modem Dictionary v2.00. Freeware. This is a must for anyone using a modem. It contains easy-to-understand definitions of over 730 words that come up when using modems and BBS's. Helpful for both the beginner and expert. No need to try to figure out the jargon anymore! Description Type = Long Description The Modem Dictionary is just what the name implies; it is a dictionary of modem-related terms. It is freeware, and was first released in 1989. It has been continually updated since then. It currently defines close to 750 different words! It's really amazing to think that there are that many words relating to modems. The Modem Dictionary was originally released to help people new to modems figure them out, however, it became a resource for experts as well. The definitions are generally easy-to-read, so the beginner won't get lost. However, even the most obscure terms are there for the experts! The dictionary has been used by countless people for countless purposes, and the author enjoys hearing about the many ways in which it has been used. Description Type = Keywords Modem,Communications,Dictionary,Glossary,Jargon Description Type = Registration Details FREE Description Type = Installation Details There is no installation necessary. You can use any program you like to view the text file, since it is in ASCII format. Description Type = Vendor Instructions There is no special vendor processing required. Description Type = Permissions The program may be freely distributed, with several simple conditions. You may not make changes to the dictionary. Also, companies selling communications products must get my permission and see if there is a small fee before distributing The Modem Dictionary with any communication-related products. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Willy Wants it Now 1.06 Willy Wants It Now File Transfer Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: John C. Rigdon Eastern Digital Resources P.O. Box 1451 Clearwater, SC 29822-1451 Telephone: 803-593-0870 Fax: 706-737-2336 Description Type = Short Description The problem - You need to send a file via E-mail to someone on Compuserve, MCI, Internet - wherever, only the file is a ZIP or program file and you can't "ATTACH" a file that way... and snail mail is just TOO slow. WILLY WANTS IT NOW! Willy will turn the file into a text file which you can then send as a document. Description Type = Long Description The problem - You need to send a file via E-mail to someone on Compuserve, MCI, Internet - wherever, only the file is a ZIP or program file and you can't "ATTACH" a file that way... and snail mail is just TOO slow. WILLY WANTS IT NOW! Willy will turn the file into a text file which you can then send as a document. On the other end, Willy self extracts and recreates the file. I developed Willy because I needed to send program updates to a customer in Czechoslovakia named Willy. He had access to MCI Mail only. Willy Wants It Now differs from UUENCODE primarily in that it does not require the receiving party to have UUDECODE already installed on their machine. All they need is QBSASIC (which comes with DOS) and Willy will self extract and rebuild the file. Large files can be split into as many documents as you need to fit the requirements of your E-mail gateway. Description Type = Keywords E-mail, FTP, UUCP, UUENCODE, file transfer, Internet Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip the program in a directory on your hard drive Type WILLY to start. Also included is a copy of Willy for Windows. Description Type = Permissions No restrictions on use. Vendors are encouraged to contact Eastern Digital Resources, PO Box 1451, Clearwater, SC 29822-1451 to be placed on our distribution list for latest releases. E-MAIL JOHNR238@AOL.COM CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic WinNET Mail and News 2.50 WinNET mail and news with TCP/IP Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Michael Tague WinNET Communications, Inc. 330F Distellery Commons Louisville, KY 40206 Telephone: 502-589-6800 Fax: 502-589-7300 Description Type = Short Description WinNET Mail (tm) v2.50<ASP> - Direct access to the world-wide Internet and Usenet networks with powerful Windows MDI E-Mail System. Address Book, Mail Folders, Message Search, Binary Transfer, Scheduling, Background Communications, Toolbar, 57.6 Comm speeds, on-line help, easy to install. New rates include 800 number access. Supports Alternative UUCP service providers. Includes a TCP/IP Winsock for WWW browsers. Description Type = Long Description WinNET Mail is a an MS Windows MDI application that provides a tremendous front end interface to WinNET Communications' UUCP Internet/Usenet service or to any UUCP service provider. This version now includes a high performancs TCP/IP Winsock for use with WinNET's online services such as WWW browsers and all WinNET accounts include a personal WWW home page. Account setup with the WinNET service is automatic, -- total setup time is about 10 minutes for even a novice user. The software is extremely easy to use and has a beautiful tool bar for point and click functionality. Full access to the 6000+ news groups (WinNET carries *everything*, including clarinet). WinNET has integrated mail and news readers, a high performance Windows implementation of UUCP (14.4KB connect capability with v.42bis), a dial-up scheduler, extensive on-line help, integrated uuencode/decode for sending/ receiving binary files, built-in news subscription tools for easily adding and removing usenet news groups, a powerful text editor that can handle files of any size, sizable display fonts, user-definable folders for mail messages, an article-threading news reader, search tools for finding specific text in the folder systems, etc. When used with an alternative UUCP provider WinNET is shareware with a registration cost of $39.95. Description Type = Keywords MAIL, NEWS, INTERNET, USENET, MODEM, COMMUNICATIONS, UUCP, TCP/IP, WWW, FTP, BINARY, RESEARCH, EDUCATION, LAPTOP Description Type = Registration Details None when used with WinNET service, $39.95 for others. Description Type = Installation Details (READ_1ST.TXT) partial listing STEP 1. Create a temporary directory and copy the wnmail.zip file to this directory. Run the pkunzip program (commonly available shareware from PKWARE) to unzip the wnmail.zip file in this directory. STEP 2. From the Windows program manager File menu, or directly from the Window's File Manage program, Run the SETUP.EXE program supplied with the WinNET distribution. Use the More Information button to get more information on each screen. STEP 3. Run the WCI Account Setup program (ACCOUNT.EXE). This will ask you for billing and credit card information. The program will call the WinNET server and submit your account request. After a one minute pause, the program will call back to verify that the account was accepted. All account requests will be accepted unless the System Name that you choose under SETUP is already taken by another WinNET customer. If the account request is not successful, you will need to re-run SETUP, select a different System Name, and re-run the account program. UPGRADING FROM AN EARLIER VERSION OF WINNET The instructions for upgrading a previous version of WinNET are basically the same as outlined in the above steps describing a new installation. Make sure that you put the distribution .zip file wnmail.zip in a *temporary* directory before you start (NOT the directory that currently contains WinNET) and run setup from this temporary directory. When you are asked to specify the directory where WinNET should be installed, specify the same directory where your old copy of WinNET was installed. This will cause the setup program to overwrite the old WinNET files with the files from the new version. Your old setup parameters will be detected and appear as the defaults in the setup process. Note: Do not update WinNET with an older version than you already have installed. SPECIAL EXCEPTION: Version 2.50 and later will recognize when WinNET Plus, a retail version of WinNET, is installed and will only install the online software and not replace the WinNET Plus programs. Description Type = Permissions (partial listing of read_1st.txt) D i s t r i b u t i o n o f W i n N E T M a i l (TM) WinNET Communications, INC., UNCONDITIONALLY RETAINS ALL RIGHTS PURSUANT TO THE COPYRIGHT LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES. That said, we very much encourage distribution of this product, under the following conditions: 1. Any person serving as a distributor of WinNET Mail (TM) must retain exactly the original form of the WinNET Communications, Inc., distribution by including ALL files in unmodified condition. The following files that are included with the WinNET Mail (TM) distribution: ACCOUNT 001 MEGAED DLL SOURCE DAT ALT TXT NETSCAPE INI TERMS TXT BWCC DLL PROTOCOL TROUBLE TXT CHAT TXT QUEUEED EX_ UUCICO EX_ CLEANUP EX_ QUEUEED HL_ VENDOR TXT CLEANUP HL_ READ_1ST TXT VIEWER EXE CORE INI REGISTER TXT WINSOCK DL_ CORETCP DL_ RELEASE TXT WNMAIL EX_ CTL3D DL_ RESOLVER CFG WNMAIL HL_ DAEMON EX_ SERVICES WSACORE EX_ DECODE EX_ SETUP 001 WSASLIP EX_ ENCODE EX_ SETUP 002 WS_FTP INI FILELIST SETUP 003 SETUP 009 FILE_ID DIZ SETUP 004 SETUP EXE HOSTS SETUP 005 LZEXPAND DLL SETUP 006 MAILCALL EX_ SETUP 007 MAILMAN EX_ SETUP 008 2. Owners or operators of Electronic Bulletin Boards (EBB's), such as CompuServe, may acquire or accept, and then distribute copies of WinNET Mail (TM) through their EBB service, subject to the conditions above, and may further do so in the context of charging subscribers to their services a general fee for belonging to the membership of the service, and/or for time on-line, as long as these charges are not specifically related to overt sale of the WinNET Mail (TM) product. This should in no way be construed as relinquishment, by WinNET Communications, Inc., of its copyright protection and sole ownership of WinNET Mail (TM). 3. Persons wishing to contact WinNET Communications, Inc., for the purpose of negotiating limited distribution rights for WinNET Mail (TM) should review the file VENDOR.TXT, included with this distribution, which contains an application form that distributors may use to initiate the process. 4. Any persons possessing a bona fide copy of WinNET Mail (TM) as originally distributed by WinNET Communications, Inc., may freely copy and distribute the product to whomever they like, as long as exactly the original form of the distribution is retained, by including ALL files, in unmodified condition, especially but not limited to all documentation files, as long as they assess no fees beyond those required for materials needed in distributing the product, i.e., matching exactly the cost of floppy disks, mailing materials and costs, or long-distance phone charges relevant to electronic distribution. 5. With the exceptions of EBB operators, under the conditions described above, and that of persons entering into written contractual distribution agreements with WinNET Communications, Inc., other persons engaged in the distribution of software for profit ARE EXPLICITLY PROHIBITED from marketing or selling, in any form, any files or parts of files, or modified versions of files, that are part of WinNET Communications' distribution. 6. Developers of software products who incorporate ANY portion of the binary portions of the author's product, or who copy features or aspects of the user-interface of the product subject to protection by the laws of copyright, SHALL BE PROSECUTED, unless they have the express, written permission of WinNET Communications, Inc., to do so. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic {COMMO} Communicatns 6.5 High performance telecomm program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: Fred P. Brucker New Standard Software P.O. Box 141537 Columbus, OH 43214 Telephone: (614) 326-1309 Description Type = Short Description {COMMO} 6.5 - High-performance DOS terminal program, also excellent under Windows and OS/2. Chosen by professionals for it's speed, reliability and versatility. Easy, comprehensive macro programming language addresses almost any communications need. {COMMO} is very friendly to the visually impaired. This release features a new upload file selector, new utilities and many other enhancements. Shareware. Description Type = Long Description {COMMO} is a high performance communications program which has been acclaimed for its speed, small size, reliability and power. The program is easily customized for use with almost any host and application. Some major features: - Powerful macro language for automating any task, creating custom features, keyboard macros, etc. - Host mode macro. - Free-form dialing directory and support files. - Multi-tasking support for DESQview, Windows, OS/2, etc. - ANSI-BBS and VT102 terminal emulation. - Xmodem, Ymodem, Zmodem and ASCII protocols. Macros supplied for external Kermit, HS/Link, BPlus protocols. - Supports most text display modes (e.g., 25x132). - Automatic macro execution on received strings. - Chat and Doorway modes supported. - Scrollback, capture log, screen save, print log, usage log. - Extensive support for blind users with speech synthesizers. - Many additional features. Description Type = Keywords terminal,communications,dos Description Type = Registration Details $30-$60, see REGISTER.FRM for details. Description Type = Installation Details Create a \COMMO subdirectory. Copy all distribution files to this directory. Run GUIDE.BAT. See "Getting Started" in COMMO.DOC for additional details. Description Type = Permissions ELECTRONIC BULLETIN BOARD systems (BBS's, including ONLINE COMMERCIAL SERVICES) may distribute the {COMMO} Shareware package (all files in the original archive must be present and unaltered). PC user groups, computer clubs and COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTORS of Shareware may distribute {COMMO} on diskette and/or CD ROM if the following conditions are met: 1) ALL files contained in the original {COMMO} archive (as listed in READ.ME) must be distributed INTACT and UNMODIFIED. They must be contained on their own diskette or within their own archive or subdirectory. 2) The charge for distribution must be no more than $5.00 US per diskette, plus shipping and handling (this limit does not apply to collections on CD ROM or Bernoulli disk). 3) Your literature must contain a clear and prominent explanation of the SHAREWARE CONCEPT and state that a SHAREWARE FEE is to be paid to the author if the program is used beyond the trial period. Any other means of distribution without express written permission is strictly prohibited. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Address List Manager 5.10 Address List Manager Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Jack Hudgions 2324 Killarney Way Tallahassee, FL 32308-3151 Description Type = Short Description Address List Manager v5.10 - The easy and fast way to maintain your mailing list. Handles up to 2400 records per file. Features include an easy to use editor, mouse support, fast sorting, automatic return address printing and versatile customization. You can customize its output to fit any size page, index card, envelope or 1, 2, 3 or 4 across labels. New: Context-sensitive help, virtual memory, multitasker-aware, more. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Administrative Asst. 1.0 A free-form database for text & images Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ralph Dandrea Antares Corporation 1006 South Plymouth Avenue Rochester, NY 14608 Telephone: 716-527-6110 Fax: 716-328-3794 Description Type = Short Description A free-form database for storing text and images. Also very useful for searching, lookups, some topics linking, using standard templates, and advanced word processing. Also has very advanced document generation capabilities. Description Type = Long Description The Adminstrative Assistant program is a free-form database that can be used for many purposes. The software has built-in full text handling capabilities, as well as advanced document generation, producing headers, footers, and even a fully formatted table of contents. It can even print in color. Besides the document handling, images such as bitmaps and metafiles. Sample files have been included, such as the document generator, a Personal Information Manager/Tracker, a sales lead generator, a contact database, and a technical service database. The program is also fully network-ready, with built-in reocrd locking and multiple level password protection. Other features include: up to six bookmarks, time/date/counter stamping of the record text, templates, and multiple-level searching. Description Type = Keywords PIM, database, network, document, imaging, filtering, searching Description Type = Registration Details US$49.95 Description Type = Installation Details To install, simply unzip the file into a directory on the hard drive and add the application AA.EXE into the Program Manager or into your shell program. Use the program SETUP.EXE to install to a network directory, if you wish. Description Type = Vendor Instructions There are no special vendor instructions. Description Type = Permissions Antares Corporation gives full permission to distribute the demo copy of Administrative assistant, except for the two following restrictions: vendors may not charge more than $5US for distribution fees, and none of the files inluded in the demo can be changed or altered in any way. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls BALLCARDS(tm) 3.2 3.2 The Best Selling Sports Card Program! Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Bob Smith Bob-Kit Software Co. 26154 Colman Drive Suite One Warren, MI 48091-3930 Telephone: 810-758-4580 Fax: 810-758-4121 Description Type = Short Description BALLCARDS v3.2: Leading sports card tracker! Inventory any cards you collect (Baseball, Hockey, etc.) from any card company. Create detailed reports based on player, value, yr, user-specified criteria, much more! 'Want Lists' are quick & easy. Very user-friendly. Customize your copy with 'user-definables'! Stick with the winner -> First release: 9/91 Registration includes 175,000+ card data- base and printed user guide. Description Type = Long Description BALLCARDS is an easy-to-use inventory program. It helps collectors track the cards they have, how much they're worth, and which cards are needed to complete a set. Whether you're new to the hobby or have been at it for years, this program will be a welcome organizer and reporter for your entire collection! Up to 40 card-types may be defined, so you're not limited to just a few sports - ANY cards you collect may be tracked & reported on. Four years have been spent developing, writing, and re- writing this software to make it EASY, FAST, and the ULTIMATE program for card collectors. Plus, this is the only card program with hundreds of "user-definables" - you're able to CUSTOMIZE fieldnames, pop-up window data, and the Manufacturers for your own needs! Many fields are pre-defined to help get you going, but you can edit them easily. BALLCARDS comes complete with a fantastic report generator. Each report can be created, printed, or viewed anytime. Summary Summary reports are also available. Let the program: * Find all cards of one player. * List your collection and show you its total value. You need an inventory of your cards for insurance purposes - now you'll have one! * Locate all cards worth over $5. (or ANY value you choose) * Search for Rookie Cards. * Find all cards you've put in one particular box (by taking advantage of user-definable fields) * Create a 'Want List' for your next visit to the local card shop. * Show only cards from one card manufacturer. * Narrow a search down to any one year or range of years. * Much more! New Features in Version 3.2: * 'YEAR' menu stays one year ahead. * 'Card #' field allows letters and/or numbers. * Each card-type has its own set of 175 user-definables. * Expanded Manufacturer and name fields. * User-definables are alphabetized after edits. * 2 new value fields added: PAID and SOLD This shareware release includes the complete 1994 Donruss baseball card database. Over 450 data-files are included with the registered version! Stick with the winner: More collectors trust their cards to BALLCARDS than any other card inventory program available as shareware. Registration benefits include a 175,000+ card database that lists current values and saves you alot of typing! Description Type = Keywords BALLCARDS,Baseball,Basketball,BOB-KIT,Cards,Collect,Football,Hockey Description Type = Registration Details $29.95 USA Description Type = Vendor Instructions Be sure these files are together in the same directory: README, BC.EXE, BC32.DOC, BSBLL.DAT, BSKTBLL.DAT, FOOTBLL.DAT, HOCKY.DAT, ORDER.DOC, VENDOR.DOC, VIEW.COM, FILE_ID.DIZ, & DOSSBSBL.394 Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, or satellite distributor may carry this shareware release without obtaining further permission from Bob-Kit Software ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertising, brochures, etc. make it clear that this software requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation period. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls CD-ROM Guide 1.1 Directory of DOS & Windows CD-ROM Titl Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Roger & Kathy Cox Save the Planet Software P.O. Box 45 Pitkin, CO 81241 Telephone: 303-641-5035 Description Type = Short Description CD-ROM GUIDE v1.1 <ASP> Directory of DOS & Windows CD-ROM titles. Includes title name, system requirements, description, price, & full publisher contact info. (incl. FAX and 800 numbers). 50 Topic categories for easy browsing/access. Plus screen shots from actual CD-ROMs. Many titles may only be obtained directly from the publisher - not through distributors or catalogs. Shareware. $29. Description Type = Long Description A directory of available CD-ROM titles for DOS and Windows use. Includes title name, system requirements, description, price, and full publisher contact information (including 800 number and FAX). This helpful guide will let you locate exciting and unusual CD-ROMs - because many titles can only be obtained direct from the publisher, and not through dealers or catalogs. 50 Topic categories for easy browsing/access, plus actual CD-ROM screen shots and multimedia tips. Registered users receive an enhanced version on CD-ROM containing additional listings and screen shots. $29 <ASP> Description Type = Keywords CD-ROM, Multimedia, directories, Windows, DOS, business, reference, games, software Description Type = Registration Details $29 plus $3 S&H in US & Canada ($10 S&H elsewhere) Description Type = Installation Details HOW TO INSTALL: This sofware consists of many files in 2 self-extracting archives - CDINSTL1.EXE and CDINSTL2.EXE. Create a directory - we suggest the name "CDROMG" - on your hard drive, copy these 2 files into it, extract the files by typing the command names listed above, and you are ready to run! (Once the files are extracted, CDINSTL1.EXE and CDINSTL2.EXE may be deleted.) For detailed step-by-step help with installation, see the steps listed below, which assume you are installing the software from 2 floppies on drive A: and are installing CD-ROM GUIDE files to your C: hard disk. (If you are using drive B, substitute B: for A: everywhere): C: (make your hard disk the default drive) MKDIR \CDROMG (create a CDROM guide directory) CD \CDROMG (go to the new directory) -- insert the disk containing CDINSTL1.EXE into drive A: -- COPY A:*.* C: (copy all files to your hard drive) -- insert the disk containing CDINSTL2.EXE into drive A: -- COPY A:*.* C: (copy all files to the hard drive) CDINSTL1 (extract the files from CDINSTL1) CDINSTL2 (extract the files from CDINSTL2) DEL CDINSTL1 DEL CDINSTL2 (delete the compressed archive files) ----------------------------------------------------------- HOW TO RUN: type CD\CDROMG (set the default directory) type CDROMG (run the CDROMG.EXE program) SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: VGA, 640K RAM, and a hard disk ---------------- CDINSTL1.EXE and CDINSTL2.EXE self-extracting archives use the LHA program, Copyright 1991, Yoshi. Description Type = Vendor Instructions CD-ROM GUIDE is provided in ZIP form, but disk vendors may unzip CDROMGxx.ZIP, and place the contents on one 720K floppy or TWO 360K floppy disks. If you do this, please put ALL the files EXCEPT CDINSTL2.EXE on the first disc, and place the CDINSTL2.EXE file on the second floppy. You may create your own customized installation routines if you like, so long as the CD-ROM GUIDE is the ONLY shareware on the disk(s), and the disk(s) are labeled and sold with the "CD-ROM GUIDE" name. Vendors/Sysops are free to use the "ROMGUIDE.PCX" screen shot file for advertising/packaging/etc, but may NOT distribute the other .PCX and .GIF files separately from the CD-ROM GUIDE shareware package. Preferred BBS Name: CDROMG11.ZIP (or CDROMGxx.ZIP where xx is the ver. #) See the Permission Section (or the VENDOR.DOC file) for additional information regarding shareware distribution restrictions. UPDATES: Both the shareware and registered versions are updated frequently. Updates may be obtained from the monthy ASP distribution CD-ROM for BBS and Vendor members of the ASP. Non-ASP members are encouraged to join, in the meantime you should download the latest version of CDROMGxx.ZIP from an ASP BBS, or else obtain a current CD-ROM from one of the ASP vendors listed below. Other vendors publish CD-ROMs, but we have noticed that these members update their CD-ROMs on a regular basis. Their shareware collections are listed in more detail inside this CD-ROM GUIDE, of course! - Advantage Plus Dist. 14202 Carlson Ave. Tampa, FL 33626 (813) 854-2201 - JCSM Marketing P.O. Box 1216 Lakeville, MN 55044 (612) 469-5898 - PsL - Public Software Library P.O. Box 35705 Houston, TX 77235-5705 (713) 524-6394 (Please do not contact Save The Planet Software to obtain shareware updates, as we no longer mail floppy disks to vendors and sysops...It's time to buy a CD-ROM drive.) Description Type = Permissions Distribution Permission: As copyright holders for "CD-ROM GUIDE", Roger & Kathy Cox authorize distribution only in accordance with the following restrictions: - All files (including this one) in the shareware evaluation version package must be included and unmodified. All copyright notices must be left intact. No part of the registered version may be distributed in any way except under individual license, after payment of fees to the copyright holders. - Shareware floppy disk vendors must not include shareware from other authors on the "CD-ROM GUIDE" floppy disks they distribute. Any labeling, sales, distribution, or advertising of this product must be done under the "CD-ROM GUIDE" product name. Vendors and sysops are hereby given permission to use the ROMGUIDE.PCX graphics file for their catalogs, packaging, or other advertising. - Permission is given to distribute this shareware evaluation version on CD-ROM discs and through retail (rack-vend) shareware sales. - The graphic files in this software package contain screen shots obtained by special permission from the CD-ROM titles publishers, and are provided solely for illustrative use within this CD-ROM GUIDE. They may not be distributed or used separately for any other purpose. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls CD-Scan version 5.02 5.02 Music CD Cataloging system Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Joseph K.S. Dunn A.I.S.S. 2 Narvik Crescent Hackham West, Adelaide South Australia, 5163 Australia Telephone: 08 2963899 Description Type = Short Description Powerful music CD cataloguing system Quick Browse, Search by artist, title, song name, length or range, comment, unique id. Sort by artist or title, accommodates various artist cds, view lyrics of tracks, flexible print/export of data, calculate stats, merge catalogues, undelete, optimize, etc, online manual, full mouse support ... Description Type = Long Description Cd Scan is a powerful music cataloguing system specifically designed for cataloguing a compact disk collection. Up to 75 cds each containing up to 99 tracks may be accommodated on this Budget Edition. The program includes a powerful and flexible search facility and a quick scan browse facility which allows you to quickly browse through your collection. The index may be sorted by either the cd title or the artist name at the press of a key. A cd's contents may be displayed, and you may even browse the lyrics of a given track (if they exist). The print facility allows you to create title or artist lists as well as a complete record of your whole catalogue and much more. These lists may be printed directly or exported to your favourite word processor for further editing. Preparation of recorded material is made easy by Cd Scan's ability to accumulate selected track times and generate a list of these selections, which perhaps could be used as a cassette label. A Utilities Menu offers maintenance features like Optimisation to ensure the most efficient access to your cd collection, an option to recover deleted cds, a facility to merge two catalogues together, the ability to select a different colour scheme and a function to calculate some statistics about your collection like average track time etc. You may also "lock" Cd Scan so that if you are using it in a library or other public display, data may be protected from unauthorised modification. Besides Cd Scan's powerful features to make cataloging your cds enjoyable and efficient, the program will also do its best to protect your data. Cd scan will automatically detect a missing or corrupt index and will attempt to rectify the situation, if it is ever needed. To ensure that you get the most out of this cataloguing system, the User Manual may be called up from any of the menus at the press of a key (or the click of a mouse button). Description Type = Keywords Music;Catalogue;CD Description Type = Registration Details $75Australian Description Type = Installation Details To run Cd Scan you need an IBM compatible with at least 384k ram and DOS 2.11 or later. If you intend to use Cd Scan near full capacity, 640k is required. A hard disk is recommended for fastest and most reliable performance. Cd Scan is distributed on a single floppy disk. The files on this disk should be placed in a directory by themselves. For the uninitiated, a directory is a place on the disk which contains files belonging to a particular group, i.e. all these files belong to Cd Scan and therefore should be placed in an area by themselves to distinguish there function from say your word processor files. To make a directory and place Cd Scan into it do the following: 1. Exit any application you may be running and get to the DOS prompt. 2. From this point Create a Directory called CD-SCAN on your main working Disk 3. Place the disk with the Cd Scan Archive file on it into drive A and unzip the file CDS502.ZIP into the subdirectory that you have created for the program (eg PKUNZIP A:\CDS502.ZIP C:\CD-SCAN\*.* 4. Once you have been returned to the DOS prompt, you may run CD Scan by typing the command: CDSB See your DOS manual about creating batch files if you wish to run Cd Scan from a batch file or see the appropriate documentation if you wish to run Cd Scan from a menu program. Any lyrics files must be placed in a subdirectory of cd-scan called lyrics, I.e. the directory structure should look like: C:\CD-SCAN\LYRICS Description Type = Vendor Instructions Please Distribute The Entire Archive File CDS502.ZIP. If a fee is charged for Distribution, it must be clearly stated that this does not cover the registration of this software. If a fee is charged it should not exceed $20 Australian per copy To Distribute in package form such as CD ROM Please notify and arange with the Author Description Type = Permissions JCS MARKETING to distribute on CDROM Any to distribute file CDS502.ZIP on BBS or Disk CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Cubmate 1.2a Very comprehensive cub scout database Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Kevin A. Coleman Bushwick Finance Station P.O. Box 210574 Brooklyn, NY 11221-0010 Telephone: (718) 919-2082 Description Type = Short Description Cubmate v1.2 is the most comprehensive pack/den database available. Offers such things as: 9 pages per scout, adult leader tracking, mail merge, several reports, book inventory module, pack/den inventory and financial modules, permission slips and a great deal more. Very user-friendly and supported very well. Description Type = Long Description Introducing Cubmate v1.2 -- the last cub scouting software you'll ever need! Cubmate is what you've been waiting for in comprehensiveness, user friendliness and complete user upgradability. It is also the least expensive of the major scouting software packages. Look at all Cubmate offers: * 8 pages of information on each scout (including personal and parent info, activity badges, other awards, positions held (incl. history), ranks (and requirements completed), up to 52 weeks of dues paid (attendance), arrow points, stars, camping, medical info, etc. * Adult leader tracking which tracks personal and business information, awards, training, positions and group/committees. * Pack Inventory and Activity Badge Book Library modules which track the inventory of the pack/den, if it's lent out and to whom, etc. * Financial Module tracks up to 5 pack/den accounts. * Several reports are available including Advancement Progress Reports, Roster, Phone List, and more. Cubmate also allows you to "PAINT" reports which means that you can CUSTOMIZE your own reports. So now the combinations are limitless. Samples are included (including a General Worksheet Form). Individual Progress reports (suitable for sending to district offices) are available also. * Global Updates allows you to update a batch of records at once (dues, activity badges, camping and event information). * You can also make Permission Slips. * Mail Merge allows you to type the letter once and send it to all or select adults and/or scouts. * You can form projects/groups/committees in Cubmate. You can then assign adults and scouts to these groups, and then send mail merges (or reports, etc.) only to people assigned to these groups. * You have complete control over defaults. You can easily modify den numbers, group/committee names/codes, colors, den positions, return addresses and default City/State/Zip Code and Area Codes. * You can add or delist activity badges effortlessly. Do other programs allow this? * Ability to query the database for things such as scout's that have (or don't have) activity badges, rank, in certain dens, in certain group/committees, paid dues on a certain date, arrow points. * Ability to mark badges as unawarded with the touch of a button (make grocery lists). * Cubmaster notepad and deluxe calendar with alarm. * MUCH MORE! Best of all, the cost is just $35 plus $4 s & h. To order, call 718-919-2082 to order C.O.D. ($5 extra) or send the amount in a check or money order to: Kevin Coleman Bushwick Finance Station P.O. Box 210574 Brooklyn, NY 11221-0010 (this package is in no way affiliated with the Boy Scouts of America) Description Type = Keywords scouting, database, cub scout, troop, tracking, record keeping Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 Description Type = Installation Details Type "INSTALL" and follow the prompts. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls DataBase Generator 5.5 Stowit! Database Manager version 5.5 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Peter Neuendorffer 1399 Commonwealth Ave. #11 Allston, MA 02134 Telephone: 617-254-2213 Description Type = Short Description Stowit! Database Generator V 5.5 design your own database records includes text data importing. Description Type = Long Description Stowit allows you to create four files for a basic database. The files could be for an audio collection, a list of Boats, an employee file, It could be a list of books, a film digest. It could be any collection of records that you wish. Stowit allows up to twenty one lines for each record in Stowit and one thousand records for each file. Stowit has a variety of searching, sorting, text import, text export, and printing options. A longstanding problem with files greater than 255 records is finally fixed. Description Type = Registration Details $20.00 Description Type = Installation Details To install Stowit and get it up and running is simple. You don't have to run any special programs. First, here is a description of the system you need to run my program. You need at least an XT with hard drive. This program does not support use on a floppy drive. - This is a DOS program, not a WINDOWS program. - An XT or AT or 386 or 486 IBM (r) compatible computer. - 1 Megabyte of RAM standard. - A Hard Drive. Stowit's data files grow in size. - A Monochrome or color card. A monochrome or color monitor. - A Printer is optional. It must be a parallel printer. - This program does not use a mouse. To install to your hard drive, and run Stowit, follow these steps. 1. Copy the files to a Hard Drive sub directory 2. Run Stowit from its own directory on the hard drive. 3. Run STOWIT.EXE. - - - - - - {EXAMPLE} - - - - - - - - - - - Here is what you would type from the DOS prompt. Suppose your floppy drive's letter is B. If it is A, substitute the letter A for B in the directions below. C refers to the letter of your hard drive. <ENTER> means to press the enter key following each command. Insert the Stowit disk in the B drive Now type: c: <ENTER> cd\ <ENTER> md stowit <ENTER> b: <ENTER> cd\ <ENTER> copy *.* c:\stowit <ENTER> To go to your hard drive: c: <ENTER> To run Stowit any time: cd\stowit <ENTER> stowit <ENTER> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Description Type = Permissions I provide this software as is, with no warranty as to suitability. I welcome your comments on the RIME bbs network. I log on at Channel One bbs (617-354-8873). You must be verified on Channel One to download Stowit copies from their system. Please note that I will not send any disks or media, as the program is complete as is. This evaluation package is not "crippled" in any way. You are free to distribute this software as is. You may use it for one month free of charge. If you continue to use Stowit, send the $20.00 registration fee to CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls G-Scoutmate 1.1a Very comprehensive girl scout database Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Kevin A. Coleman Bushwick Finance Station P.O. Box 210574 Brooklyn, NY 11221-0010 Telephone: (718) 919-2082 Description Type = Short Description G-Scoutmate v1.1 is the most comprehensive girl scout troop database available. Offers such things as: 22 pages per scout (tracks everything), adult leader tracking, mail merge, several reports, book inventory module, troop inventory and financial modules, new try-its, permission slips and a great deal more. Very user-friendly and supported very well. Description Type = Long Description Introducing G-Scoutmate -- the last girl scouting software you'll ever need! G-Scoutmate is what you've been waiting for in comprehensiveness, user friendliness and complete user upgradability. It is also the least expensive of the major scouting software packages. Look at all G-Scoutmate offers: * 22 (yes 22) pages of information on each scout (including personal and parent info, badges & patches, other awards, positions held (including history), levels (and requirements completed), up to 52 weeks of dues paid (attendance), service, training, events, camping, medical info, etc. * Adult leader tracking which tracks personal and business information, awards, training, positions and group/committees. * Troop Inventory and Badge Book Library modules which track the inventory of the troop, if it's lent out and to whom, etc. * Financial Module tracks up to 5 troop accounts. * Several reports are available including Advancement Progress Reports, Roster, Phone List, Specific Badge & Patch Reports, and much more. G-Scoutmate also allows you to "PAINT" reports which means that you can CUSTOMIZE your own reports. So now the combinations are limitless. Samples are included (including a General Worksheet Form). * Global Updates allows you to update a batch of records at once (dues, badges, patches, try its, camping and event info). * You can also make Permission Slips. * Mail Merge allows you to type the letter once and send it to all or select adults and/or scouts. * You can form projects/groups/committees in G-Scoutmate. You can then assign adults and scouts to these groups, and then send mail merges (or reports, etc.) only to people assigned to these groups. * You have complete control over defaults. You can easily modify den numbers, group/committee names/codes, colors, troop and adult positions, return addresses and default City/State/Zip Code/Area Codes. * Ability to query the database for things such as scout's that have (or don't have) badges and patches, level, in certain patrols, in certain group/committees, paid dues on a certain date, etc. * Ability to mark badges as unawarded with the touch of a button (make grocery lists). * Ability to add Try Its, Interest Project Patches and Proficiency Badges. * Troop Leader notepad and deluxe calendar with alarm. * MUCH MORE! Best of all, the cost is just $35 plus $4 s & h. To order, call 718-919-2082 to order C.O.D. ($5 extra) or send the amount in a check or money order to: Kevin Coleman Bushwick Finance Station P.O. Box 210574 Brooklyn, NY 11221-0010 (this package is in no way affiliated with the Girl Scouts of the U.S.A.) Description Type = Keywords scouting, database, girl scout, troop, tracking, record keeping Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 Description Type = Installation Details Type "INSTALL" and follow the prompts. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Information Please 2.11 Store, retrieve, search & print text Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Alan C. Elliott TexaSoft P.O. Box 1169 Cedar Hill, TX 75104 Telephone: (214) 291-2115 Fax: (214) 291-3400 Description Type = Short Description Information Please is for anyone who has pieces of textual information, such as product descriptions, catalogs, memos, descriptions, etc, that they want to store and then find, view or print by a keyword search. You can also link a graphic to each text record. Shareware. TexaSoft is a member of ASP and ESC. Description Type = Long Description Information Please is for anyone who has pieces of textual information, such as product descriptions, catalogs, memos, descriptions, etc, that they want to store and then find, view or print by a keyword search. You can also link a graphic to each text record. PC FOCUS says, "What a real joy this program is. Information Please is a complete text storage and retreival system...It is probably the best program I have seen this year." Dr. Filefinder says, "IP looks very good. I'm going to want to keep up to date with this one!" Enter information from keyboard or import from ASCII file. Search, Display and Print entries using keyword or full-text searches that allow mulitple AND and OR criteria. Relate text to a PCX graphic or another program. User interface is an easy to learn pull down menu (Windows-Like) interface. Contains example "textbase" with helps for dealing with DOS disk problems. Shareware. Texasoft is a member of ASP and ESC. Description Type = Keywords Textbase, Database, Free Form ASP, ESC, TexaSoft Description Type = Registration Details $49.00 Description Type = Installation Details Make the disk or directory containing the program the default drive or directory. Enter the command INSTALL to begin the installation program, follow the instructions on the screen. Description Type = Permissions We are members of the Association of Shareware Professionals (ASP). You may distribute this program by selling disks containing unaltered versions of this shareware program. You should describe the shareware concept to customers and encourage registrations. We do not allow our program to appear in catalogs that also include sexually explicit programs. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Org. Records/tape/cd 6.04 Database designed for tapes/cds/record Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Hudgic Homecraft Software P.O.Box 974 Tualatin, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description Organize Your CD's, Albums & Tapes v6.04 Software for cataloging music. CDs, tapes, LPs, 45s, and even music videos os can all be cataloged. You'll find the music you want fast! Easy-to-use and fully menu operated. Just fill in the blanks. Incl's graphics displays! Nominated for the Home & Hobby Shareware Industry Award for 1994. !!! Shareware by PSG-HomeCraft !!! Description Type = Long Description HomeCraft's specialized database designed specifically for cataloging CDs, tapes, LPs, 45s and music videos. Designed to be easy-to-use it is completely menu operated with 3-D pull down menus. Handles up to 10,000,000 entries and can alphabetize, search and cross reference any of the information you've entered about your collection. Includes user definable reports that can print anything from labels and index cards to full page reports. Now includes the capability to display graohic images! Goldmine Magazine rated HomeCraft's software as the best available for cataloging a music collection. Published by HomeCraft Software, the leader in software for collectors. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Installation Details type INSTALL Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The purpose of this is so that we will know who you are and we can then keep you supplied with updates. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. This software may not be sold on retail racks or CD-ROM disks, by either ASP or non-ASP vendors, without specific written permission, which specifically discusses rack/retail vending, from the author. Our rack/retail license agreement requires the payment of a royalty, and requires that the vendor put their address on the disk label or packaging. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 18 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added to disks containing this software, however this software may not be integrated into or included as a part of any other software. Individual copies of this software may not be sold for more than $5. This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Org. Your Art Col. 6.04 Database designed for art collections Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Hudgic Homecraft Software P.O.Box 974 Tualatin, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description Organize Your Art - Version 6.04 Catalog all types of art: sculpture, paintings, drawings, posters, etc. Perfect for insurance purposes! And tracking the value of your collection. Easy mouse/menu operation. Just fill in the blanks. Displays PCX graphics! Nominated for the Best Home & Hobby Shareware Award for 1994. !!! Shareware by: PSG-HomeCraft!!! Description Type = Long Description HomeCraft's specialized database designed specifically for cataloging art - including prints, paintings, crafts and sculpture. Designed to be easy-to-use this software is completely menu operated using 3-D pull down menus. With a capacity of 10,000,000 entries it can handle any size collection. You can easily alphabetize, search and cross reference any of the information you've entered about your collection. The ability to design your own reports lets you print anything from labels and index cards to full page reports. Plus you have the flexibility to just the fields that you need to catalog your collection in as little or as much detail as you want. And, if you want, you can store a graphic image with each entry in your catalog. Published by HomeCraft Software, the leader in software for collectors. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. This software may not be sold on retail racks or CD-ROM disks, by either ASP or non-ASP vendors, without specific written permission covering retail/CD-ROM distribution from the author. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 24 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added to disks containing this software, however this software may not be integrated into or included as a part of any other software. Individual copies of this software may not be sold for more than $7. This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Org. Your Books/Mags 6.04 Database especially for books collecti Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Hudgic Homecraft Software P.O.Box 974 Tualatin, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description Organize Your Books & Magazines v6.04 The perfect way to keep track of your books, magazines, or any printed material. Makes cataloging your library easy. You'll know what you have and where it is located. Just fill in the blanks. Even catalog single chapters! Nominated for the best Home & Hobby Shareware Award for 1994. !!! Shareware by PSG-Homecraft !!! Description Type = Long Description HomeCraft's specialized database designed specifically for cataloging books and magazines. Designed to be easy-to-use it is completely menu operated with 3-D pull down menus. Handles up to 10,000,000 entries and can alphabetize, search and cross reference any of the information you've entered about your collection. Includes user definable reports that can print anything from labels and index cards to full page reports. Now includes the ability to display graphic images. The Journal of the National Book Collector's Society called our software: "a very complete program designed to meet the needs of the most demanding book collector." Published by HomeCraft Software, the leader in software for collectors. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The purpose of this is so that we will know who you are and we can then keep you supplied with updates. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 24 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added to disks containing this software, however this software may not be integrated into or included as a part of any other software. Individual copies of this software may not be sold for more than $5.00 This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Org. Your Coins Coll 6.05 Database specifically for coin collect Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Hudgic Homecraft Software P.O.Box 974 Tualatin, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description Organize Your Coin Collection -v6.05 Use up to 21 criteria to organize any type coin. Great for insurance and tracking the value of your collection Perform calculations in fields; and all fields and reports are fully user definable. Fully mouse/menu operated! Nominated for the Best Home & Hobby Shareware Award for 1994. !!! Shareware by: PSG-HomeCraft !!! Description Type = Long Description HomeCraft's specialized database designed specifically for cataloging coin collections from any country. Using up to 21 fields you can catalog your collection to as great a detail as you need. Great for insurance purposes and for tracking the value of a collection. Organize Your Coin Collection is easy-to-use and completely menu operated with 3-D pull down menus. Handles up to 10,000,000 entries and can alphabetize, search and cross reference any of the information you've entered about your collection. Imports and exports dBase files. Provides a browse mode so you can "page" through your videos. Includes user definable reports that can print anything from labels and index cards to full page reports. Published by HomeCraft Software, the leader in software for collectors. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The purpose of this is so that we will know who you are and we can then keep you supplied with updates. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 24 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added to disks containing this software, however this software may not be integrated into or included as a part of any other software. Individual copies of this software may not be sold for more than $5.00 This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Org. Your Gun Coll. 6.05 Database especially for gun collection Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Hudgic Homecraft Software P.O.Box 974 Tualatin, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description Organize Your Gun Collection -v6.05 Sofware for organizing gun collections Suitable for both casual and licensed collectors-you can inventory each gun using up to 21 criteria. Fast! Easy- to-use; full mouse/menu support. Just fill in the blanks. PCX graphics. Nominated for the Best Home & Hobby Shareware Award for 1994. !!! Shareware by: PSG-Homecraft !!! Description Type = Long Description HomeCraft's specialized database designed specifically for cataloging gun collections. This software is suitable for both casual and licensed collectors. You can catalog you collection by up to 21 different criteria. It is easy-to-use and completely menu operated featuring 3-D pull down menus. The 10,000,000 entry capacity can handle any size collection and you can alphabetize, search and cross reference any of the information you've entered about your collection. Imports and exports dBase files. Provides a browse mode so you can "page" through your videos. Includes user definable reports that can print anything from labels and index cards to full page reports. Published by HomeCraft Software, the leader in software for collectors. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The purpose of this is so that we will know who you are and we can then keep you supplied with updates. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 24 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added to disks containing this software, however this software may not be integrated into or included as a part of any other software. Individual copies of this software may not be sold for more than $5.00 This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Org. Your Photos 6.05 Database especially for photo collecti Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Hudgic Homecraft Software P.O.Box 974 Tualatin, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description Organize Your Photographs -v6.05 Catalog prints, negatives, and slides using up to 21 criteria for each. Be able to quickly find the picture you need! Fully user definable! Easy-to- use mouse/menu operation. Just fill in the blanks. Displays PCX images! Nominated for the Best Home & Hobby Shareware Award for 1994. !!! Shareware by: PSG-HomeCraft !!! Description Type = Long Description HomeCraft's specialized database designed specifically for cataloging slides, negatives and photographic prints. Ideal for both family photographs and stock photo libraries. Organize Your Photographs is easy-to-use and completely menu operated with 3-D pull down menus. Handles up to 10,000,000 entries and can alphabetize, search for and cross reference any of the information you've entered about your collection. Imports and exports dBase files. A copy previous entry makes entering information about similar photographs quick and easy. Includes user definable reports that can print anything from slide labels to full page reports. Plus each entry in your catalog can include a graphic image of the photograph or slide which OYC can display on the screen. Published by HomeCraft Software, the leader in software for collectors. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The purpose of this is so that we will know who you are and we can then keep you supplied with updates. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 24 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added to disks containing this software, however this software may not be integrated into or included as a part of any other software. Individual copies of this software may not be sold for more than $5.00 This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Org. Your Stamp Col. 6.04 Database designed for stamp collection Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Hudgic Homecraft Software P.O.Box 974 Tualatin, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description Organize Your Stamp Collection -v6.04 Catalog any type of stamp from any country. Use up to 21 criteria to catalog each stamp, and include a PCX image of the stamp! Fast! Easy-to-use and fully menu operated. Just fill in the blanks. Fully user definable! Nominated for the Best Home and Hobby Shareware award for 1994. !!! Shareware by: PSG-HomeCraft !!! Description Type = Long Description HomeCraft's specialized database designed specifically for cataloging postage stamps from any country. Designed to be easy-to-use it is completely menu operated with 3-D pull down menus. Handles up to 10,000,000 stamps and can alphabetize, search and cross reference any of the information you've entered about your collection. Sort your collection by county, description, year or any of 18 other criteria. Plus the entry for each stamp can include a photograph or drawing of thestamp. Includes user definable reports that can print anything from labels and index cards to full page reports. Published by HomeCraft Software, the leader in software for collectors. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. This software may not be sold on retail racks or CD-ROM disks, by either ASP or non-ASP vendors, without specific written permission covering retail/CD-ROM distribution from the author. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 24 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added to disks containing this software, however this software may not be integrated into or included as a part of any other software. Individual copies of this software may not be sold for more than $7. This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Org. Your Video Tape 6.04 Database designed for video tapes Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Hudgic Homecraft Software P.O.Box 974 Tualatin, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description Organize Your Video Tapes -v6.04 Video tape cataloging system that's perfect for movies, TV shows, and even family videos. You'll know what you have and where it is! Easy-to-use fully menu operated. Just fill in the blanks Includes graphics displays! Nominated for the Best Home & Hobby Shareware Award for 1994. !!! Shareware by: PSG-HomeCraft !!! Description Type = Long Description HomeCraft's specialized database designed specifically for cataloging video tapes including family videos, TV shows and movies. It helps you keep track of what videos you have, what tape they are on and where on the tape they are located. This software is easy-to-use and completely menu operated with 3-D pull down menus. Handles up to 10,000,000 entries and can alphabetize, search and cross reference any of the information you've entered about your collection. Published by HomeCraft Software, the leader in software for collectors. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. This software may not be sold on retail racks or CD-ROM disks, by either ASP or non-ASP vendors, without specific written permission covering retail/CD-ROM distribution from the author. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 24 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added to disks containing this software, however this software may not be integrated into or included as a part of any other software. Individual copies of this software may not be sold for more than $7. This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Org. Your Wine Cellr 6.05 Database especially for Wine collectio Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Hudgic Homecraft Software P.O.Box 974 Tualatin, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description Organize Your Wine - v6.05 Designed for people who collect wine and those who just enjoy good wine. Know what you have, when it's ready to drink, and how you rate each wine. Menu/mouse operated. Just fill in the blanks. Includes graphics displays! Nominated for the Best Home & Hobby Shareware Award for 1994. !!! Shareware by: PSG-HomeCraft !!! Description Type = Long Description HomeCraft's specialized inventory system for both keeping track of wines you've enjoyed and for cataloging a wine cellar. You don't need to bne a wine collector to use this software. It's handy for just remembering a wine you enjoyed at a restaurant. However, it includes power features that make cataloging an extensive wine cellar easy. This software is fully menu operated with 3-D pull down menus. It handles up to 10,000,000 entries and can alphabetize, search and cross reference any of the information you've entered about your collection. Includes user definable reports that can print anything from labels and index cards to full page reports. User definable fields allow you to adapt the software to best meet your specific needs. Published by HomeCraft Software, the leader in software for collectors. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The purpose of this is so that we will know who you are and we can then keep you supplied with updates. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 24 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added to disks containing this software, however this software may not be integrated into or included as a part of any other software. Individual copies of this software may not be sold for more than $5.00 This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Organize Your Home 6.04 Database designed for home inventory Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Hudgic Homecraft Software P.O.Box 974 Tualatin, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description Organize Your Home -v6.04 You'll know what you have, where it is, and what it's worth. Provides an easy-to-maintain, simple to use home inventory. Just fill in the blanks! And it's great for antiques. Fully mouse/menu operated. Displays PCX. Nominated for the Best Home & Hobby Shareware award for 1994. !!! Shareware by: PSG-HomeCraft Description Type = Long Description HomeCraft's specialized database designed specifically for maintaining a home inventory. Helps you keep track of what you own, where it is located and what it costs. Your insurance agent will love it! This software is easy-to-use and completely menu menu operated with 3-D pull down menus. It handles up to 10,000,000 entries and can alphabetize, search and cross reference any of the information you've entered about your collection. Includes user definable reports that can print anything from labels and index cards to full page reports. Published by HomeCraft Software, the leader in software for organizing things. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. This software may not be sold on retail racks or CD-ROM disks, by either ASP or non-ASP vendors, without specific written permission covering retail/CD-ROM distribution from the author. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 24 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added to disks containing this software, however this software may not be integrated into or included as a part of any other software. Individual copies of this software may not be sold for more than $7. This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Organize! Your Coll. 1.30 Database specially for cat. collection Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Hudgic Homecraft Software P.O.Box 974 Tualatin, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description ▒ Organize Your Collection In Windows ▒ ╔══════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ The perfect way to keep track of your║ ║ collection from the leading publish- ║ ║ er of software for collectors. Incl-║ ║ udes catalogs for videos, music, home║ ║ inventory, books, coins, stamps, wine║ ║ and more. Fully user definable! ║ ║ ▒▒▒ Great shareware by: HomeCraft ▒▒▒║ ╚══════════════════════════════════════╝ Description Type = Long Description LONGER DESCRIPTION: New Windows software for cataloging your collection from the leading publisher of software for collectors--HomeCraft. HomeCraft's specialized Windoes software designed specifically for cataloging music, books, video tapes, stamp collections, wine, coins, and even a complete home inventory. This software takes advantage of Windows to make cataloging your collection very easy. Yet you'll also have a wide variety of powerful features that allow you to search, sort, alphabetize, and organize your collection the way you want. Includes reports that you can design yourself, so you'll get your information out of the computer in exactly the form you want. A 10,000,000 entry capacity can handle the largest collections. Push buttons on the Main Screen screen allow you to by-pass the menus, making using this software fast and easy. Plus it is fully compatible with all of HomeCraft's catalogs of pre-entered information. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The purpose of this is so that we will know who you are and we can then keep you supplied with updates. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. This software may not be sold on retail racks or CD-ROM disks, by either ASP or non-ASP vendors, without specific written permission, covering this specific program, from PSG-HomeCraft. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 18 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added. Disk vendors may not sell individual copies of this software for more than $5. This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Realtr Data Base MGR 2.04 The Realtor COMPS Data Base Manager Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: John C. Rigdon Eastern Digital Resources P.O. Box 1451 Clearwater, SC 29822-1451 Telephone: 803-593-0870 Fax: 706-737-2336 Description Type = Short Description COMPS is designed for real estate agents to maintain their listings. It integrates with BLINC for com- plete agent management of prospects and listings. You can search for any piece of information and display properties that match your criteria. COMPS also allows for use of scanned images for presentation. Description Type = Keywords real estate, comps, Eastern, data base, property, house Description Type = Registration Details $135.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip the program in a directory on your hard drive Install in Windows by choosing, FILE-NEW-PROGRAM ITEM-OK. Description Type = Permissions No restrictions on use. Vendors are encouraged to contact Eastern Digital Resources, PO Box 1451, Clearwater, SC 29822-1451 to be placed on our distribution list for latest releases. E-MAIL JOHNR238@AOL.COM CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls ScoutMate 3.2a Very comprehensive boy scout database. Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Kevin A. Coleman Bushwick Finance Station P.O. Box 210574 Brooklyn, NY 11221-0010 Telephone: (718) 919-2082 Description Type = Short Description Scoutmate v3.2 is the most comprehensive boy scout troop database available. Offers such things as: 9 pages per scout, adult leader tracking, mail merge, several reports, merit badge book inventory module, troop inventory and financial modules, permission slips, merit badge counselor module and a great deal more. Very user-friendly and supported very well. Description Type = Long Description Introducing Scoutmate v3.2 -- the last scouting software you'll ever need! Scoutmate is what you've been waiting for in comprehensiveness, user friendliness and complete user upgradability. It is also the least expensive of the major scouting software packages. Look at all Scoutmate offers: * 8 pages of information on each scout (including personal and parent info, merit badges, other awards, positions held (incl. history), ranks (and requirements completed), up to 52 weeks of dues paid (attendance), medical info, camping, etc.) * Adult leader tracking which tracks personal and business information, awards, positions, training and group/committees. * Global Update allows you to "batch" update the database (merit badges, dues, camping and event information). * Merit Badge Counselor Module which tracks information on merit badge counselors including merit badges they counsel, days and times available. You can also query the database for counselors available for certain badges between certain times. * Troop Inventory and Merit Badge Book Library modules which track the inventory of the troop, if it's lent out and to whom, etc. * Financial Module tracks up to 5 accounts that the troop may have. * Several reports are available including Advancement Progress Reports, Roster, Phone List, and more. Scoutmate also allows you to "PAINT" reports which means that you can CUSTOMIZE your own reports. So now the combinations are limitless. Samples are included (including a General Worksheet Form). Individual Progress reports (suitable for sending to district offices) are available also. * Permission Slips can also be printed. * Mail Merge allows you to type the letter once and send it to all or select adults and/or scouts. * You can form projects/groups/committees in Scoutmate. You can then assign adults and scouts to these groups, and then send mail merges (or reports, etc.) only to people assigned to these groups. * You have complete control over defaults. You can easily modify patrol names, group/committee names/codes, colors, troop and adult positions, return addresses and default City/State/Zip Code/Area Codes. * You can add or delist merit badges effortlessly. Do other programs allow this? Merit badges are in official BSA order, but can be printed out within Scoutmate in either official BSA number OR alphabetical order. * Ability to query the database for things such as scout's that have (or don't have) merit badges, rank, in certain patrols, in certain group/committees, paid dues on a certain date. * Ability to mark badges as unawarded with the touch of a button (make grocery lists). * Scoutmaster notepad and deluxe calendar with alarm. Best of all, the cost is just $35 plus $4 s & h. To order, call 718-919-2082 to order C.O.D. ($5 extra) or send the amount in a check or money order to: Kevin Coleman Bushwick Finance Station P.O. Box 210574 Brooklyn, NY 11221-0010 (this package is in no way affiliated with the Boy Scouts of America) Description Type = Keywords scouting, database, boy scout, troop, tracking, record keeping Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 Description Type = Installation Details Type "INSTALL" and follow the prompts. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Your Per. Legal Guid 8.00 A personal guide to legal information Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Hudgic Homecraft Software P.O.Box 974 Tualatin, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description YOUR PERSON LEGAL GUIDE -V8.0- A complete source of legal information and forms! Most legal software has 20- 30 forms. YPLG has over 130! It has been one of the top selling shareware programs for the past few years--it's easy to understand, useful, and com- plete shareware by HomeCraft. <ASP> Description Type = Long Description A personal guide to legal information for small businesses and personal use. It's a simple and easy way to get the information you need about anything from divorce and child custody, to what happens when you lend a neighbor a lawn mower and they are injured. It's all explained in plain english, with the complete text of the relevent statutes provided for reference. An artificial intellegence based forms generator creates customized legal forms and documents that are legal in all 50 states and the District of Columbia (some forms may not be appropriate for use in Louisiana). You are guided step-by-step, as you just fill-in-the- blanks, and let the software create the required form or document. This is the perfect legal tool that everyone should have at home and in their business. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The purpose of this is so that we will know who you are and we can then keep you supplied with updates. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 24 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added to disks containing this software, however this software may not be integrated into or included as a part of any other software. Individual copies of this software may not be sold for more than $5.00 This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF Easy Base 9.8 Data Application Generator Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: John Turnbull Easy Software 3 Brookside Court Prestbury Road Macclesfield, SK10 3BR England Telephone: 044-01625-614669 Fax: 044-01625-614669 Description Type = Short Description EASY BASE V9.8 - Rapid Application Developer (RAD) for data management. - Easy Base is the first true RAD system to be available on shareware. Create sophisticated menu driven apps in record time. Sample App included. Applications created in Easy Base can be sold as stand alone programs with the Easy Base Runtime Module (not Included). Database Full Featured Reg. $49 Description Type = Long Description Easy Base is a comlpete rapid programming system for data management. Virtually every data management problem can be broken down into three areas. Creating disk files (referred to as "Forms" in Easy Base) in which to store data, creating procedures which manipulate that data and presenting those forms and procedures in a logical menu system for use. In Easy Base you create the forms in which to store data in a simple screen painting environment which not only designs the data file but at the same time provides a default entry screen for your data. As you place the "Fields" in which data is to be stored, you can use relational links (Lookups) to import data from other forms. Each field you create for data storage is also treated as a deriveable "Cell" similar to a spread sheet. You can make almost any calculation within fields. Apart from all the arithmetic and relational operators there are over fifty functions including "if(Condition,True,False)" which extends to a case function and supports And, Or, Xor, Eqv and Imp. The requirement for a field to be filled can be free, mandatory or conditionaly mandatory. Cursor entry to a field can also be allowed, prevented or conditionally allowed. You can also provide your own custom error messages when out of range data is entered. There are field types for Text, Formatted Text, Text Blocks(providing word wrap and spell checking), Integer, Fixed and Floating Point Numbers, Date, Time and Fixed Choice. Once you have data stored you need to be able to manipulate and report on it. Easy Base provides a combined transaction and reporting system (Procedure Generator). With the procedure generator you can use the default screens you have designed or create custom screens in which to gather input either from the keyboard or from relational lookups. You then instruct Easy Base what to do with this information using a simple "Basic" like programming language. If your procedure is transactional you have commands to enter, modify or delete records in any number of forms. If your procedure is reporting then there are commands to group, order and list data in almost every conceivable way. You now have all the "parts" required to create a useful data management system. All that remains is to tie your procedures to a menu system so that other people can use your application without having to know anything about Easy Base. Creating an end user menu system in Easy Base is as simple as filling in a form with the text you wish to display and the procedure or form you wish to run. You give at least one of your menus a start up password. If you then restart Easy Base but sign on with that password instead of your developers password then you will be running your own custom designed program. Easy Base is the most modern and comprehensive data programming system available for the IBM PC. If you currently use any form of Spread Sheet or Data Base then you just won't believe how much easier you can do things in Easy Base. A Non Shareware Runtime Module is available for professional developers. Description Type = Keywords EASYBASE,DATABASE,RELATIONAL,DBMS,RUNTIME Description Type = Registration Details ($49) Description Type = Installation Details Type "Install" Description Type = Vendor Instructions Handle as Shareware Supplied Version is packed for a 1.44 disk Unpacked EXE file is 1.2Meg If you wish to repackage on smaller disks please use shareware version of Easy Install. Description Type = Permissions May be disrtibuted on disk,BBS or CD without further permission CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF MYBASE 2.41 A powerful, easy to use, database syst Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Boris I. Borzic Armada Systems P.O. Box 637, Station 'A' Downsview, ON M3M 3A9 Canada Telephone: 905-889-2617 Description Type = Short Description MyBASE, 2.41 is a very powerful and easy to use PC database package! Use it in DOS or Windows to; view, edit, sort, search, group, filter, replace, copy/paste, merge, print, fax or export data in many ways. Includes: on-line help, password access, programmable merge utility, automatic swap & run of external programs, telephone dialer, data entry validation, quick index and view setup, etc... \\ from ARMADA SYSTEMS Description Type = Long Description MyBASE is a very powerful, easy to use, multipurpose database system. You can use MyBASE in DOS or Windows to; view, edit, sort, search, group, filter, replace, copy/paste, merge, print, fax, import and export data in many ways. Both indexing and filter methods are provided for searching, grouping, browsing and retrieving data. MyBASE also features a fully programmable merge utility. This important utility will not only allow you do the standard merging of text and data, but will also allow you to add macros to the merge file to control how data is processed, where the output is sent to, and what external programs to call (ex. DOS functions, file viewers, word processors, spreadsheets, graphics viewers, FAX software, and so on). For example, if you had a database of clients, you can create a merge file to send all your clients (or just a small group of them) a personalized letter. The merged letter may be sent to a printer to obtain a hardcopy, or it can just as easily be sent directly to your client, via FAX. If the letter was faxed, MyBASE would merge and FAX each letter completely unattended. Key features ~~~~~~~~~~~~ * The program is small and fast * Creates, reads and writes industry standard dBASE III files * Memo field support for free-form notes (up to 64K per note) * Context sensitive and user customizable help * Password access * Quick and simple database index and view setup * View data in table or record view mode * User configurable print drivers * Tag individual records for printing, merging or replacing * Data filtering and searching * Copy and paste data for faster input * Templates and functions for data entry validation * Define pop-up selection boxes for easier data entry * Automatic telephone dialer * Merge text, data and run external programs automatically * Swap to DOS or run and pass data to any external program * Supports EGA and VGA monitors to display more data on screen * Supports EMS and XMS memory for improved performance * Local Area Network (LAN) compatible Contact management system ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ A sample contact management system is included with this package. This contact management system includes, predefined view screens, field edit templates and field edit validation, default pop-up selection boxes and sample data. Also included are sample merge programs to print envelopes, letters, reports, and to send personalized faxes to multiple destinations. This contact management system can be easily modified to suit your own needs. If you wish, you can also create any number of new databases. Description Type = Keywords Database, Fax, Merge, Print, Sort, Search, Index, Filter, Report, Bitfax, Contact Description Type = Registration Details $20.00 Description Type = Installation Details To install program in C:\MYBASE, from drive A:, type: (1) C: (2) MD\MYBASE (3) CD\MYBASE (4) A:MYB_241 To print the user's manual type: MANUAL To start using the program type: MYBASE For context sensitive help, push F1 Description Type = Vendor Instructions This program may be distributed in one of two ways: (1) As an archived file containing the following files: FILE_ID.DIZ FILEINFO.TXT MYB_241.EXE The archive file name should be in the following format: MYB_241.xxx Where 'xxx' is the extension of the archive method used, example: MYB_241.ZIP (2) Unzipped, on a diskette containing the following files: FILE_ID.DIZ (optional) FILEINFO.TXT MYB_241.EXE Description Type = Permissions Armada Systems specifically authorizes individuals and organizations to make complete unaltered copies of this software, for the purpose of free distribution to other individuals or organizations. This software and documentation may not be sold, no fee must be involved in the distribution of this software except for a small reasonable fee to cover the cost of any distribution media and service charges. This software which consists of application programs, data files and documentation, are a complete entity which must not be separated or altered in any way shape or form. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF VIABASE for Windows 1.4 _V I A B A S E ! 1.4 for Windows_ Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Casey Butler Viable Software Alternatives P.O. Box 98134 Las Vegas, NV 89193-8134 Telephone: (618) 549-5227 Description Type = Short Description _V I A B A S E ! 1.4 for Windows_ ----------------NEW!!---------------- ViaBase is a simple to use, entirely configurable database builder and editor. Drag and drop database design, then just "lock" the design and start editing your database! Use Character, Numeric, List, Date, Note, Picture/Sound, Formula, or Data List Fields for versatile recording of all your database information. MANY features not found in other programs. Full Querying ability. Use with our popular ViaPrint program to turn out professional quality mailing labels, cassette labels, name badges... more! Requires VBRUN300.DLL. ----Viable Software Alternatives---- CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF WAMPUM for Windows .9 dBASE-Compatible Windows Data Base Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ward Mundy Ward Mundy Software P.O.Box 1169 Atlanta, GA 30301-1169 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description The ultimate dBASE-compatible, menu-driven Windows data base management system. The perfect complement to the DOS and ANSI/BBS versions. Incredibly easy to use! Memo flds and 16 or 256-color .BMP graphics images. Multi-user LAN support w/NetWare or NetBIOS networks - automatic record & file locking. Require VBRUN300.DLL - not included. Also recommend WAMPUM 4.5 for DOS for creation of data bases and reporting functions.<ASP> Description Type = Long Description Introducing WAMPUM for Windows ... the perfect complement to our DOS and ANSI/BBS versions.WAMPUM provides the richest assortment of DBMS features for the lowest cost of any product in the world and it still fits on one 360K diskette! Requires VBRUN300.DLL to run. Features powerful record-mode and spreadsheet mode for easy data entry. Uses dBASE III-compatible data bases and Clipper indexes. Standard dBASE memo fields may be used for text or to store 16 or 256-color .BMP images of photographic quality. So simple to use that you'll never need to pick up the manual! This is the perfect data base for personnel and real estate applications that require photographic quality pictures as part of an integrated data base. Network ready with automatic record and file locking as appropriate. It is recommended that users also acquire WAMPUM 4.5 for DOS for data base creation and for complex reporting tasks. SuperVGA display recommended with a 256-color Windows video driver. System requirements: 2MB RAM with DOS 3.1 or higher for network support. Requires Microsoft Windows 3.1 and VBRUN300.DLL to run. <ASP>. Description Type = Keywords Data Base,DBMS,Windows File Manager,Business,Database,Image Description Type = Registration Details $39 per PC or $195 per LAN (unlimited users) Description Type = Installation Details Unzip WINWAMP.ZIP or .EXE into an empty directory on hard disk. Copy files to locations outlined in README.DOC file. In Windows Program Manager, press <ALT-F> then choose RUN. Type WAMPUM.EXE. Description Type = Vendor Instructions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and program must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and WAMPUM must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF Zephyr 4.0 4.0 FoxPro-Compat Database for NonProgramm Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ward Mundy Ward Mundy Software P.O.Box 1169 Atlanta, GA 30301-1169 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description Zephyr 4 - FoxPro2-compatible data base mgmt. for non-programmers. Build data base apps in minutes not months with the performance of an IBM mainframe! Built-in report writer, label and form letter generator. Can be loaded as a 20K TSR and supports .PCX graphics fields. No shareware data base even comes close in speed Chosen as one of the Top50 shareware programs by PC World magazine. Description Type = Long Description Zephyr 4 is a fully relational, FoxPro 2 compatible data base management system for non-programmers. It can be loaded as a 20K TSR pop-up. Up to 25 data bases can be manipulated simul- taneously with up to 255 indexes. Performance is up to 1000 times that of dBASE IV on complex retrievals from large data bases yet the software can be learned in only a few minutes. Using a Mac-like interface, sophisticated data base applications can be designed even by novices in minutes rather than months. Report, label, list, and form letter generators are included with the software. PCX graphics fields can be included in any standard FoxPro data base. Zephyr is the perfect data base tool for both first-time and experienced data base users. Description Type = Keywords Data Base,Relational Database,TSR,Graphics,FoxPro,DBMS Description Type = Registration Details $50 per PC; $250 per LAN (unlimited users) Description Type = Installation Details UnZip files onto three Drive A floppy disks. Be sure INSTALL files and ZEPHYR4.001 are on Disk1; ZEPHYR4.002 on Disk2; and ZEPHYR4.003 on Disk3. Then postition to Drive C and type the following: A:INSTALL with Disk1 in DriveA. Make certain that disks are numbered correctly as INSTALL refers to disk 1, etc. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 3-disk 360K distribution, copy ZEPHYR4.002 to Disk2, ZEPHYR4.003 to Disk3, and ZEPHYR4.001 and INSTALL files to Disk1. Make certain disks are labeled correctly as install prompts for disk by number. For high density disk distribution, copy all files in VENDOR subdirectory to the floppy. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk. Zephyr must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF dLITE 2.0 dLITE - Pop-Up dBASE DeskTop FileMgr Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ward Mundy Ward Mundy Software P.O.Box 1169 Atlanta, GA 30301-1169 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description ▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓ ▒dLITE 2.0 - Memory-resident dBASE-compat. ▒ ▓Desktop File Manager which allows you to ▓ ▒cut and paste any dBASE data to any text- ▒ ▓based DOS application such as WordPerfect. ▓ ▒Includes software development kit & sample ▒ ▓mailing list application. ▓ ▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒ Description Type = Long Description dLITE is a memory-resident ("pop-up") desktop utility which gives a user access to up to 10 dBASE III-compatible appli- cations from within virtually any other text-based program on a DOS-based PC. All the user does is press one of 10 hot-keys to pop-up dLITE from within any other application. The user then can look up any desired information from a dBASE data base and paste it directly into the foreground application. Ideal for cut-and-paste use with word processing and accounting packages. Description Type = Keywords Data Base,TSR,DBMS,Cut and Paste,Pop-Up,File Manager Description Type = Registration Details $30 per PC Description Type = Installation Details UnZip files onto a Drive A floppy disk. Position to drive C. Type A:INSTALL to install software onto hard disk. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Copy files in \VENDOR subdirectory to a floppy. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk. dLITE must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Other HOLD-ANYTHING! 1.1 All-purpose filing program for ANY dat Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Michael Paulick Elk Creek Software P.O. Box 935 Conifer, CO 80433-0935 Description Type = Short Description HOLD-ANYTHING! v1.1 <ASP> - An extremely easy to use program which keeps track of just about anything! No database setup is required - just start entering your data! A GREAT multi-purpose database program with a slick interface. A mouse is fully supported. Records are quickly located by typing the first few letters of an item's name. Holds multiple lists. Easily prints any list. $19.00 Description Type = Long Description HOLD-ANYTHING! is a program you can use to hold anything! All those things you really need to keep track of can now be kept safely in your computer with minimal effort. This simple to use (and inexpensive) program is bound to become a long-term friend that remembers everything for you. It's as easy to use as a filing cabinet. HOLD-ANYTHING! lets you store, retrieve, and print any kind of information quickly, simply, and without having to spend a lot of time learning how to do it. With HOLD-ANYTHING!, you can create categories to hold all kinds of unrelated information. You can quickly locate any item within one of your categories by simply typing the first few letters of that item's name. You can easily print a complete list of any category, or print any number of items from that category by first selecting them before printing. Here are just a few things you can use HOLD-ANYTHING! to keep track of: Meeting notes or project notes Recipes or meal plans. Collections (albums, stamps, coins, cards, art, videos, software, etc.). Trip information for vacation or business, including car mileage, hotels to stay at, interesting sights, etc. Expense account records. Insurance policy organizer. Notes to remember. Diary or log book. Consultant's time log. Investments. Account numbers (banks, house bills, SSN's, drivers licenses). Credit cards, and numbers to call if lost. People (phone numbers, addresses, birthdays, etc.). Exercise log. Dieting information, calorie log. Hunting or fishing log, to remember those hot spots and how to get back to them. Companies and business contacts. The best part is that you can use HOLD-ANYTHING! for ALL these things! There are many specialized database programs to keep track of everything from investments to recipes. But who wants to buy (and learn) a different program for each category of information you need to keep track of? Are you really that excited about record keeping? Maybe you want to keep track of your household inventory. You need to record serial numbers, values and descriptions for insurance purposes. All you really need is an organized place to keep this information in whatever form you want to type it, and be done as quickly as possible. Then if your house burns down, you've hopefully kept a copy of this information on a single diskette at work, which you can print and give to the insurance company. HOLD-ANYTHING! makes it so easy, you may actually do this! Speaking of terrible accidents, you may also want a category called "What To Do If Suddenly I Ain't Around" or something like that (25 characters or less), then show your family how to use this program. Maybe you want to keep a log of activities by date. You can add 1 record for every day you have notes you want to record. HOLD-ANYTHING! makes this easy by automatically placing the current date in the Record Name field if you tell it to. You can then enter all information for that date, and easily find any date's entry again. No database setup is required - just start entering your data! A GREAT multi-purpose database program with a slick interface. A mouse is fully supported. Records are quickly located by typing the first few letters of an item's name, or by picking from a list. Holds multiple categories of information, and up to 30,000 characters of data for EACH record. You start HOLD-ANYTHING! by typing HOLD from the DOS prompt. More documentation is available by viewing the README.DOC file. The registration fee is only $19. Author is an ASP member. Description Type = Keywords Database,Hold,Contact,Phone,Notes,HOLD-ANYTHING!, Elk Creek Software,Free-Form,Index,Filing,Filer Description Type = Registration Details $19.00 Description Type = Installation Details To install HOLD-ANYTHING! on your hard disk, enter the following commands, assuming your floppy disk drive is called A: and your hard disk is called C: C: MD \HOLD CD \HOLD COPY A:\*.* Then enter the command HOLD to start the program. Further instructions can be viewed by viewing the README.DOC file included with HOLD-ANYTHING! Description Type = Vendor Instructions The HOLD.EXE file, the HOLD.DAT file, and the README.DOC file are the only 3 files required for diskette distribution. For BBS distribution, the HOLD11.ZIP file should be used, which includes a FILE_ID.DIZ file. Description Type = Permissions This program may be freely copied and distributed according to the guidelines set forth by the Association of Shareware Professionals (ASP). The author retains all copyrights to this work. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Other Quickdex for Windows 1.11b Replacement for CARDFILE program on wi Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Steve Suche Stellar Software 312 40th Avenue SW Calgary, AB T2S 0X4 Canada Telephone: 403-243-8987 Description Type = Short Description QUICKDEX V1.11b Quickdex is a freeform database. Use it to store phone numbers, birthdays, code fragments, jokes, or a million other pieces of miscellaneous information. Quickdex is similar to Cardfile but easier to use, more flexible and faster. Includes wild card searches, modem dialing, reading numbers, printing card sets, drag & drop editing, font selection, Cardfile and Mac Quickdex import/export, etc. Winhelp HLP file included. Uses 48KB. Shareware $20. Description Type = Long Description QUICKDEX FOR WINDOWS Quickdex is a replacement for the Cardfile program that comes with Windows. Unlike Cardfile, Quickdex allows you to search forward and backward, allows a regular expression search, and allows (essentially) unlimited file and card sizes. If you know Quickdex on the Mac, this is an improved version. Corporate Site Licenses and customized versions are available. For more information contact Stellar Software at 403 243 8987, through Compuserve 70444,127 (Internet 70444.127@compuserve.com) or at the address below. Sorry, but the author can't afford to return long distance phone calls. This application may be freely posted on bulletin boards and distributed, providing that distribution includes this file, the help file and the application itself. This version of Quickdex is capable of 'drag & drop' editing, but requires a 'key' to enable that functionality. Anyone can receive the key simply by registering their copy. The application is fully functional without drag & drop, but it's a treat for those who register. Quickdex is Shareware. If you keep and use it send $20 to: Stellar Software 312 40th Avenue SW Calgary Alberta Canada T2S 0X4 Or send $22 to register AND receive the latest version on disk. Thanks CHANGES FROM VERSION 1.10A TO 1.11A Version 1.11a adds two new capabilities to Quickdex. The first is the ability to write out files in Cardfile format. The second is the ability to save unique preferences with each Quickdex data file. Although Quickdex will write out files in Cardfile format, it will not check that the file is readable by Cardfile. For example, Cardfile can display a maximum of 400 characters in a card. If there is more data in a Quickdex card, it will *not* be truncated when written. Cardfile also has a limit of about 1200 cards in a data file. If you save a Quickdex file with 10,000 cards it will cheerfully write out a perfectly valid Cardfile data file -- only Cardfile can't read it. Version 1.11 also make a minor change to the Quickdex data file format. The first card (hidden when loaded) contains user preference information about the data file, including font name and style, display of menus or buttons, and the window location and size when the data *was last saved*. Although I believe this feature is very handy -- particularly when running more than one instance of Quickdex-- it can be a bit disconcerting when switching between data files, causing the application to jump from one place to the other on your screen. It is also a change from earlier versions which saved the window position when the application ended. Also, it is possible for Quickdex to restore the window position incorrectly -- somewhere "off the screen" giving the appearance that Quickdex is invisible. (This can be fixed by deleting the first byte of the data file, and then deleting the first card when Quickdex starts). Any comments you have with regard to how you would prefer to see preferences saved and restored are much appreciated by the author. VERSION 1.11b - Fixed bug causing screen window position to be restored incorrectly. - Added RTF export capability. Description Type = Registration Details Corporate Site Licenses and customized versions are available Quickdex is Shareware. If you keep and use it send $20 Or send $22 to register AND receive the latest version on disk. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Other Texplore 3.4 Text retrieval system Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Alan J. White Agate Software Ltd Agate House, 15 Wilton Drive Whitley Bay Tyne & Wear, NE25 9PU England Telephone: (+44) 91-252-0488 Description Type = Short Description Finds a word or word combination in a collection of text files very quickly. "Hits" can be viewed, printed or filed. Various alphabets. Customisable. Description Type = Long Description Texplore is an easy-to-use text retrieval system. Suppose you want to find a piece of information in a large number of text files. You can give the QUERY program a word (or combination of words), and it will seek and display the section of the text file in which it finds the word. If the word occurs more than once, it displays all occurrences under your control. It does this at lightning speed. In order to achieve this, it needs an index to be set up. An index is a set of disk files containing information about where all the words occur in your text files. You create this index automatically using the INDEX and BLEND programs supplied. Features: - Simple, easy-to-use QUERY program * - AND, OR and BUT operations in searches - Word abbreviations in searches - Printing of extracts - Compact index - Ability to index & search pre-existing documents * - Elimination of common words from index - Flexible text section definition - Date handling - Non-English alphabets - Custom colours - Custom initial screen and title lines * - Custom printouts - Word statistics program (STATS) - Easy re-indexing of individual files - Easy document deletion - Freedom to give away text databases with a copy of QUERY - Low-price licence for database vendors * These are features that make Texplore "special". See User Manual (in file USER.DOC) for more details. Description Type = Keywords Text retrieval, text database, text organisers, text tools Description Type = Registration Details US$45 or UKP 25 Description Type = Installation Details To install from diskette to hard disk, type the following: c: md \texplore cd \texplore copy a:\*.* This assumes that the floppy disk is in drive A and that the hard disk is called drive C. You may need to edit the DOS system file called CONFIG.SYS to ensure that you have FILES=20 or more. See User Guide (file USER.DOC) for more detailed installation instructions. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special instructions. Description Type = Permissions 1. You the vendor are granted the right to sell unregistered shareware copies of Texplore for a fee designed to cover the costs of providing the copy. 2. Texplore must be clearly identified as shareware. The term shareware should be clearly explained so that users know that the software is copyrighted, and that an additional fee must be paid if they use the software. 3. You the vendor must stop selling copies of Texplore upon written notification from Agate Software Ltd. 4. None of the files on the Texplore diskette may be modified in any way. All the files must be distributed together, although other files may be added. 5. You the vendor must acknowledge in all literature that Texplore is a trademark of Agate Software Ltd. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Other WAMPUM 4.5 4.5 dBASE-Compatible Relational Data Base Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ward Mundy Ward Mundy Software P.O.Box 1169 Atlanta, GA 30301-1169 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description The ultimate dBASE-compatible, menu-driven relational data base management system. One of the granddaddy's of the shareware market. Can be loaded as a 20K TSR and supports use of .PCX graphics fields up to 1024x768 res. Multi-user LAN support w/NetWare or NetBIOS networks - automatic record & file locking. Runs like a champ under Windows as DOS app. Rated as one of the world's 50 best software bargains by PC World magazine. <ASP>. Description Type = Long Description Introducing WAMPUM 4.5 ... one of the data base granddaddy's of the shareware revolution. WAMPUM provides the richest assortment of DBMS features for the lowest cost of any product in the world ... and it still fits on one diskette! Features include ability to load as a 20K TSR, dBASE-compatible reports and labels, the best form letters in the business, an automated phone dialer,and support for .PCX graphics fields using standard dBASE III files. This fully-relational, menu-driven DBMS includes PowerBrowse (a spreadsheet data manager), multi-user network support, and Windows 3.1 compatibility as a DOS app. Version 4.5 provides significant performance enhancements in addition to much enhanced .PCX graphics field displays (up to 1024x768 with 256 colors). It also can be used simultaneously with the new WAMPUM Remote (ANSI/BBS) product. System requirements: 512K PC with DOS 3.1 or higher for network support. 390K free RAM to load. CGA, EGA, VGA, or Hercules card recommended. ASP. Description Type = Keywords Data Base,DBMS,Relational,File Manager,TSR,Business,Database Description Type = Registration Details $50 per PC or $195 per LAN (unlimited users) Description Type = Installation Details Unzip then copy WAMPUM45.EXE to a Drive A floppy. From C prompt, type A:WAMPUM45 /x. If using DOS 6 or above, run DOS6FIX before loading WAMPUM.EXE. Description Type = Vendor Instructions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and WAMPUM must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and WAMPUM must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Other WAMPUM Remote 4.5 4.5R dBASE-Compatible BBS Remote Access DBM Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ward Mundy Ward Mundy Software P.O.Box 1169 Atlanta, GA 30301-1169 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description The ultimate dBASE-compatible, multi-user relational data base management system for remote access to data bases thru a BBS Door Use any ANSI communications program to call BBS and access all your dBASE data remotely Multi-user LAN support w/NetWare or NetBIOS networks - automatic record & file locking. Works great with pcBoard, Wildcat, TriBBS. Rated as one of the world's 50 best software bargains by PC World magazine. <ASP>. Description Type = Long Description Introducing WAMPUM Remote 4.5 (ANSI/BBS Door version) ... a very special version of WAMPUM which now supports remote computing using virtually any of the industry-standard bulletin board systems. It provides almost all DBMS features available in the stand-alone product with the added advantage of allowing remote dial-in using an ANSI-compatible communications product such as ProComm, ProComm Plus, Crosstalk or Mirror to name a few. It permits anyone from a BBS SysOp to a major corporation to build sophisticated data base applications which can be accessed remotely through a BBS door. Multi-user WAMPUM apps can be run UNCHANGED with WAMPUM Remote. Fully NetWare-compatible. The only missing features from the stand-alone product are the 20K TSR load option and support for .PCX graphics fields. System requirements: 512K PC with DOS 3.1 or higher for network support. 360K free RAM to load. ANSI-compatible host BBS with door support or ANSI display driver required to use this version Description Type = Keywords Data Base,DBMS,Relational,File Manager,Business, Database,BBS,Remote,ANSI,Communications Description Type = Registration Details $50 per PC or $195 per LAN (unlimited users) Description Type = Installation Details Unzip then copy WAMP45R.EXE to a Drive A floppy. From C prompt, type A:WAMP45R /x. If using DOS 6 or above, run DOS6FIX before loading WAMPANSI.EXE. Description Type = Vendor Instructions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and WAMPUM must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and WAMPUM must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub AUTODOC Electr. Pub. 6.6 Digital Publishing Software Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Charles L. Wiedemann Rexxcom Systems P.O. Box 111 Schooleys Mountain, NJ 07870 Telephone: 908-852-0086 Description Type = Short Description AUTODOC 6.6 Text-in-Graphics Electronic Pub. Software which creates colored text files in Text-In-Graphics (TIG) form. The finished screens have text which may be scrolled line by line or page by page within fancy, custom DecorEdge Bord`rs, or within a graphic scene or a cartoon. Text may appear within speech balloon of a cartoon character. Includes additional program AUTOCOM which completes the job by creating a stand-alone COM file. Description Type = Long Description AUTODOC is Electronic Publishing Software in which your text appears in vivid color for incredible visual impact! Your screens will have custom DecorEdge Bord`rs which must be seen to be believed. You touch a couple of keys and the most amazing changes occur in design and color. Millions of combinations of design and color are available. When your file is saved, your custom Bord`r is saved along with it. But that's not all. You may also let the program insert your colored, scrollable text right inside a multicolored on-screen graphic. Ready-to-use graphics are included with the program. You may even put your own scrolling text inside the speech balloon of a cartoon character. What a great way to add motivational appeal and fun to messages, training programs, reports, sales promotions, and more. The program includes a built-in text editor called AD-EDITOR which makes it easy and quick to compose/edit your file and immediately save it in finished TIG (Text-In-Graphics) form. Included with AUTODOC is the companion program AUTOCOM. Believe it or not, this is an automatic program maker. This program makes it a real breeze to take the results of AUTODOC and, in an instant, turn them into a dazzling, freestanding COM program with multicolored graphics. It is a real thrill, the first time you see your own text scrolling upward line by line or page by page within a custom DecorEdge Bord`r or pre-fab graphic! Includes excellent graphics files, full directions, and more. Description Type = Keywords EPUB,DIGITAL,DISPLAY,READ,PUBLISH,REXXCOM,ELECTRONIC,TEXT,AUTODOC,ADOC, COLOR, COLORS,READ,WRITE,DISPLAYWARE,MESSAGE,ADVERTISE,SCROLL,SALES, TEACH,SCHOOL AUTOCOM,ACOM,COM,FILE,NEWSLETTER,BULLETIN,PUBLISHING Description Type = Registration Details $49.95 For both programs AUTODOC and AUTOCOM together Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP to a drive which has a minimum of 360k unused disk space available. This will leave space available for files which will be created by the program. Hard drive preferable. Color monitor strongly recommended. Some of the graphics are unusable if a monochrome monitor is used. When installed, type RUNME (plus Enter/Return) for single screen of essential information. To load and run program type AD (Enter/Return). To print the user guide turn on printer and type DOCPRINT (Enter/Return). The companion program AUTOCOM will automatically convert an AUTODOC DecorEdge Bord`r file to a stand-alone COM file when the file is created and saved within AUTODOC. If one of the pre-fab graph- ics is used (instead of a custom DecorEdge Bord`r), you must exit AUTODOC and run AUTOCOM separately to make the COM file. Type AUTOCOM (Enter/Return) and follow the simple directions which appear. Once the stand-alone COM file is made, the fin- ished file with scrolling text will appear on-screen when its name is typed (plus Enter/Return). Description Type = Vendor Instructions Program and accompanying files require approximately 273k and therefore will fit on 360k disk in unZIPped format. The user should copy the files to a hard drive if available, and then type RUNME (Enter/Return) for a single screen of essential information. Description Type = Permissions Any and all Shareware programs from Rexxcom Systems may be freely posted on BBSs, listed in shareware catalogs, distributed on CD ROM disks, distributed on floppy disks, included on hard disks of computers, and listed in advertisements and promotional literature of vendors and distributors, as long as all programs and files in the "file package" are included in unchanged form, and as long as it is made clear to users and potential users that this is shareware which requires a registration fee to be paid to Rexxcom Systems if used beyond an evaluation period of one month. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub AUTOFONT Font Maker 6.6 Display-Font Maker for fancy titles Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Charles L. Wiedemann Rexxcom Systems P.O. Box 111 Schooleys Mountain, NJ 07870 Telephone: 908-852-0086 Description Type = Short Description AUTOFONT 6.6. Display-Font making program. Makes titles in color or monochrome for electronic publishing and BBS. Words become jumbo, 3D, textured, in color, monochrome or rainbow multicolor, plus incredible FonTastik styles. More than 100 font styles. Also included: Display Program + Program for Colorizing Text Files + Clip Art Graphics and more. Three complete programs, excellent instructions. Best with EGA, VGA or better. Description Type = Long Description AUTOFONT or AF.EXE is a world famous font maker used in electronic publishing. The program lets the user create professional and fancy titles, headings, key words and announcements through instant conversion to large display fonts. Only AUTOFONT uses an easy-to-use ASCII format which permits display fonts to be used in standard DOS text files. Only AUTOFONT has the unbelievable FonTastik feature. Only AUTOFONT has Rexxcom's exclusive "smoothy fonts" which do away with "the dreaded jaggies." Only with AUTOFONT may the display be saved in color, including "rainbow multicolor," as well as monochrome. Type AF to start the program and choose from one to four font data files to work with. Before choosing, view a series of screens showing examples of font styles. Make your choice and then type a line followed by Enter/Return and watch as the typed words become giant, fancy, textured, three dimensional, or reverse-field. But that's just the start. Press a number from 1 to 4 and watch as your line of display fonts changes in an instant from one style to the next. Then touch "C" (for "color") followed by a number or M and instantly the display is colorized. Change colors as rapidly as you can touch the keys. But wait ... the fun has just begun! Now touch "F" (for FonTastik) followed by a number. In a flash the display is made more incredible than any fonts ever seen before. Try another FonTastik change ... up to 5, each more unbelievable than the last. At the same time you may switch back and forth between the basic styles originally selected, and between colors. When you like what you see press "S" to save in a permanent file which may be used in many practical and "fun" applications. There is a lot more which must be seen to be appreciated, such as clip-art graphics and the famous Rexxcom "Smoothy Fonts" in which, through the use of incredible programming secrets, text- based ASCII fonts are made with none of the choppy lines known as "the dreaded jaggies." Rexxcom Smoothies are used by the Digital Publishing Association in their monthly electronic newsletter "DPA News." Two other programs are included. The first of these, COLORFONT or CF.EXE allows instant colorization of the text of any text file. The second, READ.EXE displays any text file screen-by- screen, and if the file is colorized READ displays it in color. Additionally, 5 FonTastik HQ modules are included. Each of these is a small but powerful program which "fancies up" the fonts in the most surprising fashion. Put all these together and you will be able to create a text file with large-font titles which you may readily view on-screen, page by page, with the added feature of color plus the on-screen magic of FonTastik mode. The uses for AF display fonts are limited only by the imagination. Some uses are: 1. Titles in electronic publishing 2. Section headings in documents 3. BBS menus and title screens 4. On-screen announcements and memos 5. On-screen bulletins and notices 6. Loading into program AUTODOC for text-in-graphics 7. In batch files for on-screen presentations Description Type = Keywords EPUB,DISPLAY,JUMBO,TITLE,HEADING,HEADINGS,FONT,FONTS,READ,PUBLISH, DESKTOP,REXXCOM,ELECTRONIC,NEWSLETTER,BBS,BOOK,TEXT,LETTER,LETTERS, LETTERING,AUTOFONT,AUFONT,FONTASTIK,COLOR,COLORS,READ,WRITE,COLORFONT, DISPLAYWARE,MAGAZINE,SALES,TEACH,ADVERTISE,BULLETIN,COLORIZE, COLORIZATION,HQ,LETTERSTYLE,STYLE,CATALOG,SUPERFONT,ASCII,ANSI Description Type = Registration Details $29.95 Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP to a drive which has a minimum of 450k unused disk space available. This will leave space available for saving display- font files. Hard drive preferable. Program requires EGA,VGA or SVGA monitor or better; will not run under CGA or monochrome. When installed, type INFO (Enter/Return) for single screen of essential information. To load and run program type AF (Enter/ Return). To print the user guide turn on printer and type COPY AUTOFONT.DOC PRN (Enter/Return). Viewing of fonts in color in a saved file requires ANSI driver such as ANSI.SYS. Fully explained in user guide. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Program and accompanying files require approximately 400k and therefore will not fit on 360k disk unless ZIPped. The user should unZIP or, if not ZIPped, copy the files to a hard drive if available, and then type INFO (Enter/Return) for a single screen of essential information. Description Type = Permissions Any and all Shareware programs from Rexxcom Systems may be freely posted on BBSs, listed in shareware catalogs, distributed on CD ROM disks, distributed on floppy disks, included on hard disks of computers, and listed in advertisements and promotional literature of vendors and distributors, as long as all programs and files in the "file package" are included in unchanged form, and as long as it is made clear to users and potential users that this is shareware which requires a registration fee to be paid to Rexxcom Systems if used beyond an evaluation period of one month. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub DIGIPAD Desk Display 3.5 Counter/Desk Continuous Display Softwa Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Charles L. Wiedemann Rexxcom Systems P.O. Box 111 Schooleys Mountain, NJ 07870 Telephone: 908-852-0086 Description Type = Short Description DIGIPAD 3.5. Auto-scrolling notepad display. Automatic scrolling and screen-changing graphical notepad. For business, school, office, store, library, club. Attention- getting cycle of screens which change color with each topic. Excellent countertop display. Runs all day if needed. Updating info is easy; type new file or edit old one. Excellent instructions. Requires EGA monitor or better. Ready-to-use headings. Description Type = Long Description DIGIPAD the amazing on-screen electronic notepad! You may never have seen a program so useful and fascinating. Type bulletins, lists, training and sales info, and watch your text auto-scroll up the pad, line by line. After the last line the pad changes color and a second text appears. Then the pad changes to a third color and your third text appears on-screen. The cycle repeats as long as you like. Use it for a desktop or counter display and let it run all day! Great for schools, offices, clubs, trade-shows, and more. Complete program. All features are included. This is the world's only program which knows how to put the words right on the lines of a graphic notebook, rather than "between" the lines. Requires EGA monitor or better. Description Type = Keywords EPUB,DIGITAL,COUNTER,COUNTERTOP,DESKTOP,DISPLAY,READ,PUBLISH,REXXCOM, ELECTRONIC,TEXT,DIGIPAD,COLOR,BULLETIN,SCHOOL,STORE,WINDOW,OFFICE, BUSINESS,ADVERTISE,SALES,SHOW,CLUB,AUTOSCROLL,SCROLL,DISPLAYWARE, MESSAGE,LIBRARY,READ,WRITE,HIGH-I,MUSEUM,AGENCY,LETTER,NEWSLETTER Description Type = Registration Details $19.95 Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP to a drive which has a minimum of 100k unused disk space available. Hard drive preferable. Color monitor required; must be EGA, VGA, SVGA or better. When installed, type GO (plus Enter/Return). A series of brightly colored "notepads" will be displayed. These comprise a demonstration, and they also contain text which provides much information. Press F1 to display a "help box" of command options. After the last in the series is displayed the cycle repeats. To print user guide turn on printer and type COPY DIGIPAD.DOC PRN (Enter/Return). Description Type = Vendor Instructions Program and accompanying files require approximately 80k and therefore will easily fit on 360k disk in unZIPped format. The user should copy the files to a hard drive if available, and then type GO (Enter/Return). Description Type = Permissions Any and all Shareware programs from Rexxcom Systems may be freely posted on BBSs, listed in shareware catalogs, distributed on CD ROM disks, distributed on floppy disks, included on hard disks of computers, and listed in advertisements and promotional literature of vendors and distributors, as long as all programs and files in the "file package" are included in unchanged form, and as long as it is made clear to users and potential users that this is shareware which requires a registration fee to be paid to Rexxcom Systems if used beyond an evaluation period of one month. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub Dart 2d Hypertext file viewer Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ted Husted UserWare 4 Falcon Ln E Fairport, NY 14450-3312 Telephone: 716-425-3463 Fax: 716-262-5185 Description Type = Short Description Dart. "Hypertext file viewer." Modern desktop environment. Network compatible. View text or ANSI graphics, edit forms, launch programs. Automatic table and index of contents. Conventional and one-pass search. EGA/VGA mode. 196K, color, monochrome, or LCD. ┌───────────────────────────────────────────╖ │ Member, Digital Publishing Association ║ │ ║ │ 205 854-1660 (BBS) ║ └───────────────────────────────────────────╜ Description Type = Long Description INTRODUCING DART .. Dart is a hypertext file viewer and program launcher. It is designed for people wishing to publish material on-disk, for network, commercial, or personal use. It can be used to view any text file or run any DOS program, memory permitting. Special features are available to people formatting texts for Dart, but no type of "programming" is required. Desktop environment Dart offers a modern "desktop" environment featuring: Multiple, overlapping windows. Mouse support, menus, dialogs, input boxes, scroll bars. Complete save and restore of desktop. Navigation features Dart's navigation features include: Scroll forward or backward by line, screen, or label. Hypertext table and index of contents. Conventional and one-pass Global text search. Automatic backtracking. Built-in note editor. Automatic, multi-user form editor. Authoring features Dart's features for authors include: Conventional ASCII format. Automatic table and index of contents. Optional "bold" and "underscore" text attributes. Optional, one-way text compression to secure your data and save disk-space. Royalty-free distribution of Dart with your text. Minimum requirements IBM-type PC. 196K of available memory. One floppy disk drive. MS dos 2.1 or later. Color or monochrome monitor. How to order Dart is a copyrighted program being distributed as shareware. To register Dart, send $29.00 to UserWare, 4 Falcon Ln E, Fairport NY 14450-3312. In return, you will receive a "personalized" copy of Dart, electronic publishing infokits, and an automatic upgrade. All UserWare products carry a 60-day money-back guarantee. Description Type = Keywords Electronic Publishing, Text Management, Hypertext, WP Utilities, Business, Epub, Digipub, DPA, UserWare, Ted Husted, Dart, ANSI, Network, Description Type = Registration Details $29.00 US Description Type = Installation Details enter INSTALL to begin CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub GeoPublish 2.0 A shareware home publishing package Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: Daniel Parrillo GEOWORKS Products 151 Martinvale Lane San Jose, CA 95119 Telephone: 800-824-4558 Fax: 408-281-8056 Description Type = Short Description GeoPublish is a shareware home publishing package based on the powerfull, easy-to-use GEOS operating environment for personal computers. GeoPublish combines GeoWrite, a sophisticated word processor, and GeoManager, a simple file organizer. Description Type = Registration Details $79.95 and entitles you to the full Geoworks Ensemble package. (plus $6.95 for shipping and handling, and applicable sales tax) U.S.D. Description Type = Installation Details 1.) It's always a good idea to back up any important files on your system. This would be an excellent time to remove any files that you no longer use. Also, you should run a diagnostic program such as CHKDSK or SCANDISK to make sure your hard drive is in good working order. To run CHKDSK on your C: drive, type CHKDSK at a C:\ prompt. For more information on CHKDSK, consult your DOS manual. 2.) The installation will not proceed normally if you do not have enough free disk space on your hard drive. You will need at least 10 Megabytes of free disk space to install GeoPublish. If the installation fails, check to see how much space you have left on your hard drive by typing DIR at a C:\ prompt. At the end of the list of files you will see the number of bytes free on the hard drive. If you have 0 bytes free, you ran out of space. You should delete as many files as you can and try the install procedure again. 3.) You may get the error "Not enough memory to install" or the install procedure may fail before it can copy any files to your hard drive if you have less than 500K (512,000 bytes) of free conventional memory. The first thing to try is our secondary install program INSTALLB. INSTALLB.EXE requires much less conventional memory than INSTALL.EXE but it will also take longer. 4.) The install program will check your CONFIG.SYS for the proper FILES and BUFFERS size. These should both be set to 30. (Unless you are using DR DOS or Novell DOS, in which case your FILES setting should equal 120.) If the install modifies your CONFIG.SYS you will need to reboot your computer for the changes to take effect. 5.) The install program will check your AUTOEXEC.BAT to determine if the GEOPUBL directory needs to be placed in the path. If the install modifies your AUTOEXEC.BAT you will need to reboot your computer for the changes to take effect. 6.) If you are having trouble with a particular floppy disk, you should use CHKDSK to check the integrity of the disk. Put the disk in the appropriate drive and type CHKDSK at the a: or b: prompt. If you get a message such as "Errors found" you will need replacement disks. 7.) With some computers, you may need to put disks in ALL available drives in order to proceed. Additionally, it has been reported that when installing to a Bernoulli drive, the drive must be "locked" (the door shut and a cartridge placed in the drive) BEFORE allowing the installer to check available drives. If you have a Bernoulli drive, it should be "locked" even if you are not attempting to install to it. 8.) If you do not complete the installation, a residual directory may exist. The DIRECTORY name will be ISFYQVO.TWJ and may contain a FILE called SWAPFILE.HDR. To delete the FILE, type the following at the DOS prompt: del isfyqvo.twj\*.* (hit the enter key) You will then see the following: All files in directory will be deleted! Are you sure (Y/N)? (hit a "y" and the enter key) To delete the DIRECTORY, type the following at the DOS prompt: rd isfyqvo.twj (hit the enter key) 9.) You can install GeoPublish under OS/2 in a regular DOS full screen box, not one that boots a specific version of DOS. Therefore, the DOS_STARTUP_DRIVE setting on the session page should be blank. Increase the number of DOS_FILES available to that DOS box to at least 80. Make sure that the HW_TIMER setting is on. All other values can be left at the default. If you are installing from an OS/2 DOS session you may receive an error message indicating that you don't have enough room on your hard drive. NOTE: The install program will allow you continue if you are sure that there is enough space. You may also get a "SYS Error 0005. Access Denied" error while installing under OS/2, because OS/2 thinks there is an extended attribute set for all of the files on the installation disks. To change this extended attribute: 1. Use the DISKCOPY command to copy each GeoPublish installation disk to a diskette that is not write protected. 2. Run CHKDSK /f on each diskette. OS/2 will correct what it thinks is an extended attribute error on every single file. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub Iris 1.28 Iris. "Electronic book processor." Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Ted Husted UserWare 4 Falcon Ln E Fairport, NY 14450-3312 Telephone: 716-425-3463 Fax: 716-262-5185 Description Type = Short Description Iris. "Electronic book processor." Link topics. Store input. Merge variables. Run programs. Use color, sound, text windows. 256K, monochrome or color. Fast and easy. ┌───────────────────────────────────────────╖ │ Member, Digital Publishing Association ║ │ ║ │ 205 854-1660 (BBS) ║ └───────────────────────────────────────────╜ Description Type = Long Description Iris: Electronic Books Made Simple! Binding sheets of paper together to form books was a landmark idea. Papyrus scrolls were suddenly obsolete. The book format made a table of contents and index practical. Steering the reader to another part of a book was as simple as citing a page number. Best of all, you never had to rewind a book. This was the beginning of random access. Iris has taken books one step further. Instead of citing page numbers, authors can cite topic names. The names can be woven into the text itself, or displayed in popup menus. Electronic books can ask questions and respond to the answers. Readers can jump from one topic to another with the flick of a key. Windows can change color and size, and be accompanied by pleasant tones. When you use Iris, the first thing you see is a friendly help screen and a menu of available books. This menu works like all Iris menus. A single sorted column with items that can be selected with cursor keys, or by typing the first letter of the item. If all the items cannot be shown at once, readers can quickly scroll up and down the list. The Iris distribution disk comes with three sample electronic (or "virtual") books. One is a tutorial. Another is a reference work. The third is a catalog. The tutorial and reference books covers Iris itself, and contain everything you need to know to read or write a virtual book. The catalog describes other books available direct from UserWare. Although a sample text adventure was not provided, it's obvious that Iris was designed with gaming in mind. If you already have material stored in an ascii text file, converting it to a virtual book is a snap. Internally, Iris uses a format similar to the well-known DOS batch file. The major difference is that "unmarked" lines are displayed, while "command" lines use a special one-character prefix. To get started, all Iris needs is an occasional "topic name." These look just like a batch file "label". Just type a colon followed by the name you want to give the following text. Topics can be any length. Rename the file with a .PGE extension, and you're in business. Of course, you might want to go on and take advantage of the many special features Iris offers, but that's optional. UserWare is building a "library" of virtual books. Your submissions are invited, and royalties will be paid. You may also distribute your books independently. No license required. A registered copy of Iris sells for $8. An advanced version, Prism, is $24. Prism adds many features that would interest people writing books themselves, and includes a complimentary text editor. Iris, a MS dos program, uses 256k of free memory, and works well with both color and monochrome monitors. Iris is also compatible with most speech synthesizers. UserWare, 4 Falcon Lane East, Fairport NY 14450-3312, (716) 425-3463, CIS: 71540,3660. Features List: For readers: select screen colors, borders, and CPU speeds, sound switch, bookmark, topics list, view list, DOS shell, speech synthesizer compatible. For authors: color, sound, windows, variables, arithmetic and logical operators, procedural commands, external programs, user input, link topics via menus or "hotwords", (advanced version also includes) autoplay, topic and variable listing, command trace, editor support, optional compressed and encrypted formats. Here's what people are saying about Iris .. ------------------------------------------- "Iris is very well conceived and designed. It makes the most of the advantages of reading text on-line rather than on-paper." -- PSL News, May 1989. ".. my overwhelming admiration .. It is very simply organized and readily accesible to the average reader." -- Harvey Wheeler, Director, The Virtual Academy. "I've had a chance to put Iris through its paces, and I must say I'm impressed." -- Thomas Easton, Analog, June 1990. "There is no easier or cheaper way to get started with hypertext." -- Ron Albright, Technical Editor, Vulcan's Computer Monthly. Description Type = Keywords Electronic Publishing, Text Management, Hypertext, WP Utilities, Business, Epub, Digipub, DPA, UserWare, Ted Husted, Iris, Educational, Interactive, MultiMedia Description Type = Registration Details $8-$24 US Description Type = Installation Details enter GO to begin CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub Makes Com files 3.5 Converts ASCII & ANSI to COM files Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Charles L. Wiedemann Rexxcom Systems P.O. Box 111 Schooleys Mountain, NJ 07870 Telephone: 908-852-0086 Description Type = Short Description NEWCOM 3.5. Converts ASCII/ANSI to COM file. Make on-disk greeting cards, docs, etc. Your brief message appears in color in any ANSI graphic. Includes SLIDES.EXE for a slide show. ANSI.SYS needed for main program only. File contains 2 programs, complete instructions, and 16 graphics ready to be viewed and used. Colorful, useful, enjoyable. Color required. Description Type = Long Description NEWCOM 3.5. Converts ASCII text or ANSI graphics to a stand-alone COM file. Make on-disk greeting cards, docs, etc. Type a message and it appears in color beneath any ANSI graphic. Also included is the program SLIDES.EXE which puts on a slide show. ANSI.SYS must be loaded to run NUCOM but is not needed to run the COM files you create, or the slide show. File contains 2 programs, complete instructions, and 16 graphics ready to be viewed and used. Colorful, useful, enjoyable. IBM/compatible system and color required. Description Type = Keywords TEXT,ANSI,COM,CONVERTER,TIG,GRAPHICS,DISPLAY,REXXCOM,COLOR,NUCOM,NEWCOM EPUB,GREETING,CARD,DOC,DOCS,DISPLAY,MESSAGE,MESSAGE,REXXCOM Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP to a drive which has a minimum of 150k unused disk space available. Hard drive preferable. Color monitor required; must be EGA, VGA, SVGA or better. When installed type RUNME (Enter). For printed copy of directions type COPY NUCOM.DOC PRN (Enter). For registraton form type COPY REGISTER.TXT PRN (Enter). Description Type = Vendor Instructions Program and accompanying files require approximately 150k and therefore will easily fit on 360k disk in unZIPped format. The user should copy the files to a hard drive if available. Description Type = Permissions Any and all Shareware programs from Rexxcom Systems may be freely posted on BBSs, listed in shareware catalogs, distributed on CD ROM disks, distributed on floppy disks, included on hard disks of computers, and listed in advertisements and promotional literature of vendors and distributors, as long as all programs and files in the "file package" are included in unchanged form, and as long as it is made clear to users and potential users that this is shareware which requires a registration fee to be paid to Rexxcom Systems if used beyond an evaluation period of one month. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub NEOBKPRO State of the art electronic publishing Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: NeoSoft Corp. 354 NorthEast Greenwood Avenue Suite 108 Bend, OR 97707-4631 Telephone: 503-389-5489 Fax: 503-388-8221 Description Type = Short Description NeoBook Professional: authoring system for multimedia disk-based newsletters, books, catalogs, etc. Links to word processors paint programs. Compiler and runtime license allow compiled publications to be distributed (EXE format). Imports PCX/BMP format images, Sound Blaster VOC files and FLI/FLC animation files. Requires: DOS 3.1+; HERC/EGA/VGA/SVGA graphics; MS/Logitech compatible mouse; hard disk; & 640K+ RAM. Description Type = Registration Details $89.95 + $5.00 Shipping and Handling U.S. Mail CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub NEOBOOK State of the art electronic publishing Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: NeoSoft Corp. 354 NorthEast Greenwood Avenue Suite 108 Bend, OR 97707-4631 Telephone: 503-389-5489 Fax: 503-388-8221 Description Type = Short Description NeoBook is a system for authoring disk- based, interactive newsletters, books, catalogs, educational materials, etc. Links to popular word processors, paint programs. Compiler and runtime license allow compiled publications to be distributed (EXE format). Imports PCX/BMP format images and ASCII text Req: DOS 3.1+; EGA/VGA/SVGA graphics; MS or Logitech comp. mouse; hard disk; & 640K+ RAM Description Type = Registration Details $45.00 + $5.00 Shipping and Handling U.S. Mail CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub XLPLUS XL2000 XL2001 2.3 Digital Publishing Software Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Charles L. Wiedemann Rexxcom Systems P.O. Box 111 Schooleys Mountain, NJ 07870 Telephone: 908-852-0086 Description Type = Short Description XLPLUS Professional electronic publishing software. the same software used by the Digital Publishing Association to publish the monthly electronic edition of "DPA News." Includes the original XL2000.EXE and the amazing new XL2001.EXE. See your text-file, magazine, or newsletter in a dazzling high-intensity display. Try AutoScroll, mouse scroll, and many other features. Includes ready-to-use mastheads. Description Type = Long Description Developed by "the Displayware People" at Rexxcom Systems, pioneers in electronic publishing, XLPLUS is a leader among electronic publishing software. This is the software used for "DPA News" - the monthly electronic publication of the Digital Publishing Association. This software may be used to create electronic books, and it is ideally suited to the publication of on-screen magazines, newspapers, newsletters, manuals, and booklets. The XLPLUS package contains two programs, the original XL2000.EXE and the new XL2001.EXE. Both programs are similar, and they each have many claims to fame. Among these are the unique AutoScroll feature which allows true hands-free viewing and reading. As soon as the document is on-screen, touching one function key starts the text scrolling upward at an average reading speed. The scroll rate is easily controlled by the reader - simply touch the "plus" key to increase the speed, or the "minus" key to slow it down. Another unique feature, and one of the best, is the use of high-intensity background colors, upon which the text appears. Bright white is most popular, but bright yellow and light red or cyan are also appealing and attractive. The text itself may be set to a jet black color, or another color may be selected. Dark blue and dark green look great against a bright, "hi-I" background. XL2000 lets the reader change the text color through an entire range of colors with a simple key-touch. XL2001, on the other hand, skips that feature, but in its place it allows the text to be multicolored against a pre-selected background color. For example, if a bright white background is used with black lettering, a key word or sentence may be highlighted with a bright yellow background. The result is similar to that achieved with the use of a felt-tipped "highlighter" on paper, but the on-screen effect is more brilliant and eye-catching. Optional color combinations are very numerous. "Highlighting" may be done with, say, blue lettering and a light red background, or with yellow on brown, red on gray, and so forth. Another feature, exclusive with these Rexxcom programs, is the ability to use large display-fonts for headlines, titles of articles, and chapter headings. If used in XL2000 the color is the same as the text, and if the reader changes the text color, the large fonts also change to match. XL2001 allows headlines and titles to be colored differently from the text, and they really do look great in red, green, blue, brown, etc. (To create headlines, titles, etc., another Rexxcom program, AUTOFONT is needed.) In addition to AutoScroll, the text may be scrolled line-by-line with up and down arrow keys, or page-by-page with the page-up and page-down keys. For rapid scroll in a long document, hold down the page-down key to find the desired page in a jiffy. Pages are automatically numbered if you type a numeric code on the first line of the text file (code is invisible during on-screen display). Page numbering allows the use of a table of contents. The reader moves to the page of choice with the method described above, or with the more rapid "mouse scroll" (XL2001 only) in which sliding the mouse causes the pages to whiz past your eyes. In actual tests, a reader of an XLPLUS document found desired pages faster than the reader of a paper book. Another feature allows the reader to switch from one document to another and back again. You might include a "Sunday Supplement" with your electronic newspaper. Readers switch from the main newspaper to the supplement by touching a function key. Immediately the supplement appears on-screen with a different title or masthead, even different colors for text and background. Users of the XLPLUS programs compliment the Rexxcom programmers on the ease with which typewritten text is converted to an extremely attractive, scrollable, multi-featured electronic publication. Description Type = Keywords EPUB,DIGITAL,DISPLAY,READ,PUBLISH,REXXCOM,ELECTRONIC,TEXT,XLPLUS, XL2000,COLOR,XL2001,NEWSLETTER,MAGAZINE,BOOK,SALES,TEACH,COLORS,READ, WRITE,DISPLAYWARE,MESSAGE,SCHOOL,LIBRARY,ADVERTISE,COLORS,SCROLL, AUTOSCROLL,MOUSE,DISPLAYWARE Description Type = Registration Details $19.95 for one program; $29.95 for both XL2000 + XL2001 Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP to a drive which has a minimum of 100k unused disk space available. Hard drive preferable. Color monitor required; must be EGA, VGA, SVGA or better. When installed, type RUNME (plus Enter/Return). XL2000.EXE will run first, displaying a series of example newsletters. These comprise a demonstration, and they also contain text which provides much information. Press F1 to display a "help box" of command options. After the last in the series of newsletters is displayed, XL2001.EXE will run, displaying several examples. To print the user guide turn on printer and type COPY DOC.TXT PRN (Enter/Return). To print registration form type COPY REGISTER.TXT PRN (Enter/Return). Description Type = Vendor Instructions Program and accompanying files require approximately 100k and therefore will easily fit on 360k disk in unZIPped format. The user should copy the files to a hard drive if available, and then type RUNME (Enter/Return) for a single screen of essential information. Description Type = Permissions Any and all Shareware programs from Rexxcom Systems may be freely posted on BBSs, listed in shareware catalogs, distributed on CD ROM disks, distributed on floppy disks, included on hard disks of computers, and listed in advertisements and promotional literature of vendors and distributors, as long as all programs and files in the "file package" are included in unchanged form, and as long as it is made clear to users and potential users that this is shareware which requires a registration fee to be paid to Rexxcom Systems if used beyond an evaluation period of one month. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub XLSHOW Desk Display 3.5 Counter/Desk Continuous Display Softwa Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Charles L. Wiedemann Rexxcom Systems P.O. Box 111 Schooleys Mountain, NJ 07870 Telephone: 908-852-0086 Description Type = Short Description XLSHOW 3.5. Auto-scrolling info display. Automatic scroll, screen-change display for business, school, office, store, club. Your info appears in a cycle of brilliant screens which change style and color with each topic. Excellent countertop display. Runs all day if needed. Updating info is easy; type new file or edit old one. Excellent instructions. Requires EGA monitor or better. Ready-to-use headings. Description Type = Long Description Developed by "the Displayware People" at Rexxcom Systems, pioneers in electronic publishing, XLSHOW is a dramatic yet easy to use program which creates a multicolored, continuous-running desktop, countertop or window display. Preparing the display is pure simplicity - all you do is type the information. The magic occurs when the typing is finished. Simply save the document and it is ready for professional on-screen display. If you use only one text document, the text scrolls automatically and continuously until the last page appears and has been visible long enough to be read. Then the cycle repeats from the top. Even better, type and save several files, each having one or more pages. Your readers are automatically shown each file in sequence, each with its own attractive heading and combination of foreground and background colors. When the last file finishes scrolling onto the screen the cycle repeats with the first file. Let your display run all day and night if needed. The changing screens act as a screen saver for your monitor. A unique feature, and one of the best, is the ability to use high-intensity background colors upon which text appears in your choice of color. Bright white is popular, but bright yellow, light red, light magenta and bright cyan are very attractive. Bright yellow text on a brown background is classy. Use yellow or white text on a dark red background for a dramatic effect. Of course you may also use a jet black background to set of the glowing text colors. It is easy to use multicolored text with a pre-selected background color. For example, if a bright white background is used with black lettering, a key word or sentence may be highlighted by being given a bright yellow or light red background. The result is similar to that achieved with the use of a felt-tipped "highlighter" on paper, but the on-screen effect is more brilliant and eye-catching. Another feature is the ability to use large display-fonts for headlines, titles, and key words. Headlines and titles may be colored differently from the text, and they really do look great in red, green, blue, brown, etc. (To create great jumbo-font headlines the Rexxcom program, AUTOFONT is needed.) But that is not all. You may even change the lettering style used for your text. If you want one screen to appear with Old English lettering, this is easy to do; other styles are also available. Description Type = Keywords EPUB,DIGITAL,COUNTER,COUNTERTOP,DESKTOP,DISPLAY,READ,PUBLISH,REXXCOM, ELECTRONIC,TEXT,XLSHOW,COLOR,BULLETIN,SCHOOL,STORE,WINDOW,OFFICE, BUSINESS,ADVERTISE,SALES,SHOW,CLUB,AUTOSCROLL,SCROLL,DISPLAYWARE, MESSAGE,LIBRARY,READ,WRITE,HIGH-I,MUSEUM,AGENCY,LETTER,NEWSLETTER Description Type = Registration Details $19.95 Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP to a drive which has a minimum of 200k unused disk space available. Hard drive preferable. Color monitor required; must be EGA, VGA, SVGA or better. When installed, type GO (plus Enter/Return). Program will auto-display a series of bulletins, etc. These comprise a demonstration, and they also contain text which provides much information. Press F1 to display a "help box" of command options. After the last in the series is displayed the cycle repeats. Next press "Esc" and the Old English text will appear. This change may be made automatic as explained in the user guide. Next press "Esc" again and another lettering style will appear on an information screen. Pressing "Esc" at this point will terminate the display, at which time type GO2 (plus Enter/Return) to view a short sequence of files in which the text font changes automatically with each new file. Exit sequence by touching Ctrl + C at same time. To print user guide turn on printer and type COPY DOC.TXT PRN (Enter/Return). To print registration form type COPY REGISTER.TXT PRN (Enter/Re- turn). Description Type = Vendor Instructions Program and accompanying files require approximately 152k and therefore will easily fit on 360k disk in unZIPped format. The user should copy the files to a hard drive if available, and then type GO (Enter/Return). Description Type = Permissions Any and all Shareware programs from Rexxcom Systems may be freely posted on BBSs, listed in shareware catalogs, distributed on CD ROM disks, distributed on floppy disks, included on hard disks of computers, and listed in advertisements and promotional literature of vendors and distributors, as long as all programs and files in the "file package" are included in unchanged form, and as long as it is made clear to users and potential users that this is shareware which requires a registration fee to be paid to Rexxcom Systems if used beyond an evaluation period of one month. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ BOXER/OS2 Text Editr 7.0A Powerful, top-rated text editor! Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: David R. Hamel Boxer Software P.O. Box 3230 Peterborough, NH 03458-3230 Telephone: (603) 924-6602 Fax: (603) 924-4471 Description Type = Short Description BOXER/OS2 Text Editor v7.0a: Top Rated! <ASP> "Best Major Application" winner at the 1994 Shareware Industry Awards! Version 7.0 adds 85+ features to what was already a feature packed program. A favorite of many users, BOXER gets consistently strong reviews. Easy to use with powerful features: color syntax highlighting, undo/redo, mouse support, S&R, column blocks, WP, macros, compilation, more! <ASP> Shareware $89 from David R. Hamel Description Type = Long Description BOXER is a remarkably full-featured text editor which has quickly become the favorite of all types of computer users: programmers and writers -- power users and novices. BOXER is the result of an 8-year effort by a self-proclaimed perfectionist, and the outcome is a highly polished software program. Attention to detail is apparent throughout: BOXER's interface is smooth, intuitive and courteous. Designed with an emphasis on flexibility, BOXER can be easily configured to suit most every user's taste. New users consistently praise BOXER in the strongest terms. A complete feature list would be huge, so here are some of BOXER's most important capabilities: multi-level Undo and Redo, Color Syntax Highlighting, multiple files and windows, full mouse support, keyboard reconfiguration, support for extended screen sizes, column marking, macros, color, pull-down menus, word processing, and context sensitive online help. Also: search with wildcards, compile within the editor, small footprint shell, graphic drawing mode, auto indent, find mating parenthetical characters, block commands: cut, copy, append, paste, delete, write, print, fill, sort, total, average, case convert, invert, entab, detab, more! <ASP> Shareware from David R. Hamel $89. ** BOXER 7.0 adds over 85 new features and options! ** New: select macros from a new Macro List interface for playback, recording or erasure. Up to 100 macros can now be loaded simulatan- eously. Search and Replace will restrict its attention to matches within a column-marked region when marking is active. Up to 20 text anchor positions can now be recorded and manipulated from a pop-up anchor list. The Paragraph Reformat command will reformat all those lines contained within a marked region, if run while text is marked. Column-marked areas can now be FILL-ed with a string of characters, rather than just a single character. And much, much more! * * * BOXER.BIN is a compressed file containing the BOXER Text Editor release. BOXER.EXE is a special installation program -- run this program from either floppy or hard drive to install BOXER. BOXER.EXE must simply reside in the same directory as the other release files when installation begins. An automatic demonstration can be run following installation. Description Type = Keywords BOXER, TEXT EDITOR, WORD PROCESSOR, UNDO, MOUSE, MACRO, ASP, EDIT, OS2 Description Type = Registration Details $89 Description Type = Permissions Restrictions: Shareware versions of BOXER may be freely distributed, subject to the following restrictions: * BOXER must be distributed without modification, in its entirety. * BOXER may not be distributed by any for-profit entity which fails to disclose the following points somewhere in their literature: . The fee paid by the customer for an evaluation diskette is a dis- tribution fee, and does not cover the cost of the program itself. . Additional payment to the Author is required if a program is used beyond the evaluation period prescribed by the Author. . Registration entitles the customer to various rights and benefits which may include: current software, printed manual, technical support, upgrade notifications and other goods or services. Note that Shareware is "Try-Before-You-Buy" software, it is not free. We urge all parties who distribute Shareware to help educate the public about the true nature of Shareware distribution. * BOXER is not to be used as an enticement to purchase another product without the explicit consent of the Author. * BOXER is not to be packaged for sale with its reference manual, or other supporting documentation pre-printed for the end-user. * BOXER evaluation diskettes may not be sold for a price in excess of Ten U.S. Dollars ($10.00). * BOXER is not to be "rented" or leased. These distribution restrictions apply to anyone who wishes to distribute BOXER, whether they be commercial vendors, user groups, BBS operators, or individuals. All parties are hereby given permission to capture screen shots of BOXER for use in catalogs or newsletters listing or reviewing our product. Please identify the image in some way as being of the Boxer Text Editor. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ Boxer Text Editor 7.0A Fast, full-featured, easy-to-use edito Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: David R. Hamel Boxer Software P.O. Box 3230 Peterborough, NH 03458-3230 Telephone: (603) 924-6602 Fax: (603) 924-4471 Description Type = Short Description BOXER/DOS Text Editor v7.0a: Top Rated! <ASP> "Best Major Application" winner at the 1994 Shareware Industry Awards! Version 7.0 adds 85+ features to what was already a feature packed program. A favorite of many users, BOXER gets consistently strong reviews. Easy to use with powerful features: color syntax highlighting, undo/redo, mouse support, S&R, column blocks, WP, macros, compilation, more! <ASP> Shareware $50-89 from David R. Hamel Description Type = Long Description BOXER is a remarkably full-featured text editor which has quickly become the favorite of all types of computer users: programmers and writers -- power users and novices. BOXER is the result of an 8-year effort by a self-proclaimed perfectionist, and the outcome is a highly polished software program. Attention to detail is apparent throughout: BOXER's interface is smooth, intuitive and courteous. Designed with an emphasis on flexibility, BOXER can be easily configured to suit most every user's taste. New users consistently praise BOXER in the strongest terms. A complete feature list would be huge, so here are some of BOXER's most important capabilities: multi-level Undo and Redo, Color Syntax Highlighting, multiple files and windows, full mouse support, keyboard reconfiguration, support for extended screen sizes, column marking, macros, color, pull-down menus, word processing, and context sensitive online help. Also: search with wildcards, compile within the editor, small footprint shell, graphic drawing mode, auto indent, find mating parenthetical characters, block commands: cut, copy, append, paste, delete, write, print, fill, sort, total, average, case convert, invert, entab, detab, more! <ASP> Shareware from David R. Hamel $50-89. ** BOXER 7.0 adds over 85 new features and options! ** New: select macros from a new Macro List interface for playback, recording or erasure. Up to 100 macros can now be loaded simulatan- eously. Search and Replace will restrict its attention to matches within a column-marked region when marking is active. Up to 20 text anchor positions can now be recorded and manipulated from a pop-up anchor list. The Paragraph Reformat command will reformat all those lines contained within a marked region, if run while text is marked. Column-marked areas can now be FILL-ed with a string of characters, rather than just a single character. And much, much more! See TKO.DOC for full details on BOXER/TKO, our professional-level product which is capable of editing multi-megabyte files! * * * Note: BOXER/DOS 7.0 is compiled with a newer version of the Borland compiler, and therefore will not run on 8086-based CPUs. An 80286 or better CPU is now required. * * * BOXER.BIN is a compressed file containing the BOXER Text Editor release. BOXER.EXE is a special installation program -- run this program from either floppy or hard drive to install BOXER. BOXER.EXE must simply reside in the same directory as the other release files when installation begins. An automatic demonstration can be run following installation. Description Type = Keywords BOXER TEXT EDITOR WORD PROCESSOR UNDO MOUSE MACRO ASP EDIT Description Type = Registration Details $50-89 Description Type = Installation Details to install, simply run the custom installer, BOXER.EXE Description Type = Permissions Restrictions: Shareware versions of BOXER may be freely distributed, subject to the following restrictions: * BOXER must be distributed without modification, in its entirety. * BOXER may not be distributed by any for-profit entity which fails to disclose the following points somewhere in their literature: . The fee paid by the customer for an evaluation diskette is a dis- tribution fee, and does not cover the cost of the program itself. . Additional payment to the Author is required if a program is used beyond the evaluation period prescribed by the Author. . Registration entitles the customer to various rights and benefits which may include: current software, printed manual, technical support, upgrade notifications and other goods or services. Note that Shareware is "Try-Before-You-Buy" software, it is not free. We urge all parties who distribute Shareware to help educate the public about the true nature of Shareware distribution. * BOXER is not to be used as an enticement to purchase another product without the explicit consent of the Author. * BOXER is not to be packaged for sale with its reference manual, or other supporting documentation pre-printed for the end-user. * BOXER evaluation diskettes may not be sold for a price in excess of Ten U.S. Dollars ($10.00). * BOXER is not to be "rented" or leased. These distribution restrictions apply to anyone who wishes to distribute BOXER, whether they be commercial vendors, user groups, BBS operators, or individuals. All parties are hereby given permission to capture screen shots of BOXER for use in catalogs or newsletters listing or reviewing our product. Please identify the image in some way as being of the Boxer Text Editor. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ CMEditor Editor/View 3.18G CMEditor v3.18g Editor/viewer (ASP) Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Charles F. Martin NoVaSoft 3239 Riverview Drive Triangle, VA 22172-1421 Telephone: (703) 221-1471 Description Type = Short Description CMEditor File Text Editor v3.18g <ASP> -- Small, handy text editor loaded with features. Edit or view large files. Mark blocks of lines for copy, move, delete, print, exportto file. Search/replace string operators, modest mouse support. 25/43/50- line VGA support, four color schemes, new popup ASCII table make this little editor even handier. Only $10 registration. Description Type = Long Description CMEditor File Text Editor v3.18g <ASP> -- Small, handy text editor loaded with features. Edit or view large files. Mark blocks of lines for copy, move, delete, print, exportto file. Search/replace string operators, modest mouse support. 25/43/50- line VGA support, four color schemes, new popup ASCII table make this little editor even handier. Only $10 registration. Description Type = Keywords TEXT FILE EDITOR CMEDITOR NOVASOFT Description Type = Registration Details 10.00 Description Type = Installation Details MEditor requires no special installation. Just copy the compressed file to a directory you have created for this new version, extract it to get the uncompressed file set, and run CMEDITOR at the DOS prompt. C Description Type = Permissions The shareware edition of CMEditor may be further distributed by any individual or shareware distributor under the conditions specified in the distribution policy expressed in this VENDOINFO.DIZ file. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ MEGA EDIT Txt Editor 2.12 Text Editor for Large files Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Michael Tague WinNET Communications, Inc. 330F Distellery Commons Louisville, KY 40206 Telephone: 502-589-6800 Fax: 502-589-7300 Description Type = Short Description MEGA EDIT VERSION 2.12 <ASP> MEGA EDIT TEXT EDITOR FOR LARGE FILES- Mega Edit is a MS Windows application to allow editing of very large files. Split screen for up to 20 files, variable sizable display fonts, Import/Export UNIX and Mac files, word-wrap, CUA compliant, search and replace, binary display. Windows - Utilities WinNET Communications, INC. Description Type = Long Description Mega Edit is an MS-Windows application that allows the editing of very large text files. The program has had many positive press reviews, including being named "WinAp of the Month" by Compute Magazine and was included in PC World's round up of the best programs ever for less than $50.00 dollars. The size of files that Mega Edit can handle is limited only by the amount of virtual memory available under Windows. The program also includes a split screen feature to compare/edit 2 files side by side (or view the same file in 2 locations). It is possible to load up to 20 files into the program simultaneously for editing. Editing functions are fully CUA compliant. Mega Edit has an import/export capability between Unix, MacIntosh and DOS file formats, search and replace facilities, variable sizing of display fonts, and many other features. Description Type = Keywords EDITOR, WINDOWS, MACINTOSH, UNIX, ASCII, TEXT, PROGRAMMERS, BINARY, NOTEPAD Description Type = Registration Details $35.50 + S&H. Description Type = Installation Details (partial listing) (READ1ST.TXT) STEP 1. Make a separate directory anywhere on your system and store ALL of the distribution files that are part of Mega Edit (TM) in that directory. If you are using Windows 3.1, you may want to delete the copy of COMMDLG.DLL that is supplied with Mega Edit (TM) - it is already supplied with Windows 3.1. It is generally best to keep all the distribution files together in the same directory. STEP 2. Install the Mega Edit (TM) executable file 'MEGAEDIT.EXE' in a Program Manager application folder. If you do not know how to do this, please see your Microsoft Windows 3.x documentation. STEP 3. To RUN Mega Edit (TM), select the Mega Edit (TM) icon by either double-clicking on it with your mouse, or cursor to the icon and hit the ENTER key. Description Type = Permissions (VENDOR.TXT) partial listing Vendors who wish to distribute Mega Edit on diskette, CD ROM, or other physical media may do so freely as long as the following guidelines are followed: 1. The offering and sale of Mega Edit (TM) will be stopped at *any* time the author so requests. 2. Vendors may *only* distribute the shareware version of Mega Edit. 3. All the files that are part of the orginal shareware distribution of Mega Edit must be included in the vendor's distribution of Mega Edit, including especially register.txt, reg_form.txt, and the other text files which provide information about how to contact WinNET Communications to register Mega Edit and to receive technical support. 4. Your library's catalog or listing must state that this program is not free, but is copyrighted software that is provided to allow the user to evaluate it before paying. 5. Vendors who charge their clients a fee to receive their materials containing Mega Edit must make it clear to their customers that the fee does not include the purchase price or registraion fee for Mega Edit. This clarification should be included, in writing, with the vendor's distribution. 6. Problems or complaints about the program will be reported to the author for investigation. Any questions about these policies should be directed to: WinNET Communications, Inc. Post Office Box 4189 Lousiville, KY 40204 (502) 589 6800 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ SLICPRO2 2.0 ASCII TEXT EDITOR WITH FILE PICKER Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Gary M. Raymond Custom Programming P.O. Box 8184 New Orleans, LA 70182 Telephone: 504-288-6550 Description Type = Short Description SIMPLE, EASY TO USE FULL FEATURED TEXT EDITOR! Almost everyone, sooner or later, needs a good dependable, easy to use text editor for managing changes to the autoexec or config.sys files. This editor has a point and pick file selection window that makes locating a file a snap. The keyboard is totally configurable with a special utility you receive with registration. Most common activity is handled with normal Function keys (the F keys). Description Type = Keywords EDITOR, ASCII, TEXT, LETTERS, MESSAGES Description Type = Registration Details $10.00 Description Type = Installation Details TYPE "PED" AT THE DOS PROMPT. Description Type = Vendor Instructions DISK VENDORS MUST NOT REMOVE ANY FILES FROM COMPRESSED ARCHIVE. REDISTRIBUTORS ARE GRANTED PERMISSION TO RE-PACKAGE AND DISTRIBUTE THIS PROGRAM AS LONG NO FILES ARE REMOVED FROM THE ORIGINAL DISTRIBUTION ARCHIVE FILE WHEN REPACKAGING IS PREFORMED; AND, THE HANDLING FEES, INCLUDING THE SINGLE DISK COST, DOES NOT EXCEED THREE DOLLARS. Description Type = Permissions DISK VENDORS MUST NOT REMOVE ANY FILES FROM COMPRESSED ARCHIVE. REDISTRIBUTORS ARE GRANTED PERMISSION TO RE-PACKAGE AND DISTRIBUTE THIS PROGRAM AS LONG NO FILES ARE REMOVED FROM THE ORIGINAL DISTRIBUTION ARCHIVE FILE WHEN REPACKAGING IS PREFORMED; AND, THE HANDLING FEES, INCLUDING THE SINGLE DISK COST, DOES NOT EXCEED THREE DOLLARS. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ Smooth Editor 2.0 FAST smooth scrolling DOS text editor Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Michael Dubbeldam Dubbeldam Software Julianalaan 36 Delft, 2628 BH Description Type = Short Description Smooth Editor v2.0 <ASP> The first DOS text editor with FAST Smooth Scrolling technique and interface for windows. FAST Smooth Scrolling makes moving through text extremely swift and fluid. Features:copy/cut/ paste from/to Windows, macros, LARGE files, multiple documents, multilevel undo, Drag & Drop, symbol table, customizable scrolling and color usage, bookmarks, word wrapping etc. Required: 386,VGA. Shareware $20 Description Type = Long Description Smooth Editor v2.0 <ASP> The first DOS text editor with FAST Smooth Scrolling technique and interface for windows. FAST Smooth Scrolling makes moving through text extremely swift and fluid. Features:copy/cut/paste from/to Windows, macros, virtually unlimited file sizes, multiple documents, multilevel undo, Drag & Drop, symbol table, customizable scrolling and color usage, bookmarks, word wrapping etc. Required: 386,VGA. Shareware $20 Description Type = Keywords Edit Editor ASCII Smooth Scrolling Smoothscrolling Clipboard FAST Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US $ Minimum registration price..................20.00 Maximum registration price..................20.00 Shipping: within same country...............4.00 North America.....................4.00 South America.....................4.00 Europe............................4.00 Asia..............................4.00 Africa............................4.00 Pacific...........................4.00 Description Type = Installation Details Installation is done by simply putting all files in one directory. It will be usefull to include this directory in the Path statement, so you can start up SE from anywhere on the drive. Description Type = Permissions Provided that you are distributing the unregistered version you are hereby licensed to make as many copies of the shareware version of this software and documentation as you wish and provide them to anyone. The attached VENDINFO data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in the data record is hereby authorized. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ Vision Edit 3.5 Powerful DOS text editor, windows, mou Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Andrzej Brzezinski PrimaSoft, Inc. P.O. Box 456 Surrey, BC V3T 5B7 Canada Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description VISION EDIT v3.5 <ASP> - A useful, fast, user-friendly, versatile text editor. Can edit as many documents as you like neatly placed in windows. Functions can be selected from pull-down menus or by pressing short-cut keys. Context-sensitive help describes each feature. Contains several useful word processor facilities for E-Mail traffic. File Manager, Calculator, Print Manager and more with a program for only $35.00. Description Type = Long Description Vision Edit is a text editor. With Vision Edit you can edit many files simultaneously. Each file will be opened in a separate window. Most functions can be selected from pull-down menus or by clicking on a Tool Bar so you do not have to remember any commands (using mouse). More experienced users can invoke many commands with a single or double-key stroke (hot keys). If you have a problem or are not sure about something you can use a context-sensitive, on-line help by pressing F1 key. You can customize some features of Vision Edit. You can change the colors of edit windows, dialog boxes and other elements of the user interface. If you are used to another editor you may want to modify hot-key commands - Vision Edit will then behave like the editor that you are familiar with. Vision Edit allows printing files. You can define various printer settings in a Print Options dialog box. You can also define headers and footers. Vision Edit provides you with a large number of editing functions that are grouped in several categories e.g. Box Commands, Block Commands etc. They can all be found in KeyCmds menu. Vision Edit's Macro capabilities allow you to automatize your repetitive editing tasks. Vision Edit contains several useful additional features: - File Manager - word processor facilities for E-Mail traffic - Print Mangager - Calculator Quotes from Reviews, Articles and Users: ---------------------------------------- "one of the best available editors" - user "excellent" - Realty Software "the best for E-MAIL traffic" - user "fast, user-friendly, versatile" "and foolproof" - 'SME Shareware Digest' "excellent interface" - users "great for eductional purposes" - (10 registered Universities) "Vision Edit is an excellent text editor. It's lean: the necessary files take up less than 700K of disk space, making it ideal for notebook users." - 'Computer Shopper' Oct. 93, page 506 Description Type = Keywords text editor, DOS, mouse, menus, windows, multiple files, macros Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 Description Type = Installation Details 1) If you have a complete Vision Edit diskette just start the installation program by typing in A:INSTALL (or B:INSTALL) and follow the instructions. 2) If you have just the VISED35.ZIP file then: - create a directory on your hard disk e.g. MD C:\VED - unzip the VISED35.ZIP file to that directory. 3) Read the README.DOC file. 4) Start the program by typing in C:\VED\VED. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Running the self-extracting program from the CD-ROM will extract to your diskette the main VISED35.ZIP file along with some *.DOC text files and the installation program. Description Type = Permissions As the exclusive copyright holder for Vision Edit, Andrzej Brzezinski & Marek Kosznik authorize distribution only in accordance with the following restrictions. ASP Approved Vendors in good standing are hereby given permission to distribute Vision Edit package. Non-ASP member vendors must request permission prior to distributing this package. The Vision Edit package is defined as containing all the material listed in the README.DOC text file. If any files listed in the README.DOC text file, or the README.DOC file itself, are missing, then the package is not complete and distribution is forbidden. Please contact us to obtain a complete package suitable for distribution. The Vision Edit package - including all related program files and documentation files - CANNOT be modified in any way and must be distributed as a complete package, without exception. The README.DOC text file contains a list of all files that are part of the Vision Edit package. Small additions to the package, such as the introductory or installation batch files used by many shareware disk vendors, are acceptable. No price or other compensation may be charged for the Vision Edit package. A distribution fee may be charged for the cost of the diskette, shipping and handling, as long as the total (per disk) does not exceed US$8.00 in the U.S. and Canada, or US$12.00 internationally. Disk Sets & CD-ROMs: ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The Vision Edit package CANNOT be sold as part of some other inclusive package. Nor can it be included in any commercial software packaging offer, without a written agreement from Andrzej Brzezinski & Marek Kosznik. ASP Approved Vendors who wish to distribute the Vision Edit package as part of a collection (such as PsL's MegaDisk set, or a CD-ROM package) may do so provided that all the other restrictions are met. Vendors (non-ASP Vendor Members) who wish to distribute the Vision Edit package as part of a collection (such as PsL's MegaDisk set, or a CD-ROM package) must obtain permission from Andrzej Brzezinski & Marek Kosznik prior to beginning such a distribution. If you wish to add any of our programs to a CD-ROM or other collection, please check the release date of the version you have. If the version is over twelve (12) months old then please contact us to ensure that you have the most current version. This version was released in NOVEMBER 1993. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Educatnl 123-Talk 3.0 Talking teacher teaches math concepts Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Orlando Dare DareWare Inc. 3005 Glenmore Ave. Baltimore, MD 21214 Telephone: 1-800-327-3929 Fax: 401-665-0193 Description Type = Short Description 123-TALK VERSION 3.0 <ASP> TALKING NUMBERS, COUNTING AND MATH- 123-TALK is a TALKING educational game for children 1 thru 8 years. This package will teach your child counting and basic math. The speech output will play thru the PC speaker (excellent quality). Lead your child into the next century with 123-TALK. Education - Language DAREWARE INC. Description Type = Long Description 123-TALK was designed to be an both interactive and creative. This is not the usual type of educational program. This program was created with the concept of having the computer talk to your child to teach them the basics of talking, numbers, counting, addition, subtraction and use of a computer. The object of 123-TALK is to teach children by talking to them: to teach them to say numbers, count, add, subtract and interact with a computer. 123-TALK will teach children ages 1-4 to say the numbers 1 thru 10 and to find numbers on the keyboard. They will also learn to sing the 123 SONG. 123-TALK will teach children ages 4-7 to count, add and subtract. They will also learn to draw with EASY DRAW II. Your child will love the stunning graphics in this package. This program will work with any IBM-PC compatible computer and any type of graphic system, with an EGA/VGA graphics card giving the best results. If you find this educational program beneficial and entertaining to your child, Please register your shareware. When you register, you will receive the latest version of 123-TALK with new features, along with a free second program! Description Type = Registration Details $25.00 Description Type = Installation Details We recommend that you run this package from your hard drive and that you have an EGA/VGA graphics card and monitor. System requirements are: o 512K of memory; o Any graphics card and monitor; Optional mouse for easy draw II. Proceed as follows If you have a FLOPPY based system. Insert the disk into the A drive, then log onto the A drive, by typing and entering A: Then to start the program, type and enter 123-TALK From that point, follow the on-screen instructions or tap Esc key to exit. * HARD DRIVE INSTALLATION ----------------------- To install ABC-TALK on the C drive, insert the ABC-TALK disk in the A drive and type at the dos prompt (A>): INSTALLC * Advanced installation (try this if you have problems) --------------------- If you have a hard drive system, insert the disk into your A drive then make a subdirectory on your hard drive, by typing and entering C: MD\ 123-TALK Then log onto the 123-TALK subdirectory, by typing and entering CD\ 123-TALK Then copy all the files on this disk to the 123-TALK subdirectory on your hard drive by typing and entering COPY A:*.* Then to start the program, type and enter 123-TALK From that point, follow the on-screen instructions or tap Esc key to exit. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Educatnl 123-Talk/sound board Talking teacher teaches math concepts Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Orlando Dare DareWare Inc. 3005 Glenmore Ave. Baltimore, MD 21214 Telephone: 1-800-327-3929 Fax: 401-665-0193 Description Type = Short Description 123-TALK for SOUND BOARDS is an educational program for children age 1-8. Your child will learn to say the NUMBERS, COUNTING, ADDITION, SUBTRACTION, DRAWING, SINGING and much more. Learning is lots of fun with this interactive talking program with REAL HUMAN SPEECH. Lead your child into the next century with this package. ** RECOMMENDED ** You can add your voice to this program.-WOW- PC SPEAKER version is also available. <ASP> Description Type = Long Description 123-TALK is a fabulous TALKING TEACHER with real human speech that helps children (age 1-7) learn how to SAY NUMBERS, COUNTING, REMEMBER PHONE NUMBERS, ADDITION, SUBTRACTION, and much more. 123-TALK Also included the 123 SONG, ALLURING COLORFUL GRAPHICS and EASY DRAW II, to help bring out your child's creativity. Excellent female speech quality that works thru your SOUND BOARD speaker. This program will give your children a great deal of ENCOURAGEMENT TO LEARN, when a question is answered correctly, 123-TALK will say supportive comments (way to go, great, excellent, super duper, very good, and more). Your child's IMAGINATION WILL GROW, when they watch the colorful kaleidoscopes and collages in action - and they are fun to watch !!!! * A TALKING TEACHER with real HUMAN SPEECH. * Run MANUAL.EXE for a detailed description of this NEW EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM. * SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: 512K memory, one floppy disk and any graphic monitor (hard drive and EGA/VGA recommended). Optional MOUSE for EASY DRAW II. * Type "RUNME" to start the program. * The best way to teach a child, IS TO TALK TO THEM. * PC SPEAKER version available. DareWare Inc. 3005 Glenmore Ave. Baltimore, MD 21214 (410) 665-0193 ASP MEMBER Description Type = Keywords TALKING EDUCATIONAL GAMES KIDS MATH SPEECH SOUND BLASTER Description Type = Registration Details $25.00 Description Type = Installation Details Type "RUNME" to start the program. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Educatnl ABC Fun Keys 4.40 Alphabet games; delightful pics & musi Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Courtney Krehbiel ABC Fun Keys P.O. Box 231505 Encinitas, CA 92023-1505 Telephone: 619-436-1012 Description Type = Short Description ** ABC Fun Keys V.4.40 Preschool games ** Completely new full-screen alphabet graphics and familiar nursery rhyme songs. This set of four games is a huge hit with young children. Very educational too! Scrolling song lyrics for sing-alongs. A control panel allows an adult to configure each game to the child's ability level. Many options. Supports Hercules Mono, CGA, EGA, and VGA. Description Type = Long Description ABC FUN KEYS is an educational game for children between the ages of two to six years old. The game features 38 colorful full screen graphic pictures, action, and lots of nursery rhyme songs. The ABC FUN KEYS program consists of four different games: An entry level game where a picture is displayed and song is played for each letter and number key that is pressed; a beginner game where the child must match the letter/number picture displayed on the screen with the corresponding key on the keyboard; a more advanced version where the picture is gradually revealed and the child must make the correct match in a limited time period; and a child's typing tutor where letters and numbers float in the "air" between "heaven" and "mud". In the last game, letters need to be "hearted to heaven" by pressing the corresponding key before they expire and sink into the mud. Advanced features of the ABC FUN KEYS include the ability to select any combination and order of letters and numbers, an adult control panel utility with on-line help, and configuration files and command line parameters for automatic game startup. The program opens with an easy-selection child's menu. Typing ABC /? will display a help screen listing the command line options. On-line help is available within ABC by pressing ALT-H from the opening menu. Game setup options can be selected by pressing ALT-S at the opening menu. ABC FUN KEYS will run on any IBM PC compatible computer with 512 KB or more of available RAM, one floppy disk, and DOS 3.1 or greater. The program works with Hercules Monochrome, CGA, EGA, or VGA video systems, and under Microsoft Windows. Description Type = Keywords ABC ALPHABET PRESCHOOL EDUCATION KIDS NURSERY RHYME FUN KEYS CHILD Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 US Description Type = Installation Details See the file INSTALL.DOC for step-by-step instructions. ABC Fun Keys uses a custom installation program to make installation easy to either hard disk, or floppydisk. The user can also view or print the documentation file by using the installer. Description Type = Permissions ABC FUN KEYS is a registered trademark of Courtney E. Krehbiel. Non-registered users, PC software libraries, and computer software clubs are granted a limited license to use this product on a trial basis, and to copy the program for trial use by others subject to the following limitations: The ABC FUN KEYS program must be distributed in unmodified form; complete with all files and documentation. See the file list in the documentation for details. No fee, charge or other consideration may be requested or accepted for program distribution with one exception. PC software libraries may charge a maximum of $6 per distribution diskette to defray costs of copying and mailing. ABC FUN KEYS may not be distributed in conjunction with any other hardware or software product without the written permission of the author. Software "rack" vendors and CD-ROM producers must obtain written permission from the author to distribute ABC FUN KEYS. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Educatnl ABCTALK PC SPEAKER 3.1 REAL HUMAN SPEECH thru the PC speaker Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Orlando Dare DareWare Inc. 3005 Glenmore Ave. Baltimore, MD 21214 Telephone: 1-800-327-3929 Fax: 401-665-0193 Description Type = Short Description ABC-TALK is a new educational package with REAL HUMAN SPEECH that plays thru the PC speaker. ABC-TALK will teaches children (1-8) how to talk, the alphabet, read, write, spell and use a computer. SOUND BLASTER version available. EGA/VGA required - ASP MEMBER - RECOMMENDED Description Type = Long Description ABC-TALK for the PC SPEAKER ABC-TALK is a NEW EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM with real human speech that teaches children how to talk, learn the alphabet, read, spell and work with a computer. ABC-TALK will teach young children to say early words (hi, mama, dada, I love you, drink, please, thank you, up, bye, etc.) and how to interact with a computer. For older children, ABC-TALK will teach them to say and understand the alphabet, how to find letters on the keyboard, how to recognize the letters in words and how to spell words. Also included is the ABC SONG and EASY DRAW for the child's creativity. The voice output will work with any IBM PC compatible and EGA/VGA graphic monitor. Lead you child into the next century with this package. Description Type = Registration Details ABC-TALK (PC SPEAKER VERSION) $ 25.00 ABC-TALK (SOUND BLASTER VERSION) $ 25.00 ABC-TALK & SOUND BLASTER DELUXE $ 139.00 Description Type = Installation Details Run INSTALL.EXE to start the program CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Educatnl African Animals 3.2 Child's animal coloring/writing prog. Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Theron Wierenga Wierenga Software P.O. Box 595 Muskegon, MI 49443 Telephone: (616) 780-3055 Description Type = Short Description BERT'S AFRICAN ANIMALS, VER. 3.2 <ASP> Children's animal coloring writing program.- Easy enjoyable coloring program, especially useful for introducing young children to computers. Designed by educators to be used with minimal help from adults. Animals are placed on backgrounds, then colored. Optional Sound Blaster voice. VGA-512k-mouse. Games - Other THERON WIERENGA Description Type = Long Description Bert's African Animals is an enjoyable coloring program for children of all ages, but is especially useful for introducing young children to the computer. Bert's African Animals was designed by educators to be used by young children with a minimum of assistance by adults. As a coloring program Bert's African Animals is superior to many other children's coloring programs in that it allows the user to place the various animals, all in four different sizes, on a variety of backgrounds. This allows children to easily create their own picture before coloring. The opportunity to create their own picture will allow children to take pride in their unique creation. Bert's African Animals also has a voice feature, which can be turned on or off, allowing the animals to speak their names, much to the delight of children. When first started Bert's African Animals displays a title screen and then the drawing surface with eight buttons on the left. Children can operate the program with the mouse alone. A window is provided which allows children to write a short story about their picture using the keyboard. The fact that they created the picture will help provide the motivation to write about it. One of the best ways for children to learn to read is to write, even if their initial attempts include phonetic spelling which is not always correct. If your child is not ready to attempt writing his/her story, then another good strategy is for you to type in your child's story as he/she dictates it to you. Then have your child read back the story he/she created. This is another very effectivebeginning reading strategy. They will love creating a setting, writing or dictating their own story and printing out a copy. Description Type = Keywords AFRICA,ANIMAL,EDUCATION,COLORING,WRITING,EARLY CHILDHOOD Description Type = Registration Details $20.00 US Description Type = Installation Details To install Bert's African Animals on a hard disk use the following steps: 1. Insert the floppy disk in your computer in drive A. (or B if necessary) 2. Type A: (or B:) 3. Type INSTALL A C Any hard drive letters can be used, for example INSTALL B D will install the program from floppy drive B to hard drive D. The installation will create a directory called BERT3 on your hard drive and you will need to enter a CD\BERT3 to change to the Bert's African Animals directory before running the program. Once installed just type BERT to start the program. If your computer gives a series of beeps when you run Bert's African Animals it is probably because it cannot find the image files it needs to run, and other problems are showing up as well. All the files for Bert's African Animals need to be in the same directory for the program to operate successfully. You should not mix the .DOT image files from Bert's African Animals with those of versions previous to 3.0 as they are in a different format. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Vendor Distribution Requirements Wierenga Software Theron Wierenga P.O. Box 595 Muskegon, MI 49443 BBS SysOps: This program may be freely distributed over BBS systems as long as there are no files added to or removed from the original compressed file package. Any and all file modifications are strictly prohibited. Vendors, BBS Sysops, Distributors, Computer Clubs and User Groups wishing to add the software product to their library may do so in accordance with the Distribution Restrictions listed below. Limited distribution License: As the exclusive copyright holder for this software, Wierenga Software authorizes distribution only in accordance with the following restrictions. - Vendors choosing to distribute this software MUST CONTACT Wierenga Software. You may do this by sending a copy of your catalog which includes a listing of this software package. - Vendors that have purchased REGISTERED versions of the software will be the first to receive: - UPDATES - NEW PRODUCT RELEASES - PRESS RELEASES - This software product - including all related program files and documentation files - CANNOT be modified in any way and must be distributed as a complete product, without exception. - Small additions to the product, such as the introductory or installation batch files used by many shareware disk vendors, are acceptable, provided they do not interfere with any installation routine which may have been included by the author. - No price or other compensation may be charged for this software product. A distribution fee of no more than US $7.00 may be charged to cover production and handling costs. - The publisher's name, Wierenga Software, must appear in all ads and promotions including the name of the software product. - This software product CANNOT be sold as part of some other inclusive product. Nor can it be included in any commercial software packaging offer, without a written agreement from Wierenga Software. - Vendors who wish to distribute this software as part of a collection MUST OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM Wierenga Software PRIOR TO BEGINNING SUCH A DISTRIBUTION. - This software product cannot be "rented" or "leased" to others. - You may not list any of our products in advertisements, catalogs, or other literature which describes our products as "FREE SOFTWARE". Shareware is "Try-Before-You-Buy" software, it is not free. You may not list any of our products in advertisements, catalogs, or other literature which describes our products as "PUBLIC DOMAIN SOFTWARE". This is copyrighted material. It is not, and never has been, in the public domain. - Licensee shall not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, recompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauthorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license in addition to other remedies available to Wierenga Software at law. - All rights not expressly granted here in are reserved to Wierenga Software. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Educatnl Alphabet Soup 1.0S Teaches kids ages 2-8 their basic ABC' Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Len Thomsen Nissen Ventures P.O. Box 637 Surrey, BC V3T 5L9 Canada Telephone: 604 436 5501 Fax: 604 430 2210 Description Type = Short Description Alphabet Soup is a learning program for kids ages 2- 8 to help them with their development Alphabet Soup covers, basic counting, ABC's, 2D shapes, 3D shapes,kids songs, crazy sounds and much more. Alphabet Soup requires a mouse SoundBlaster, VGA graphics(320x200) & hard drive. Requires 3 Meg HD space & 512K RAM. Registration. $9.95 Description Type = Long Description Alphabet Soup is a learning program for kids ages 2- 8 to help them with their development Alphabet Soup covers, basic counting, ABC's, 2D shapes, 3D shapes,kids songs, crazy sounds and much more. Alphabet Soup requires a mouse SoundBlaster, VGA graphics(320x200) & hard drive. Requires 3 Meg HD space & 512K RAM. Registration. $9.95 Description Type = Registration Details $9.95 Description Type = Permissions Nissen Ventures grants permission to all Shareware Vendors and distributors who wish to carry this program. For the latest versions, send us your catalog to: Nissen Ventures, P.O. Box 637, Surrey, BC V3T 5L9, Canada CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Educatnl Analyst's Tool Kit 1.08 Data Flow Diagrams (DFD) and utilities Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: Micheal Schwartz Chinook Software Group P.O. Box 24536 Denver, CO 80224-0536 Telephone: 303-321-9084 Description Type = Short Description ATK helps build/maintain DFDs (data flow diagrams). Analysis, data dictionary also. Display supported on CGA, EGA, VGA, SuperVGA cards; printing on Epson, HP, Postscript printers; mouse supported if present, not required. Windows import filters provided. Supports 8 levels of decomposition. Easy and intuitive. ATK is SHAREWARE, US$35. 90 Day trial period. Printed manuals, inexpensive updates. Description Type = Long Description The ATK is a collection of application software designed to facilitate the development, analysis, and maintenance of a set of DFDs (data flow diagrams) and their associated data dictionary: + A GRAPHIC EDITOR, called GED, which allows DFDs to be interactively entered and manipulated. Unlike a generic graphics package, GED is specifically designed to work with standard DFD symbology and conventions. GED produces an ASCII format file as output, which can be read (and modified) by text editors as well as the other tools in the package. The symbology has been reported adequate for STDs and other similar diagrams. + A DATA DICTIONARY builder, called DDBUILD, which can read the output of the graphic editor and produce the skeleton Data Dictionary. The data dictionary is an ASCII formatted file which can be read and modified by text editors as well as the DD EVALUATOR and the DFD EVALUATOR. + A DATA DICTIONARY EVALUATOR, called DDEVAL, which reads the completed data dictionary, parses it for errors, and produces an exception listing. + A DATA FLOW DIAGRAM EVALUATOR, called ANAL, which reads the data flow diagram files and the data dictionary, and reports on conformance to the Structured Analysis methodology guidelines. + A REPORT GENERATOR, called RG, which formats the output of the other tools. It has knowledge files produced by ATK, but may be used as general-purpose formatter. Other tools are also included: + A PostScript GENERATOR, called GEDPS, which converts DFD files into PostScript representations suitable for sending to PostScript printers or layout tools. + A DFD REUSE HELPER, called ATTACH, which copies entire DFD subtrees for reuse on other designs. + Other tools for printing and pretty printing. This version of ATK was originally intended for classroom use and provides an environment in which to study the Structured Analysis method. It was discovered, however, to be practical for a range of small design efforts, and is being offered as SHAREWARE at a price to suit a market neglected by comparable products. The toolkit features: + 8 levels of decomposition below the context diagram. + Data dictionary evaluation limited only by available memory. + Flat ASCII data file formats easily accessible to other tools. + PostScript output from DFDs, suitable for printing or incorporation as EPS documents in publishing systems like Ventura Publisher. + Full function on vanilla PC hardware configurations, with no mouse or expensive graphics cards required (though they are supported). Please use and evaluate. Send comments to: E-Mail: mschwart@nyx.cs.du.edu USNail: Chinook Software Group Michael Schwartz PO BOX 24536 Denver, CO 80224-0536 Phone: 303-321-9084 The documentation is found in TUTORIAL.TXT. Please read this document. Some technical documentation may be found in *.DOC files. This information is auxilliary, and there is no reason for most users to be concerned with it. You may wish to browse the first paragraph to find out what is in them, however. ATK is SHAREWARE. That means you may have it, distribute it, and try it for a reasonable period (90 days) without charge or obligation. After that amount of time you must either license it or discard it. The success and development of this, as any SHAREWARE product, depends on your support. If you find ATK saves you at least 3 hours of work in your life, please register your copy. Your $35 goes a long way toward encouraging and allowing the authors to migrate the tools and provide improvements. Fill out the form ORDER.DOC to register your copy. Upon registration, you will receive a printed manual of over 60 pages describing the commands and options in more detail than the tutorial, a printed copy of the tutorial, and the latest version of the tools. ATK is, and will continue to be, fully-featured SHAREWARE with no limitations or annoying pop-up reminder screens. Registration advantages include documentation, updates/notification, access to the enhancement list priorities, and knowledge you are advancing the product. Your letters, comments, and criticisms are welcomed. Most of the enhancements in this version were suggested, defined, and tested by ATK users. Version 1.08 new features (since version 1.05) GED font support GED VESA graphics mode support ANAL enhancements and message improvements Configurable Postscript code from GEDPS Description Type = Keywords DFD, DD, Yourdon, DeMarco, Structured Analysis Description Type = Registration Details $35 USA Description Type = Installation Details !!!IMPORTANT INSTALLATION NOTE: If you are installing from the ZIP or self-extracting EXE files, please be sure to include the -d option so that all directories stored in the archive are extracted properly!!! Example: Disk with self-extracting archive is in drive A: (ATK18IBM.EXE) 1) Create and go to the desired installation directory 2) Type 'A:ATK18IBM -d' on the command line. Example: Disk with ZIP file is in drive A: (ATK18IBM.ZIP) 1) Create and go to the desired installati